310E Backhoe Loader

Repair

TECHNICAL MANUAL
TM1649 17JUL02 (ENGLISH)

For complete service information also see:

310E Backhoe Loader Operation and Test
(Complete) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM1648
310E Backhoe Loader Repair (Complete) . . TM1649
POWERTECH 4.5 L (4045) Engine. . . . . . . . CTM104
Alternators and Starting Motors . . . . . . . . . . CTM77
Front Wheel Drive Axles APL-2025 . . . . . . . CTM4509

Worldwide Construction
And Forestry Division
LITHO IN U.S.A.
 Introduction
Foreword

This manual is written for an experienced technician. See DB1990 Service Publications Catalog to order a
Essential tools required in performing certain service complete Technical Manual (TM) or a Technical
work are identified in this manual and are Manual Section (TMS). A complete repair manual
recommended for use. includes the following sections:

Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the TMS164900

introduction of this manual and the cautions presented
throughout the text of the manual. • Section 00 General Information

• Section 01 Wheels
This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this
• Section 02 Axles
symbol on the machine or in this manual, be alert to
the potential for personal injury.
• Section 03 Transmission
• Section 04 Engine
Technical manuals are divided in two parts: repair and
• Section 05 Engine Auxiliary Systems
operation and tests. Repair sections tell how to repair
• Section 06 Torque Converter
the components. Operation and tests sections help you
identify the majority of routine failures quickly.
• Section 09 Steering System
• Section 10 Service Brakes
Information is organized in groups for the various
• Section 11 Park Brakes
components requiring service instruction. At the
beginning of each group are summary listings of all
• Section 16 Electrical System
applicable essential tools, service equipment and tools,
• Section 17 Frames, Chassis, or Supporting Structure
other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits,
specifications, wear tolerances, and torque values.
• Section 18 Operator’s Station
• Section 19 Sheet Metal and Styling
Technical Manuals are concise guides for specific
• Section 20 Safey, Convenience, and Miscellaneous
machines. They are on-the-job guides containing only
the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis,
• Section 21 Main Hydraulic System
testing, and repair.
• Section 31 Loader
• Section 33 Backhoe
Fundamental service information is available from
other sources covering basic theory of operation,
fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance,
and basic type of failures and their causes.

TX,INTR,RR7339 –19–20SEP96–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Introduction

John Deere Dealers Steering valve manual check valve change.

Miscellaneous brake valve changes.
IMPORTANT: Please remove this page and route 6. Section 16—17:
through your service department. Torque added to engine coolant temperature
switch.
Listed below is a brief explanation of “WHAT” was 7. Section 18—20:
change and “WHY” it was changed. Cab side window torque and thread lock and sealer
added. Bushings added to guide on upper rear
These sectionalized manuals were revised to include window. Air suspension seat procedure added.
the following changes: 8. Section 21, 31 and 33:
Torque added to hydraulic pump unloader relief
1. Section 00: valve. Cooler options added. Multi-purpose bucket
To include any specifications, oil capacity and and lines added. Shim as required added to bucket
miscellaneous changes. links-to-cylinder. Loader control relief valves
2. Section 01—02: torques, graphics and procedure changes. Loader
Miscellanous wheel specfication changes and cylinder miscellaneous changes.
service brake check added. Backhoe linkage changes. Backhoe boom swing
3. Section 03—06: lock arms and locking pin added. Stabilizer valve
Transmission clutch pack bottom of gear to top of linkage updates and serial number breaks.
drum distance specification change, miscellaneous Miscellaneous changes to extentible dipperstick and
changes in charge pump and manifold plate sideshift frame locking pistons. Backhoe control
solenoids procedures. relief valves torques, graphics and procedure
4. Engine flywheel turning tool number change. Fan changes. Backhoe cylinders serial number breaks
cap screw torque added. and procedure changes. Extendible dipperstick
5. Section 09—11: disassemble and assemble procedure added.

CED,TX03399,5903 –19–13JAN00–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=3
 Introduction

HELP!! HELP!! HELP!! HELP!!

We need your help to continually improve our technical

publications. Please FAX or mail your comments, ideas
and improvements.

SEND TO: John Deere Dubuque Works

P.O. Box 538
Attn: Publications Supervisor, Dept. 317
Dubuque, Iowa 52004-0538

FAX NUMBER: 319-589-5800

Ideas, Comments (Please State Page Number):

OVERALL, how would you rate the quality of "ALL" Manuals of this type provided to you? (Check one.)

Poor Fair Good Very Good Excellent

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Company Name

Address

Phone

FAX No.

Dealer Acct. No.

THANK YOU!

TX,TM,FAX –19–05DEC96–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=4
 Contents
00
SECTION 00—General Information SECTION 10—Service Brakes
Group 0001—Safety Information Group 1011—Active Elements
Group 0002—General Specifications Group 1060—Hydraulic System
Group 0003—Torque Values
Group 0004—Fuels and Lubricants SECTION 11—Park Brake 01
Group 1111—Active Elements
SECTION 01—Wheels
Group 0110—Powered or Non-Powered Wheels SECTION 16—Electrical Systems
and Fastenings Group 1671—Batteries, Support, and Cables
Group 1672—Alternator, Regulator and Charging
02
SECTION 02—Axles and Suspension Systems System Wiring
Group 0225—Input Drive Shafts and U-Joints Group 1673—Lighting System
Group 0230—Non-Powered Wheel Axles Group 1674—Wiring Harness and Switches
Group 0240—Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD) Group 1675—System Controls
Group 0250—Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Group 1676—Instruments and Indicators
Gears Group 1677—Motors and Actuators 03
Group 0299—Dealer Fabricated Tools
SECTION 17—Frames, Chassis Or Supporting
SECTION 03—Transmission Structure
Group 0300—Removal and Installation Group 1740—Frame Installation
Group 0315—Controls Linkage Group 1749—Chassis Weights 04
Group 0325—Input Drive Shafts and U-Joint
Group 0350—Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power SECTION 18—Operator’s Station
Shift Clutch Group 1800—Removal and Installation
Group 0360—Hydraulic System Group 1810—Operator Enclosure
Group 0399—Dealer Fabricated Tools Group 1821—Seat and Seat Belt
05
Group 1830—Heating and Air Conditioning
SECTION 04—Engine Group 1899—Dealer Fabricated Tools
Group 0400—Removal and Installation
Group 0499—Dealer Fabricated Tools SECTION 19—Sheet Metal and Styling
Group 1910—Hood and Engine Enclosure
SECTION 05—Engine Auxiliary Systems Group 1913—Miscellaneous Shields 06
Group 0505—Cold Weather Starting Aid Group 1921—Grille and Grille Housing
Group 0510—Cooling Systems Group 1927—Fenders
Group 0515—Speed Controls
Group 0520—Intake System SECTION 20—Safety, Convenience, and
Group 0530—Exhaust System Miscellaneous 09
Group 0560—External Fuel Supply System Group 2001—Radio
Group 2004—Horn and Warning Devices
SECTION 06—Torque Converter
Group 0651—Turbine, Gears and Shaft SECTION 21—Main Hydraulic System
Group 2160—Hydraulic System 10
SECTION 09—Steering System
Group 0960—Hydraulic System Continued on next page

All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on

the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is
reserved to make changes at any time without notice. 11

COPYRIGHT  2002
DEERE & COMPANY
Moline, Illinois
All rights reserved
A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION Manual
Previous Editions
Copyright  1997, 1999, 2000

TM1649 (17JUL02) i 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=1
 Contents

00
SECTION 31—Loader
Group 3100—Loader
Group 3102—Bucket
Group 3115—Control Linkages
Group 3160—Hydraulic System
01

SECTION 33—Backhoe
Group 3302—Bucket
Group 3315—Control Linkage
Group 3340—Frames
02 Group 3360—Hydraulic System

03

04

05

06

09

10

11

TM1649 (17JUL02) ii 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Contents

16

17

18

19

20

21

31

33

INDX

TM1649 (17JUL02) iii 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=3
 Contents

16

17

18

19

20

21

31

33

INDX

TM1649 (17JUL02) iv 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=4
 00

Section 00
General Information
Contents

Page Page

Group 0001—Safety Information Additional Metric Cap Screw Torque

Handle Fluids Safely—Avoid Fires . . . . . . . .00-0001-1 Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0003-3
Prevent Battery Explosions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0001-1 Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw Torque
Prepare for Emergencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0001-1 Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0003-5
Prevent Acid Burns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0001-2 O-Ring Groove Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0003-6
Handle Chemical Products Safely . . . . . . . . .00-0001-3 Check Oil Lines And Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0003-8
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0001-3 Service Recommendations for O-Ring
Park Machine Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0001-4 Boss Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0003-9
Support Machine Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0001-4 Service Recommendations for Flat Face
Wear Protective Clothing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0001-4 O-Ring Seal Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0003-11
Work in Clean Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0001-5 Service Recommendations for Metric
Service Machines Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0001-5 Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting . . . . . . . .00-0003-12
Work In Ventilated Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0001-5 Service Recommendations For Inch
Illuminate Work Area Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0001-5 Series Four Bolt Flange Fittings. . . . . . . .00-0003-13
Replace Safety Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0001-6
Use Proper Lifting Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0001-6 Group 0004—Fuels and Lubricants
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating . . .00-0001-6 Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-1
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Conditioner . . . . . . . .00-0004-1
Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0001-7 Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . .00-0004-2
Keep ROPS Installed Properly . . . . . . . . . . .00-0001-7 Do Not Use Galvanized Containers. . . . . . . .00-0004-2
Service Tires Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0001-8 Diesel Engine Coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-3
Practice Safe Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0001-9 Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-3
Use Proper Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0001-9 Diesel Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-4
Dispose of Waste Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0001-10 Transmission, Axle, and Mechanical Front
Live With Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0001-10 Wheel Drive Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-5
Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-6
Group 0002—General Specifications Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-7
310E Backhoe Loader Grease for Extendible Dipperstick,
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0002-1 Sideshift Frame, and Stabilizer Leg Wear
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0002-8 Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-7
Other information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0002-10 Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants . . . . . . .00-0004-8
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0002-11 Lubricant Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-8
Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0002-11 Mixing of Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-9
Drain and Refill Capacities. . . . . . . . . . . .00-0002-12
Lifting Capacities (Standard
Dipperstick) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0002-13
Lifting Capacities (Extendable Dipperstick)
Retracted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0002-14
Lifting Capacities (Extendable Dipperstick)
Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0002-15

Group 0003—Torque Values

Hardware Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . .00-0003-1
ROPS Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0003-1
Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque
Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0003-2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=1
 Contents

00

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Group 0001
Safety Information
00
Handle Fluids Safely—Avoid Fires 0001
1

When you work around fuel, do not smoke or work near

heaters or other fire hazards.

Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not

incinerate or puncture pressurized containers.

–UN–23AUG88
Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease, and debris.

Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn

TS227
spontaneously.

DX,FLAME –19–29SEP98–1/1

Prevent Battery Explosions

Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from

the top of battery. Battery gas can explode.

Never check battery charge by placing a metal object

across the posts. Use a volt-meter or hydrometer.

–UN–23AUG88
Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm
battery to 16°C (60°F).

TS204
DX,SPARKS –19–03MAR93–1/1

Prepare for Emergencies

Be prepared if a fire starts.

Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.

Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,

–UN–23AUG88

hospital, and fire department near your telephone.

TS291

DX,FIRE2 –19–03MAR93–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0001-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=9
 Safety Information

00
0001 Prevent Acid Burns
2

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong

enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause
blindness if splashed into eyes.

Avoid the hazard by:

1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.

2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added.
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Use proper jump start procedure.

If you spill acid on yourself:

1. Flush your skin with water.

2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30 minutes. Get
medical attention immediately.

–UN–23AUG88
If acid is swallowed:

1. Do not induce vomiting.

2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not

TS203
exceed 2 L (2 quarts).
3. Get medical attention immediately.

DX,POISON –19–21APR93–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0001-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=10
 Safety Information

00
Handle Chemical Products Safely 0001
3

Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause

serious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with
John Deere equipment include such items as lubricants,
coolants, paints, and adhesives.

–UN–26NOV90
A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific
details on chemical products: physical and health hazards,
safety procedures, and emergency response techniques.

TS1132
Check the MSDS before you start any job using a
hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what
the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow
procedures and recommended equipment.

(See your John Deere dealer for MSDS’s on chemical

products used with John Deere equipment.)

DX,MSDS,NA –19–03MAR93–1/1

Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin

causing serious injury.

Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before

–UN–23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.

Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands

X9811
and body from high pressure fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid

injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a
few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source. Such information is available from Deere
& Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

DX,FLUID –19–03MAR93–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0001-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=11
 Safety Information

00
0001 Park Machine Safely
4

Before working on the machine:

• Lower all equipment to the ground.

• Stop the engine and remove the key.
• Disconnect the battery ground strap.

–UN–24MAY89
• Hang a "DO NOT OPERATE" tag in operator station.

TS230
DX,PARK –19–04JUN90–1/1

Support Machine Properly

Always lower the attachment or implement to the ground

before you work on the machine. If you must work on a
lifted machine or attachment, securely support the
machine or attachment. If left in a raised position,
hydraulically supported devices can settle or leak down.

–UN–23AUG88
Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tiles,
or props that may crumble under continuous load. Do not
work under a machine that is supported solely by a jack.

TS229
Follow recommended procedures in this manual.

When implements or attachments are used with a tractor,

always follow safety precautions listed in the implement
operator’s manual.

DX,LOWER –19–17FEB99–1/1

Wear Protective Clothing

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment

appropriate to the job.

Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of

the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones
–UN–23AUG88

while operating machine.

TS206

DX,WEAR2 –19–03MAR93–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0001-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=12
 Safety Information

00
Work in Clean Area 0001
5

Before starting a job:

• Clean work area and machine.

• Make sure you have all necessary tools to do your job.

–UN–18OCT88
• Have the right parts on hand.
• Read all instructions thoroughly; do not attempt
shortcuts.

T6642EJ
DX,CLEAN –19–04JUN90–1/1

Service Machines Safely

Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie,

scarf, loose clothing, or necklace when you work near
machine tools or moving parts. If these items were to get
caught, severe injury could result.

–UN–23AUG88
Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical
shorts and entanglement in moving parts.

TS228
DX,LOOSE –19–04JUN90–1/1

Work In Ventilated Area

Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is

necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove
the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe
extension.

–UN–23AUG88
If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the
doors and get outside air into the area

TS220
DX,AIR –19–17FEB99–1/1

Illuminate Work Area Safely

Illuminate your work area adequately but safely. Use a

portable safety light for working inside or under the
machine. Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage.
The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite
spilled fuel or oil.
–UN–23AUG88
TS223

DX,LIGHT –19–04JUN90–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0001-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=13
 Safety Information

00
0001 Replace Safety Signs
6

Replace missing or damaged safety signs. See the

machine operator’s manual for correct safety sign
placement.

–UN–23AUG88
TS201
DX,SIGNS1 –19–04JUN90–1/1

Use Proper Lifting Equipment

Lifting heavy components incorrectly can cause severe

injury or machine damage.

Follow recommended procedure for removal and

installation of components in the manual.

–UN–23AUG88
TS226
DX,LIFT –19–04JUN90–1/1

Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating

Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.

Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated

by welding, soldering, or using a torch.

–UN–23AUG88
Do all work outside or in a well ventilated area. Dispose of
paint and solvent properly.

Remove paint before welding or heating: TS220

• If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.

Wear an approved respirator.
• If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or
paint stripper containers and other flammable material
from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes
before welding or heating.

DX,PAINT –19–03MAR93–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0001-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=14
 Safety Information

00
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines 0001
7

Flammable spray can be generated by heating near

pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to
yourself and bystanders. Do not heat by welding,
soldering, or using a torch near pressurized fluid lines or
other flammable materials. Pressurized lines can be

–UN–15MAY90
accidentally cut when heat goes beyond the immediate
flame area.

TS953
DX,TORCH –19–03MAR93–1/1

Keep ROPS Installed Properly

Make certain all parts are reinstalled correctly if the

roll-over protective structure (ROPS) is loosened or
removed for any reason. Tighten mounting bolts to proper
torque.

–UN–23AUG88
The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPS
is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an
overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding,
bending, drilling, or cutting. A damaged ROPS should be

TS212
replaced, not reused.

DX,ROPS3 –19–03MAR93–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0001-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=15
 Safety Information

00
0001 Service Tires Safely
8

Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause

serious injury or death.

Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper

equipment and experience to perform the job.

Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate

the tires above the recommended pressure. Never weld or
heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause an
increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion.
Welding can structurally weaken or deform the wheel.

When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension

hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and
NOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safety
cage if available.

Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged

rims or missing lug bolts and nuts.

–UN–23AUG88
TS211
DX,RIM –19–24AUG90–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0001-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=16
 Safety Information

00
Practice Safe Maintenance 0001
9

Understand service procedure before doing work. Keep

area clean and dry.

Never lubricate, service, or adjust machine while it is

moving. Keep hands, feet , and clothing from
power-driven parts. Disengage all power and operate
controls to relieve pressure. Lower equipment to the
ground. Stop the engine. Remove the key. Allow machine
to cool.

Securely support any machine elements that must be

raised for service work.

Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed. Fix

damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts.
Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris.

On self-propelled equipment, disconnect battery ground

cable (-) before making adjustments on electrical systems

–UN–23AUG88
or welding on machine.

On towed implements, disconnect wiring harnesses from

tractor before servicing electrical system components or

TS218
welding on machine.

DX,SERV –19–17FEB99–1/1

Use Proper Tools

Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift tools and

procedures can create safety hazards.

Use power tools only to loosen threaded parts and

fasteners.
–UN–08NOV89

For loosening and tightening hardware, use the correct

size tools. DO NOT use U.S. measurement tools on
metric fasteners. Avoid bodily injury caused by slipping
TS779

wrenches.

Use only service parts meeting John Deere specifications.

DX,REPAIR –19–17FEB99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0001-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=17
 Safety Information

00
0001 Dispose of Waste Properly
10

Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the

environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used
with John Deere equipment include such items as oil, fuel,
coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.

–UN–26NOV90
Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use
food or beverage containers that may mislead someone
into drinking from them.

TS1133
Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into
any water source.

Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can

damage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulations
may require a certified air conditioning service center to
recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.

Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste

from your local environmental or recycling center, or from
your John Deere dealer.

DX,DRAIN –19–03MAR93–1/1

Live With Safety

Before returning machine to customer, make sure

machine is functioning properly, especially the safety
systems. Install all guards and shields.

–19–07OCT88
TS231

DX,LIVE –19–25SEP92–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0001-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=18
 Group 0002
General Specifications
00
310E Backhoe Loader Dimensions 0002
1

–UN–11JUN98
T115805

Continued on next page TX,110,BD2412 –19–10JUN98–1/7

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0002-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=19
 General Specifications

00
0002 NOTE: Specifications and design subject to change machine with 19.5L-24, 8PR, R4 rear tires;
2
without notice. Whenever applicable, 11L-16, 12PR, F3 front tires; 0.86 m3 (1.12 cu
specifications are in accordance with SAE yd) loader bucket; 610 mm (24 in.) backhoe
Standards unless otherwise noted, these bucket; ROPS/FOPS; full fuel tank and 79 kg
specifications are based on a standard (175 lb) operator.

Item Measurement Specification

A—Loading Height, Truck Loading

Position

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Height 3.3 m (10 ft 11 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Height 3.38 m (11 ft 1 in.)

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Height 4.24 m (13 ft 11 in.)

Extended

B—Reach from Center of Swing

Mast

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Distance 5.44 m (17 ft 10 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 5.51 m (18 ft 1 in.)

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 6.53 m (21 ft 5 in.)

Extended

C—Reach from Center of Rear Axle

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Distance 6.50 m (21 ft 4 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 6.58 m (21 ft 7 in.)

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 7.59 m (24 ft 11 in.)

Extended

D—Maximum Digging Depth

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Depth 4.34 m (14 ft 3 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Depth 4.39 m (14 ft 5 in.)

Retracted

Continued on next page TX,110,BD2412 –19–10JUN98–2/7

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0002-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=20
 General Specifications

00
Item Measurement Specification 0002
3

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Depth 5.46 m (17 ft 11 in.)

Extended

E—Digging Depth (SAE)—610 mm

(2 ft) Flat Bottom

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Distance 4.32 m (14 ft 2 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 4.37 m (14 ft 4 in.)

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 5.44 m (17 ft 10 in.)

Extended

F—Digging Depth (SAE)—2440 mm

(8 ft) Flat Bottom

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Distance 3.96 m (13 ft 0 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 4.06 m (13 ft 4 in.)

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 5.18 m (17 ft 0 in.)

Extended

G—Ground Clearance Minimum

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Clearance 305 mm (12 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Clearance 305 mm (12 in.)

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Clearance 305 mm (12 in.)

Extended

H—Bucket Rotation

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Rotation 190°

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Rotation 190°

Retracted

Continued on next page TX,110,BD2412 –19–10JUN98–3/7

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0002-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=21
 General Specifications

00
0002 Item Measurement Specification
4

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Rotation 190°

Extended

I—Transport Height

Backhoe Height 3.40 m (11 ft 2 in.)

J—Overall Length, Transport

Backhoe Length 7.09 m (23 ft 3 in.)

K—Stabilizer Width, Transport

Backhoe Width 2.18 m (7 ft 2 in.)

L—Stabilizer Spread, Operating

Backhoe Width 3.10 m (10 ft 2 in.)

M—Overall Width, Stabilizer Spread

(Less Loader Bucket)

Backhoe Width 3.53 m (11 ft 7 in.)

N—Width Over Tires

Backhoe Width 2.07 m (6 ft 10 in.)

O—Height to Cab/ROPS Top

Backhoe Height 2.74 m (9 ft 0 in.)

P—Front Wheel to Loader Dig

Position

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Distance 2.03 m (6 ft 8 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 1.12 m (3 ft 8 in.)

Retracted

Continued on next page TX,110,BD2412 –19–10JUN98–4/7

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0002-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=22
 General Specifications

00
Item Measurement Specification 0002
5

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 1.12 m (3 ft 8 in.)

Extended

Q—Wheelbase

Backhoe Length 2.10 m (6 ft 10 in.)

R—Maximum Height to Loader

Bucket Hinge Pin

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Height 3.4 m (11 ft 1 in.)

(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Height 3.4 m (11 ft 1 in.)
yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Height 3.4 m (11 ft 1 in.)

S—Dump Clearance, Loader Bucket

at 45°

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Clearance 2.69 m (8 ft 10 in.)

(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Clearance 2.69 m (8 ft 10 in.)

yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Clearance 2.59 m (8 ft 6 in.)

T—Maximum Loader Bucket Dump

Angle

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Angle 45°

(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Angle 45°

yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Angle 45°

Continued on next page TX,110,BD2412 –19–10JUN98–5/7

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0002-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=23
 General Specifications

00
0002 Item Measurement Specification
6

U—Reach at Full Height, Loader

Bucket at 45°

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Distance 785 mm (30.9 in.)

(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Distance 767 mm (30.2 in.)
yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Distance 818 mm (32.2 in.)

V—Loader Bucket Rollback at

Ground Level

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Angle 40°

(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Angle 40°

yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Angle 40°

W—Dig Below Ground—Loader

Bucket Level

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Depth 160 mm (6.3 in.)

(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Depth 175 mm (6.9 in.)
yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Depth 197 mm (7.8 in.)

Digging Force, Bucket Cylinder

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Force 49.4 kN (11,106 lb)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Force 49.9 kN (11,211 lb)

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Force 49.9 kN (11,211 lb)

Extended

Continued on next page TX,110,BD2412 –19–10JUN98–6/7

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0002-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=24
 General Specifications

00
Item Measurement Specification 0002
7

Digging Force, Crowd Cylinder

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Force 31.2 kN (7006 lb)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Force 30.2 kN (6782 lb)

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Force 21.5 kN (4844 lb)

Extended

Swing Arc

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Rotation 180°

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Rotation 180°

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Rotation 180°

Extended

Bucket Rotation

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Rotation 190°

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Rotation 190°

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Rotation 190°

Extended

Stabilizer Angle Rearward

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Angle 18°

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Angle 18°

Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Angle 18°

Extended

TX,110,BD2412 –19–10JUN98–7/7

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0002-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=25
 General Specifications

00
0002 310E Backhoe Loader Specifications
8

Item Measurement Specification

Engine—John Deere 40451

Rated Power @ 2200 rpm Power SAE gross 57 kW (76 hp)

Rated Power @ 2200 rpm Power SAE net 53 kW (71 hp)

Cylinders Quantity 4

Displacement Volume 4.52 L (276 in.3)

Engine Torque Rise Torque 29%

Maximum Engine Net Torque Torque 296 N•m (218 lb-ft)

Electrical System Voltage 12 volts

Alternator Amperage 65 amps

Alternator with Cab Amperage 95 amps

Forward Travel Speeds2

Gear 1 Speed 5.5 km/h (3.4 mph)

Gear 2 Speed 9.0 km/h (5.6 mph)

Gear 3 Speed 21.7 km/h (13.5 mph)

Gear 4 Speed 36.7 km/h (22.8 mph)

Reverse Travel Speeds2

Gear 1 Speed 6.1 km/h (3.8 mph)

Gear 2 Speed 10.0 km/h (6.2 mph)

Gear 3 Speed 24.3 km/h (15.1 mph)

1
The engine specifications apply to both the 4045D (naturally
aspirated) and 4045T (altitude compensated) engines.

2
With standard 19.5L-24 rear tires.

Continued on next page CED,OUO1010,311 –19–17SEP98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0002-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=26
 General Specifications

00
Item Measurement Specification 0002
9

Gear 4 Speed 41.0 km/h (25.5 mph)

Steering: Hydrostatic Power

Non-Powered Axle Curb Turning Radius 3.57 m (11 ft 9 in.)

Radius—Brakes Applied

Non-Powered Axle Curb Turning Radius 4.04 m (13 ft 3 in.)

Radius—Without Brakes

Non-Powered Axle Bucket Radius 9.61 m (31 ft 6 in.)

Clearance Circle—Brakes Applied

Non-Powered Axle Bucket Radius 10.55 m (34 ft 7 in.)

Clearance Circle—Without Brakes

Non-Powered Axle Steering Wheel Quantity 2.3—3.0 turns

Turns—Stop to Stop

Powered Axle (MFWD) Curb Radius 3.34 m (10 ft 11 in.)

Turning Radius—Brakes Applied

Powered Axle (MFWD) Curb Radius 4.17 m (13 ft 8 in.)

Turning Radius—Without Brakes

Powered Axle Bucket Clearance Radius 9.07 m (29 ft 9 in.)

Circle—Brakes Applied

Powered Axle Bucket Clearance Radius 10.74 m (35 ft 3 in.)

Circle—Without Brakes

Powered Axle Steering Wheel Quantity 2.5 turns

Turns—Stop to Stop

Hydraulic System: Open Center

Pressure Relief Setting, Backhoe Pressure 25 000 kPa (3625 psi)

Pressure Relief Setting, Loader Pressure 19 000 kPa (2750 psi)

Flow @ 2200 rpm, Backhoe Flow Rate 106 L/min (28 gpm)

Flow @ 2200 rpm, Loader Flow Rate 106 L/min (28 gpm)

CED,OUO1010,311 –19–17SEP98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0002-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=27
 General Specifications

00
0002 Other Information—310E Backhoe Loader
10

Hydraulic system: • Torque converter 280 mm (11 in.) with 2.63:1 stall
ratio
• Gear-type pump
• 10 micron replaceable element return oil filter Lubrication:

Final drives: • Pressure system with spin-on filter

• Air cleaner
• Heavy-duty inboard mounted planetary • Dual stage dry with element and precleaner
• Evenly distributes axle shock loads over three oil
cooled gears Tires:

Brakes: • Front w/o MFWD—11L-15, 8 PR F3

• Front w/o MFWD—11L-16, 12PR F3
• Hydraulic wet disk • Front with MFWD—12-16.5, 8PR NHS
• Mounted inboard • Rear w/o MFWD—16.9-24, 8PR R4
• Self-adjusting • Rear w/o MFWD—17.5L-24, 10PR R4
• Self-equalizing • Rear w/o MFWD—19.5L-24, 8PR R4
• Rear with MFWD—16.9L-24, 8PR R4
Park brake: • Rear with MFWD—19.5L-24, 8PR R4

• Independent system Operator Control:

• Spring applied
• Hydraulically released • Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick
• Controlled by an electric switch on the side console – Two Levers
• Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Retracted
Transmission: – Right Foot Treadle
• Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Extended
• 4-speed helical gear – Right Foot Treadle
• Synchronized collar shift transmission with
hydraulic reverser

CED,OUO1032,1006 –19–09JUN98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0002-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=28
 General Specifications

00
310E Backhoe Loader Weight 0002
11

Item Measurement Specification

Transporting

SAE Operating Weight with ROPS Weight 5806 kg (12,800 lb)

Cab Added Weight 263 kg (580 lb)

MFWD with Tires Added Weight 168 kg (370 lb)

Extendible Dipperstick Weight 200 kg (440 lb)

Optional Front Counterweight Weight 181 kg (400 lb)

Optional Front Counterweight Weight 295 kg (650 lb)

TX,110,BD2420 –19–06DEC96–1/1

310E Buckets
Width Heaped Capacity Weight
3
Loader: mm (in.) m (cu yd) kg (lb)
Heavy duty long lip 2180 (86) 0.76 (1.00) 332 (710)
2180 (86) 0.86 (1.12) 426 (940)
Multipurpose 2180 (86) 0.76 (1.00) 725 (1600)

Width Heaped Capacity Weight

3
Backhoe: mm (in.) m (cu ft) kg (lb)
Standard duty 457 (18) 0.13 (4.6) 118 (260)
610 (24) 0.18 (6.5) 136 (300)
Heavy duty with lift loops 305 (12) 0.11 (2.8) 109 (240)
457 (18) 0.13 (4.6) 132 (290)
610 (24) 0.18 (6.5) 154 (340)
762 (30) 0.25 (8.8) 172 (380)

TX,110,BD2212 –19–10JUN98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0002-11 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=29
 General Specifications

00
0002 310E Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill
12
Capacities

Item Measurement Specification

Engine Coolant Capacity 16 L (17 qt)

Engine Oil (including filter) Capacity 8.5 L (9.0 qt)

Torque Converter and Transmission Capacity 15 L (16 qt)

System

Rear Axle (S.N. —851673) Capacity 13 L (14 qt)

Rear Axle (S.N. 851674— ) Capacity 16 L (17 qt)

MFWD Front Axle Housing Capacity 6.5 L (7 qt)

MFWD Front Wheel Planetary Capacity 1 L (1.1 qt)

Housing (each)

Fuel Tank Capacity 106 L (28 gal)

Hydraulic System Reservoir Capacity 37 L (39 qt)

TX,110,BG271 –19–06MAY98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0002-12 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=30
 General Specifications

00
310E Backhoe Loader Lifting Capacities— 0002
13
Standard Dipperstick

Lifting capacity ratings are made with bucket hinge pin,

loader bucket and stabilizers on firm, level ground. Lift
capacities are hydraulically limited. Lifting capacities are
87 percent of the maximum lift over any point on the
swing arc and do not exceed 75 percent of the tipping
load. Angle between boom and ground is 65 degrees.
Machine is equipped with 610 mm (24 in.) standard
bucket, standard or extendible dipperstick, and standard
equipment.

NOTE: Loader bucket on ground significantly improves

side stability, therefore improving lift capacity to
the side. Lift capacity over the rear is not affected.

–19–10SEP96
T103604
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Standard Dipperstick Based on SAE J31
(Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)

TX,110,BD2205 –19–07OCT96–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0002-13 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=31
 General Specifications

00
0002 310E Backhoe Loader Lifting Capacities—
14
Extendible Dipperstick (Retracted)

–19–10SEP96
T103605
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Extendible Dipperstick, Retracted Based
on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)

TX,110,BD1936 –19–07OCT96–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0002-14 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=32
 General Specifications

00
310E Backhoe Loader Lifting Capacities— 0002
15
Extendible Dipperstick (Extended)

–19–10SEP96
T103606
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Extendible Dipperstick, Extended Based
on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)

TX,110,BD1937 –19–07OCT96–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0002-15 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=33
 General Specifications

00
0002
16

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0002-16 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=34
 Group 0003
Torque Values
00
Hardware Torque Specifications 0003
1

Check cap screws and nuts to be sure they are tight. If

hardware is loose, tighten to torque shown on the
following charts unless a special torque is specified.

TX,03,SS3508 –19–01AUG94–1/1

ROPS Torque Specifications

CAUTION: Make certain all parts are reinstalled

correctly if the roll-over protective structure
(ROPS) is loosened or removed for any reason.
Tighten mounting bolts to proper torque.

–UN–23AUG88
The protection offered by ROPS will be
impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural
damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or

TS176
is in any way altered. A damaged ROPS should
be replaced, not reused.

When installation of equipment on a machine necessitates

loosening or removing ROPS, mounting bolts must be
tightened to specification.

Item Measurement Specification

ROPS Mounting Bolts Torque 420 ± 84 N•m (310 ± 62 lb-ft)

TX,03,SS3509 –19–14JAN00–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0003-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=35
 Torque Values

00
0003 Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values
2

–UN–07SEP99
TORQ2
Top, Property Class and Head Markings; Bottom, Property Class and Nut Markings

Class 4.8 Class 8.8 or 9.8 Class 10.9 Class 12.9

Size Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb
N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft)
M6 4.7 (3.5) 6 (4.4) 9 (6.6) 11.5 (8.5) 13 (9.5) 16.5 (12.2) 15.5 (11.5) 19.5 (14.5)
M8 11.5 (8.5) 14.5 (10.7) 22 (16) 28 (20.5) 32 (23.5) 40 (29.5) 37 (27.5) 47 (35)
M10 23 (17) 29 (21) 43 (32) 55 (40) 63 (46) 80 (59) 75 (55) 95 (70)
M12 40 (29.5) 50 (37) 75 (55) 95 (70) 110 (80) 140 (105) 130 (95) 165 (120)
M14 63 (46) 80 (59) 120 (88) 150 (110) 175 (130) 220 (165) 205 (150) 260 (190)
M16 100 (74) 125 (92) 190 (140) 240 (175) 275 (200) 350 (255) 320 (235) 400 (300)
M18 135 (100) 170 (125) 265 (195) 330 (245) 375 (275) 475 (350) 440 (325) 560 (410)
M20 190 (140) 245 (180) 375 (275) 475 (350) 530 (390) 675 (500) 625 (460) 790 (580)
M22 265 (195) 330 (245) 510 (375) 650 (480) 725 (535) 920 (680) 850 (625) 1080 (800)
M24 330 (245) 425 (315) 650 (480) 820 (600) 920 (680) 1150 (850) 1080 (800) 1350 (1000)
M27 490 (360) 625 (460) 950 (700) 1200 (885) 1350 (1000) 1700 (1250) 1580 (1160) 2000 (1475)
M30 660 (490) 850 (625) 1290 (950) 1630 (1200) 1850 (1350) 2300 (1700) 2140 (1580) 2700 (2000)
M33 900 (665) 1150 (850) 1750 (1300) 2200 (1625) 2500 (1850) 3150 (2325) 2900 (2150) 3700 (2730)
M36 1150 (850) 1450 (1075) 2250 (1650) 2850 (2100) 3200 (2350) 4050 (3000) 3750 (2770) 4750 (3500)
a
"Lubricated" means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings.
b
"Dry" means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication.

DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start
procedure is given for a specific application. Torque values listed are thread engagement. This will prevent them from failing when
for general use only. Check tightness of fasteners periodically. tightening.

Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts to approximately
replace shear bolts with identical property class. 50 percent of the dry torque shown in the chart, applied to the nut,
not to the bolt head. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the
full torque value.
Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher property class.
If higher property class fasteners are used, these should only be
tightened to the strength of the original.

DX,TORQ2 –19–01OCT99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0003-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=36
 Torque Values

00
Additional Metric Cap Screw Torque Values 0003
3

–UN–18OCT88
CAUTION: Use only metric tools on metric
hardware. Other tools may not fit properly. They
may slip and cause injury.

T6873AA
Check tightness of cap screws periodically. Torque values
listed are for general use only. Do not use these values if
a different torque value or tightening procedure is listed
for a specific application.

–UN–18OCT88
Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined
loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade.

Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher

T6873AB
grade. If higher grade fasteners are used, these should
only be tightened to the strength of the original.

Make sure fastener threads are clean and you properly

start thread engagement. This will prevent them from
failing when tightening.

–UN–18OCT88
Tighten cap screws having lock nuts to approximately 50
percent of amount shown in chart.

T6873AC
Continued on next page 04T,90,M170 –19–29SEP99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0003-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=37
 Torque Values

00
0003 METRIC CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUESa
4
T-Bolt H-Bolt M-Bolt
Nominal
Dia N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
8 29 21 20 15 10 7
10 63 46 45 33 20 15
12 108 80 88 65 34 25
14 176 130 137 101 54 40
16 265 195 206 152 78 58
18 392 289 294 217 118 87
20 539 398 392 289 167 125
22 735 542 539 398 216 159
24 931 687 686 506 274 202
27 1372 1012 1029 759 392 289
30 1911 1410 1421 1049 539 398
33 2548 1890 1911 1410 735 542
36 3136 2314 2401 1772 931 687
Torque tolerance is ±10%.
a

04T,90,M170 –19–29SEP99–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0003-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=38
 Torque Values

00
Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values 0003
5

–UN–27SEP99
TORQ1A
Top, SAE Grade and Head Markings; Bottom, SAE Grade and Nut Markings

Grade 1 (No Mark) Grade 2a (No Mark) Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2 Grade 8 or 8.2
Size Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc
N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft)
1/4 3.8 (2.8) 4.7 (3.5) 6 (4.4) 7.5 (5.5) 9.5 (7) 12 (9) 13.5 (10) 17 (12.5)
5/16 7.7 (5.7) 9.8 (7.2) 12 (9) 15.5 (11.5) 19.5 (14.5) 25 (18.5) 28 (20.5) 35 (26)
3/8 13.5 (10) 17.5 (13) 22 (16) 27.5 (20) 35 (26) 44 (32.5) 49 (36) 63 (46)
7/16 22 (16) 28 (20.5) 35 (26) 44 (32.5) 56 (41) 70 (52) 80 (59) 100 (74)
1/2 34 (25) 42 (31) 53 (39) 67 (49) 85 (63) 110 (80) 120 (88) 155 (115)
9/16 48 (35.5) 60 (45) 76 (56) 95 (70) 125 (92) 155 (115) 175 (130) 220 (165)
5/8 67 (49) 85 (63) 105 (77) 135 (100) 170 (125) 215 (160) 240 (175) 305 (225)
3/4 120 (88) 150 (110) 190 (140) 240 (175) 300 (220) 380 (280) 425 (315) 540 (400)
7/8 190 (140) 240 (175) 190 (140) 240 (175) 490 (360) 615 (455) 690 (510) 870 (640)
1 285 (210) 360 (265) 285 (210) 360 (265) 730 (540) 920 (680) 1030 (760) 1300 (960)
1-1/8 400 (300) 510 (375) 400 (300) 510 (375) 910 (670) 1150 (850) 1450 (1075) 1850 (1350)
1-1/4 570 (420) 725 (535) 570 (420) 725 (535) 1280 (945) 1630 (1200) 2050 (1500) 2600 (1920)
1-3/8 750 (550) 950 (700) 750 (550) 950 (700) 1700 (1250) 2140 (1580) 2700 (2000) 3400 (2500)
1-1/2 990 (730) 1250 (930) 990 (730) 1250 (930) 2250 (1650) 2850 (2100) 3600 (2650) 4550 (3350)
a
Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 6 in. (152 mm) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6 in. (152 mm) long,
and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length.
b
"Lubricated" means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings.
c
"Dry" means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication.

DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start
procedure is given for a specific application. Torque values listed are thread engagement. This will prevent them from failing when
for general use only. Check tightness of fasteners periodically. tightening.

Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts to approximately
replace shear bolts with identical grade. 50 percent of the dry torque shown in the chart, applied to the nut,
not to the bolt head. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the
full torque value.
Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher grade. If
higher grade fasteners are used, these should only be tightened to
the strength of the original.

DX,TORQ1 –19–01OCT99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0003-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=39
 Torque Values

00
0003 O-Ring Groove Connections
6

Face seal grooves (2 and 4) on fittings (3) should be

identified before the O-ring (1) is installed into the fitting
(use a O-ring pick to feel for the dovetail edge). Applying
petroleum jelly on an O-ring to install it in a Standard
Groove is appropriate. However, do not use petroleum
jelly or grease on an O-ring to install it into a Half Dovetail
Groove (Captive O-ring Groove). If petroleum jelly is used
in a Half Dovetail groove, the jelly could push the O-ring
out of the groove before the fitting is tighten.

1—O-Ring
2—Half Dovetail Groove
3—Fitting
4—Standard Groove

–UN–31JAN00
T127838
Face Seal Groves

CED,TX03768,2691 –19–01FEB00–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0003-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=40
 Torque Values

00
0003
7

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0003-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=41
 Torque Values

00
0003 Check Oil Lines And Fittings
8

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten

–UN–23AUG88
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.

X9811
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury may call the Deere &
Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois,
or other knowledgeable medical source.

Check all oil lines, hoses, and fittings regularly for leaks or
damage. Make sure all clamps are in position and tight.
Make sure hoses are not twisted or touching moving
machine parts. If abrasion or wear occurs, replace
immediately.

Tubing with dents may cause the oil to overheat. If you

find tubing with dents, install new tubing immediately.

IMPORTANT: Tighten fittings as specified in torque

chart.

When you tighten connections, use two wrenches to

prevent bending or breaking tubing and fittings.

TX,03,SS3513 –19–01AUG94–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0003-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=42
 Torque Values

00
Service Recommendations for O-Ring Boss 0003
9
Fittings

Straight Fitting

1. Inspect O-ring boss seat for dirt or defects.

–UN–18OCT88
2. Lubricate O-ring with petroleum jelly. Place electrical
tape over threads to protect O-ring. Slide O-ring over
tape and into O-ring groove of fitting. Remove tape.

T6243AE
3. Tighten fitting to torque value shown on chart.

Continued on next page 04T,90,K66 –19–19MAR96–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0003-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=43
 Torque Values

00
0003 Angle Fitting
10

1. Back-off lock nut (A) and back-up washer (B)

completely to head-end (C) of fitting.

2. Turn fitting into threaded boss until back-up washer

–UN–18OCT88
contacts face of boss.

3. Turn fitting head-end counterclockwise to proper index

(maximum of one turn).

T6520AB
NOTE: Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening
fittings.

4. Hold fitting head-end with a wrench and tighten locknut

and back-up washer to proper torque value.

STRAIGHT FITTING OR SPECIAL NUT TORQUE CHART

Thread Size N•m lb-ft
3/8-24 UNF 8 6
7/16-20 UNF 12 9
1/2-20 UNF 16 12
9/16-18 UNF 24 18
3/4-16 UNF 46 34
7/8-14 UNF 62 46
1-1/16-12 UN 102 75
1-3/16-12 UN 122 90
1-5/16-12 UN 142 105
1-5/8-12 UN 190 140
1-7/8-12 UN 217 160
NOTE: Torque tolerance is ± 10%.

04T,90,K66 –19–19MAR96–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0003-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=44
 Torque Values

00
Service Recommendations for Flat Face 0003
11
O-Ring Seal Fittings

1. Inspect the fitting sealing surfaces. They must be free

of dirt or defects.

–UN–18OCT88
2. Inspect the O-ring. It must be free of damage or
defects.

3. Lubricate O-rings and install into groove using

T6243AD
petroleum jelly to hold in place.

4. Push O-ring into the groove with plenty of petroleum

jelly so O-ring is not displaced during assembly.

5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand pressing joint

together to insure O-ring remains in place.

6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on the

chart per dash size stamped on the fitting. Do not allow
hoses to twist when tightening fittings.

FLAT FACE O-RING SEAL FITTING TORQUE

Thread Size
Nominal Tube O.D. Dash Size in. Swivel Nut Bulkhead Nut
mm in. N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
6.35 0.250 -4 9/16-18 16 12 5.0 3.5
9.52 0.375 -6 11/16-16 24 18 9.0 6.5
12.70 0.500 -8 13/16-16 50 37 17.0 12.5
15.88 0.625 -10 1-14 69 51 17.0 12.5
19.05 0.750 -12 1 3/16-12 102 75 17.0 12.5
22.22 0.875 -14 1 3/16-12 102 75 17.0 12.5
25.40 1.000 -16 1 7/16-12 142 105 17.0 12.5
31.75 1.250 -20 1 11/16-12 190 140 17.0 12.5
38.10 1.500 -24 2-12 217 160 17.0 12.5
NOTE: Torque tolerance is +15 -20%.

TX,03,SS3515 –19–01AUG94–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0003-11 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=45
 Torque Values

00
0003 Service Recommendations for Metric Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting
12

–UN–01MAR90
T6890BB
A—Sealing Surface B—Split Flange C—Pinched O-Ring D—Single Piece Flange

1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches then tighten the diagonally opposite cap screw.
cause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear. Tighten two remaining cap screws. Tighten all cap
Out-of-flat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot screws as specified in the chart below.
be polished out, replace component.
DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one
2. Install the correct O-ring (and backup washer if cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO
required) into groove using petroleum jelly to hold it NOT over tighten.
in place.
TORQUE CHARTa
3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) Thread b
N•m lb-ft
halves. Make sure split is centrally located and M6 12 9
perpendicular to the port. Hand tighten cap screws M8 30 22
to hold parts in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C).
M10 57 42

4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in M12 95 70

center of flange and install four cap screws. Flange M14 157 116
must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap M16 217 160
screws to hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring. M18 334 246
M20 421 318
5. After components are properly positioned and cap a
Tolerance ± 10%. The torques given are enough for the given
screws are hand tightened, tighten one cap screw, size connection with the recommended working pressure.
Increasing cap screw torque beyond these amounts will result in
flange and cap screw bending and connection failures.
b
Metric standard thread.

04T,90,K175 –19–05JAN96–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0003-12 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=46
 Torque Values

00
Service Recommendations For Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fittings 0003
13

–UN–01MAR90
T6890BB
A—Sealing Surface B—Split Flange C—Pinched O-Ring D—Single Piece Flange

1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches TORQUE CHART

cause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear. N•m lb-ft
Out-of-flat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot Nominal Cap Screw
be polished out, replace component. Flange Size
Size Min Max Min Max
2. Install O-ring (and backup washer if required) into 1/2 5/16-18 20 31 15 23
groove using petroleum jelly to hold it in place. UNC
3/4 3/8-16 UNC 28 54 21 40
3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) 1 3/8-16 UNC 37 54 27 40
halves. Make sure split is centrally located and 1-1/4 7/16-14 47 85 35 63
perpendicular to port. Hand tighten cap screws to UNC
hold parts in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C). 1-1/2 1/2-13 UNC 62 131 46 97
2 1/2-13 UNC 73 131 54 97
4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in
center of flange and install cap screws. Flange 2-1/2 1/2-13 UNC 107 131 79 97
must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap 3 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195
screws to hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring. 3-1/2 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195
4 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195
5. Tighten one cap screw, then tighten the diagonally 5 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195
opposite cap screw. Tighten two remaining cap
screws. Tighten all cap screws as specified in the
chart below.

DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one

cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO
NOT over tighten.

04T,90,K174 –19–01AUG94–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0003-13 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=47
 Torque Values

00
0003
14

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0003-14 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=48
 Group 0004
Fuels and Lubricants
00
Diesel Fuel 0004
1

Consult your local fuel distributor for properties of the Fuel lubricity should pass a minimum of 3100 gram
diesel fuel available in your area. load level as measured by the BOCLE scuffing test.

In general, diesel fuels are blended to satisfy the low Sulfur content:
temperature requirements of the geographical area in
which they are marketed. • Sulfur content should not exceed 0.5%. Sulfur
content less than 0.05% is preferred.
Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 are • If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5%
recommended. sulfur content is used, reduce the service interval for
engine oil and filter by 50%.
In all cases, the fuel shall meet the following • DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater
properties: than 1.0%.

Cetane number of 40 minimum. Cetane number Bio-diesel fuels may be used ONLY if the fuel
greater than 50 is preferred, especially for properties meet DIN 51606 or equivalent specification.
temperatures below -20°C (-4°F) or elevations above
1500 m (5,000 ft). DO NOT mix used engine oil or any other type of
lubricant with diesel fuel.
Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP) below the
expected low temperature OR Cloud Point at least
5°C (9°F) below the expected low temperature.

DX,FUEL1 –19–17FEB99–1/1

Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Conditioner

When possible, use existing fuel formulations for engines

used off-highway. This fuel will not require any additives
to provide good performance and engine reliability.
However, many local fuel distributors will not carry both
low and regular sulfur diesel fuels.

If the local fuel distributor will supply only low sulfur fuel,
order and use John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUEL
CONDITIONER. It provides lubricating properties along
with other useful benefits, such as cetane improver,
anti-oxidant, fuel stabilizer, corrosion inhibitor and others.
John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUEL CONDITIONER is
specifically for use with low sulfur fuels. Nearly all other
diesel fuel conditioners only improve cold weather flow
and stabilize long-term fuel storage. They do not contain
the lubrication additives needed by rotary fuel injection
pumps.

TX,04,SS3519 –19–20OCT93–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0004-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=49
 Fuels and Lubricants

00
0004 Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel
2

IMPORTANT: The fuel tank is vented through the

CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. Do not fill
filler cap. If a new filler cap is
the fuel tank when engine is running.
required, always replace it with an
original vented cap.
DO NOT smoke while you fill the fuel tank or
service the fuel system.
When fuel is stored for an extended period or if there
is a slow turnover of fuel, add a fuel conditioner to
Fill the fuel tank at the end of each day’s operation to
stabilize the fuel and prevent water condensation.
prevent condensation and freezing during cold
Contact your fuel supplier for recommendations.
weather.

DX,FUEL4 –19–18MAR96–1/1

Do Not Use Galvanized Containers

IMPORTANT: Diesel fuel stored in galvanized

containers reacts with zinc coating on
the container to form zinc flakes. If fuel
contains water, a zinc gel will also form.
The gel and flakes will quickly plug fuel
filters and damage fuel injectors and
fuel pumps.

DO NOT USE a galvanized container to store diesel fuel.

Store fuel in:

• plastic containers.
• aluminum containers.
• specially coated steel containers made for diesel fuel.

DO NOT USE brass-coated containers: brass is an alloy

of copper and zinc.

TX,04,SS3521 –19–04JUN90–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0004-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=50
 Fuels and Lubricants

00
Diesel Engine Coolant 0004
3

The engine cooling system is filled to provide protection at lower temperatures is required, consult
year-round protection against corrosion and cylinder your John Deere dealer for recommendations.
liner pitting, and winter freeze protection to -37°C
(-34°F). Water quality is important to the performance of the
cooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralized
The following engine coolant is preferred for service: water is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycol
base engine coolant concentrate.
• John Deere COOL-GARD Prediluted Coolant
IMPORTANT: Do not use cooling system sealing
The following engine coolant is also recommended: additives or antifreeze that contains
sealing additives.
• John Deere COOL-GARD Coolant Concentrate in a
40 to 60% mixture of concentrate with quality water. Coolant Drain Intervals

Other low silicate ethylene glycol base coolants for Drain the factory fill engine coolant, flush the cooling
heavy-duty engines may be used if they meet one of system, and refill with new coolant after the first 3
the following specifications: years or 3000 hours of operation. Subsequent drain
intervals are determined by the coolant used for
• ASTM D5345 (prediluted coolant) service. At each interval, drain the coolant, flush the
• ASTM D4985 (coolant concentrate) in a 40 to 60% cooling system, and refill with new coolant.
mixture of concentrate with quality water
When John Deere COOL-GARD is used, the drain
Coolants meeting these specifications require use of interval may be extended to 5 years or 5000 hours of
supplemental coolant additives, formulated for operation, provided that the coolant is tested annually
heavy-duty diesel engines, for protection against AND additives are replenished, as needed, by adding
corrosion and cylinder liner erosion and pitting. a supplemental coolant additive.

A 50% mixture of ethylene glycol engine coolant in If COOL-GARD is not used, the drain interval is
water provides freeze protection to -37°C (-34°F). If reduced to 2 years or 2000 hours of operation.

DX,COOL3 –19–05FEB99–1/1

Fuel Tank

To avoid condensation, fill the fuel tank at the end of

CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. If the engine
each day’s operation. Shut off engine before filling.
is hot or running, DO NOT fill the fuel tank.
DO NOT smoke while you fill fuel tank or
work on fuel system.

Item Measurement Specification

Fuel Tank Capacity 106 L (28 gal)

CED,TX03768,2688 –19–18JAN00–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0004-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=51
 Fuels and Lubricants

00
0004 Diesel Engine Oil
4

Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature

range during the period between oil changes.

The following oil is preferred:

• John Deere PLUS-50

The following oil is also recommended:

• John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME

Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of the

–UN–10OCT97
following:

• API Service Classification CG-4

• API Service Classification CF-4
•

TS1661
ACEA Specification E3
• ACEA Specification E2

Multi-viscosity diesel engine oils are preferred.

If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5% is used,

reduce the service interval by 50%.

Extended service intervals may apply when John Deere

preferred engine oils are used. Consult your John Deere
dealer for more information.

PLUS-50 is a registered trademark of Deere & Company.

TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a trademark of Deere & Company DX,ENOIL –19–10OCT97–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0004-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=52
 Fuels and Lubricants

00
Transmission, Axle, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Oil 0004
5

–19–19SEP96
T103849
Depending on the expected air temperature range You may also use oils which meet minimum John
between oil changes, use oil viscosity shown on the Deere standards, or other oils meeting John Deere
chart above. Standard JDM J20C and J20D.

JOHN DEERE HY-GARD TRANSMISSION AND Oils meeting MIL-L46167A may be used as arctic oil.
HYDRAULIC OIL IS RECOMMENDED because it is
specifically formulated to minimize brake chatter, and
to provide maximum protection against mechanical
wear.

HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company TX,04,SS3525 –19–30NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0004-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=53
 Fuels and Lubricants

00
0004 Hydraulic Oil
6

–19–19SEP96
T103848
Depending on the expected air temperature range You may also use oils which meet minimum John
between oil changes, use oil viscosity shown on the Deere standards, or other oils meeting John Deere
chart above. Standard JDM J20C and J20D.

JOHN DEERE HY-GARD TRANSMISSION AND Oils meeting MIL-L-46167A may be used as arctic oil.
HYDRAULIC OIL IS RECOMMENDED because it is
specifically formulated to minimize brake chatter, and
to provide maximum protection against mechanical
wear.

HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company TX,04,SS3526 –19–27NOV91–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0004-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=54
 Fuels and Lubricants

00
Grease 0004
7

Use grease based on NLGI consistency numbers and the

expected air temperature range during the service interval.

The following greases are preferred:

• John Deere SD POLYUREA GREASE

The following greases are also recommended:

• John Deere HD MOLY GREASE

• John Deere HD LITHIUM COMPLEX GREASE
• John Deere HD WATER RESISTANT GREASE
•

–UN–30JUN99
John Deere GREASE-GARD

Other greases may be used if they meet the following:

• NLGI Performance Classification GC-LB

TS1667
IMPORTANT: Some types of grease thickener are not
compatible with others.

DX,GREA1 –19–07JUL99–1/1

Grease for Extendible Dipperstick, Sideshift

Frame, and Stabilizer Leg Wear Strips

SAE Multipurpose Grease with Extreme Pressure (EP)

performance and containing 3 to 5 per cent molybdenum
disulfide (preferred).

TX,00,SS3882 –19–07MAR97–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0004-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=55
 Fuels and Lubricants

00
0004 Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants
8

Conditions in certain geographical areas may require

lubricant recommendations different from those printed in
this manual.

Some John Deere brand coolants and lubricants may not

be available in your location.

Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain information and

recommendations.

Synthetic lubricants may be used if they meet the

performance requirements as shown in this manual.

The temperature limits and service intervals shown in this

manual apply to both conventional and synthetic oils.

Re—refined base stock products may be used if the

finished lubricant meets the performance requirements.

DX,ALTER –19–18MAR96–1/1

Lubricant Storage

Your equipment can operate at top efficiency only Make certain that all containers are properly marked to
when clean lubricants are used. identify their contents.

Use clean containers to handle all lubricants. Properly dispose of all old containers and any residual
lubricant they may contain.
Whenever possible, store lubricants and containers in
an area protected from dust, moisture, and other
contamination. Store containers on their side to avoid
water and dirt accumulation.

DX,LUBST –19–18MAR96–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0004-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=56
 Fuels and Lubricants

00
Mixing of Lubricants 0004
9

In general, avoid mixing different brands or types of oil. Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain specific
Oil manufacturers blend additives in their oils to meet information and recommendations.
certain specifications and performance requirements.

Mixing different oils can interfere with the proper

functioning of these additives and degrade lubricant
performance.

DX,LUBMIX –19–18MAR96–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0004-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=57
 Fuels and Lubricants

00
0004
10

TM1649 (17JUL02) 00-0004-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=58
 Section 01
Wheels
Contents 01

Page

Group 0110—Powered or Non-Powered Wheels and

Fastenings
Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . .01-0110-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-0110-1
Rear Wheel Assembly
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-0110-2
Front Wheel Assembly
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-0110-3
Tire
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-0110-5

TM1649 (17JUL02) 01-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=1
 Contents

01

TM1649 (17JUL02) 01-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Group 0110
Powered or Non-Powered Wheels and Fastenings
Service Equipment and Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
01
tools may be available from a local supplier. 0110
1

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5798 –19–09DEC99–1/3

Shop Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D24206WK

Used to support machine.

CED,TX03399,5798 –19–09DEC99–2/3

Heavy Duty Wheel Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT05726

Used to remove and install wheels.

CED,TX03399,5798 –19–09DEC99–3/3

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Rear Wheel Weight 141 kg (310 lb) (without fluid)

420 kg (930 lb) (with fluid)

Rear Wheel-to-Axle Cap Screw Torque 495 ± 99 N•m (365 ± 73 lb-ft)

Front Wheel Weight 50 kg (110 lb) (without fluid)

186 kg (411 lb) (with fluid)

Front Wheel-to-Hub Nut (w/ MFWD) Torque 300 + 100 – 40 N•m (221 + 73 – 29
(12 x 16.5 tire size) lb-ft)

Front Wheel-to-Hub Cap Screw (w/o Torque 136 + 20 – 68 N•m (100 + 15 – 50

MFWD) (11L x 15, 11L x 16 tire size) lb-ft)

CED,TX03399,5799 –19–09DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 01-0110-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=61
 Powered or Non-Powered Wheels and Fastenings

Remove and Install Rear Wheel Assembly

CAUTION: Rear wheel weighs approximately

141 kg (310 lb) without fluid; 420 kg (930 lb)
01 with fluid.
0110
2 Specification
Rear Wheel—Weight ................................... 141 kg (310 lb) (without fluid)
420 kg (930 lb) (with fluid)

1. Loosen cap screws before lifting wheel off ground.

2. Raise rear of machine until rear wheels are off ground.

Install shop stands under main frame.

3. Put wheel lift (A) under wheel. Fasten safety chain

around upper portion of tire.

4. Remove cap screws (B). Pull wheel assembly away

from axle.

–UN–13FEB90
5. Clean cap screws, washers, mounting surfaces and
tapped holes in flanged axle. Use compressed air to
dry all parts and tapped holes

T91786
6. Install wheel using wheel lift (A).

IMPORTANT: If a power wrench is used, make sure

threads of cap screws are correctly
engaged to prevent damage from cross
threading. Operate the wrench slowly
when first starting the cap screws or
start cap screws by hand.

7. Install cap screws (B). Tighten until snug.

8. Lower machine to ground.

9. Tighten cap screws (B) to specification.

Specification
Rear Wheel-to-Axle Cap Screw—
Torque ......................................................... 495 ± 99 N•m (365 ± 73 lb-ft)

TX,01,BD2811 –19–02DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 01-0110-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=62
 Powered or Non-Powered Wheels and Fastenings

Remove and Install Front Wheel Assembly

CAUTION: Front wheel weighs approximately 50

kg (110 lb) without fluid or 186 kg (411 lb) with
fluid. 01
0110

–UN–27MAR90
Specification 3
Front Wheel—Weight .................................... 50 kg (110 lb) (without fluid)
186 kg (411 lb) (with fluid)

T6382BJ
1. Loosen lug nuts (w/ MFWD) or cap screws (w/o
MFWD).

2. Lift wheel off ground. Install shop stand under axle

housing near wheel being removed.

3. For machines with MFWD, put wheel lift under wheel.

Fasten safety chain around upper portion of tire.

4. Remove nuts (or cap screws). Pull wheel assembly

away from axle.

5. Clean nuts (or cap screws), tapped studs, and

mounting surfaces. Use compressed air to dry all parts
and tapped holes.

6. Install wheel assembly.

IMPORTANT: If a power wrench is used, make sure

threads of nuts (or cap screws) are
correctly engaged to prevent damage
from cross threading. Operate the
wrench slowly when first starting the
nuts (or cap screws) or start nuts (or
cap screws) by hand.

7. Install lug nuts (w/ MFWD) or cap screws (w/o MFWD).

Tighten until snug.

8. Lower machine to the ground.

Continued on next page TXD300DS3032 –19–02DEC99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 01-0110-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=63
 Powered or Non-Powered Wheels and Fastenings

9. Tighten nuts (or cap screws) to specification.

Specification
Front Wheel-to-Hub Nut (w/
MFWD) (12 x 16.5 tire size)—
01 Torque ................................................... 300 + 100 – 40 N•m (221 + 73 –
0110 29 lb-ft)
4 Front Wheel-to-Hub Cap Screw
(w/o MFWD) (11L x 15, 11L x 16
tire size)—Torque .................................... 136 + 20 – 68 N•m (100 + 15 –
50 lb-ft)

TXD300DS3032 –19–02DEC99–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 01-0110-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=64
 Powered or Non-Powered Wheels and Fastenings

Remove and Install Tire

CAUTION: Explosive separation of a tire and

rim parts can cause serious injury or death.
01
Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have 0110
5
the proper equipment and experience to
perform the job.

Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do

not inflate the tires above the recommended
pressure. Never weld or heat a wheel and tire
assembly. The heat can cause an increase in air
pressure resulting in a tire explosion. Welding
can structurally weaken or deform the wheel.

When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and

extension hose long enough to allow you to
stand to one side and NOT in front of or over
the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available.

–UN–23AUG88
Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles,
damaged rims, or missing lug bolts and nuts.

TS211
NOTE: See John Deere Off-The-Road Tire Maintenance
Manual to remove tire from wheel.

The tire can be removed without removing the

wheel from the machine.

IMPORTANT: Before removing the tire from the rim,

completely deflate tire by removing
valve core (A).

–UN–13FEB90
1. Remove valve core (A). Insert a probe through the
valve stem air passage to make sure it is clear of
obstructions.

T91801
2. Remove valve nut (B).
A—Valve Core
B—Valve Nut

Continued on next page TX,01,BD2812 –19–19NOV98–1/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 01-0110-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=65
 Powered or Non-Powered Wheels and Fastenings

3. Inspect all parts for damage. Replace parts as

necessary.

4. Make sure all parts are clean and free from rust or
grease before assembly.
01
0110
6 5. To prevent slipping of the wheel under load, the inside
and outside of wheel must be free of paint, rust, oil,
grease, dirt or other foreign material before installation.

6. Install valve stem (B) in rim base (A) and tighten valve
core housing finger tight.

CAUTION: Serious bodily injury can occur from

explosion when mounting and inflating tires if
safe procedures are not followed.

7. Before mounting tire on rim (C), add soap lubricant to

bead of the tire.

–UN–13FEB90
8. Clear area of all persons.

A—Rim Base
B—Valve Stem

T91802
C—Rim

Continued on next page TX,01,BD2812 –19–19NOV98–2/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 01-0110-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=66
 Powered or Non-Powered Wheels and Fastenings

9. Turn tire so valve stem is at the 12 o’clock position.

Use a pressure regulating valve with clip-on chuck (A)
and extension hose long enough to allow you to stand
to one side and NOT in front of tire while inflating.
01
10. Use only recommended air pressure. Pressure over 0110
this limit can cause an explosion. 7

11. Add air until side flange of tire slides out against rim.

–UN–13FEB90
T91803
TX,01,BD2812 –19–19NOV98–3/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 01-0110-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=67
 Powered or Non-Powered Wheels and Fastenings

01
0110
8

TM1649 (17JUL02) 01-0110-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=68
 Section 02
Axles and Suspension Systems
Contents

Page Page

Group 0225—Input Drive Shafts and U-Joints Check Service Brakes After Assembly . . .02-0250-50
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0225-1 Check Gear Thooth Contact Pattern . . . .02-0250-52 02
Drive Shaft
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0225-1 Group 0299—Dealer Fabricated Tools
Replace U-Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0225-2 DFT1146 Axle Mounting Bracket. . . . . . . . . .02-0299-1
DFT1147 Axle Rolling Torque Bar. . . . . . . . .02-0299-2
Group 0230—Non-Powered Wheel Axles
Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0230-1
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0230-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0230-2
Hub Assemble
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0230-4
Spindle and Knuckle Assembly
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0230-6
Tie Rod
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0230-7
Non-Powered Front Axle
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0230-8
Adjust Toe-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0230-10

Group 0240—Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0240-1
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0240-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0240-2
Front Wheel Drive Axles—Use CTM4509 . . .02-0240-2
Front Axle
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0240-3
MFWD Axle
Adjust Toe-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0240-7

Group 0250—Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction

Gears
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0250-1
Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0250-2
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0250-3
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0250-4
Rear Axle
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0250-6
Serice Brakes
Inpsect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0250-8
Rear Axle
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0250-9
Disassemble and Assemble Park
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0250-17
Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0250-34

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=1
 Contents

02

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Group 0225
Input Drive Shafts and U-Joints
Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Drive Shaft Cap Screws Torque 41 N•m (30 lb-ft)

02
0225
CED,TX03399,5800 –19–09DEC99–1/1 1

Remove and Install Drive Shaft

IMPORTANT: Always replace drive shaft cap screws

when removed.

1. For front drive shaft, remove and discard four cap

screws at front axle. Slide drive shaft from spline.

2. For rear drive shaft, remove four cap screws and two
half-clamps at each end of drive shaft. Discard cap
screws.

3. Install drive shaft. Install new cap screws and tighten to

specification.

Specification
Drive Shaft Cap Screws—Torque ................................... 41 N•m (30 lb-ft)

CED,OUO1010,205 –19–01JUN98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0225-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=71
 Input Drive Shafts and U-Joints

Replace Drive Shaft U-Joints

IMPORTANT: Always replace drive shaft cap screws

when removed.

1. Remove drive shaft.

–UN–05FEB90
• For front drive shaft, remove and discard four cap
screws at front axle. Slide drive shaft from spline.
• For rear drive shaft, remove four cap screws and two

T94751
02 half-clamps at each end of drive shaft. Discard cap
0225 screws.
2

2. Remove grease fitting and snap rings.

3. Put drive shaft on a vise so both ears of one of the

drive shaft yokes rests on the open jaws of the vise.
Force the opposite yoke down, using a brass rod, until
bearing cap (A) is approximately halfway out.

4. Remove bearing cap (A) and cross. Remove opposite

bearing cap. Replace parts if necessary.

TX,03,BD2838 –19–22MAY98–1/2

5. Install needle bearings into cap (A). Use grease to hold

needle bearings in position.

6. Install seal (B) on bearing cap.

7. Put cross (C) between yoke ears.

–UN–05FEB90
8. Push bearing caps into yoke just far enough to install
snap ring. Install snap ring.

9. Install grease fitting and inject grease into U-joint. Do T94754

not force grease out seal (B). (For type of grease, see
Fuels and Lubricants in Group 0004.)
A—Cap
B—Seal
IMPORTANT: Do not reuse drive shaft cap screws.
C—Cross

10. Install drive shaft. Install new cap screws and tighten
to specification.

Specification
Drive Shaft Cap Screws—Torque ................................... 41 N•m (30 lb-ft)

TX,03,BD2838 –19–22MAY98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0225-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=72
 Group 0230
Non-Powered Wheel Axles
Service Equipment and Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.

02
0230
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5801 –19–09DEC99–1/2 1

Bushing, Bearing, and Seal Driver Set. . . . . . D01045AA

To remove and install knuckle bushings and seals.

CED,TX03399,5801 –19–09DEC99–2/2

Other Material

Number Name Use

TY16285 (U.S.) Cure Primer Cures surfaces prior to application of

CXTY16285 (Canadian) adhesives or sealants.
7649 (LOCTITE)

TY15969 (U.S.) Retaining Compound (Maximum To retain axle spindle bushings and
TY9479 (Canadian) Strength) axle pivot bushings.
680 (LOCTITE)

LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corp.

LOCTITE is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp. CED,TX03399,5802 –19–09DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0230-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=73
 Non-Powered Wheel Axles

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Wheel Bearing Castellated Nut Torque 47 N•m (35 lb-ft).

Steering Knuckle-to-King Pin Cap Torque 47 N•m (35 lb-ft).

Screw

Toe-In Width Front measurement 6 ± 3 mm (0.24

02 ± 0.12 in.) less than rear
0230 measurement.
2

Tie Rod Clamp Nut and Cap Screw Torque 95 ± 14 N•m (70 ± 10 lb-ft)

CED,TX03399,5803 –19–09DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0230-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=74
 Non-Powered Wheel Axles

02
0230
3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0230-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=75
 Non-Powered Wheel Axles

Remove and Install Hub Assembly

02
0230
4

–UN–03FEB97
T106983
1—Seal 4—Bearing Cup 7—Outer Bearing Cone 10—Washer
2—Seal Cup 5—Hub 8—Set Screw 11—Castellated Nut
3—Inner Bearing Cone 6—Bearing Cup 9—Cotter Pin 12—Cap

1. Remove front wheel. (See Remove and Install Front NOTE: Remove bearing cups only if replacement is
Wheel Assembly in Group 0110.) necessary.

2. Remove cap (12). 9. Remove bearing cups using a brass drift.

3. Remove cotter pin (9) and nut (11). 10. Install new outer and inner bearing cups using a
press. Install cups tight against shoulder in hub.
4. Remove washer (10), bearing cone (7) and hub (5).
11. Pack inner and outer bearing cones (3 and 7) with
5. Remove bearing cone (3) and seal (1). multi-purpose grease.

6. Remove seal cup (2). 12. Install inner bearing cone (3).

7. Remove all old grease. Clean parts in solvent. 13. Install seal cup (2) using a press.
Allow to air dry.

8. Inspect bearing cones and cups for pitting,

discoloration, or scoring. Check seal for damage or
brittleness. Replace parts if necessary.

Continued on next page TX,0230,SS3067 –19–11FEB00–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0230-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=76
 Non-Powered Wheel Axles

NOTE: Use a piece of pipe with the following 19. Rotate hub several times and tighten castellated
approximate dimensions to install seal (1). nut again to specification.

• Length—152 mm (6 in.) 20. Loosen castellated nut just enough to install cotter
• OD—70 mm (2-3/4 in.) pin. If hole in knuckle spindle is aligned with slot in
• ID—63.5 mm (2-1/2 in.) nut when nut is tightened to specification, loosen
castellated nut one slot and install cotter pin.
14. Install seal (1) until tight against shoulder with flat
side of seal facing away from hub. 21. Remove set screw (8) and install a grease fitting.

15. Fill space between inner bearing cone and seal 22. Inject multi-purpose grease into hub until grease 02
with multi-purpose grease. Apply grease to lips of begins to come through outer bearing cone. 0230
5
seal.
23. Install cap.
16. Install hub (5) onto knuckle spindle.

17. Install outer bearing cone (7), washer (10), and

castellated nut (11).

18. Tighten castellated nut to specification.

Specification
Wheel Bearing Castellated
Nut—Torque ............................................................ 47 N•m (35 lb-ft).

TX,0230,SS3067 –19–11FEB00–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0230-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=77
 Non-Powered Wheel Axles

Remove and Install Spindle and Knuckle

Assembly

1. Remove hub. (See Remove and Install Hub Assembly

in this group.)

2. Remove cotter pin (23) and pin (30) to disconnect tie

rod.

3. Remove cap screw (14).

02
0230
4. Remove king pin using a soft steel rod.
6

5. Remove knuckle (29) with thrust washers (18 and 19).

6. Inspect thrust washers (18 and 19) and spring pin (20)
for wear or damage. Remove spring pin only if
replacement is necessary.

7. Inspect all parts for wear or damage including axle

–UN–12AUG98
bushings.

8. Remove seal from upper pivot bore.

T106990
9. Remove upper and lower bushings using a bushing,
bearing, and seal driver set.

10. Apply cure primer, then retaining compound to 11—Bushing

outside surface of new bushings. Install bushings 12—Lubrication Fitting
flush to 3 mm (0.01 in.) maximum below inner surface 13—Seal
14—Cap Screw
of axle casting. 15—King Pin
16—Lock Nut
11. Install new seals tight against bushings. 18—Thrust Washer
19—Thrust Washer
12. Install new knuckle spring pin, if removed. 20—Spring Pin
21—Dust Shield
23—Cotter Pin
13. Install thrust washers and knuckle. 24—Lubrication Fitting
29—Knuckle
14. Install king pin. 30—Pin

15. Install and tighten cap screw (14) to specification.

Specification
Steering Knuckle-to-King Pin Cap
Screw—Torque ............................................................... 47 N•m (35 lb-ft).

16. Align tie rod to install pin and cotter pin.

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2143 –19–24NOV99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0230-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=78
 Non-Powered Wheel Axles

17. Install hub. (See Remove and Install Hub Assembly in

this group).

TX,02,YY2143 –19–24NOV99–2/2

Remove and Install Tie Rod

1. Remove pins and tie rod (2) from machine.

02
0230
2. Remove and install bushing (1) using a bushing,
7
bearing, and seal driver set.

–UN–05FEB97
3. Install tie rod and pins.

1—Bushing

T106992
2—Tie Rod End
4—Cap Screw
5—Clip
6—Tube
9—Lubrication Fitting
10—Nut

TX,02,YY2145 –19–01FEB97–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0230-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=79
 Non-Powered Wheel Axles

Remove and Install Non-Powered Front Axle

1. Install shop stands under main frame.

2. Remove counterweights if equipped.

–UN–23AUG88
3. Raise loader and install boom lock bar.

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid

X9811
02
0230 the hazard by relieving pressure before
8 disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.

Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

4. Operate all hydraulic controls to release pressure.

5. Remove both front wheels. (See Remove and Install

Front Wheel Assembly in Group 0120.)

6. Tag and disconnect steering cylinder lines. Close all

openings using caps and plugs.

Continued on next page TX,0230,SS3072 –19–24NOV99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0230-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=80
 Non-Powered Wheel Axles

7. Remove cap screw (1), washer (2) and bushing (3).

8. Remove lubrication lines from rear of pin (4) and head

end of steering cylinder.

9. Support weight of axle with a floor jack positioned

under center of axle.

10. Remove pin and axle.

11. Remove and save shims if used. 02

0230
9
12. Inspect pivot bushings (6). Remove if worn or
damaged.

13. Remove any grease, oil, dirt and paint from

bushing-to-axle mating surfaces.

14. Apply cure primer, then retaining compound

(maximum strength) to outside surface of new
bushings.

–UN–05FEB97
15. Install new bushings flush to 0.8 mm (0.03 in.) below
the outer surface of the axle.

T106993
16. Install as many shims as will fit between axle and
support.
1—Cap Screw
17. Install pin (4) and cap screw (1). 2—Washer
3—Bushing
4—Pin
18. Connect lubrication and hydraulic lines.
5—Thrust Washer (as required)
6—Bushing (2 used)
19. Install front wheels. (See Remove and Install Front
Wheel Assembly in Group 0120.)

TX,0230,SS3072 –19–24NOV99–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0230-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=81
 Non-Powered Wheel Axles

Adjust Non-Powered Front Axle Toe-In

SPECIFICATIONS
Toe-In (Width Between Tires) Front measurement 6 ± 3 mm
(0.24 ± 0.12 in.) less than rear
measurement.

–UN–02NOV88
Tie Rod Clamp Nut and Cap 95 ± 14 N•m (70 ± 10 lb-ft)
Screw Torque

1. Measure ground-to-hub center distance (A). At this

T6382JW
02 height, mark the center tread (front and rear) of both
0230 front tires.
10
2. Measure width (B) between the front marks and width
(C) between the rear marks.

3. Width (B) must be 6 ± 3 mm (0.24 ± 0.12 in.) less than

width (C).

–UN–02NOV88
Specification
Toe-In—Width............................................. Front measurement 6 ± 3 mm
(0.24 ± 0.12 in.) less than rear
measurement.

T6162AT
4. To adjust toe-in, loosen both tie rod clamp nuts and
cap screws (F). Turn tie rod tube (D) until toe-in is
within specification.
A—Center of Hub
B—Width—Front of Tire
5. After adjustment is to specification, rotate clamp (E) so C—Width—Rear of Tire
the clamp nut points 45° down toward rear of machine. D—Tie Rod
Tighten clamp nut and cap screw to specification. E—Clamp

Specification
Tie Rod Clamp Nut and Cap
Screw—Torque ................................................ 95 ± 14 N•m (70 ± 10 lb-ft)

TX,0230,SS3074 –19–11DEC95–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0230-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=82
 Group 0240
Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)
Service Equipment and Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.

02
0240
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5804 –19–09DEC99–1/3 1

Shop Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D24206WK

Used to support machine.

CED,TX03399,5804 –19–09DEC99–2/3

Low Lift Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT01642A

Used to remove and install MFWD axle.

CED,TX03399,5804 –19–09DEC99–3/3

Other Material

Number Name Use

TY16285 (U.S.) Cure Primer Cures surfaces prior to application of

CXTY16285 (Canadian) adhesives or sealants.
7649 (LOCTITE)

TY15969 (U.S.) Retaining Compound (Maximum Apply to OD of MFWD axle

TY9479 (Canadian) Strength) bushings.
680 (LOCTITE)

LOCTITE is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp. CED,TX03399,5805 –19–09DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0240-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=83
 Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Front Counterweights

Primary Counterweights (Cannot Weight 181 kg (400 lb)

Be Used With Additional
Counterweights)

02
0240 Front Counterweights
2

Primary Counterweights (Can Be Weight 295 kg (650 lb)

Used With Additional
Counterweights)

Front Counterweights

Additional Counterweights Weight 113 kg (250 lb)

MFWD

Axle Pivot End Play 0—1.5 mm (0—0.060 in.)

MFWD Drive Shaft U-Joint Torque 41 N•m (30 lb-ft)

Strap-to-Axle Yoke Cap Screw

Toe-In Width Front measurement 3 ± 3 mm (0.12

± 0.12 in.) less than rear
measurement.

CED,TX03399,5806 –19–09DEC99–1/1

Front Wheel Drive Axles—Use CTM4509

For complete repair information, the component technical

manual (CTM) is also required.

Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.

–UN–17JAN89
TS225

TX,02,YY2147 –19–04FEB97–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0240-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=84
 Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

Remove and Install Powered Front Axle

1. Raise loader and install boom lock bar.

CAUTION: The approximate weight of Primary

front counterweight that CANNOT be used with
additional counterweight is 181 kg (400 lb).

Front Counterweights—Specification
Primary Counterweights (Cannot
Be Used With Additional 02
Counterweights)—Weight ................................................... 181 kg (400 lb) 0240
3
The approximate weight of Primary front counterweight
that CAN be used with additional counterweight is 295 kg
(650 lb).

Front Counterweights—Specification
Primary Counterweights (Can Be
Used With Additional
Counterweights)—Weight ................................................... 295 kg (650 lb)

The approximate weight of each Additional counterweight

is 113 kg (250 lb).

Front Counterweights—Specification
Additional Counterweights—
Weight................................................................................. 113 kg (250 lb)

2. Remove counterweights (if equipped).

3. Raise and support front of machine. Position shop

stands under main frame—one at each side.

4. Remove front wheels. (See Remove and Install Front

Wheel Assembly in Group 0110.)

Continued on next page TX,02,BD2750 –19–24NOV99–1/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0240-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=85
 Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.

–UN–23AUG88
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.

X9811
02
0240 Any fluid injected into the skin must be
4 surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

5. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure

in hydraulic system. Disconnect steering cylinder lines.
Close all openings with caps or plugs.

6. Remove cap screws to disconnect drive shaft.

Continued on next page TX,02,BD2750 –19–24NOV99–2/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0240-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=86
 Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

02
0240
5

–UN–12AUG98
T107054

1—Cap Screw 4—Pin 6—Thrust Washer (2 used) 9—Adapter (2 used)

2—Washer 5—Thrust Washer (as 7—Bushing (2 used)
3—Bushing required)
Continued on next page TX,02,BD2750 –19–24NOV99–3/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0240-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=87
 Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

7. Position a low lift jack under center of front axle. 14. Apply multi-purpose grease on pin (4). Install pin
Attach the adjustable-grip arms and safety chains of into bore. Install two adapters (9) and connect
the low lift jack to the axle housing. lubrication lines.

8. Remove cap screw (1), washer (2), and bushing 15. Install mounting hardware (1—3).
(3).
16. Install drive shaft. Tighten cap screws to
9. Disconnect two lubrication lines from adapters (9). specification.

10. Remove pin (4), thrust washers (5 and 6) and axle MFWD—Specification
02 assembly. MFWD Drive Shaft U-Joint
0240 Strap-to-Axle Yoke Cap
6 Screw—Torque ......................................................... 41 N•m (30 lb-ft)
11. Inspect bushings (7) for wear or damage. Remove
only if replacement is necessary. 17. Connect steering cylinder lines.

12. Apply cure primer, then retaining compound on 18. Install front wheels and lower machine to ground.
OD of new bushings. Install bushings. (See Remove and Install Front Wheel Assembly in
Group 0110.)
13. Raise axle into position under front frame
assembly. Install thrust washers (5) as required 19. Install counterweights (if equipped).
between pin (4) and frame until axle pivot end play
is within specification. 20. Remove boom lock bar and lower loader.
MFWD—Specification
Axle Pivot—End Play.................................. 0—1.5 mm (0—0.060 in.)

TX,02,BD2750 –19–24NOV99–4/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0240-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=88
 Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

Adjust MFWD Axle Toe-In

1. Measure ground-to-hub center distance (A). At this

height, mark the center tread (front and rear) of both
front tires.

–UN–15MAR93
2. Measure width (B) between the front marks and width
(C) between the rear marks.

3. Width (B) must be 3 ± 3 mm (0.12 ± 0.12 in.) less than

T7947AW
width (C). 02
0240
MFWD—Specification 7
Toe-In—Width............................................. Front measurement 3 ± 3 mm
(0.12 ± 0.12 in.) less than rear
measurement.

4. Loosen cap screws and nuts (D) at each side of axle.

Turn each tie rod (E) equally to adjust. Tighten cap
screws and nuts (D).

–UN–11MAR93
A—Center of Hub
B—Width—Rear of Tire

T7947AX
C—Width—Front of Tire
D—Cap Screws and Nuts
E—Tie Rod

TX,0240,BD1053 –19–24NOV99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0240-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=89
 Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

02
0240
8

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0240-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=90
 Group 0250
Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears
Essential Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).

02
0250
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5807 –19–09DEC99–1/7 1

Axle Spanner Nut Wrench. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1056

Use to remove axle nut.

CED,TX03399,5807 –19–09DEC99–2/7

Ring Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1138

Used to extend spring pins.

CED,TX03399,5807 –19–09DEC99–3/7

Axle Seal Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1059

Used to drive seal into housing.

CED,TX03399,5807 –19–09DEC99–4/7

Rolling Torque and Backlash Bar . . . . . . . . . . JDG712A

Used to measure backlash.

CED,TX03399,5807 –19–09DEC99–5/7

Axle Sleeve Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1058

Used to press axle into sleeve.

CED,TX03399,5807 –19–09DEC99–6/7

Axle Spanner Nut Wrench. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1056

To tighten axle shaft spanner nut.

CED,TX03399,5807 –19–09DEC99–7/7

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=91
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

Service Equipment and Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.

02
0250
2 SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5808 –19–09DEC99–1/5

Shop Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D24206WK

Used to support machine.

CED,TX03399,5808 –19–09DEC99–2/5

Low Lift Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT01642A

Used to remove and install rear axle.

CED,TX03399,5808 –19–09DEC99–3/5

Axle Mounting Bracket1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DFT1146

To mount axle to engine stand.

1
Fabricated tool, dealer made. (See Group 0299 for instructions to make
tool.)
CED,TX03399,5808 –19–09DEC99–4/5

Axle Rolling Torque Bar1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DFT1147

To determine axle rolling torque.

1
Fabricated tool, dealer made. (See Group 0299 for instructions to make
tool.)
CED,TX03399,5808 –19–09DEC99–5/5

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=92
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

Other Material

Number Name Use

TY16285 (U.S.) Cure Primer Cures surfaces prior to application of

CXTY16285 (Canadian) adhesives or sealants.
7649 (LOCTITE)

T43512 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Apply to cap screw threads of brake
TY9473 (Canadian) Strength) retainers
242 (LOCTITE) Apply to threads of axle shaft 02
spanner nut. 0250
3

TY16021 (U.S.) High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket Apply to ID of axle sleeve.

TY9484 (Canadian)
17430 (LOCTITE)

LOCTITE is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp. CED,TX03399,5809 –19–09DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=93
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Rear Axle

Mounting Cap Screws Torque 620 N•m (457 lb-ft)

(S.N. —851673) Capacity 13L (14 qt)

02 (S.N. 851674— ) Capacity 16L (17 qt)

0250
4
Service Brake Disk Thickness 5 mm (0.197 in.) Minimum

Pinion Shaft Bearings Rolling Drag Torque 0.5—1.0 N•m (4—9 lb-in.)

Pinion Shaft Nut Torque 600 N•m (442 lb-ft)

To Determine Shim Pack Distance 1.2 + 0.1 – 0 mm (0.047 + 0.004 – 0

Dimension for Piston Travel in.)

To Determine Shim Pack Distance 8.7 ± 0.2 mm (0.343 ± 0.008 in.)

Dimension for Park Brake Spring
Plate

Park Brake Cover-to-Housing Cap Torque 46 N•m (34 lb-ft)

Screws

Park Brake Housing Mounting Cap Torque 46 N•m (34 lb-ft)

Screws

Sleeve-to-Flange End Distance 100 mm (4 in.)

Pinion Shaft Nut Torque 600 N•m (442 lb-ft)

Park Brake Manual Release Cap Depth 27 + 1 – 0 mm (1.06 + 0.039 – 0

Screws in.)

Park Brake Slip Check (brake Torque 530 N•m (391 lb-ft)
must not slip at this setting)

Differential Housing Cap Screws Torque 185 N•m (136 lb-ft)

Axle Housing Cap Screws Torque 195 N•m (144 lb-ft)

Ring Gear Backlash 0.15—0.25 mm (0.006—0.010 in.)

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5810 –19–09DEC99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=94
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

Item Measurement Specification

Brake Housing Guide Pins Depth 40.6 + 0 – 0.6 mm (1.59 + 0 – 0.023

in.)

Service Brake Retainer Cap Screw Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

Inner Axle Bearing Rolling Drag Torque 6.5—8 N•m (58—71 lb-in.)

Planet Carrier End play 0.1—0.4 mm (0.003—0.015 in.)

02
Axle Housing Cap Screws Torque 195 N•m (143 lb-ft) 0250
5

CED,TX03399,5810 –19–09DEC99–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=95
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

Remove and Install Rear Axle

1. Raise and support rear of machine. Position shop

stands under main frame—one at each side.

2. Remove both rear wheels. (See Remove and Install

Rear Wheel Assembly in Group 0110.)

NOTE: The approximate capacity of the rear axle is:

02 • For machines (S.N. —851673), 13L (14 qt)

0250 • For machines (S.N. 851674— ), 16L (17 qt)
6

3. Drain rear axle.

4. Disconnect hydraulic lines to service brakes (1),

differential lock (2) and park brake (3) from top of axle
housing. Close all hydraulic line opening using caps
and plugs.

5. Position a low lift jack under center of rear axle. Attach

–UN–15FEB97
the adjustable-grip arms and safety chains of the low
lift jack to the axle housing.

T107305
6. Remove four cap screws (4) on each side of axle and
lower axle from machine.

7. Repair axle as necessary. (See Disassemble Rear

Axle in this group.)

8. Install rear axle using low lift jack.

9. Install and tighten axle mounting cap screws (4) to

specification.

Rear Axle—Specification
Mounting Cap Screws—Torque .................................. 620 N•m (457 lb-ft)

10. Connect hydraulic lines to service brakes, differential

lock, and park brake.

11. Install rear wheels and lower machine to ground. (See

Remove and Install Rear Wheel Assembly in Group
0110.)
1—Service Brake Hydraulic Line
2—Differential Lock Hydraulic Line
3—Park Brake Hydraulic Line
4—Cap Screws (4 used)
–UN–15FEB97
T107300

Continued on next page CED,OUO1040,1006 –19–15OCT98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=96
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

NOTE: The approximate capacity of the rear axle is:

Rear Axle—Specification
(S.N. —851673)—Capacity ...................................................... 13L (14 qt)
(S.N. 851674— )—Capacity ..................................................... 16L (17 qt)

It will take approximately five minutes for oil to settle into

outer housing when oil is warm.

12. Install drain plug. Fill axle to proper level. (See Fuels
and Lubricants in Group 0004.)
02
0250
Wait five to ten minutes for oil to settle. Recheck level 7
and add as necessary. If oil is cold, settle time may
increase.

CED,OUO1040,1006 –19–15OCT98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=97
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

Inspect Service Brakes

NOTE: The service brake inspection ports are located at

the front of the rear axle.

1. Remove plugs (A) from inspection port (C).

–UN–01JUN98
NOTE: If axle is removed from machine, skip steps 2 and
3 and apply hydraulic pressure directly to axle
service brake ports using a manually operated

T115644
02 hydraulic pump.
0250
8
2. Start engine. Do not release park brake.

3. Apply the service brakes.

NOTE: When the service brakes are applied, gap (B) will
equal the overall thickness of brake disk (E).

A piece of metal bar stock with a thickness of 5

mm (0.197 in.) can be used as a gauge to check
gap (B). If the 5 mm (0.197 in.) gauge cannot fit
between two separator disks (D), replace brake
disks. (See Disassemble Rear Axle in this group.)

4. Check gap (B) between two separator disks (D) using

a feeler gauge.

5. Replace brake disks if gap (B) is less than 5 mm

(0.197 in.).

Rear Axle—Specification

–UN–01JUN98
Service Brake Disk—Thickness ....................... 5 mm (0.197 in.) Minimum

(See Disassemble Rear Axle in Group 0250.)

T115634
A—Plugs
B—Gap [5 mm (0.197 in.) minimum]
C—Inspection Port
D—Separator Disk (4 used)
E—Brake Disk (3 used)

CED,OUO1020,3239 –19–22DEC98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=98
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

Disassemble Rear Axle

1. Remove axle from machine. (See procedure in this

group.)

NOTE: Repair procedure for the left and right outer axle

–UN–14JAN97
housings are the same.

2. Attach lifting strap and hoist to right axle housing.

T105071
3. Remove eight cap screws and two nuts with lock 02
washers from right axle housing. Carefully separate 0250
9
axle housing from brake housing using a hoist.

4. Install axle housing on engine stand using DFT1146

Axle Mounting Bracket. (See procedure to make tool in
Group 0299.)

TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–1/24

NOTE: The right side axle housing and brake housing

MUST be removed if any repairs are being done
to differential or pinion. Differential lock piston can
be repaired by removing the left axle housing.

Carrier shown removed for illustration purposes.

–UN–14JAN97
5. Remove snap ring from one planetary gear.

T105075
Continued on next page TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–2/24

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=99
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

6. Remove planetary gear from carrier using a puller or

rolled-head pry bars.

7. Release snap ring retaining planetary carrier to axle

and remove carrier from housing.

8. Remove remaining planetary gears from carrier as

necessary.

02
0250
10

–UN–28FEB97
T107738
TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–3/24

9. Remove snap ring and thrust washer to disassemble

bearing.

–UN–14JAN97
T105078

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–4/24

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=100
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

10. Install two eye bolts and bar to retain axle. Remove
axle nut using JDG1056 Axle Spanner Nut Wrench.

02
0250
11

–UN–28FEB97
T107739
TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–5/24

11. Remove axle from housing using a hoist.

–UN–14JAN97
T105082
Continued on next page TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–6/24

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-11 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=101
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

12. Remove axle bearing using a puller.

02
0250
12

–UN–28FEB97
T107740
TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–7/24

13. Remove and discard seal sleeve.

NOTE: Remove brass plug ONLY if axle housing, brake

housing, center housing, differential, sun pinion
shaft, axle shaft, or ring and pinion are replaced.

–UN–14JAN97
14. If necessary, remove (brass) stop on end of axle shaft
by drilling and tapping stop. Install slide hammer and
remove stop. Discard stop.

T105084

TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–8/24

15. Remove and discard shaft seal. If necessary, use a

brass rod to drive outer bearing races from axle
housing.
–UN–14JAN97
T105085

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–9/24

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-12 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=102
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

16. Remove sun gear shaft from differential.

–UN–14JAN97
T105086
02
0250
TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–10/24 13

17. Remove backing plate, brake disks, and separator

plates from housing.

18. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Check thickness of

brake disk. Replace if less than specification.

–UN–14JAN97
Rear Axle—Specification
Service Brake Disk—Thickness ....................... 5 mm (0.197 in.) Minimum

T105087
TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–11/24

19. Scribe a line between brake housing and differential

housing to aid assembly. Remove brake housing from
differential housing.

–UN–14JAN97
T105088
TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–12/24

20. Remove piston from housing using compressed air or

hydraulic hand pump.
–UN–28FEB97
T107763

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–13/24

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-13 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=103
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

21. Remove O-rings and backup rings from brake

housing.

–UN–14JAN97
T105090
02
0250
14 TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–14/24

22. Remove split ring from brake adjusters.

–UN–14JAN97
T105091
TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–15/24

23. Remove cap screws, clips, spring and pins.

–UN–14JAN97
T105093

TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–16/24

24. Remove guide pins (if necessary) from brake housing

using a press.
–UN–14JAN97
T105094

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–17/24

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-14 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=104
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

25. Remove differential.

–UN–14JAN97
T105095
02
0250
TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–18/24 15

26. Remove both bearings from differential using a puller.

–UN–14JAN97
T105096
TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–19/24

27. Scribe a line on differential housings to aid assembly.

28. Remove cap screws from differential.

–UN–14JAN97
T105097

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–20/24

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-15 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=105
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

29. Note location of tabs on thrust washers. Remove

pinion assembly.

–UN–14JAN97
T105098
02
0250
16 TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–21/24

30. Remove ring gear from differential housing (if

required) using a press.

–UN–14JAN97
T105099
TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–22/24

31. Remove spring, differential lock, and thrust bearing.

–UN–14JAN97
T105100

TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–23/24

NOTE: A hand operated hydraulic pump can be used to

remove differential lock piston.

32. Remove sun gear shaft and differential lock piston.

33. Remove differential outer bearing race using a puller

–UN–14JAN97

and slide hammer.

T105103

TX,02,YY2202 –19–23OCT98–24/24

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-16 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=106
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

Disassemble and Assemble Park Brake

NOTE: To aid disassembly, remove lock nut on pinion

shaft before releasing park brake cap screws. A
pipe wrench can also be used to retain drive
flange, if necessary.

–UN–14JAN97
1. Remove lock nut from pinion shaft.

2. Remove drive flange from pinion shaft.

T105105
02
0250
TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–1/42 17

3. Remove sleeve from drive flange (if necessary) using a

knife edge puller and a press.

–UN–13MAR97
T108145B
TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–2/42

4. Drive pinion shaft from park brake housing using a soft

mallet.

–UN–14JAN97
T105106
TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–3/42

5. Remove adjusting ring from shaft.

6. Remove bearing from pinion shaft using a knife edge

puller.
–UN–14JAN97
T105108

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–4/42

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-17 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=107
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

7. Remove pinion shaft seal from housing.

–UN–14JAN97
T105109
02
0250
18 TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–5/42

8. Scribe a line on park brake cover and housing to aid

assembly. Loosen lock nuts and remove towing cap
screws.

9. Remove evenly the remaining cap screws that fasten

park brake cover to housing while releasing pressure
on park brake disk.

–UN–14JAN97
T105110
TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–6/42

10. Remove park brake piston from brake housing.

–UN–14JAN97
T105112

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–7/42

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-18 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=108
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

11. Remove sealing rings and guide pins with O-rings

from piston.

–UN–14JAN97
02

T105113
0250
19

TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–8/42

12. Remove outer bearing race from housing using a

puller.

–UN–14JAN97
T105115
TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–9/42

NOTE: Be careful not to damage shims behind bearing

cup during removal.

13. Drive bearing cup from housing using a brass rod.

–UN–14JAN97
T105116

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–10/42

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-19 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=109
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

NOTE: If ring gear or pinion shaft are damaged, both

parts MUST be replaced as an assembly.

14. Record dimension (X) located on top center of rear

axle housing.

EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION X

–UN–14JAN97
(X) Equals 173.24 mm (6.82 in.)

T105118
02
0250
20 TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–11/42

NOTE: An etched number (C) at end of the pinion shaft is

used to identify the pinion shaft with the ring gear.
The etched numbers on both components should
match.

The stamped number (A) on the end of the pinion

–19–28AUG98
shaft is used for calculating the number of shims
required (dimension Y). In addition to the stamped
number, a tolerance number (B) may be etched
on the end of some pinion shafts. The tolerance

T116978
should be added to (or subtracted from) the
stamped number as necessary.
Examples of Euro Style Numbers and U.S. Equivalent
1
15. Record dimension (I) (stamped on end of pinion
shaft).

EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION (I)

Dimension (I) Equals 135 mm (5.3 in.)1

–19–10SEP98
T117043
A—Stamped Number
B—Etched Tolerance Number
C—Etched Match Set Number

1
If a tolerance number (B) is etched on end of the pinion shaft, add the
tolerance to (or subtract from) the stamped number (as necessary) to
determine dimension (I).
Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–12/42

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-20 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=110
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

16. Measure and record complete bearing width—

dimension (II).

EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION (II)

Dimension (II) Equals 36.54 mm (1.43 in.)

–UN–11MAR97
17. Determine number of shims required behind pinion
shaft inner bearing race. See Examples A and B.

EXAMPLE A:

T108058
Dimension (I) 135 mm (5.31 in.) 02
0250
Plus dimension (II) + 36.54 mm (1.43 in.) 21
Equals dimension (Y) = 171.54 mm (6.75 in.)

EXAMPLE B:
Dimension (X) 173.24 mm (6.82 in.)
Minus dimension (Y) – 171.54 mm (6.75 in.)
Equals shim pack = 1.70 mm (0.06 in.)

TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–13/42

18. Install shims and inner bearing race in housing.

–UN–14JAN97
T105121

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–14/42

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-21 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=111
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

19. Install outer bearing race until bottomed in bore.

–UN–14JAN97
T105123
02
0250
22 TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–15/42

20. Heat inner roller bearing and install on pinion shaft.

Be sure bearing is bottomed on shoulder of pinion
shaft.

–UN–14JAN97
T105124
TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–16/42

21. Extend spring pins on JGD1138 gauge ring and install

on pinion shaft.

–UN–14JAN97
T105125

TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–17/42

22. Heat outer pinion shaft bearing. Install pinion shaft

and bearing until bottomed.
–UN–16JAN97
T106461

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–18/42

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-22 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=112
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

NOTE: Rotate pinion shaft several times in both

directions as nut is gradually tightened to seat
bearings.

23. Install drive flange, washer and nut. Retain drive

flange with a pipe wrench and tighten nut.

–UN–16JAN97
T106462
02
0250
TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–19/42 23

NOTE: If new bearings are installed, tighten nut to obtain

a rolling drag torque at the higher end of
specification.

24. Establish rolling drag torque.

–UN–12MAR97
Rear Axle—Specification
Pinion Shaft Bearings—Rolling
Drag Torque ..................................................... 0.5—1.0 N•m (4—9 lb-in.)

25. Loosen nut and remove pinion shaft again.

T108099
TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–20/42

26. Remove gauge ring and measure the height of the

spacer ring to be installed on pinion shaft.

–UN–16JAN97
T106465
Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–21/42

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-23 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=113
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

NOTE: Rotate pinion shaft several times in both

directions as nut is tightened to seat bearings.

27. Install pinion shaft, spacer ring, bearing and drive

flange. Install washer and nut on shaft. Tighten nut to
specifications.

–UN–16JAN97
Rear Axle—Specification
Pinion Shaft Nut—Torque ........................................... 600 N•m (442 lb-ft)

T106462
02 28. Check rolling drag torque again.
0250
24 Rear Axle—Specification
Pinion Shaft Bearings—Rolling
Drag Torque ..................................................... 0.5—1.0 N•m (4—9 lb-in.)

29. Remove nut and drive flange from pinion shaft.

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–22/42

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-24 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=114
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

02
0250
25

–UN–13NOV98
T111372
NOTE: For correct operation of the park brake, it is
IMPORTANT that the following measurements be
accurate.

30. Use the following steps to determine the shim pack

required behind the park brake cover. Shims (A1) are

–UN–16JAN97
used to obtain dimension (A) 1.2 + 0.1 – 0 mm (0.047
+ 0.004 – 0 in.) which allows correct piston travel
when brake is released. Install a nominal shim pack
of 0.9 mm (0.035 in.).

T106468
Rear Axle—Specification
To Determine Shim Pack
Dimension for Piston Travel— A—1.2 + 0.1 – 0 mm (0.047 + 0.004 – 0 in.)
Distance ........................................................... 1.2 + 0.1 – 0 mm (0.047 + A1—Shims
0.004 – 0 in.) B—8.7 ± 0.2 mm (0.343 ± 0.008 in.)
To Determine Shim Pack B1—Shims
Dimension for Park Brake Spring
Plate—Distance ...................................... 8.7 ± 0.2 mm (0.343 ± 0.008 in.)

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–23/42

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-25 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=115
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

NOTE: Sealing rings and O-rings MUST be removed from

cover and piston before measurements are taken.

31. Install park brake front cover and three cap screws.

–UN–16JAN97
T106469
02
0250
26 TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–24/42

32. Install brake disks, plates, and piston to park brake

housing.

–UN–16JAN97
T106471
Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–25/42

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-26 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=116
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

33. Use gauge blocks and a depth gauge to determine

dimension I. Raised piston shoulder (1) minus flange
mounting surface (2) equals dimension I. Record
measurement.

EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION I

–UN–17SEP97
Raised piston shoulder minus 3.62 mm (0.142 in.)
flange mounting surface

34. Using gauge blocks, measure distance to flange

T111376
mounting surface (4) and subtract distance to inner 02
ring surface (3). This equals dimension II. 0250
27

NOTE: Axle may be positioned so park brake housing is

on top (pinion shaft pointing up) for ease in
making measurement.

EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION II
Flange mounting surface minus 1.78 mm (0.070 in.)

–UN–17SEP97
inner ring surface

35. Dimension I minus dimension II equals amount of

piston travel when brake is released.

T111375
NOTE: In the Example C, a shim adjustment IS
REQUIRED.
1—Piston Shoulder
EXAMPLE C 2—Flange Mounting Surface (Park Brake Housing)
3—Inner Ring Surface
Dimension I 3.62 mm (0.142 in.) 4—Flange Mounting Surface (Axle Housing)
Minus dimension II – 1.78 mm (0.070 in.)
Piston Travel (A) = 1.84 mm (0.072 in.)

Adjust shim pack (A1) as necessary (refer to step 30)

to obtain allowable piston travel.

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–26/42

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-27 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=117
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

02
0250
28

–UN–13NOV98
T111372
NOTE: Axle may be positioned so park brake housing is
on top (pinion shaft pointing up) to ease in making
measurement. Shim pack (B1) is used to set the
required preload on spring plate.

36. Use the following steps to determine the shim pack

–UN–16JAN97
required behind spring plate (B1). Install a nominal
shim pack of 1.10 mm (0.043 in.) and spring plate in
park brake housing.

A—1.8 + 0.1 – 0 mm (0.071 + 0.004 – 0 in.) T106474

A1—Shims
B—8.6 ± 0.1 mm (0.339 ± 0.0039 in.)
B1—Shims

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–27/42

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-28 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=118
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

37. Using gauge blocks, measure distance to flange

mounting surface (5) and subtract distance to spring
plate (6). This equals dimension I.

EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION I
Flange mounting surface minus 4.46 mm (0.175 in.)

–UN–12SEP97
spring plate distance

T111374
02
5—Flange Mounting Surface (Axle Housing)
0250
6—Spring Plate
29

TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–28/42

38. Use gauge blocks and a depth gauge to determine

dimension II. Distance to piston (spring washer
contact area) (7) minus distance to flange mounting
surface (8) equals dimension II.

EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION II

–UN–12SEP97
Piston (spring washer contact 13.80 mm (0.543 in.)
area) distance minus flange
mounting surface distance

T111373
39. Dimension II minus dimension I equals dimension (B).

Adjust shim pack (B1) (as necessary) behind spring

plate to obtain spring preload installation dimension 7—Spring Washer Contact Area
(B) of 8.7 ± 0.2 mm (0.343 ± 0.008 in.). 8—Flange Mounting Surface (Park Brake Housing)

NOTE: In the Example D, a shim adjustment IS

REQUIRED because dimension (B) should be
within 8.7 ± 0.2 mm (0.343 ± 0.008 in.).

EXAMPLE D
Dimension II 13.80 (0.543 in.)
Minus dimension I – 4.46 mm (0.175 in.)
Spring Preload (B) = 9.34 mm (0.368 in.)

40. Remove piston, brake disks and plates, cover and

shims.

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–29/42

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-29 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=119
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

41. Install required shim pack and O-ring on cover.

–UN–16JAN97
T106477
02
0250
30 TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–30/42

42. Install cover and cap screws to park brake housing.

Tighten cap screws to specification.

Rear Axle—Specification
Park Brake Cover-to-Housing
Cap Screws—Torque ...................................................... 46 N•m (34 lb-ft)

–UN–16JAN97
T106478
TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–31/42

43. Apply petroleum jelly on O-rings and install on pins.

Install pins and sealing rings in park brake housing.
Grooves on sealing rings MUST face each other.

–UN–16JAN97
T106479

TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–32/42

44. Install drive flange, brake disks, and plates to park

brake housing.
–UN–16JAN97
T106481

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–33/42

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-30 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=120
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

45. Install spring pin in piston until bottomed.

46. Install piston in brake housing.

–UN–16JAN97
T106482
02
0250
TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–34/42 31

47. Install spring washer. Apply petroleum jelly to O-ring

and install on flange of park brake housing.

48. Install shim pack (B1, determined earlier) and spring

plate.

–UN–16JAN97
T106486
TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–35/42

49. Install two guide pins to differential housing. Align

scribe mark and install park brake assembly.

–UN–16JAN97
T106488
Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–36/42

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-31 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=121
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

50. Install and tighten cap screws evenly. Tighten cap

screws to specification. DO NOT install the manual
brake release cap screws.

Rear Axle—Specification
Park Brake Housing Mounting
Cap Screws—Torque ...................................................... 46 N•m (34 lb-ft)

–UN–16JAN97
NOTE: Due to the preload of the spring washer the park
brake disks and plates will be held in position.

T106489
02
0250 51. Remove drive flange from park brake housing.
32

TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–37/42

52. Install shaft seal with lip of seal facing brake plates.
Seal can be driven even with shoulder of housing
using JDG1059. Seal must be installed 1.5 ± 0.5 mm
below shoulder. This can be done by using a washer
and a brass drift. Position the drift over a part of the
washer and the shoulder and gently tap seal until drift

–UN–16JAN97
is bottomed on shoulder.

T106490
TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–38/42

53. Install sleeve on drive flange (as shown) 100 mm (4

in.) from flange end using a knife edge puller and a
press.

Rear Axle—Specification
Sleeve-to-Flange End—Distance ....................................... 100 mm (4 in.)
–UN–13MAR97
T108145B

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–39/42

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-32 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=122
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

54. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer

(medium strength) to pinion shaft threads. Install drive
flange and washer. Install and tighten nut to
specifications.

Rear Axle—Specification

–UN–16JAN97
Pinion Shaft Nut—Torque ........................................... 600 N•m (442 lb-ft)

T106491
02
0250
TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–40/42 33

–19–12MAR97
T108090

55. Install manual brake released cap screws with lock

nut. Cap screws must be installed specification.

Rear Axle—Specification
Park Brake Manual Release
Cap Screws—Depth ......................... 27 + 1 – 0 mm (1.06 + 0.039 –
0 in.)

Tighten lock nut.

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–41/42

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-33 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=123
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

56. Install a torque wrench set to 530 N•m (391 lb-ft) on

shaft nut. Attempt to turn in a clockwise direction.
Park brake must not slip.

Rear Axle—Specification
Park Brake Slip Check (brake
must not slip at this setting)—

–UN–16JAN97
Torque ......................................................................... 530 N•m (391 lb-ft)

T106493
02
0250
34 TX,02,YY2215 –19–24NOV99–42/42

Assemble Rear Axle

NOTE: Spring pins can be removed (if necessary) by

tapping threads in each pin (1/4 in. tap inner pin,
1/2 in. tap outer pin). Install slide hammer and
remove pins from bore.

1. Install spring pins (if removed) into blind holes of

differential hub. Note slot on outer spring pin MUST be
located as shown. Install inner spring pin with slot 180°
from outer pin.

–UN–19MAR97
T108091
–UN–16JAN97
T106495

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–1/49

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-34 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=124
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

NOTE: Make sure spring pins are aligned with bores in

bevel gear.

2. Press ring gear on differential hub until bottomed.

–UN–16JAN97
T106496
02
0250
TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–2/49 35

3. Install thrust washer and side gear.

–UN–16JAN97
T106497
TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–3/49

4. Install pinion assembly. Note thrust washers on outer

edge of pinion gears must be installed with locking
tabs upward.

–UN–16JAN97
T106498
TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–4/49

5. Install side gear.

–UN–16JAN97
T106499

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–5/49

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-35 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=125
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

NOTE: Locking tabs on thrust washer MUST engage

slots on housing.

6. Install thrust washer and differential housing.

–UN–16JAN97
T106500
02
0250
36 TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–6/49

7. Install and tighten cap screws to specification.

Rear Axle—Specification
Differential Housing Cap
Screws—Torque .......................................................... 185 N•m (136 lb-ft)

–UN–16JAN97
T106502
TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–7/49

8. Press both bearing inner races until bottomed on

shoulder.

–UN–16JAN97
T106503

TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–8/49

9. Install a nominal shim pack of 1.25 mm (0.049 in.) and

outer bearing race.
–UN–16JAN97
T106505

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–9/49

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-36 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=126
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

10. Position axle housing as shown and install differential

assembly and outer bearing race.

NOTE: At this point, some backlash should be felt

between pinion shaft and ring gear. If necessary,
add shims until some backlash can be felt.

–UN–16JAN97
T106507
02
0250
TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–10/49 37

11. Measure and record dimension I using gauge blocks

and a depth gauge.

EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION (I)

Flange mounting 7.30 mm (0.287 in.)
surface-to-bearing outer race

–UN–16JAN97
T106508
TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–11/49

12. Measure and record dimension II.

EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION (II)

Brake housing flange-to-shoulder 8.50 mm (0.335 in.)
of outer bearing race

–UN–16JAN97
T106509
Continued on next page TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–12/49

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-37 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=127
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

13. Adjust shim pack (as necessary) behind differential

bearing. Round off dimension to the nearest shim
size.

EXAMPLE E
Dimension II 8.50 mm (0.334 in.)

–UN–16JAN97
Minus dimension I – 7.30 mm (0.287 in.)
Difference 1.20 mm (0.047 in.)
Plus required bearing preload + 0.10 mm (0.003 in.)

T106510
02 Equals total differential bearing = 1.30 mm (0.051 in.)
0250 shim pack
38

TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–13/49

14. Install brake housing.

NOTE: If shim pack has been correctly determined, there

will be a gap between differential housing and
brake housing. (Example: shim pack 1.30 mm
equal a gap 0.1 mm)

–UN–16JAN97
15. Check for gap between differential housing and brake
housing using a feeler gauge.

T106512
TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–14/49

NOTE: O-ring on flange of brake housing must be

removed to determine measurements for shim
pack.

16. Install three cap screws between brake housing and

differential housing. Tighten cap screws to
–UN–16JAN97

specification.

Rear Axle—Specification
Axle Housing Cap Screws—
T106513

Torque ......................................................................... 195 N•m (144 lb-ft)

This will assure that ring gear and pinion are in proper
alignment to determine backlash.

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–15/49

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-38 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=128
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

17. Install JDG712A rolling torque and backlash bar.

NOTE: Straightedge of JDG712A tool indicates position to

record backlash.

18. Install a dial indicator so it’s positioned approximately

–UN–16JAN97
100 mm from center to correspond to the outer tooth
diameter of the ring gear.

Specification

T106515
Ring Gear—Backlash .......................... 0.15—0.25 mm (0.006—0.010 in.) 02
0250
• Too little backlash —install thicker shim behind 39
outer bearing cup in step 9. The shim thickness for
bearing preload shown in step 13 must be reduced
accordingly.
• Too much backlash —install thinner shim behind
outer bearing cup in step 9. The shim thickness for
bearing preload shown in step 13 must be
increased accordingly.

19. Remove three cap screws and brake housing.

20. After final shim pack thickness is determined,

disassemble housing and install O-rings on flange
and pilot of axle housings.

21. To verify measurements are correct, check gear tooth

contact pattern. (See procedure in this group.)

TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–16/49

22. Install differential lock piston seals into housing.

23. Install piston into housing until bottomed.

–UN–16JAN97
T106517

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–17/49

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-39 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=129
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

24. Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer and install on

differential lock.

–UN–17JAN97
T106566
02
0250
40 TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–18/49

25. Install differential lock and spring.

26. Install differential assembly.

–UN–17JAN97
T106567
TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–19/49

27. Install guide pins (if removed) to specified depth, as

shown.

Rear Axle—Specification
Brake Housing Guide Pins—
Depth ......................................................... 40.6 + 0 – 0.6 mm (1.59 + 0 –
0.023 in.)

–UN–17JAN97
T106569

TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–20/49

28. Install springs and pins to brake housing.

–UN–17JAN97
T106570

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–21/49

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-40 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=130
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

IMPORTANT: Use new brake retaining clips when

assembling the service brakes.

29. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer

(medium strength) to cap screw threads. Install new
retaining clips and cap screws. Tighten cap screws to

–UN–17JAN97
specification.

Rear Axle—Specification
Service Brake Retainer Cap

T106571
Screw—Torque .............................................................. 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)
02
0250
TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–22/49 41

30. Install sealing rings with groove of ring facing each

other toward the pressure chamber. Install backup
rings in groove away from pressure chamber.

31. Apply petroleum jelly to split rings and install on brake

adjusters.

–UN–17JAN97
IMPORTANT: Center the split rings on pins before
installing the brake piston.

T106573
32. Carefully install the brake piston until it is bottomed.

TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–23/49

33. Apply petroleum jelly to O-rings and install on brake

housing as shown.

–UN–17MAR97
T106575

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–24/49

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-41 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=131
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

34. Align scribe marks and install brake housing. Install

three cap screws to hold brake housing in place. Cap
screws will be removed later when axle housing is
installed.

–UN–17JAN97
T106577
02
0250
42 TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–25/49

IMPORTANT: Make sure brake piston is fully

bottomed in park brake housing before
installing brake separator plates and
disks.

NOTE: Thick separator plates 4 mm (0.157 in.) should be

–UN–17JAN97
installed in center of pack and thin separator
plates 3 mm (0.118 in.) at outside of pack.

35. Alternately install four separator plates and three

T106580
brake disks.

TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–26/49

36. Install sun gear shaft.

–UN–17JAN97
T106581

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–27/49

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-42 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=132
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

37. Apply cure primer, then high flex form-in-place gasket

to ID of axle sleeve.

38. Install sleeve in JDG1058 sleeve installer. Press axle

into sleeve until installer is bottomed against shoulder
of axle.

–UN–17JAN97
T106582
02
0250
43

–UN–17JAN97
T106583
TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–28/49

39. Heat roller bearing and install on axle until it is

bottomed against shoulder.

–UN–17JAN97
T106584
TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–29/49

40. Install both axle housing bearing races until bottomed.

–UN–17JAN97
T106585

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–30/49

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-43 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=133
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

41. Install axle seal with lips of seal facing toward brake
housing using a JDG1059 Axle Seal Installer.

–UN–21MAR97
T106586
02
0250
44 TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–31/49

42. Install axle shaft using a hoist.

–UN–14JAN97
T105082
TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–32/49

43. Install bearing and washer.

44. Apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to

spanner nut. Install nut with chamfer toward bearing
and tighten finger tight.

–UN–17JAN97
T106588

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–33/49

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-44 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=134
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

NOTE: While tightening spanner nut, rotate shaft in both

directions several times to seat bearings.

If new bearings have been installed, set rolling

torque to higher end of specification.

45. Install two eye bolts and DFT1147 Axle Rolling

Torque Bar1 on axle flange.

46. Install a bar through eye bolts to hold axle from

turning. 02
0250
45
47. Tighten spanner nut, then check rolling drag torque
using a torque wrench and JDG1056 axle spanner
nut wrench. Tighten spanner nut until rolling drag
torque is within specification.

Rear Axle—Specification
Inner Axle Bearing—Rolling Drag
Torque ............................................................. 6.5—8 N•m (58—71 lb-in.)

–UN–28FEB97
T107739
–UN–18MAR97
T108289

1
Fabricated tool, dealer made. (See Group 0299 for instructions to make
tool.)
Continued on next page TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–34/49

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-45 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=135
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

48. If stop was not removed, go to step 55. Use the

followings steps to determine the number of shims
required behind the (brass) stop ( if removed) on the
end of the sun gear shaft:

NOTE: If necessary, old stop can be removed by drilling

–UN–17JAN97
and tapping stop. If removed, a new stop must be
installed during assembly.

49. Measure and record dimension I.

T106592
02
0250 EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION (I)
46
Flange mounting 78.40 mm (3.086 in.)
surface-to-shoulder at bottom of
axle stop

TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–35/49

50. Measure and record height of new stop.

EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION (II)

Height of stop 11.00 mm (0.433 in.)

51. Record differential dimension.

–UN–17JAN97
EXAMPLE F1
Dimension I 78.40 mm (3.086 in.)
Minus dimension II – 11.00 mm (0.433 in.)

T106593
Equals differential dimension = 67.40 mm (2.653 in.)

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–36/49

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-46 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=136
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

52. Measure and record dimension III.

EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION (III)

Sun shaft-to-brake housing flange 63.90 (2.516 in.)
distance

–UN–17JAN97
53. Record installation dimension.

EXAMPLE F2
Dimension III 63.90 mm (2.516 in.)

T106594
Plus end play of sun gear shaft + 1.00 mm (0.039 in.) 02
0250
Equals installation dimension = 64.90 mm (2.555 in.) 47

TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–37/49

54.

Install shims in bore on end of axle.

EXAMPLE F3
Differential dimension (Example F1) 67.40 mm (2.653 in.)

–UN–17JAN97
Minus installation dimension – 64.90 mm (2.555 in.)
(Example F2)
Equals shim pack behind axle stop = 2.50 mm (0.098 in.)

T106595
TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–38/49

55. Install stop in end of axle until bottomed using a brass

drift.
–UN–17JAN97
T106596

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–39/49

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-47 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=137
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

56. Install spring pin in planetary carrier.

–UN–17JAN97
T106597
02
0250
48 TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–40/49

57. Install planetary carrier on axle shaft. Make sure

spring pin on carrier engages one of the notches on
the spanner nut.

–UN–17JAN97
T106598
TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–41/49

58. Install thrust washer and snap ring.

–UN–17JAN97
T106600

TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–42/49

59. Install dial indicator and measure planet carrier end

play.

Rear Axle—Specification
Planet Carrier—End play......................... 0.1—0.4 mm (0.003—0.015 in.)

60. Install shims (as necessary) under snap ring to adjust

–UN–17JAN97

end play.
T106601

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–43/49

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-48 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=138
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

61. Assemble roller bearings, thrust washer, and snap

ring on planetary gear.

–UN–17JAN97
02
0250

T106602
49

TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–44/49

IMPORTANT: Planetary gears MUST be installed on

carrier with large radius of bearing
inner race toward the planetary carrier.

62. Heat planetary gears and install on carrier with large

radius of bearing inner race toward the planetary

–UN–17JAN97
carrier.

63. Install snap ring.

T106604
TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–45/49

64. Install O-rings on axle housing as indicated.

–UN–18MAR97
T106605

Continued on next page TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–46/49

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-49 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=139
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

65. Remove three cap screws retaining brake housing.

–UN–17JAN97
T106606
02
0250
50 TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–47/49

66. Install backing plate with machined side toward brake

disk. Carefully install axle housing on guide pins until
bottomed.

–UN–17JAN97
T106607
TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–48/49

67. Install and tighten nuts and cap screws to

specification.

Rear Axle—Specification
Axle Housing Cap Screws—
Torque ......................................................................... 195 N•m (143 lb-ft)

–UN–17JAN97
T106608

TX,02,YY2217 –19–24NOV99–49/49

Check Service Brakes After Assembly

1. Install two cap screws and DFT1147 Axle Rolling

Torque Bar (see Group 0299 for instruction to make
tool) on axle flange.
–UN–15DEC99
T126796B

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5882 –19–14DEC99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-50 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=140
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

2. With park brake "ON", install a porta-power to both

service brake fittings (1) to pressurize to specifications
(this is to move piston down).

Specification
Service Brake—Pressure ...................... 5516 ± 965 kPa (55 ± 10) (800 ±

–UN–15DEC99
140 psi)

3. Release pressure.

T126800B
4. Check rolling drag torque using a torque wrench.
02
Maximum torque after releasing pressure is 217 N•m 0250
(160 lb-ft). 51
1—Service Brake Line Fitting (2 used)
Specification
Axle Service Brakes—Rolling
Drag Torque ................................................................ 217 N•m (160 lb-ft)

If exceeding specification value, release park brake by

using mechanical release screws.

Measure torque on both axles, the axle with the higher

value indicates that the problem is in that axle.

CED,TX03399,5882 –19–14DEC99–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-51 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=141
 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

Check Gear Tooth Contact Pattern

02
0250
52

–UN–18APR89
T94966
A—Ideal Tooth Contact Pattern C—Cone Point Must Be E—Cone Point Must Be G—Coast Side (Concave)
B—Cone Point Must Be Increased Decreased H—Drive Side (Convex)
Decreased D—Ideal Tooth Contact Pattern F—Cone Point Must Be
Increased

IMPORTANT: Gear tooth contact pattern must be 2. Apply pressure to park brake using a hydraulic
checked on the coast side and drive hand pump or park brake release screws. If park
side with a load applied. The pattern brake release screws are used, return them to
may be correct on the drive side and original position after test is complete.
incorrect on the coast side causing
the differential to “whine” when it is 3. Turn pinion in both directions to determine
not engaged. gear-tooth contact pattern. If pattern is not correct,
cone point distance must be increased or
1. Apply grease to several teeth of ring gear with a decreased.
load applied.

CED,OUO1010,229 –19–19JUN98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0250-52 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=142
 Group 0299
Dealer Fabricated Tools
DFT1146 Axle Mounting Bracket

02
0299
1

–19–17MAR97
T107941
Used to install axle in engine stand (2 used). 1/2 in. 1020 Steel

Material Required:

TX,02,SS3944 –19–17MAR97–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0299-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=143
 Dealer Fabricated Tools

DFT1147 Axle Rolling Torque Bar

02
0299

–19–17MAR97
2

T107942
Used to determine axle rolling torque. 3/8 in. 1020 Steel

Material required:

TX,02,SS3945 –19–23OCT98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 02-0299-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=144
 Section 03
Transmission
Contents

Page Page

Group 0300—Removal and Installation Rear Output Shaft—Cross Section

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0300-1 View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-27
Transmission Intermediate Shaft—Cross Section
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0300-2 View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-28
Assemble Rear Output or Intermediate
Group 0315—Controls Linkage Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-29
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0315-1 Remove MFWD Output Shaft (If 03
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0315-1 Equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-33
Reverser Control Disassemble MFWD Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-34
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0315-2 MFWD Shaft—Cross Section View . . . . .03-0350-37
Transmission Shift Lever Assemble MFWD Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-37
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0315-3 Remove, Disassemble, and Assemble
Shift Lever and Housing Idler Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-39
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0315-4 Remove and Install Oil Supply Tube . . . .03-0350-40
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .03-0315-6 Install Idler and MFWD Shafts to Assemble
Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0315-9 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-41
Install Intermediate and Rear Output
Group 0325—Input Drive Shafts and U-Joint Shafts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-43
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0325-1 Install Drive Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-45
Remove and Install Drive Shaft . . . . . . . . . . .03-0325-1 Install Forward and Reverse Clutch
Replace Drive Shaft U-Joints . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0325-2 Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-45
Install Oil Suction Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-46
Group 0350—Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Assemble Converter Side of Case . . . . . .03-0350-47
Shift Clutch Install Outer Components to Assemble
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-1 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-50
Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-1
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-2 Group 0360—Hydraulic System
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-3 Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0360-1
Transmission Disassemble and Assemble Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0360-1
Remove Outer Components . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-4 Control Valve
Disassemble Converter Side of Case . . . .03-0350-7 Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0360-2
Remove Oil Suction Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-9 Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .03-0360-2
Remove Reverse and Forward Clutch Charge Pump
Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-10 Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0360-12
Disassemble and Assemble Reverse or Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .03-0360-12
Forward Clutch Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-10 Remove and Install Manifold Plate
Remove Drive Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-19 Solenoids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0360-16
Disassemble and Assemble Drive
Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-20 Group 0399—Dealer Fabricated Tools
Remove Rear Output Shaft with Transmission Support Bracket. . . . . . . . . . . .03-0399-1
Synchronizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-21
Remove Intermediate Shaft with
Synchronizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-22
Disassemble Rear Output or
Intermediate Shaft with
Synchronizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-23

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=1
 Contents

03

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Group 0300
Removal and Installation
Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Hydraulic Pump Weight 30 kg (65 lb)

Transmission Weight 227 kg (500 lb)

Transmission-to-Flywheel Housing Torque 73 N•m (54 lb-ft)

Cap Screws

Torque Converter-to-Flywheel Torque 73 N•m (54 lb-ft)

Housing Cap Screws

03
0300
1

CED,TX03399,5811 –19–09DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0300-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=147
 Removal and Installation

Remove and Install Transmission

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid

under pressure, relieve the pressure in the
system before disconnecting or connecting
hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections

–UN–23AUG88
before applying pressure.

NOTE: Cab removed for illustrative purposes only.

X9811
Disconnecting and connecting wiring, oil cooler
line, and clamps can be done through cowl area.
All other lines can be disconnected from under the
machine.

03 1. Raise machine approximately 864 mm (34 in.) off the

0300 floor.
2

2. Put floor stands under machine.

3. Remove hydraulic reservoir for ease of disassembly

and assembly. (See Remove and Install Reservoir in
Group 2160.)

4. Drain transmission. The approximate capacity of

transmission is 15 L (4 gal).

5. Remove dipstick fill tube.

6. Remove floor mat and access cover in cab to remove

shift lever.

–UN–12MAR97
7. Disconnect (1—7 and 10). Remove suction line (9) and
front and rear drive shafts (8).

CAUTION: Hydraulic pump weighs

T108129B
approximately 30 kg (65 lb).

Specification
Hydraulic Pump—Weight ....................................................... 30 kg (65 lb) 1—Transmission Temperature Sender Lead
2—Oil Cooler Lines
8. Remove hydraulic pump. 3—Clamps (2 used)
4—Shift Modulation Wiring Connector
5—Park Brake Line
6—Differential Lock Line
7—Hydraulic Pump Pressure-to-Backhoe Control
Valve Line
8—Front and Rear Drive Shaft
9—Hydraulic Pump Suction Line
10—Solenoid Connector (3 used with MFWD) (2
used without MFWD)

Continued on next page TX,0300,SS3085 –19–25OCT99–1/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0300-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=148
 Removal and Installation

9. Remove access plate on flywheel housing. Remove

four cap screws that hold the torque converter to
flywheel.

10. Install a chain and hoist through cowl and reservoir

opening to bracket on transmission.

–UN–06FEB97
T100289
Continued on next page TX,0300,SS3085 –19–25OCT99–2/3

03
0300
3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0300-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=149
 Removal and Installation

CAUTION: Transmission weighs approximately

227 kg (500 lb).

When removing transmission, care must be

taken with torque converter. Torque converter
could fall out of housing.

Specification
Transmission—Weight........................................................ 227 kg (500 lb)

11. Remove twelve transmission-to-flywheel housing cap

screws. Slide transmission (with torque converter)
back, then down onto a lifting table with wheels. Use
blocks to stabilize transmission on lifting table.
Carefully move transmission and lifting table out right
03 side of machine.
0300
4 12. Make repairs as necessary.

13. Install transmission. Fasten with twelve cap screws.

–UN–06FEB97
Tighten cap screws to specification.

Specification
Transmission-to-Flywheel

T100290
Housing Cap Screws—Torque ........................................ 73 N•m (54 lb-ft)

14. Install four torque converter-to-flywheel cap screws.

Tighten cap screws to specification. Install access
cover.

Specification
Torque Converter-to-Flywheel
Housing Cap Screws—Torque ........................................ 73 N•m (54 lb-ft)

15. Install pump. Connect lines (1—7 and 9). Connect

solenoids (10).

16. Install dipstick fill tube.

17. Install front and rear drive shafts (8). (See procedure
in Group 0325.)

18. Install shift lever, access cover, and floor mat.

19. Install hydraulic reservoir (See Remove and Install

Hydraulic Reservoir in Group 2160).

20. Fill reservoir and transmission. (See Fuels and

Lubricants in Group 0004.)

TX,0300,SS3085 –19–25OCT99–3/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0300-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=150
 Group 0315
Controls Linkage
Other Material

Number Name Use

TY16285 (U.S.) Cure Primer Apply to reverser control

CXTY16285 (Canadian) switch-to-column cap screws.
7649 (LOCTITE) Apply to mounting surfaces of shift
lever housing and transmission.

T43512 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Apply to reverser control
TY9473 (Canadian) Strength) switch-to-column cap screws.
242 (LOCTITE)

TY21517 (U.S.) Instant Gel Adhesive Apply to threads on shift lever knob.
NA (Canadian)
454 (LOCTITE)
03
0315
TY16021 (U.S.) High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket Apply to mounting surfaces of shift 1
TY9484 (Canadian) lever housing and transmission.
17430 (LOCTITE)

LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corp.

LOCTITE is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp. CED,TX03399,5812 –19–09DEC99–1/1

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Reverser Control Switch Torque 7.2 N•m (64 lb-in.)

Assembly-to-Steering Column Cap
Screws

Transmission Shift Lever Housing:

Boot Retainer-to-Shift Housing Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

Cap Screws

End of Shift Rails-to-Face of Shift Distance 85 mm (3.35 in.) (Approximate)

Lever Housing

Shift Lever Torque 23 N•m (204 lb-in.)

Housing-to-Transmission Cap
Screws

Shift Lever Housing Plugs Torque 25 N•m (216 lb-in.)

Shift Lever Housing Detent Plugs Torque 25 N•m (216 lb-in.)

CED,TX03399,5591 –19–22OCT99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0315-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=151
 Controls Linkage

Remove and Install Reverser Control

03
0315
2

–UN–27FEB97
T107750
1—Reverser Control Switch 4—Nut (2 used) 7—Lock Nut (4 used) 10—Reverser Control Switch
2—Cap Screw (2 used) 5—Cap Screw (4 used) 8—Guard Assembly
3—Washer (2 used) 6—Washer (as required) 9—Label (FNR)

Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer Specification

Reverser Control Switch
(medium strength) to reverser control switch-to-column
Assembly-to-Steering Column
cap screws. Tighten cap screws (2) to 7.2 N•m (64 Cap Screws—Torque ............................................. 7.2 N•m (64 lb-in.)
lb-in.).

TX,0315,SS3805 –19–27FEB97–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0315-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=152
 Controls Linkage

Remove and Install Transmission Shift Lever

03
0315
3

–UN–27FEB97
T107751
1—Knob 4—Cap Screw (2 used) 7—Connector 10—Self-Locking Screw
2—Handle 5—Cap Screw (2 used) 8—Boot 11—Shift Lever Switch
3—Handle 6—Shift Lever 9—Washer (4 used)

Apply gel instant adhesive SUPER BONDER to

threads on shift lever knob.

SUPER BONDER is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp. TX,0315,SS3806 –19–15OCT98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0315-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=153
 Controls Linkage

Remove Shift Lever and Housing

03
0315
4

–UN–11MAR97
T108075

Continued on next page TX,0315,SS3025 –19–25OCT99–1/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0315-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=154
 Controls Linkage

1—Cap Screw (4 used) 6—Shift Lever 11—Detent (2 used) 15—Cap Screw (6 used)
2—Cover 7—Pivot 12—Dowel Pin 16—Cap Screw (2 used)
3—Boot 8—Plug (2 used) 13—Pivot 17—Plug with dowel
4—Snap Ring 9—O-Ring (3 used) 14—Housing 18—Ball
5—Gasket 10—Spring (2 used)

TX,0315,SS3025 –19–25OCT99–2/4

NOTE: Shift housing can be removed on machine.

Transmission shown removed for clarity of photo.

1. Drain transmission.

2. Remove floor mat and access cover in cab.

–UN–03MAR97
3. Disconnect wiring connector on shift lever.
03
4. Remove cap screws to remove top of shift lever. 0315

T104411
5
5. Shift gearshift lever in neutral position. From under the
machine, remove plug with dowel (1) and ball.

6. Remove both detent plugs (6). Remove springs (5) and

detent pins (4).

1—Plug with O-Ring and Dowel

3—Ball

–UN–04JUN96
4—Detent Pin (2 used)
5—Spring (2 used)
6—Plug with O-Ring (2 used)
7—Shift Rail (3rd/4th Speed)

T101347
8—Shift Rail (1st/2nd Speed)
9—Shift Control Housing

TX,0315,SS3025 –19–25OCT99–3/4

7. Remove cap screws and remove shift control housing

with gasket.
–UN–04JUN96
T101348

TX,0315,SS3025 –19–25OCT99–4/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0315-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=155
 Controls Linkage

Disassemble and Assemble Shift Lever and

Housing

1. Remove cover screws

2. Remove boot, boot retainer, and flat gasket.

–UN–04JUN96
T101349
TX,0315,SS3419 –19–15OCT98–1/8

3. Remove straight pin using a magnet.

03
0315
6

–UN–04JUN96
T101350
TX,0315,SS3419 –19–15OCT98–2/8

4. Remove shift lever from the housing. Remove shift

pivot (1).

–UN–15OCT96
T101351

Continued on next page TX,0315,SS3419 –19–15OCT98–3/8

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0315-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=156
 Controls Linkage

NOTE: Refer to illustration at right for steps 5—9.

5. Install pivot (2) into shift lever (1).

1—Shift Lever
2—Pivot
3—Shift Pivot
4—Pin
5—Boot
6—Snap Ring
7—Boot Retainer
8—Flat Gasket
9—Shift Rail (3rd/4th Speed)
10—Shift Rail (1st/2nd Speed)
11—Shift Lever Housing

03
0315
7

–UN–15OCT96
T104412
–UN–31OCT96
T104724
TX,0315,SS3419 –19–15OCT98–4/8

NOTE: Refer to illustration in step 5 for callout

identification.

6. Install shift lever (1) while installing shift pivot (3) into
shift lever housing (11).
–UN–17OCT96
T104457

Continued on next page TX,0315,SS3419 –19–15OCT98–5/8

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0315-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=157
 Controls Linkage

NOTE: Refer to illustration in step 5 for callout

identification.

7. Install pin (4) in shift pivot (3).

–UN–17OCT96
T104458
TX,0315,SS3419 –19–15OCT98–6/8

NOTE: Refer to illustration in step 5 for callout

03 identification.
0315
8 8. Install snap ring (6) into groove of boot (5). Apply
denatured alcohol to boot mounting face. Push boot
into retainer (7).

–UN–17OCT96
9. Assemble gasket (8) and boot retainer (7).

T104460
TX,0315,SS3419 –19–15OCT98–7/8

10. Install four boot retainer cap screws and tighten to

specification.

Transmission Shift Lever Housing:—Specification

Boot Retainer-to-Shift Housing
Cap Screws—Torque .................................................... 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

–UN–17OCT96
T104461

TX,0315,SS3419 –19–15OCT98–8/8

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0315-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=158
 Controls Linkage

Install Shift Lever and Housing

1. With shift rails in neutral position, check dimension

from end of shift rails to face of housing. Dimension
should be to specification.

–UN–17OCT96
Transmission Shift Lever Housing:—Specification
End of Shift Rails-to-Face of Shift
Lever Housing—Distance ......................... 85 mm (3.35 in.) (Approximate)

T104462
2. Apply to surfaces of shift lever housing.

3. Apply High Flex Form-in-Place Gasket sealant only to

surface of shift lever housing.

4. Install shift lever housing assembly onto shift rails.

Make sure gearshift lever contacts detents in shift rails. 03
Install and tighten eight cap screws to specification. 0315
9

–UN–17OCT96
Transmission Shift Lever Housing:—Specification
Shift Lever
Housing-to-Transmission Cap
Screws—Torque ........................................................... 23 N•m (204 lb-in.)

T104463
Continued on next page TX,03,BD2822 –19–21OCT99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0315-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=159
 Controls Linkage

5. Check neutral shifting position of the shift rails. Install

ball (3) and plug (1) with O-ring and dowel. Tighten
plug to specification.

Transmission Shift Lever Housing:—Specification

Shift Lever Housing Plugs—

–UN–03MAR97
Torque .......................................................................... 25 N•m (216 lb-in.)

6. Install detent pins and springs (4 and 5). Install detent

plugs (6). Tighten plugs to specification.

T104411
Transmission Shift Lever Housing:—Specification
Shift Lever Housing Detent
Plugs—Torque .............................................................. 25 N•m (216 lb-in.)

7. Check shifting function in all speeds.

03
0315 8. Install transmission shift lever and connect wiring
10 connector.

–UN–17OCT96
9. Install floor plate and cap screws.

1—Plug with O-Ring and Dowel

T104465
3—Ball
4—Detent Pin (2 used)
5—Spring (2 used)
6 —Plug with O-Ring (2 used)
7—Shift Rail (3rd/4th Speed)
8—Shift Rail (1st/2nd Speed)
9—Shift Lever Housing

–UN–16OCT96
T104417

TX,03,BD2822 –19–21OCT99–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0315-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=160
 Group 0325
Input Drive Shafts and U-Joint
Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Drive Shaft Cap Screws Torque 41 N•m (30 lb-ft)

CED,TX03399,5813 –19–09DEC99–1/1

Remove and Install Drive Shaft

03
IMPORTANT: Always replace drive shaft cap screws 0325
when removed. 1

1. For front drive shaft, remove and discard four cap

screws at front axle. Slide drive shaft from spline.

2. For rear drive shaft, remove four cap screws and two
half-clamps at each end of drive shaft. Discard cap
screws.

3. Install drive shaft. Install new cap screws and tighten to

specification.

Specification
Drive Shaft Cap Screws—Torque ................................... 41 N•m (30 lb-ft)

CED,OUO1010,205 –19–01JUN98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0325-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=161
 Input Drive Shafts and U-Joint

Replace Drive Shaft U-Joints

IMPORTANT: Always replace drive shaft cap screws

when removed.

1. Remove drive shaft.

–UN–05FEB90
• For front drive shaft, remove and discard four cap
screws at front axle. Slide drive shaft from spline.
• For rear drive shaft, remove four cap screws and two

T94751
half-clamps at each end of drive shaft. Discard cap
screws.

2. Remove grease fitting and snap rings.

3. Put drive shaft on a vise so both ears of one of the

03
0325 drive shaft yokes rests on the open jaws of the vise.
2 Force the opposite yoke down, using a brass rod, until
bearing cap (A) is approximately halfway out.

4. Remove bearing cap (A) and cross. Remove opposite

bearing cap. Replace parts if necessary.

TX,03,BD2838 –19–22MAY98–1/2

5. Install needle bearings (A). Use grease to hold needle

bearings in position.

6. Install seal (B) on bearing cap.

7. Put cross (C) between yoke ears.

–UN–05FEB90
8. Push bearing caps into yoke just far enough to install
snap ring. Install snap ring.

9. Install grease fitting and inject grease into U-joint. Do T94754

not force grease out seal (B). (For type of grease, see
Fuels and Lubricants in Group 0004.)

IMPORTANT: Do not reuse drive shaft cap screws.

10. Install drive shaft. Install new cap screws and tighten
to specification.

Specification
Drive Shaft Cap Screws—Torque ................................... 41 N•m (30 lb-ft)

TX,03,BD2838 –19–22MAY98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0325-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=162
 Group 0350
Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch
Essential Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5814 –19–09DEC99–1/2

Shaft Seal Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1057

03
Install shaft seal MFWD shaft. 0350
1

CED,TX03399,5814 –19–09DEC99–2/2

Service Equipment and Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5815 –19–09DEC99–1/3

Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D01003AA

Used to support transmission during repair.

CED,TX03399,5815 –19–09DEC99–2/3

Transmission Support Bracket1 . . . . . . . . . . . DFT1143

Used to attach transmission to stand.

1
Fabricated tool, dealer made. (See Group 0399 for instructions to make
tool.)
CED,TX03399,5815 –19–09DEC99–3/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=163
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

Other Material

Number Name Use

TY16285 (U.S.) Cure Primer Apply to threads of oil supply tube

CXTY16285 (Canadian) cap screw.
7649 (LOCTITE) Apply to threads of the idler shaft
shield cap screws.
Apply to threads of the MFWD shield
cap screws.
Apply to threads oil suction tube cap
screws.
Apply to converter metal outer shell.
Apply to mating surfaces of converter
housing and transmission case.
Apply to mating surfaces of
03
0350 transmission case halves.
2 Apply to mating surfaces of shift
lever housings and transmission.
Apply to cap that is inserted into
output flange.

T43512 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Apply to threads of oil supply tube
TY9473 (Canadian) Strength) cap screw.
242 (LOCTITE) Apply to threads of the idler shaft
shield cap screws.
Apply to threads of the MFWD shield
cap screws.
Apply to threads oil suction tube cap
screws.
Apply to converter metal outer shell.
Apply to cap that is inserted into
output flange.

TY16021 (U.S.) High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket Apply to mating surfaces of converter
TY9484 (Canadian) housing and transmission case.
17430 (LOCTITE) Apply to mating surfaces of
transmission case halves.

LOCTITE is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp. CED,TX03399,5816 –19–09DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=164
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Torque Converter Bushing Diameter 55.05—55.08 mm (2.167—2.169 in.)

End Plate Snap Ring Thickness 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)

Thickness 2.5 mm (0.098 in.)
Thickness 3.0 mm (0.118 in.)
Thickness 3.5 mm (0.138 in.)
Thickness 4.0 mm (0.157 in.)

Clutch Pack Plate Distance 2.5—3.2 mm (0.098—0.126 in.)

Reverse and Forward Clutch Pack Distance 5—7 mm (0.197—0.276 in.)

Top of Drum-to-Hub
03
0350
Rear Output or Intermediate Shaft Distance 0.60 mm (0.024 in.) 3
Synchronizer Assembly Wear
Measurement

Synchronizer Hub Snap Ring Thickness 1.8 mm (0.071 in.)

Thickness 1.9 mm (0.075 in.)
Thickness 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
Thickness 2.1 mm (0.083 in.)
Thickness 2.2 mm (0.087 in.)

Oil Supply Tube Cap Screw Torque 23 N•m (204 lb-in.)

Idler Shaft Shield Cap Screws Torque 23 N•m (204 lb-in.)

MFWD Shield Cap Screws Torque 23 N•m (204 lb-in)

Transmission Oil Suction Tube Cap Torque 23 N•m (204 lb-in.)

Screws

Torque Converter Bushing ID 55.05—55.08 mm (2.167—2.169 in.)

Finished ID

Torque Converter Stator Shaft Cap Torque 46 N•m (34 lb-ft)

Screws

Torque Converter Housing Cap Torque 46 N•m (34 lb-ft)

Screws

Transmission Case Torque 46 N•m (34 lb-ft)

Half-to-Transmission Case Half Cap
Screws

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5818 –19–10DEC99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=165
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

Item Measurement Specification

End of Shift Shaft-to-Face of Distance 85 mm (3.35 in.) Approximate

Transmission Housing

Shift Lever Housing-to-Transmission Torque 23 N•m (204 lb-in.)

Case Cap Screws

Shift Lever Housing Plugs Torque 25 N•m (221 lb-in.)

Transmission Control Valve Manifold Torque 23 N•m (204 lb-in.)

Plate Cap Screws

Torque Converter Housing-to-Top of Distance 59 mm (2.3 in.)

Plate
03
0350 Transmission Bleeder Plug Torque 28 N•m (21 lb-ft)
4
Transmission Drain Plug Torque 35 N•m (26 lb-ft)

CED,TX03399,5818 –19–10DEC99–2/2

Remove Outer Components to Disassemble

Transmission

NOTE: Bearing cups in transmission case can either be a

loose or tight fit. If not replacing bearing cones or
cups, make sure to keep them together as a
matched set. Mark or identify these items as
needed.

–UN–31OCT96
1. Attach transmission to D01003AA stand using
DFT1143 Transmission Support Bracket (1). (See
Group 0399 for instructions to make tool.)
T104753

Continued on next page TX,0350,SS3027 –19–22OCT99–1/10

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=166
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

2. Remove charge pump (2), control valve (1), and

manifold plate (3). (See Group 0360 for removal and
installation and disassembly and assembly of these
components.)

1—Control Valve

–UN–06FEB97
2—Charge Pump
3—Manifold Plate
4—Solenoid (3 used with MFWD) (2 used without
MFWD)

T101330
TX,0350,SS3027 –19–22OCT99–2/10

3. Remove central shaft out of the turbine shaft.

03
0350
5

–UN–16OCT96
T101341
TX,0350,SS3027 –19–22OCT99–3/10

4.

Remove output to rear axle flange.

–UN–04JUN96
T101342
TX,0350,SS3027 –19–22OCT99–4/10

5.

Remove shaft seal.

–UN–04JUN96
T101343

Continued on next page TX,0350,SS3027 –19–22OCT99–5/10

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=167
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

NOTE: Removing the cover plate will damage the cover

plate. Replace with new cover plate.

6. Remove cover plate.

–UN–04JUN96
T101344
TX,0350,SS3027 –19–22OCT99–6/10

7. Remove shaft seal.

03
0350
6

–UN–04JUN96
T101346
TX,0350,SS3027 –19–22OCT99–7/10

8. Put shift lever in neutral position.

9. Remove plug with dowel (1) and ball.

10. Remove detent plugs (2 and 3). Remove springs and

detent pins.

–UN–04JUN96
1—Plug with Dowel
2—Detent Plug
3—Detent Plug
4—Shift Rails T101345
5—Shift Lever Housing
–UN–04JUN96
T101347

Continued on next page TX,0350,SS3027 –19–22OCT99–8/10

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=168
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

11. Remove cap screws. Remove shift lever housing.

(See Group 0315 for disassembly and assembly of
shift lever housing.)

–UN–04JUN96
T101348
TX,0350,SS3027 –19–22OCT99–9/10

12. Remove torque converter. (See Group 0651 for

disassembly and assembly of torque converter.) 03
0350
7

–UN–04JUN96
T101352
TX,0350,SS3027 –19–22OCT99–10/10

Disassemble Converter Side of Case

1. Remove one of the two dowel pins.

–UN–04JUN96
T101353
TX,0350,SS3422 –19–16OCT98–1/8

2. Remove cap screws.

–UN–04JUN96
T101480

Continued on next page TX,0350,SS3422 –19–16OCT98–2/8

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=169
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

3. Install two eye bolts in case and attach a chain and

hoist. Using hoist to apply tension to housing, pry
housing loose from remaining dowel and separate the
housing sections.

–UN–04JUN96
T101481
TX,0350,SS3422 –19–16OCT98–3/8

4. Loosen screw on converter housing. If necessary,

03 remove shaft seal (arrow).
0350
8

–UN–17OCT96
T101521
TX,0350,SS3422 –19–16OCT98–4/8

5. Loosen torque converter stator shaft screws and pull

stator shaft out.

6. Inspect needle bearing (arrow) and replace if

necessary. When installing, press on stamped side of
bearing only.

–UN–17OCT96
T101522

TX,0350,SS3422 –19–16OCT98–5/8

IMPORTANT: If either the bearing cone or cup

requires replacement, replace both as a
set.

7. Inspect bearing cups. Replace cup and cone.

–UN–28JUN96
T101523

Continued on next page TX,0350,SS3422 –19–16OCT98–6/8

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=170
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

8. Install eyebolts. Using chain and hoist, remove

transmission case from converter housing.

–UN–28JUN96
T101524
TX,0350,SS3422 –19–16OCT98–7/8

NOTE: Torque converter bushing must be reamed to

specification after installation. 03
0350
Specification 9
Torque Converter Bushing—
Diameter ................................................ 55.05—55.08 mm (2.167—2.169

–UN–11MAR97
in.)

9. Inspect torque converter bushing and replace if

necessary. (See Assemble Converter Side of Case in

T108083B
this group for correct installation of bushing).

TX,0350,SS3422 –19–16OCT98–8/8

Remove Oil Suction Tube

1. Loosen oil suction tube screw.

2. Remove oil suction tube.

–UN–28JUN96
T101525
TX,0350,SS3424 –19–16OCT98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=171
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

Remove Reverse and Forward Clutch Packs

IMPORTANT: Clutch pack assemblies, reverse and

forward, must be install back into same
bore as removed. Mark clutch pack
assemblies front and back before

–UN–28JUN96
removing.

1. Mark and remove reverse clutch pack assembly.

T101526
2. Mark and remove forward clutch pack assembly.

03
0350
10

TX,0350,SS3423 –19–16NOV98–1/1

Disassemble and Assemble Reverse or

Forward Clutch Pack

1. Remove sealing rings (arrows).

IMPORTANT: Always keep bearing cones and bearing

–UN–17OCT96
cups as a matched set. If either requires
replacement, both must be replaced.

2. Remove bearing cones (press fit) (one on each side).

T101527
Continued on next page TX,03,BD2839 –19–21OCT99–1/20

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=172
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

3. Remove snap ring.

4. Remove hub (1) and bearing cone (2) using a

knife-edge puller and a press.

A—Hub

–UN–27FEB97
B—Bearing Cone

T101529
03
0350
11

–UN–19MAY98
T115473B
TX,03,BD2839 –19–21OCT99–2/20

5. Remove snap ring(s) (1).

6. Remove end plate (2), plates, and disks (3).

1—Snap Ring (as required)

2—End Plate

–UN–27FEB97
3—Plate and Disks (9 used)

T101531
Continued on next page TX,03,BD2839 –19–21OCT99–3/20

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-11 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=173
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

7. Install a puller so it grasps the second Belleville

washer from the bottom (sixth from the bearing cone).
Remove bearing cone (1).

1—Bearing Cone
2—Belleville Washers (7 used)

03

–UN–19MAY98
0350
12

T115474B
TX,03,BD2839 –19–21OCT99–4/20

8. Remove flat washer and Belleville washers.

IMPORTANT: Replace worn or damaged Belleville

washers.

9. Inspect Belleville washers for wear or damage.

–UN–08JUL96
Replace if necessary.
T101535

Continued on next page TX,03,BD2839 –19–21OCT99–5/20

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-12 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=174
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

IMPORTANT: Gear, drum, and shaft are serviced as a

assembly. Do not take apart or damage
will occur.

10. Remove piston from shaft using compressed air.

–UN–08JUL96
T101536
03
0350
13

TX,03,BD2839 –19–21OCT99–6/20

11. Remove O-rings from piston. Ball in piston must move

freely in bore.

–UN–05NOV96
T101537
Continued on next page TX,03,BD2839 –19–21OCT99–7/20

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-13 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=175
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

03
0350
14

–UN–03MAR97
T104522
1—Gear, Drum and Shaft 6—Flat Washer 10—End Plate 14—Snap Ring
2—Piston with ball 7—Bearing 11—Snap Ring (shim) 15—Bearing
3—O-Ring 8—Snap Ring 12—Hub 16—Sealing Ring (2 used)
4—O-Ring 9—Plate and Disk (9 used) 13—Bearing 17—Roller Bearing
5—Belleville Washer (7 used)

12. Check all oil passages with compressed air.

NOTE: Soak all clutch disks in oil for approximately 30

minutes before assembly.

TX,03,BD2839 –19–21OCT99–8/20

NOTE: Inspect O-rings before installing piston. If O-rings

are damaged, leakage in the pack will occur.

13. Install new O-rings on piston. Apply petroleum jelly on

O-rings. Check that bleeder valve ball (arrow) moves
freely in bore.
–UN–05NOV96
T101537

Continued on next page TX,03,BD2839 –19–21OCT99–9/20

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-14 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=176
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

14. Apply clean transmission oil to surface of shaft and

hub. Install piston.

–UN–31OCT96
T104688
TX,03,BD2839 –19–21OCT99–10/20

15. Apply petroleum jelly to Belleville washers to aid in

assembly. Install one Belleville washer with its 03
concave side down, towards piston. Install remaining 0350
six Belleville washers in pairs with concave sides 15
facing each other.

–UN–31OCT96
T104689
TX,03,BD2839 –19–21OCT99–11/20

16. Apply petroleum jelly to flat washer. Install washer.

–UN–31OCT96
T104690
TX,03,BD2839 –19–21OCT99–12/20

17. Using heat or a press, install bearing (1) until it

bottoms on shaft shoulder.

18. Check Belleville washers for proper location.

–UN–27FEB97
T101533

Continued on next page TX,03,BD2839 –19–21OCT99–13/20

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-15 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=177
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

19. Check plate clearance:

a. Starting with a plate, alternately install dry plates

and disks.

b. Install end plate (10) and snap ring (11).

c. Using a depth gauge, measure the distance from

drum edge to end plate. Record this measurement

–UN–03MAR97
as dimension 1.

d. Using screwdrivers, pry up on end plate and

measure distance from end plate to top of drum

T104695
surface. Record this measurement as dimension 2.

e. Subtract dimension 2 from dimension 1. Example:

03
0350
16 Dimension 1 9.80 mm (0.39 in.)
Dimension 2 – 7.10 mm (0.28 in.)
Difference = 2.70 mm (0.11 in.)

NOTE: Snap ring (11) is available in the following

–UN–31OCT96
thicknesses:

Specification
End Plate Snap Ring—Thickness ................................ 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)

T104696
Thickness...................................................................... 2.5 mm (0.098 in.)
Thickness...................................................................... 3.0 mm (0.118 in.)
Thickness...................................................................... 3.5 mm (0.138 in.)
Thickness...................................................................... 4.0 mm (0.157 in.)

f. Clearance should be 2.5—3.2 mm (0.098—0.126

in.).

Specification
Clutch Pack Plate—Distance .................. 2.5—3.2 mm (0.098—0.126 in.)

–UN–31OCT96
Determine correct thickness and number of snap rings to
be used to obtain this clearance.
T104697
g. Remove snap ring, end plate, plates, and disks.

X—End Plate Specification

1—Shaft with Hub
10—End Plate
11—Snap ring

Continued on next page TX,03,BD2839 –19–21OCT99–14/20

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-16 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=178
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

IMPORTANT: Always keep bearing cones and bearing

cups as a matched set. If either the
bearing cone or cup requires
replacement, replace both as a set.

20. Inspect hub bearing cups (A). Replace if necessary.

–UN–24SEP98
IMPORTANT: Clutch disks must be soaked in oil for
30 minutes prior to installation or
premature wear to clutch pack may

T117248
occur.

21. Soak clutch disks in oil for approximately 30 minutes

prior to installation.

22. Starting with a plate, alternately install plates and

03
presoaked disks (D). 0350
17
NOTE: If more than one snap ring is installed, stagger the

–UN–24SEP98
snap ring openings.

23. Install end plate (C) and correct thickness and

quantity of snap ring(s) (B) determined in step 19.

T117249
IMPORTANT: If gear hub is not fully engaged into
plates and disks, damage to disks will
result when installing outer bearings.

24. Install gear hub by engaging all plates and disks.

Gear hub is fully engaged into plates and disks when
distance (E) (bottom of gear to top of drum) is to
specification.

–UN–12NOV98
Specification
Reverse and Forward Clutch
Pack Top of Drum-to-Hub—

T118308B
Distance ......................................................... 5—7 mm (0.197—0.276 in.)

A—Bearing Cups
B—Snap Ring
C—End Plate
D—Plates and Disks
E—Distance from Gear to Drum

Continued on next page TX,03,BD2839 –19–21OCT99–15/20

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-17 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=179
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

IMPORTANT: Do not preload the bearing. Hub must

rotate relatively easy without any end
play.

Use a hand press to install bearing

cone (2). A motorized press will not
provide the control needed to properly
install the bearing.

–UN–19MAY98
25. Install bearing cone (2) using piece of pipe (1) and a
hand press (do not use a motorized press). Push the
bearing cone on the shaft until bearing rollers just
contact the outer race.

T115475B
Check for end play by rocking hub (3) up and down.
Slowly push the bearing on the shaft while rocking the
03
0350 hub until no end play can be felt. Do not preload the
18 bearing.

1—Piece of Pipe
2—Bearing Cone
3—Hub

–UN–18MAY98
T115476B
TX,03,BD2839 –19–21OCT99–16/20

IMPORTANT: Use snap ring with correct thickness.

Snap ring should have a thickness that
fits the exposed width of the snap ring
groove.

NOTE: The snap ring thickness is available in increments

–UN–27FEB97

of 0.1 mm (0.004 in.), from 2.5 mm (0.098 in.) to

3.2 mm (0.126 in.)

26. Install snap ring with correct thickness.

T101529

1—Hub
2—Bearing

Continued on next page TX,03,BD2839 –19–21OCT99–17/20

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-18 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=180
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

27. Using a press or oven, install roller bearing with its

inner race against shaft shoulder.

–UN–31OCT96
T104702
TX,03,BD2839 –19–21OCT99–18/20

28. Turn assembly over and support on bearing inner

race with a suitable support. Using a press or oven, 03
install roller bearing with its inner race against shaft 0350
shoulder. 19

–UN–06FEB97
T104703
TX,03,BD2839 –19–21OCT99–19/20

29. Install sealing rings.

–UN–31OCT96
T104704
TX,03,BD2839 –19–21OCT99–20/20

Remove Drive Shaft

Remove snap ring (arrow) from groove of ball bearing at

bottom end of shaft. Remove drive shaft.
–UN–22OCT96
T101540

TX,0350,SS3426 –19–16OCT98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-19 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=181
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

Disassemble and Assemble Drive Shaft

1. Remove sealing rings (arrows).

–UN–22OCT96
T101541
TX,0350,SS3427 –19–16OCT98–1/5

2. Remove snap ring.

03
0350
20

–UN–08JUL96
T101542
TX,0350,SS3427 –19–16OCT98–2/5

3. Remove ball bearing.

–UN–08JUL96
T101543

Continued on next page TX,0350,SS3427 –19–16OCT98–3/5

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-20 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=182
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

NOTE: Drive shaft (1), turbine shaft (2), and snap ring (3)
are serviced as a assembly only.

4. Press ball bearing (4) on drive shaft (1) until snap ring
groove is visible.

–UN–30OCT96
1—Drive Shaft
2—Turbine Shaft
3—Snap Ring
4—Ball Bearing

T104679
5—Snap Ring
6—Snap Ring
7—Sealing Ring

03
0350
21

–UN–31OCT96
T104680
TX,0350,SS3427 –19–16OCT98–4/5

5. Install snap ring.

–UN–30OCT96
T104682
TX,0350,SS3427 –19–16OCT98–5/5

Remove Rear Output Shaft with Synchronizer

1. Remove intermediate gear (along with bearing inner

race) from intermediate shaft (3rd/4th speed). Gear
and bearing are a press fit.
–UN–08JUL96
T101544

Continued on next page TX,0350,SS3428 –19–16OCT98–1/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-21 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=183
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

2. Put fork (1) in shifting position (3rd speed, see arrow)

and hold it in position when pulling out the output shaft.

1—Shift Fork
2—Third Speed Gear
3—Fourth Speed Gear

–UN–08JUL96
4—Rear Output Shaft

T101546
03
0350
22

–UN–08JUL96
T101547
TX,0350,SS3428 –19–16OCT98–2/3

3. Remove rear output shaft and shift rail.

–UN–08JUL96
T101548

TX,0350,SS3428 –19–16OCT98–3/3

Remove Intermediate Shaft with

Synchronizer

Remove intermediate shaft (3rd/4th speed) along with shift

rail from transmission case.
–UN–25SEP96
T102243

TX,0350,SS3430 –19–16OCT98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-22 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=184
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

Disassemble Rear Output and Intermediate

Shaft with Synchronizer

NOTE: The disassembly and assembly of the

intermediate shaft and rear output shaft are
similar. Rear output shaft shown unless indicated.

–UN–09JUL96
1. Remove bearing (press fit).

NOTE: Mark the snap ring on top side for correct

T101890
installation.

2. Remove snap ring. Mark the top side of snap ring for
correct reassembly.

03
0350
23

TX,03,BD2825 –19–16OCT98–1/11

3. Using a gear puller, carefully remove shaft washer

(arrow) and gear:

• Rear output shaft — 1st speed gear.

• Intermediate shaft — 4th speed gear.

–UN–24OCT96
T102234
TX,03,BD2825 –19–16OCT98–2/11

4. Remove needle bearing from gear.

–UN–25SEP96
T102235

Continued on next page TX,03,BD2825 –19–16OCT98–3/11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-23 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=185
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

NOTE: If not replacing synchronizer assembly, mark

synchronizer ring for correct installation.

5. Remove synchronizer ring.

–UN–25SEP96
T102236
TX,03,BD2825 –19–16OCT98–4/11

6. Remove snap ring.

03
0350
24

–UN–25SEP96
T102237
TX,03,BD2825 –19–16OCT98–5/11

NOTE: When removing gear, small compression springs

and detents may come out.

7. Remove synchronizing assembly with gear.

–UN–25SEP96
T102238

Continued on next page TX,03,BD2825 –19–16OCT98–6/11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-24 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=186
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

8. Disassemble components.

1—Synchronizer Hub Assembly

2—Synchronizer Ring
3—Gear (2nd Speed)
4—Needle bearing

–UN–24OCT96
5—Rear Output Shaft
6—Washer (Intermediate Shaft only)

T102239
Rear Output Shaft Assembly

03
0350
25

–UN–31OCT96
T102252
Intermediate Shaft Assembly
TX,03,BD2825 –19–16OCT98–7/11

9. Check for wear by measuring with feeler gauge.

Position synchronizer ring on the synchronizer hub and
collar assembly (make sure they are in mesh) and
press down on synchronizer ring. Measure as shown
(X). If measurement is less than specification, replace
synchronizer assembly.

–UN–09OCT96
Specification
Rear Output or Intermediate Shaft
Synchronizer Assembly Wear

T102277
Measurement—Distance ............................................ 0.60 mm (0.024 in.)

1—Synchronizer Detent
1.1—Synchronizer Ring
1.2—Synchronizer Ring
2—Gear
2.1—Clutch Body
3—Gear
3.1—Clutch Body
–UN–10OCT96
T102278

Continued on next page TX,03,BD2825 –19–16OCT98–8/11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-25 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=187
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

NOTE: The following parts are serviced as a assembly

only.

10. Inspect parts.

–UN–24OCT96
1—Hub
2—Spring
3—Detent
4—Collar

T102240
TX,03,BD2825 –19–16OCT98–9/11

11. Remove bearing (rear output shaft only). Bearing is a

03 press fit.
0350
26

–UN–25SEP96
T102241
TX,03,BD2825 –19–16OCT98–10/11

12. Drive out roll pins (arrows) and pull shift fork from
shift rail.

–UN–24OCT96
T102242

TX,03,BD2825 –19–16OCT98–11/11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-26 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=188
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

Rear Output Shaft—Cross Section View

03
0350
27

–UN–30OCT96
T104521
Rear Output Shaft

1—Rear Output Shaft 5—Synchronizer Ring 8—Snap Ring 11—Washer

2—Roller Bearing 6—Collar 9—Gear (1st Speed) 12 —Snap Ring
3—Needle Bearing 7—Synchronizer Ring 10—Needle Bearing 13—Roller Bearing
4—Gear (2nd Speed)

Reference this art to identify components when

assembling an intermediate shaft.

TX,03,BD2826 –19–16OCT98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-27 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=189
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

Intermediate Shaft—Cross Section View

03
0350
28

–UN–18OCT96
T104520
Intermediate Shaft

1—Intermediate Shaft 5—Synchronizer Ring 9—Needle Bearing 13—Roller Bearing

2—Washer 6—Synchronizer Collar 10—Gear (4th Speed) 14—Intermediate Gear
3—Needle Bearing 7—Synchronizer Ring 11—Washer 15—Roller Bearing
4—Gear (3rd Speed) 8—Snap Ring 12—Snap Ring

Reference this art to identify components when

assembling an intermediate shaft.

TX,03,BD2827 –19–16OCT98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-28 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=190
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

Assemble Rear Output and Intermediate

Shaft

NOTE: Assembly of the intermediate shaft and rear

output shaft are similar. Rear output shaft shown
unless indicated.

–UN–29OCT96
1. For rear output shaft only, press roller bearing onto
shaft and against shaft shoulder. Install needle bearing
for 2nd speed gear on shaft.

T104660
Rear Output Shaft

03
0350
29

TX,03,BG154 –19–22OCT99–1/15

2. For intermediate shaft only, install washer and needle

bearing for 3rd speed gear on shaft.

–UN–22OCT96
T104569
Intermediate Shaft

TX,03,BG154 –19–22OCT99–2/15

3. Install gear:

• For rear output shaft — 2nd speed gear.

• For intermediate shaft — 3rd speed gear.

4. Install synchronizer ring. Align marks made during

–UN–29OCT96

disassembly if re-using ring.

T104662

Continued on next page TX,03,BG154 –19–22OCT99–3/15

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-29 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=191
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

NOTE: The synchronizer hub assembly parts shown are

serviced as an assembly only.

5. Inspect parts of synchronizer hub assembly.

–UN–24OCT96
1—Hub
2—Spring
3—Detent
4—Collar

T102240
TX,03,BG154 –19–22OCT99–4/15

6. Press synchronizer hub on shaft and against shaft

03 shoulder.
0350
30 7. Rotate synchronizer ring so its tabs fit in recesses of
synchronizer hub.

–UN–29OCT96
T104664
TX,03,BG154 –19–22OCT99–5/15

8. Install synchronizer assembly sliding collar over hub.

Insert synchronizer assembly springs and detents (3
used) into hub.

–UN–29OCT96
T104665

TX,03,BG154 –19–22OCT99–6/15

9. Install second synchronizer ring. Align marks made

during disassembly if re-using ring.
–UN–29OCT96
T104666

Continued on next page TX,03,BG154 –19–22OCT99–7/15

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-30 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=192
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

NOTE: Zero clearance is desired between synchronizer

hub and snap ring. If unable to obtain zero
clearance, use next smaller snap ring.

10.

–UN–29OCT96
Determine correct thickness of snap ring. Install the
thickest snap ring that will fit into groove of shaft at
base of synchronizer hub. Snap ring must seat
properly.

T104667
NOTE: Snap ring is available in the following thicknesses.

Specification
Synchronizer Hub Snap Ring—
Thickness...................................................................... 1.8 mm (0.071 in.)
Thickness...................................................................... 1.9 mm (0.075 in.) 03
Thickness...................................................................... 2.0 mm (0.079 in.) 0350
Thickness...................................................................... 2.1 mm (0.083 in.) 31
Thickness...................................................................... 2.2 mm (0.087 in.)

TX,03,BG154 –19–22OCT99–8/15

11.

Install remaining needle bearing.

–UN–29OCT96
T104668
TX,03,BG154 –19–22OCT99–9/15

12. Install gear:

• For rear output shaft — 1st speed.

• For intermediate shaft — 4th speed.
–UN–29OCT96
T104669

Continued on next page TX,03,BG154 –19–22OCT99–10/15

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-31 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=193
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

13. Press shaft washer onto shaft and against shoulder.

–UN–29OCT96
T104670
TX,03,BG154 –19–22OCT99–11/15

14. Install snap ring.

03
0350
32

–UN–29OCT96
T104671
TX,03,BG154 –19–22OCT99–12/15

15. Press bearing onto shaft and against shoulder.

–UN–29OCT96
T104672

TX,03,BG154 –19–22OCT99–13/15

16. Install shift fork on shift rail. Install roll pins (2 used).
–UN–29OCT96
T104673

Continued on next page TX,03,BG154 –19–22OCT99–14/15

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-32 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=194
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

17. Put shift fork on shaft as shown.

–UN–29OCT96
T104674
Rear Output Shaft with Shift Fork

03
0350
33

–UN–29OCT96
T104658
Intermediate Shaft with Shift Fork

TX,03,BG154 –19–22OCT99–15/15

Remove MFWD Output Shaft (If Equipped)

–UN–03JUL97

–UN–03JUL97
T109707

T109708

Without MFWD With MFWD

1—Transmission Case 3—Rear Output Shaft 5—Idler Shaft 6—MFWD Output Shaft
2—Intermediate Shaft 4—Cap

Continued on next page TX,0350,SS3431 –19–16OCT98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-33 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=195
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

IMPORTANT: Always keep bearing cones and bearing

cups as a matched set. If either requires
replacement, both must be replaced.

NOTE: The shaft seal shown in photo was removed

during removal of the cover plate.

–UN–09OCT96
1. Remove bearing cup.

2. Remove bearing cone. Bearing cone is a press fit.

T102258
3. Remove cap screws holding shield and remove MFWD
shaft from transmission case.

03
0350
34

TX,0350,SS3431 –19–16OCT98–2/2

Disassemble MFWD Shaft

1. Remove sleeve.

–UN–09OCT96
T102262
TX,03,BD2840 –19–16OCT98–1/8

2. Compress spring using a press and a piece of tubing

with a slot cut into it. Remove snap ring through slot,
then slowly release pressure.
–UN–09OCT96
T102263

Continued on next page TX,03,BD2840 –19–16OCT98–2/8

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-34 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=196
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

3. Remove backing plate and compression spring.

–UN–09OCT96
T102264
TX,03,BD2840 –19–16OCT98–3/8

4. Push sliding sleeve out of the sealing seat and

remove. 03
0350
35

–UN–09OCT96
T102265
TX,03,BD2840 –19–16OCT98–4/8

5. Remove both O-rings.

–UN–09OCT96
T102266
TX,03,BD2840 –19–16OCT98–5/8

6.

Remove sealing ring.

IMPORTANT: Always keep bearing cones and bearing

cups as a matched set. If either requires
–UN–09OCT96

replacement, both must be replaced.

7. Remove bearing cone. Bearing cone is a press fit.

T102267

Continued on next page TX,03,BD2840 –19–16OCT98–6/8

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-35 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=197
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

8. Remove snap ring.

–UN–09OCT96
T102269
TX,03,BD2840 –19–16OCT98–7/8

9. Remove thrust washer and gear.

03
0350
36

–UN–09OCT96
T102270
TX,03,BD2840 –19–16OCT98–8/8

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-36 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=198
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

MFWD Shaft—Cross Section View

03
0350
37

–UN–18OCT96
T104519
1—Transmission Case 7—Roller Bearing 13—Sliding Sleeve 18—Snap Ring
2—MFWD Output Shaft 8—Sealing Ring 14—O-Ring 19—Sleeve
3—Idler Shaft 9—Snap Ring 15—O-Ring 20—Roller Bearing
4—Roller Bearing 10—Thrust Washer 16—Compression Spring 21—Shaft Seal
5—Roller Bearing 11—Gear 17—Backing Plate 22—Cap (Cover Sheet)
6—Shield 12—Shield

Use art to assist in reassembly of MFWD shaft.

TX,03,BD2841 –19–16OCT98–1/1

Assemble MFWD Shaft

1. Install gear and thrust washer on shaft. Install snap

ring.
–UN–22OCT96
T104559

Continued on next page TX,03,BD2829 –19–16OCT98–1/7

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-37 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=199
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

2. Install O-rings.

–UN–22OCT96
T104560
TX,03,BD2829 –19–16OCT98–2/7

3. Apply oil on sealing surfaces of the sliding sleeve.

03 Install sliding sleeve until engaged with spur gear.
0350
38

–UN–22OCT96
T104561
TX,03,BD2829 –19–16OCT98–3/7

4. Install spring, backing plate and snap ring.

–UN–22OCT96
T104562

TX,03,BD2829 –19–16OCT98–4/7

5. Using a press and a piece of tubing with a slot cut into

it, compress spring and backing plate until snap ring
groove is accessible. Then install snap ring into groove
of shaft through slot and slowly release pressure.
–UN–22OCT96
T104563

Continued on next page TX,03,BD2829 –19–16OCT98–5/7

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-38 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=200
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

6. Install sleeve.

–UN–22OCT96
T104564
TX,03,BD2829 –19–16OCT98–6/7

7. Install bearing (bearing is a press fit). Install sealing

ring. 03
0350
39

–UN–22OCT96
T104565
TX,03,BD2829 –19–16OCT98–7/7

Remove, Disassemble, and Assemble Idler

Shaft

1. Loosen cap screws on idler shaft shield.

–UN–10OCT96
T102272
TX,0350,SS3434 –19–16OCT98–1/3

2. Remove idler shaft and shield.

IMPORTANT: Always keep bearing cones and bearing

cups as a matched set. If either requires
replacement, both must be replaced.
–UN–10OCT96

3. Remove bearing cones from both ends of shaft.

Bearing cones are a press fit.

4. Press new bearings onto shaft.

T102273

Continued on next page TX,0350,SS3434 –19–16OCT98–2/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-39 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=201
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

IMPORTANT: Always keep bearing cones and bearing

cups as a matched set. If either requires
replacement, both must be replaced.

5. Remove bearing cup from transmission case.

–UN–09OCT96
T102275
TX,0350,SS3434 –19–16OCT98–3/3

Remove and Install Oil Supply Tube

03
0350 1. Remove cap screws.
40
2. Remove oil supply tube with O-rings.

–UN–09OCT96
3. Install new O-rings on oil supply tube.

4. Install oil supply tube in transmission case.

T102276
5. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer
(medium strength) to threads of cap screws. Tighten
cap screws to specification.

Specification
Oil Supply Tube Cap Screw—
Torque .......................................................................... 23 N•m (204 lb-in.)

TX,0350,SS3435 –19–22OCT99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-40 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=202
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

Install Idler and MFWD Shafts to Assemble Transmission

–UN–03JUL97

–UN–03JUL97
T109707

T109708
03
0350
Without MFWD With MFWD
41
1—Transmission Case 3—Rear Output Shaft 5—Idler Shaft 6—MFWD Output Shaft
2—Intermediate Shaft 4—Cap

TX,0350,SS3436 –19–22OCT99–1/7

1. Assemble shield on idler shaft.

2. Press both bearings on idler shaft.

–UN–22OCT96
T104556
TX,0350,SS3436 –19–22OCT99–2/7

IMPORTANT: Always keep bearing cones and bearing

cups as a matched set. If either requires
replacement, both must be replaced.

3. Install idler shaft bearing cup and MFWD shaft bearing

cup into bores until bottomed.
–UN–22OCT96
T104557

Continued on next page TX,0350,SS3436 –19–22OCT99–3/7

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-41 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=203
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

4. Install idler shaft and shield into case. Apply cure

primer, then thread lock and sealer (medium strength)
to threads of cap screws. Tighten cap screws to
specification.

Specification

–UN–22OCT96
Idler Shaft Shield Cap Screws—
Torque .......................................................................... 23 N•m (204 lb-in.)

T104558
TX,0350,SS3436 –19–22OCT99–4/7

5. Install MFWD shaft into case.

03
0350
42

–UN–22OCT96
T104566
TX,0350,SS3436 –19–22OCT99–5/7

6. Install shield on MFWD shaft. Apply cure primer, then

thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to threads of
cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification.

Specification
MFWD Shield Cap Screws—

–UN–22OCT96
Torque .......................................................................... 23 N•m (204 lb-in.)

T104567

Continued on next page TX,0350,SS3436 –19–22OCT99–6/7

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-42 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=204
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

CAUTION: If using oil to heat the bearing, do

not heat oil over 182° C (360° F). Oil fumes or
oil can ignite above 193° C (380° F). Use a
thermometer. Do not allow a flame or heating
element to come in direct contact with the oil.

–UN–22OCT96
Heat the oil in a well-ventilated area. Plan a safe
handling procedure to avoid burns.

7. Heat bearing to 121°C (250°F) using an oven. Install

T104568
bearing on shaft.

03
0350
43

TX,0350,SS3436 –19–22OCT99–7/7

Install Intermediate and Rear Output Shafts

NOTE: Keep bearings and cups as a matched set if not

replacing.

1. Install bearing cups. Install intermediate shaft with shift

–UN–29OCT96
rail (shift fork positioned in sliding collar).

T104659
Continued on next page TX,0350,SS3437 –19–16OCT98–1/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-43 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=205
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

2. Install rear output shaft while holding shift fork (1) in

3rd speed position (arrow).

1—Shift Fork
2—Gear (3rd Speed)
3—Gear (4th Speed)

–UN–30OCT96
4—Idler Shaft

T104675
Intermediate Shaft

03
0350
44

–UN–05NOV96
T104676
TX,0350,SS3437 –19–16OCT98–2/4

3. Press bearing cone on gear.

–UN–05NOV96
T104677

TX,0350,SS3437 –19–16OCT98–3/4

4. Install gear and bearing assembly on intermediate

shaft.
–UN–31OCT96
T104678

TX,0350,SS3437 –19–16OCT98–4/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-44 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=206
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

Install Drive Shaft

1. Install drive shaft.

–UN–30OCT96
T104683
TX,03,SS3810 –19–16OCT98–1/3

2. Install snap ring into groove of ball bearing.

03
0350
45

–UN–03FEB97
T104684
TX,03,SS3810 –19–16OCT98–2/3

3. Install snap ring.

–UN–30OCT96
T104685
TX,03,SS3810 –19–16OCT98–3/3

Install Forward and Reverse Clutch Packs

NOTE: Keep bearings and cups as a matched set if not

replacing.

1. Install bearing cups.

–UN–31OCT96
T104706

Continued on next page TX,03,SS3811 –19–16OCT98–1/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-45 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=207
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

2. Reverse clutch pack (1) has 58 teeth and the forward

clutch pack (2) has 52 teeth.

–UN–05NOV96
T104705
TX,03,SS3811 –19–16OCT98–2/4

3. Install forward clutch pack.

03
0350
46

–UN–31OCT96
T104707
TX,03,SS3811 –19–16OCT98–3/4

4. Install reverse clutch pack.

–UN–31OCT96
T104708

TX,03,SS3811 –19–16OCT98–4/4

Install Oil Suction Tube

Install oil suction tube with O-ring. Apply cure primer, then
thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to threads of
cap screws. Install cap screws and tighten to specification.
–UN–31OCT96

Specification
Transmission Oil Suction Tube
Cap Screws—Torque ................................................... 23 N•m (204 lb-in.)
T104709

TX,03,SS3812 –19–22OCT99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-46 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=208
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

Assemble Converter Side of Case

NOTE: Torque converter bushing must be reamed after

installation. Have a qualified machinist ream the
bushing in a machine shop.

1. Install bushing, bottom in bore.

NOTE: Reaming of bushing should be done by a qualified

machinist in machine shop.

2. Install transmission cover on converter housing. Install

two cap screws to hold housings together. Ream
bushing to specification.

Specification
Torque Converter Bushing—ID ............. 55.05—55.08 mm (2.167—2.169 03
in.) Finished ID 0350
47

TX,0350,SS3440 –19–22OCT99–1/11

3. Clean both housings.

4. Install shaft seal with sealing lip facing the oil chamber.
Apply grease on sealing lip. Apply cure primer, then
thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to metal
outer shell.

–UN–31OCT96
T104710
TX,0350,SS3440 –19–22OCT99–2/11

5. Install two aligning screws into transmission case.

6. Apply cure primer, then High Flex Form-in-Place

Gasket to mating surfaces of the converter housing
and transmission case.
–UN–31OCT96

7. Install eyebolts in case. Using chain and hoist, install

transmission case on converter housing.
T104711

Continued on next page TX,0350,SS3440 –19–22OCT99–3/11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-47 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=209
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

8. Install needle bearing into stator shaft with thick collar

to the outside. Press on stamped side of bearing.

–UN–31OCT96
T104712
TX,0350,SS3440 –19–22OCT99–4/11

9. Install stator shaft.

03
0350
48

–UN–31OCT96
T104713
TX,0350,SS3440 –19–22OCT99–5/11

10. Install stator shaft cap screws. Tighten cap screws to

specification.

Specification
Torque Converter Stator Shaft
Cap Screws—Torque ...................................................... 46 N•m (34 lb-ft)

–UN–31OCT96
T104714

TX,0350,SS3440 –19–22OCT99–6/11

11. Remove aligning screws and install converter housing

cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification.

Specification
Torque Converter Housing Cap
Screws—Torque .............................................................. 46 N•m (34 lb-ft)
–UN–31OCT96
T104715

Continued on next page TX,0350,SS3440 –19–22OCT99–7/11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-48 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=210
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

12. Install new bearing cups or ensure old bearing cups

are returned to same bore with matching bearing
cones.

–UN–31OCT96
T104717
TX,0350,SS3440 –19–22OCT99–8/11

13. Install eyebolts and a hoist.

03
14. Apply cure primer, then High Flex Form-in-Place 0350
Gasket to the surface of the two transmission case 49
halves. Check the sealing ring positions of the
different shafts.

–UN–31OCT96
15. Align the dowel holes.

T104718
TX,0350,SS3440 –19–22OCT99–9/11

16. Install dowels and cap screws.

–UN–31OCT96
T104719
TX,0350,SS3440 –19–22OCT99–10/11

17. Tighten cap screws to specification.

Specification
Transmission Case
Half-to-Transmission Case Half
Cap Screws—Torque ...................................................... 46 N•m (34 lb-ft)
–UN–31OCT96
T104720

TX,0350,SS3440 –19–22OCT99–11/11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-49 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=211
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

Install Outer Components to Assemble

Transmission

1. Apply a one-to-one mixture of alcohol and water to

outer shell and rubber.

–UN–31OCT96
2. Using JDG1057 Shaft Seal Installer, install shaft seal
(2) with the sealing lip facing the oil chamber.

3. Install new cap (3) against shaft shoulder.

T104721
1—MFWD Output Shaft
2—Shaft Seal
3—Cap (Cover Plate)
4—Transmission Case

03
0350
50

–UN–31OCT96
T104722
TX,0350,SS3438 –19–22OCT99–1/17

4. Install both shift rails (neutral position). Using a depth

gauge, measure from end of shaft to face of housing.
Measurement should be to specification.

Specification
End of Shift Shaft-to-Face of

–UN–17OCT96
Transmission Housing—Distance .............. 85 mm (3.35 in.) Approximate

T104462

TX,0350,SS3438 –19–22OCT99–2/17

5. Apply cure primer, then High Flex Form-in-Place

Gasket to mating surfaces of transmission and shift
lever housings. Install shift lever housing while
installing shift lever into the rail recess.
–UN–17OCT96
T104463

Continued on next page TX,0350,SS3438 –19–22OCT99–3/17

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-50 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=212
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

6. Install cap screws and tighten to specification.

Specification
Shift Lever
Housing-to-Transmission Case
Cap Screws—Torque ................................................... 23 N•m (204 lb-in.)

–UN–17OCT96
T104464
TX,0350,SS3438 –19–22OCT99–4/17

7. Install ball and plug with O-ring and dowel (1).

03
0350
1—Plug with Dowel
51
2—Detent Plug
3—Detent Plug
4—Shift Rails

–UN–04JUN96
5—Shift Lever Housing

T101345
–UN–17OCT96
T104465
TX,0350,SS3438 –19–22OCT99–5/17

8. Install detent pin, compression spring and plug with

O-ring on both sides of shift lever housing. Check
shifting function for all speeds. Tighten plugs to
specification.

Specification
–UN–16OCT96

Shift Lever Housing Plugs—

Torque .......................................................................... 25 N•m (221 lb-in.)
T104417

Continued on next page TX,0350,SS3438 –19–22OCT99–6/17

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-51 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=213
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

9. Apply a one-to-one mixture of alcohol and water to the

rubber-coated outer shell of shaft seal.

10. Install shaft seal (1) so sealing lip is towards the

transmission case. Push seal into transmission
housing bore until outer surface of seal is into bore

–UN–16OCT96
approximately 3 mm ( 0.118 in.).

1—Shaft Seal
2—Cap

T104418
3—Output Flange
4—Transmission Case
5—Rear Output Shaft

03
0350
52

–UN–16OCT96
T104419
TX,0350,SS3438 –19–22OCT99–7/17

11. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer

(medium strength) to cap. Insert cap into output
flange.

–UN–16OCT96
T104420

TX,0350,SS3438 –19–22OCT99–8/17

12. Install output flange.

–UN–16OCT96
T104421

Continued on next page TX,0350,SS3438 –19–22OCT99–9/17

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-52 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=214
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

13. Position drive shaft against shoulder. Install sealing

ring.

–UN–16OCT96
T104424
TX,0350,SS3438 –19–22OCT99–10/17

NOTE: For complete control valve removal, installation,

disassembly, and assembly instructions, see 03
Group 0360. 0350
53
14. Install two M8 dowels (arrows).

–UN–04FEB97
15. Install flat gasket.

T104425
TX,0350,SS3438 –19–22OCT99–11/17

16. Install manifold plate.

17. Install control valve cap screws finger tight. Starting in

the middle and working out in a spiral direction,
tighten cap screws to specification

–UN–16OCT96
Specification
Transmission Control Valve
Manifold Plate Cap Screws—
Torque .......................................................................... 23 N•m (204 lb-in.)

T104426
NOTE: After machine has been operated for a short time
at operating temperature, tighten control valve cap
screws to specification again.

18. Install solenoids (4), control valve (1), and charge

pump (2). (See removal and installation procedures
for these components in Group 0360.)
–UN–06FEB97

1—Control Valve
2—Charge Pump
3—Manifold Plate
4—Solenoid (3 used)
T101330

Continued on next page TX,0350,SS3438 –19–22OCT99–12/17

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-53 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=215
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

19. While carefully mating splines, install torque converter

on transmission.

–UN–17OCT96
T104452
TX,0350,SS3438 –19–22OCT99–13/17

20. Check distance from converter housing to top of

03 plate.
0350
54 Specification
Torque Converter Housing-to-Top
of Plate—Distance ............................................................. 59 mm (2.3 in.)

–UN–17OCT96
T104453
TX,0350,SS3438 –19–22OCT99–14/17

21. If transporting, install tie bands to secure converter.

–UN–17OCT96
T104454

TX,0350,SS3438 –19–22OCT99–15/17

22. Install bleeder if removed. Tighten plug (with O-ring)

to specification.

Specification
Transmission Bleeder Plug—
Torque ............................................................................. 28 N•m (21 lb-ft)
–UN–17OCT96
T104455

Continued on next page TX,0350,SS3438 –19–22OCT99–16/17

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-54 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=216
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

23. Install drain plug. Tighten to specification.

Specification
Transmission Drain Plug—Torque .................................. 35 N•m (26 lb-ft)

–UN–17OCT96
T104456
TX,0350,SS3438 –19–22OCT99–17/17

03
0350
55

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-55 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=217
 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Power Shift Clutch

03
0350
56

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0350-56 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=218
 Group 0360
Hydraulic System
Other Material

Number Name Use

TY16285 (U.S.) Cure Primer Apply to threads of orifice in the

CXTY16285 (Canadian) control valve.
7649 (LOCTITE) Apply to charge pump cap screws.

T43512 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Apply a small drop to threads of
TY9473 (Canadian) Strength) orifice in the control valve.
242 (LOCTITE) Apply to charge pump cap screws.

03
0360
1

LOCTITE is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp. CED,TX03399,5819 –19–10DEC99–1/1

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Transmission Control Valve Cap Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

Screws

Transmission Control Valve Orifice Torque 2.4 N•m (21 lb-in.)

(Set Screw)

Control Valve Bottom Cover Cap Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)
Screws

Transmission Control Valve Torque 6 N•m (53 lb-in.)

Solenoids Retaining Plate Cap
Screws

Control Valve Upper Cover Cap Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)
Screws

Control Valve Orifice Plug Torque 6 N•m (53 lb-in.)

Charge Pump-to-Transmission Cap Torque 115 N•m (85 lb-ft)

Screws

Solenoid Cap (Nut) Torque 6 N•m (53 lb-in.)

CED,TX03399,5820 –19–10DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0360-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=219
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Control Valve

NOTE: Removal, installation, and even repair of the

control valve solenoids can be accomplished with
the transmission installed in the machine. (See
Remove and Install Forward, Neutral, or Reverse
Solenoid in Group 1674.)

1. Remove transmission shift lever and floor plate.

2. Disconnect wiring harness connector from control

valve.

3. Remove cap screws and remove valve.

4. Install valve and new gaskets. Align using dowels.

03
0360
2 5. Install control valve cap screws finger tight. Starting in
the middle and working out in a spiral direction, tighten
cap screws to specification.

Specification
Transmission Control Valve Cap
Screws—Torque ............................................................ 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

After machine has been operated for a short time at

operating temperature, retighten cap screws to
specification.

6. Connect wiring harness connector to control valve.

7. Install floor plate and shift lever.

TX,03,BD2842 –19–16OCT98–1/1

Disassemble and Assemble Control Valve

1. Mark gaskets for ease of assembly and remove flat

gasket (2 pieces) and intermediate plate.
–UN–17JAN97
T106683

Continued on next page TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–1/27

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0360-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=220
 Hydraulic System

CAUTION: Cover is spring loaded, care must be

taken when removing cover.

2. Remove two cap screws and replace with M6 threaded

dowels and nuts. Loosen and remove remaining cap
screws evenly. Then slowly loosen nuts on dowels to

–UN–17JAN97
release spring pressure.

T106684
TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–2/27

3. Remove cover and disconnect wiring for solenoid

valves. Remove gasket (arrow). 03
0360
3

–UN–05FEB97
T106685
TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–3/27

4. Remove retaining plate and remove harness.

–UN–17JAN97
T106686
Continued on next page TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–4/27

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0360-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=221
 Hydraulic System

NOTE: Modulation shims not shown.

A 1 mm (0.039 in.) thick shim is equal to 42 kPa

(0.42 bar) (6 psi). (See Modulation Valve Pressure
Test in Group 9020-25 of the operation and test
manual.)

–UN–05FEB97
5. Remove parts (1—5). Cover (on machine) can be
removed to access modulation shims.

T106687
1—Converter Relief Spool
2—Converter Relief Spring
3—Modulation Spring
4—Modulation Spring
5—Modulation Spool

03
0360
4

TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–5/27

CAUTION: Middle solenoid is spring loaded.

Use care when removing this solenoid.

6. Remove solenoid valves.

–UN–17JAN97
T106688

TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–6/27

NOTE: To ensure spools are installed in the correct ports,

identify or mark the spools prior to removal.

7. Remove parts (1—3).

1—Forward and Reverse Shift Valve Spool

–UN–06FEB97

2—Neutral Shift Valve Spring

3—Neutral Shift Valve Spool
T106689

Continued on next page TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–7/27

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0360-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=222
 Hydraulic System

8. Remove retaining plate (4).

9. Remove parts (1—3).

1—Pressure Reducing Valve Spool

2—Spring

–UN–06FEB97
3—Plug
4—Retaining Plate

T106690
TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–8/27

CAUTION: Cover is spring loaded. Use care

03
when removing cover.
0360
5
10. Remove two cap screws and install two M6 threaded
dowels and nuts. Remove remaining cap screws.
Loosen dowel nuts uniformly to release spring

–UN–17JAN97
pressure. Remove cap screws, cover, and gasket.

T106691
TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–9/27

NOTE: One pressure regulating valve shim is equal to

115 kPa (1.15 bar) (17 psi). Measure shim
thickness and select appropriate shim. (See
System Pressure Test in Group 9020-25 of the
operation and test manual.)

–UN–06FEB97
11. Remove parts (1—5). Cover (on machine) can be
removed to access regulating valve spool shim(s).

1—Pressure Regulating Valve Spool

T106692
2—Shim (as required)
3—Spring
4—Modulation Spool
5—Retaining Ring

Continued on next page TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–10/27

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0360-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=223
 Hydraulic System

12. Remove orifice. Check orifice passage.

–UN–17JAN97
T106693
TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–11/27

13. Remove plugs with O-rings.

03
0360
6

–UN–17JAN97
T106695
TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–12/27

14. Inspect all parts. Apply clean oil to all components.

1—Pressure Regulating Valve Spring

2—Shim
3—Spool
4—Converter Relief Valve Spool
5—Spring
–UN–17JAN97

6—Modulation Valve Piston

7—Spring
8—Spring
9—Spool
T106696

10—Retaining Ring
11—Orifice (Set Screw M5)

Continued on next page TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–13/27

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0360-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=224
 Hydraulic System

15. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer

(medium strength) to threads of orifice set screw.

16. Install orifice. Tighten to specification

Specification

–UN–17JAN97
Transmission Control Valve
Orifice (Set Screw)—Torque ......................................... 2.4 N•m (21 lb-in.)

T106697
TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–14/27

17. Install parts (1—5).

03
Shim Adjustment: Cover (on machine) can be 0360
removed to access modulation valve shims and 7
regulating valve spool shim(s).

–UN–06FEB97
For modulation valve, a 1 mm (0.039 in.) thick shim is
equal to 43 kPa (0.42 bar) (6 psi). Measure shim
thickness and select appropriate shim. (See
Modulation Valve Pressure Test in Group 9020-25.)

T106692
For pressure regulating valve, one shim is equal to
115 kPa (1.15 bar) (17 psi). Measure shim thickness
and select appropriate shim. (See System Pressure 1—Pressure Regulating Valve Spool
2—Shim (as required)
Test in Group 9020-25.)
3—Spring
4—Modulation Spool
5—Retaining Ring

TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–15/27

18. Install gasket and cover.

19. Install two M6 threaded dowels with nuts. Tighten

nuts evenly to compress spring.
–UN–17JAN97
T106699

Continued on next page TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–16/27

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0360-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=225
 Hydraulic System

20. Install washers and cap screws. Remove threaded

dowels and nuts and install remaining washers and
cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification.

Specification
Control Valve Bottom Cover Cap
Screws—Torque ............................................................ 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

–UN–17JAN97
T106700
TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–17/27

21. Install parts (1—5).

03
0360
1—Converter Relief Spool
8
2—Converter Relief Spring
3—Modulation Spring
4—Modulation Spring

–UN–06FEB97
5—Modulation Spool

T106701
TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–18/27

NOTE: Use the illustration as a reference for the forward

and reverse shift valve, neutral shift valve, and
pressure reducing valve.

22. Inspect all parts. Apply clean hydraulic oil on all

components.

–UN–17NOV98
1—Forward/Reverse Shift Valve Spool with Springs
2—Neutral Shift Valve Spring
3—Spool
4—Pressure Reducing Valve Spool
5—Spring
T118539

6—Plug
7—Retaining Plate
8—Spacer Sleeve

Continued on next page TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–19/27

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0360-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=226
 Hydraulic System

23. Install parts (1—6).

1—Forward/Reverse Shift Valve Spool with Springs

2—Neutral Shift Valve Spring
3—Spool
4—Pressure Reducing Valve Spool

–UN–06FEB97
5—Spring
6—Plug

T106703
TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–20/27

24. Using a punch, push plug in until retaining plate slips

into groove of plug. 03
0360
9

–UN–17JAN97
T106704
TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–21/27

25. Install three solenoid valves with connectors properly

positioned for installation of harness.

26. Install three retaining plates with flat side towards

valve body. Secure each plate with a cap screw and
washer. Tighten cap screws to specification.

–UN–17JAN97
Specification
Transmission Control Valve
Solenoids Retaining Plate Cap
Screws—Torque ............................................................... 6 N•m (53 lb-in.)

T106705
Continued on next page TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–22/27

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0360-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=227
 Hydraulic System

27. Install harness and retaining plate with tabs up.

1—Harness
2—Retaining Plate
3—Sealing Ring
4—Plug (3 used)
5—Cover

–UN–17JAN97
T106707
03
0360
10

–UN–17JAN97
T106706
TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–23/27

28. Install gasket and connect harness to solenoid

connectors.

–UN–17JAN97
T106709

Continued on next page TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–24/27

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0360-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=228
 Hydraulic System

29. Install cover.

30. Using M6 threaded dowels with nuts, tighten nuts

evenly to compress springs.

31. Install cap screws. Remove threaded dowels and nuts

–UN–17JAN97
and install remaining cap screws. Tighten cap screws
to specification.

Specification

T106710
Control Valve Upper Cover Cap
Screws—Torque ............................................................ 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

32. Install orifice plug (if removed) on top side of valve

housing cover. (This plug is used for access to orifice
without taking cover off.) Tighten plug to specification.
03
Specification 0360
Control Valve Orifice Plug— 11
Torque .............................................................................. 6 N•m (53 lb-in.)

TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–25/27

33. Install two cap screws (arrows) to aid in aligning the

gaskets.

34. Apply petroleum jelly to first gasket.

–UN–17JAN97
T106712
TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–26/27

35. Install intermediate plate and second gasket.

–UN–17JAN97
T106713

TX,0360,SS3655 –19–22OCT99–27/27

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0360-11 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=229
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Transmission Charge

Pump

1. Remove hydraulic pump. (See Remove and Install

Hydraulic Pump in Group 2160.)

2. Remove charge pump cap screws and remove charge

pump and shaft.

3. Install dowels into manifold plate to guide charge pump

during installation.

NOTE: Make sure stop is pushed down until it contacts

needle bearing assembly. Stop must remain in
place while installing pump.
03
0360 4. Install pump and shaft (shaft installed in pump) into
12 transmission drive shaft, aligning pump on dowels.
Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer
(medium strength) to threads of cap screws. Tighten
cap screws to specification.

Specification
Charge Pump-to-Transmission
Cap Screws—Torque .................................................... 115 N•m (85 lb-ft)

5. Install hydraulic pump. (See Remove and Install

Hydraulic Pump in Group 2160.)

TX,0360,SS3808 –19–22OCT99–1/1

Disassemble and Assemble Transmission

Charge Pump

1. Remove parts (1—7).

1—Stop
–UN–07FEB97

2—O-Ring
3—Disk
4—Needle
5—Thrust Washer
T101334

6—O-Ring
7—O-Ring
8—Pump Assembly

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5586 –19–21OCT99–1/12

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0360-12 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=230
 Hydraulic System

2. Separate pump halves.

–UN–04JUN96
T101335
CED,TX03399,5586 –19–21OCT99–2/12

NOTE: The pump O-ring is serviceable.

03
Pump gears and housings are serviced as an 0360
assembly only. 13

3. Mark gears to aid in assembly. Inspect pump gears

–UN–04JUN96
and housing. Replace gears and housing as an
assembly only. Replace O-ring.

T101336
CED,TX03399,5586 –19–21OCT99–3/12

4. Apply clean hydraulic oil to components of the pump.

5. Install parts in pump housing.

–UN–16OCT96
T104431
CED,TX03399,5586 –19–21OCT99–4/12

6. Install pump cover.

–UN–16OCT96
T104432

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5586 –19–21OCT99–5/12

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0360-13 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=231
 Hydraulic System

7. Install O-rings.

–UN–16OCT96
T104433
CED,TX03399,5586 –19–21OCT99–6/12

8. Refer to illustration at right for steps 9—13.

03
0360
1—Pump Gear II
14
2—O-Ring
3—Pump Housing
4—Washer

–UN–16OCT96
5—Needle Bearing
6—Disk
7—Stop
8—Shaft

T104434
CED,TX03399,5586 –19–21OCT99–7/12

9. Install washer and needle bearing.

–UN–16OCT96
T104436

CED,TX03399,5586 –19–21OCT99–8/12

10. Install disk.

–UN–16OCT96
T104437

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5586 –19–21OCT99–9/12

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0360-14 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=232
 Hydraulic System

11. Lubricate and install O-ring.

–UN–16OCT96
T104438
CED,TX03399,5586 –19–21OCT99–10/12

12. Install stop. Stop must be pushed down until it

contacts needle bearing assembly. Stop must also 03
remain in this position during pump installation on 0360
transmission manifold. 15

–UN–16OCT96
T104439
CED,TX03399,5586 –19–21OCT99–11/12

13. Install shaft.

–UN–17OCT96
T104440
CED,TX03399,5586 –19–21OCT99–12/12

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0360-15 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=233
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Manifold Plate Solenoids

NOTE: Transmission shown removed for illustration

purposes.

If removing solenoid with transmission installed on

–UN–16OCT96
machine, remove transmission shift lever and floor
plate to access the solenoids.

1. Locate solenoid (1—3).

T104427
1—Differential Lock Solenoid
2—Park Brake Solenoid
3—MFWD Solenoid (If Equipped)

03
0360
16

–UN–04JUN96
T101338
TX,03,BD2843 –19–21OCT99–1/2

2. Remove cap nut (1), solenoid coil (3), and O-rings (2).

3. Remove valve body (4) and O-rings (5—7).

4. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.

–UN–21OCT99
5. Inspect screen (8), clean if necessary.

6. Install O-rings on valve body.

T125353
7. Install valve body in manifold assembly.

8. Install solenoid coil.

1—Cap Nut
2—O-Ring (2 used)
9. Install O-rings in cap. Install cap on solenoid coil and 3—Solenoid Coil
tighten to specification. 4—Valve Body
5—O-Ring
Specification 6—O-Ring
Solenoid Cap (Nut)—Torque .......................................... 6 N•m (53 lb-in.) 7—O-Ring
8—Screen

TX,03,BD2843 –19–21OCT99–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0360-16 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=234
 Group 0399
Dealer Fabricated Tools
DFT1143 Transmission Support Bracket

03
0399
1

–19–11MAR97
T104794

Continued on next page TX,0399,SS3029 –19–23OCT95–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0399-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=235
 Dealer Fabricated Tools

Transmission Support Bracket is used to hold • 1/2 in. 1020 Steel

transmission in repair stand. • 7/8 in. O-Ring Plug (2 used) drilled for 5/8 in. cap
screws. Used to mount bracket to transmission.
Material required:
TX,0399,SS3029 –19–23OCT95–2/2

03
0399
2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 03-0399-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=236
 Section 04
Engine
Contents

Page

Group 0400—Removal and Installation

Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .04-0400-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .04-0400-2
PowerTech 4.5 L (4045) John Deere
Engine—Use CTM104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .04-0400-2
Engine
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .04-0400-2

Group 0499—Dealer Fabricated Tools

DFT1145 Transmission Holding Bracket . . . .04-0499-1

04

TM1649 (17JUL02) 04-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=1
 Contents

04

TM1649 (17JUL02) 04-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Group 0400
Removal and Installation
Essential Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5821 –19–10DEC99–1/5

T6606AD –UN–18OCT88

Engine Lifting Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG393

To remove and install engine

CED,TX03399,5821 –19–10DEC99–2/5

T8015AG –UN–01JUN93
04
Load Positioning Sling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D01043AA 0400
1
To remove and install engine

CED,TX03399,5821 –19–10DEC99–3/5

Transmission Holding Bracket1 . . . . . . . . . . . DFT1145

Hold transmission in place when removing engine

–UN–05DEC97
RG7056
1
Fabricated tool, dealer made. (See Group 0499 for instructions to make
tool.)
CED,TX03399,5821 –19–10DEC99–4/5

Flywheel Turning Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG820

Used to turn flywheel when installing torque converter cap

screws.
CED,TX03399,5821 –19–10DEC99–5/5

TM1649 (17JUL02) 04-0400-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=239
 Removal and Installation

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Engine Weight 404 kg (890 lb)

Transmission-To-Engine Flywheel Torque 73 N•m (54 lb-ft)

Housing Cap Screws

Engine Mounting Cap Screws With Torque 130 N•m (96 lb-ft)
Rubber Mounts

Transmission-To-Engine Flywheel Torque 73 N•m (54 lb-ft)

Housing Cap Screws

CED,TX03399,5822 –19–10DEC99–1/1

04
0400
PowerTech 4.5 L (4045) John Deere Engine—
2 Use CTM104

For additional engine information, the component technical

manual (CTM) is also required.

–UN–07SEP88
Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.

M44215
TX,05,SS3179 –19–05AUG96–1/1

Remove And Install Engine

1. Raise loader boom and install locking bar.

2. Disconnect negative (–) battery cable.

3. Remove grille, muffler stack, pre-cleaner, engine side

shields, support bars, hood, muffler and air cleaner.

4. Remove reservoir. (See Remove and Install Reservoir

in Group 2160.)

Continued on next page TX,04,QQ8839 –19–25OCT99–1/16

TM1649 (17JUL02) 04-0400-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=240
 Removal and Installation

CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from

pressurized cooling system can cause serious
burns.

Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when

cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly

–UN–23AUG88
loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure
before removing completely.

5. Drain radiator. The approximately capacity of the

TS281
engine cooling system is 16L (17 qt).

TX,04,QQ8839 –19–25OCT99–2/16

04
NOTE: If equipped with air conditioning, disconnect 0400
condenser from radiator, compressor and receiver 3
dryer. Lay components to the side.

6. Disconnect lines (1, 2, and 4). Remove fan guard (3).

7. Install lifting brackets (5) on radiator.

1—Upper Radiator Hose

2—Air Circulating Hose from Fan Shroud (Cab Only)
3—Fan Guard
4—Lower Radiator Hose
5—Lift Brackets

–UN–20FEB97
T107524B

Continued on next page TX,04,QQ8839 –19–25OCT99–3/16

TM1649 (17JUL02) 04-0400-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=241
 Removal and Installation

8. Disconnect lines (1, 2, 4, and 5).

9. Remove two cap screws (3) to remove radiator and oil

cooler.

10. Disconnect speed control linkage.

1—Transmission Oil Cooler Line-to-Transmission

2—Transmission Oil cooler Line-to-Transmission
3—Cap Screws (2 used)
4—Hydraulic Oil Cooler Line-to-Hydraulic Filter
5—Hydraulic Oil Cooler Line-to-Reservoir

–UN–20FEB97
04
0400
4

T107525B
Continued on next page TX,04,QQ8839 –19–25OCT99–4/16

TM1649 (17JUL02) 04-0400-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=242
 Removal and Installation

04
0400
5

TM1649 (17JUL02) 04-0400-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=243
 Removal and Installation

04
0400
6

–19–25FEB97
T106152

Continued on next page TX,04,QQ8839 –19–25OCT99–5/16

TM1649 (17JUL02) 04-0400-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=244
 Removal and Installation

W1—Machine Frame Ground V9—Alternator B6—Engine Oil Pressure M1—Starter Motor

B3—Horn G2—Alternator Switch B8—Converter Oil
M5—Washer Motor X34—Engine Harness To AC B5—Engine Coolant Temperature
K1—Start Relay Compressor Harness Temperature Switch W4—Ground Strap
Y2—Start Aid Solenoid Y3—Fuel Shutoff Solenoid V8—Start Solenoid Diode W3—Ground To Cab Floor
B7—Air Filter Restriction
Switch

11. Disconnect electrical components from engine

harness as shown.

TX,04,QQ8839 –19–25OCT99–6/16

12. Disconnect lines (2, 3, and 4). Close all lines using
cap and plugs.

13. Remove dipstick tube (1) to transmission.

1—Transmission Dipstick
2—Heater Line (2 used)
04
3—Fuel Line
0400
4—Start Aid Line
7

–UN–25FEB97
T106153
TX,04,QQ8839 –19–25OCT99–7/16

14. Remove access cover (1) and remove four cap

screws (2) on torque converter flex plate to flywheel.
–UN–25FEB97
T106154

Continued on next page TX,04,QQ8839 –19–25OCT99–8/16

TM1649 (17JUL02) 04-0400-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=245
 Removal and Installation

15. Install JDG393 Lifting Bracket (1) and D01043AA

Load Positioning Sling (2) to engine.

16. Remove engine mounting cap screws front and rear.

CAUTION: Engine weighs approximately 404 kg

(890 lb).

Specification
Engine—Weight .................................................................. 404 kg (890 lb)

17. Raise engine and tilt until oil pan clears frame.

1—JDG393 Lifting Bracket

2—D01043AA Load Positioning Sling

–UN–25FEB97
04
0400
8

T106156
TX,04,QQ8839 –19–25OCT99–9/16

18. Install DFT1145 Transmission Holding Bracket1.

Adjust bracket until there is pressure on it.

19. Remove transmission-to-engine flywheel housing cap

screws.

IMPORTANT: When removing engine, take care not to

damage torque converter flex plate.

20. Remove engine.

–UN–11MAR97
T107892B

1
Fabricated tool, dealer made. (See Group 0499 for instructions to make
tool.)
Continued on next page TX,04,QQ8839 –19–25OCT99–10/16

TM1649 (17JUL02) 04-0400-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=246
 Removal and Installation

21. Install engine.

22. Install transmission to engine flywheel housing cap

screws (12 used). Tighten cap screws to specification.

Specification

–UN–25FEB97
Transmission-To-Engine Flywheel
Housing Cap Screws—Torque ........................................ 73 N•m (54 lb-ft)

23. Install engine mounting cap screws with rubber

mounts front and rear. Tighten front and rear cap

T106154
screws to specification.

Specification
Engine Mounting Cap Screws
With Rubber Mounts—Torque....................................... 130 N•m (96 lb-ft)

24. Install JDG820 Flywheel Turning Tool. Install four cap

screws (2 ) on torque converter flex plate to flywheel.
Tighten cap screws to specification. Install access
cover (1).

Specification 04
Transmission-To-Engine Flywheel 0400
Housing Cap Screws—Torque ........................................ 73 N•m (54 lb-ft) 9

Continued on next page TX,04,QQ8839 –19–25OCT99–11/16

TM1649 (17JUL02) 04-0400-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=247
 Removal and Installation

25. Install lines (2, 3, and 4). Cap all lines.

26. Install dipstick tube (1) to transmission.

1—Transmission Dipstick
2—Heater Line (2 used)
3—Fuel Line
4—Start Aid Line

–UN–25FEB97
04
0400
10

T106153
Continued on next page TX,04,QQ8839 –19–25OCT99–12/16

TM1649 (17JUL02) 04-0400-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=248
 Removal and Installation

04
0400
11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 04-0400-11 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=249
 Removal and Installation

04
0400
12

–19–25FEB97
T106152

Continued on next page TX,04,QQ8839 –19–25OCT99–13/16

TM1649 (17JUL02) 04-0400-12 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=250
 Removal and Installation

W1—Machine Frame Ground V9—Alternator B6—Engine Oil Pressure M1—Starter Motor

B3—Horn G2—Alternator Switch B8—Converter Oil
M5—Washer Motor X34—Engine Harness To AC B5—Engine Coolant Temperature
K1—Start Relay Compressor Harness Temperature Switch W4—Ground Strap
Y2—Start Aid Solenoid Y3—Fuel Shutoff Solenoid V8—Start Solenoid Diode W3—Ground To Cab Floor
B7—Air Filter Restriction
Switch

27. Connect engine harness to electrical components 28. Connect speed control linkage.
as shown.

TX,04,QQ8839 –19–25OCT99–14/16

29. Install radiator and oil cooler. Install radiator cap

screws (3) and tighten.

30. Connect lines (1, 2, 4, and 5).

1—Transmission Oil Cooler Line-to-Transmission

2—Transmission Oil cooler Line-to-Transmission
04
3—Cap Screws (2 used)
0400
4—Hydraulic Oil Cooler Line-to-Hydraulic Filter
13
5—Hydraulic Oil Cooler Line-to-Reservoir

–UN–20FEB97
T107525B
Continued on next page TX,04,QQ8839 –19–25OCT99–15/16

TM1649 (17JUL02) 04-0400-13 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=251
 Removal and Installation

31. Install fan guard (3). Connect lines (1, 2, and 4).

32. Install air conditioning components if equipped.

33. Install reservoir. (See Remove and Install Reservoir in

Group 2160.)

34. Install air cleaner, muffler, hood, support bars, engine

side shields, pre-cleaner, muffler stack and grille.

35. Fill radiator. Check engine, transmission, and

hydraulic reservoir oil levels. (See Fuels and
Lubricants in Group 0004.)

36. Start engine and check for oil leaks. Install grille and
side shields.

1—Upper Radiator Hose

2—Air Circulating Hose from Fan Shroud (Cab Only)
3—Fan Guard

–UN–20FEB97
4—Lower Radiator Hose
04 5—Lift Brackets
0400
14

T107524B
TX,04,QQ8839 –19–25OCT99–16/16

TM1649 (17JUL02) 04-0400-14 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=252
 Group 0499
Dealer Fabricated Tools
DFT1145 Transmission Holding Bracket

04
0499
1

–19–10MAR97
T107818

Continued on next page TX,04,QQ8840 –19–21FEB97–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 04-0499-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=253
 Dealer Fabricated Tools

Transmission Holding Bracket is used to hold 7/8 in. Wing Nut (1 used)
transmission in place while removing engine.
3/8 in. Flat Washer (1 used)
Material Required:
3/8 in. Ready Rod
1020 Steel

TX,04,QQ8840 –19–21FEB97–2/2

04
0499
2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 04-0499-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=254
 Section 05
Engine Auxiliary Systems
Contents

Page

Group 0505—Cold Weather Starting Aid

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0505-1
Coolant Heater
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0505-1
Starting Aid Nozzel
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0505-3
Starting Aid Solenoid
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0505-4

Group 0510—Cooling Systems

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0510-1
Fan
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0510-1
Fan Belt
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0510-2
Radiator
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0510-2
05
Group 0515—Speed Controls
Speed Control Linkage
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .05-0515-2

Group 0520—Intake System

Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0520-1
Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0520-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0520-2
Air Cleaner
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0520-4
Air Intake System Leakage Test . . . . . . . . . .05-0520-6

Group 0530—Exhaust System

Remove and Install Muffler—Without Altitude
Compensator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0530-1
Remove and Install Muffler—With Altitude
Compensator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0530-2

Group 0560—External Fuel Supply System

Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0560-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0560-1
Fuel Tank
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0560-2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=1
 Contents

05

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Group 0505
Cold Weather Starting Aid
Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Engine Coolant Heater Lock Nut Torque 34 N•m (25 lb-ft)

CED,TX03399,5823 –19–10DEC99–1/1

Remove and Install Coolant Heater

1. Drain coolant. The approximate capacity of engine

cooling system is 16 L (17 qt).

2. Disconnect cord (C) from heater assembly.

3. Loosen lock nut (B).

4. Remove adapter (A) and heater element from cylinder

block.

05
CAUTION: TEST COOLANT HEATER IN LIQUID
0505
ONLY. Do not plug coolant heater into electrical 1
power unless heating element is immersed in
coolant. Sheath could burst and result in
personal injury.

5. Inspect and replace parts as necessary

–UN–25FEB97
A—Adapter
B—Lock Nut
C—Cord

T107710B

Continued on next page TX,05,QQ8842 –19–25OCT99–1/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0505-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=257
 Cold Weather Starting Aid

6. Install heater element (G) into engine block.

7. Install and tighten the adapter (D).

8. Turn element until element contacts with casting. Move

element to the center position.

–UN–06DEC96
9. Hold element in centered position and tighten nut (C)
to specification.

T105617
Specification
Engine Coolant Heater Lock
Nut—Torque .................................................................... 34 N•m (25 lb-ft)

A—Cord
B—Cap
C—Nut
D—Adapter
E—Gasket
F—O-Ring
G—Heater Element

TX,05,QQ8842 –19–25OCT99–2/3
05
0505
2
10. Install cord (C) and secure with plastic tie bands.

11. Refill engine and radiator with coolant to proper level.

(See Fuels and Lubricants in Group 0004.)

A—Adapter
B—Lock Nut
C—Cord

–UN–25FEB97
T107710B

TX,05,QQ8842 –19–25OCT99–3/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0505-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=258
 Cold Weather Starting Aid

Remove and Install Starting Aid Nozzle

1. Remove engine right side shield.

2. Disconnect starting aid tube (1).

–UN–26FEB97
3. Remove nozzle holder (2) from air inlet.

1—Start Aid Tube

2—Nozzle Holder

T106232
TX,05,QQ8843 –19–25OCT99–1/3

4. Remove nozzle from holder.

5. Clean or replace nozzle as required.

–UN–21OCT88
T88491
TX,05,QQ8843 –19–25OCT99–2/3
05
0505
3
NOTE: Arrow on nozzle holder indicates direction of
nozzle.

6. Install nozzle holder in air inlet with arrow pointing up.

7. Install starting aid tube to nozzle holder.

–UN–26FEB97
8. Install right engine side shield.

1—Start Aid Tube

T106232
2—Nozzle Holder

TX,05,QQ8843 –19–25OCT99–3/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0505-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=259
 Cold Weather Starting Aid

Remove and Install Starting Aid Solenoid

–UN–13NOV96
T105132
05
0505
4
A—Starting Fluid Can D—O-Ring G—Tube I—Adapter
B—Solenoid E—Container H—Nozzle Holder J—Nozzle
C—Cap Screw (2 used) F—Elbow Fitting (2 used)

1. Remove right engine shield. 5. Install solenoid and cap screws.

2. Remove starting fluid can (A). 6. Connect starting aid tube (G) and wiring lead.

3. Disconnect wiring lead and starting aid tube (G) 7. Install starting fluid can and engine shield.

4. Remove cap screws (C) and solenoid (B)

TX,05,QQ8844 –19–07JAN97–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0505-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=260
 Group 0510
Cooling Systems
Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Fan Cap Screws Torque 73 N•m (54 lb-ft)

Radiator Mounting Cap Screws Torque 34 N•m (25 lb-ft)

CED,TX03399,5824 –19–10DEC99–1/1

Remove and Install Fan

1. Raise loader boom and install boom lock bar.

2. Remove engine side shields.

3. Loosen hood cap screw (1) and push up.

4. Remove support bar (2).

5. Remove cap screws (3) on fan guard, rotate fan guard

to opening and remove.
05
6. Loosen belt self adjuster to loosen fan belt. 0510
1
7. Remove cap screws (5).

8. Remove fan (6) and fan spacer (7).

9. Install spacer (7) and fan (6). Install cap screws (5)
and tighten.

–UN–27FEB97
Specification
Fan Cap Screws—Torque ............................................... 73 N•m (54 lb-ft)

T106174
10. Tighten fan belt with belt adjuster.

11. Install parts (3, 2, and 1).

1—Hood Cap Screws

2—Support Bar
3—Cap Screw (4 used)
4—Belt Adjuster
5—Cap Screw (4 used)
–UN–26FEB97

6—Fan
7—Spacer
T107724

TX,05,QQ8845 –19–25OCT99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0510-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=261
 Cooling Systems

Remove and Install Fan Belt

1. Raise boom and install locking bar.

2. Remove engine side shields.

3. Remove four cap screws (1) from fan guard (2) and
rotate guard to opening.

4. Using a wrench, pull adjustment pulley (3) forward and

slide fan belt over fan blades.

5. Remove fan belt.

6. Install fan belt. Belt is self adjusting.

7. Locate fan guard to proper position and tighten cap

screws.

8. Install engine side shields.

–UN–27FEB97
1—Cap Screw (4 used)
2—Fan Guard
3—Adjustment Pulley

T106222
05
0510
2

TX,05,QQ8846 –19–25OCT99–1/1

Remove and Install Radiator

1. Remove hood, side shields, and support bars

CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from

pressurized cooling system can cause serious
burns.

Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when

cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly
loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure
before removing completely.

2. Drain coolant from radiator. The approximate capacity

of the engine cooling system is 16 L (17 qt).

Continued on next page TX,05,QQ8847 –19–25OCT99–1/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0510-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=262
 Cooling Systems

3. Disconnect upper and lower radiator hoses (1 and 4).

4. Install lifting brackets (5).

1—Upper Radiator Hose

2—Air Circulating Hose from Fan Shroud (Cab Only)
3—Fan Guard
4—Lower Radiator Hose
5—Lift Brackets

–UN–20FEB97
T107524B
TX,05,QQ8847 –19–25OCT99–2/4
05
0510
3
5. Remove four cap screws and set condenser to side (if
equipped).

6. Remove six cap screws (A) and let

transmission/hydraulic oil coolers hang down.

7. Remove six cap screws to remove shroud.

CAUTION: Use a lifting device for heavy

component.

8. Remove two cap screws (B). Remove radiator. –UN–27FEB97

T107741B

Continued on next page TX,05,QQ8847 –19–25OCT99–3/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0510-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=263
 Cooling Systems

9. Install radiator. Tighten cap screws (B).

10. Install shroud to radiator. Tighten cap screws to 34

N•m (25 lb-ft).

Specification
Radiator Mounting Cap Screws—
Torque ............................................................................. 34 N•m (25 lb-ft)

11. Connect upper and lower radiator hoses.

12. Install oil coolers and condenser (if equipped).

Tighten cap screws.

13. Install support bars, side shields and hood.

14. Fill radiator to proper level. (See Group 0002.)

–UN–27FEB97
T107741B
TX,05,QQ8847 –19–25OCT99–4/4
05
0510
4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0510-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=264
 Group 0515
Speed Controls

05
0515
1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0515-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=265
 Speed Controls

Disassemble And Assemble Speed Control Linkage

05
0515
2

–UN–26OCT96
TP49492

Continued on next page TX,05,QQ8848 –19–23OCT95–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0515-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=266
 Speed Controls

1—Cotter Pin 11—Arm 21—Washer 31—Plate

2—Washer 12—Spring Pin (2 used) 22—Disk Spring (4 used) 32—Support
3—Grommet (2 used) 13—Lever 23—Boot 33—Support
4—Shaft 14—Washer (2 used) 24—Lever 34—Nut (2 used)
5—Rod 15—Swivel (3 used) 25—Cotter Pin (4 used) 35—Rod
6—Cotter Pin (3 used) 16—Push Pull Cable 26—Bracket 36—washer
7—Swivel 17—Washer 27—Plate (2 used) 37—Cap Screw
8—Washer 18—Pedal 28—Washer 38—Washer
9—Arm 19—Rod 29—Knob 39—Lock Nut
10—Spring 20—Lock Nut 30—Cap Screw (3 used) 40—Washer (2 used)

1. Disassemble parts. 4. Adjust speed control lever (24). (See procedure in

Group 9010—20.)
2. Inspect for worn or damaged parts. Replace if
necessary. 5. Adjust speed control linkage. (See procedure in
Group 9010—20.)
3. Assemble parts.

TX,05,QQ8848 –19–23OCT95–2/2

05
0515
3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0515-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=267
 Speed Controls

05
0515
4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0515-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=268
 Group 0520
Intake System
Essential Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5825 –19–10DEC99–1/2

Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG-51

Used to connect air supply to air intake tube.

CED,TX03399,5825 –19–10DEC99–2/2

Service Equipment and Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier. 05
0520
1

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5826 –19–10DEC99–1/2

Air Regulator with Gauge

Used to measure air pressure.

CED,TX03399,5826 –19–10DEC99–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0520-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=269
 Intake System

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Intake Hose-to-Air Cleaner Housing Torque 3.4 N•m (30 lb-in.)

Clamp

Air Cleaner Cap-to-Air Cleaner Torque 3.4 N•m (30 lb-in.)

Housing Clamp

Air Intake Regulated Pressure 13.8—20.7 kPa (0.13—0.21 bar)

(2—3 psi)

CED,TX03399,5827 –19–10DEC99–1/1

05
0520
2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0520-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=270
 Intake System

05
0520
3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0520-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=271
 Intake System

Remove and Install Air Cleaner

05
0520
4

–19–13JAN97
T106237

Continued on next page TX,05,QQ8852 –19–16OCT98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0520-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=272
 Intake System

1—Clamp 7—Washer (2 used) 12—Secondary Element 17—Clamp

2—Hose 8—Plate 13—Primary Element 18—Hose
3—Clamp 9—Cap Screw (2 used) 14—Latch (3 used) 19—Fitting
4—Cap 10—Air Cleaner Housing 15—Cover 20—Sensor
5—Tube 11—Band 16—Valve 21—Air Cleaner Assembly
6—Cap Screw (2 used)

NOTE: The 310E can be equipped with an altitude deform slightly around clamp band.)
compensator.
Specification
1. Remove precleaner, muffler extension, side shields, Intake Hose-to-Air Cleaner
Housing Clamp—Torque ........................................ 3.4 N•m (30 lb-in.)
and hood.
6. Tighten hose clamp (5) to specification.
2. Remove and install parts as needed.
Specification
3. Inspect elements for wear or damage and replace Air Cleaner Cap-to-Air Cleaner
as necessary. Housing Clamp—Torque ........................................ 3.4 N•m (30 lb-in.)

4. Install parts. 7. Test air intake system. (See Air Intake System
Leakage Test in this group.)
5. Tighten hose clamp (1) to specification. (When
clamp is properly tightened, air intake hose will

TX,05,QQ8852 –19–16OCT98–2/2
05
0520
5

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0520-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=273
 Intake System

Air Intake System Leakage Test

IMPORTANT: Any time the air intake system is

opened, it must be tested for leaks
before the machine is returned to
service.

–UN–23FEB89
1. Remove air cleaner cover and main filter element.

2. Put a plastic bag over safety element and install main

T5906AP
element and cover.

3. Remove plug (A) from air intake tube and install

JDG-51 adapter.

4. Connect air pressure regulator to adapter using hose

and fitting.

5. Pressurize air intake system to specification.

–UN–27AUG96
Specification
Air Intake—Regulated Pressure ............. 13.8—20.7 kPa (0.13—0.21 bar)
(2—3 psi)

T103049
CAUTION: Do not start engine when plastic bag
is in place. Plastic bag can be sucked into
A—Plug
engine when engine is started. If engine
05
0520 crankshaft needs to be rotated to close valves,
6 remove plastic bag and quickly engage and
disengage the starter to “jog” the crankshaft to
a different position, or manually turn crankshaft
using flywheel turning tool.

6. If system cannot be pressurized, turn crankshaft

slightly to close valves. Check plastic bag.

7. Spray soap solution over all connections from the air

cleaner to the turbocharger or air inlet to check for
leaks. Repair all leaks.

CED,OUO1010,322 –19–22SEP98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0520-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=274
 Group 0530
Exhaust System
Remove and Install Muffler—Without Altitude Compensator

05
0530
1

–UN–21OCT98
T117949

A—Capscrew D—Exhaust Pipe F—Washer ( 5 used) H—Gasket

B—Washer (2 used) E—Capscrew ( 5 used) G—Muffler I—Clamp
C—Nut (6 used)

1. Remove parts as shown. 2. Repair or replace as required. Install parts.

CED,OUO1010,496 –19–02DEC98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0530-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=275
 Exhaust System

Remove and Install Muffler—With Altitude Compensator

05
0530
2

–UN–21OCT98
T117950

A—Cap Screw E—Exhaust Pipe I—Flange Nut (4 used) M—Nut

B—Washer (4 used) F—Cap Screw J—Cap Screw (4 used) N—Clamp
C—Clamp G—Clamp K—Pipe Elbow O—Muffler
D—Nut H—Adapter L—Bracket

1. Remove parts as shown. 2. Repair or replace as required. Install parts.

CED,OUO1010,495 –19–02DEC98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0530-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=276
 Group 0560
External Fuel Supply System
Other Material

Number Name Use

TY16285 (U.S.) Cure Primer Apply around tank surfaces where

CXTY16285 (Canadian) sending unit gasket connects to fuel
7649 (LOCTITE) tank.
On threads of union fitting at fuel
tank.
Apply to threads of fuel tank drain
screw.

TY6304 (U.S.) Flexible Sealant Apply bead around tank surfaces

TY9484 (Canadian) where sending unit gasket connects
515 (LOCTITE) to fuel tank.

TY9375 (U.S.) Pipe Sealant On threads of union fitting at fuel

TY9480 (Canadian) tank.
592 (LOCTITE)

T43512 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Apply to threads of fuel tank drain
TY9473 (Canadian) Strength)LOCTITE Products screw.
242 (LOCTITE)

05
0560
1

LOCTITE is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp. CED,TX03399,5828 –19–10DEC99–1/1

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Fuel Tank Weight 56 kg (124 lb)

Fuel Tank Cap Screws Torque 59 N•m (44 lb-ft)

CED,TX03399,5829 –19–10DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0560-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=277
 External Fuel Supply System

Remove and Install Fuel Tank

05
0560
2

–19–13JAN97
T106260

Continued on next page TX,05,QQ8855 –19–22OCT99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0560-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=278
 External Fuel Supply System

1—Cap Screw (3 used) 8—Fitting 15—Gasket 22—Clamp

2—Washer (10 used) 9—O-Ring 16—Cap 23—Line
3—Spacer 10—Tube 17—Screw (5 used) 24—Cap Screw
4—Plate 11—Strainer 18—Fuel Sender 25—Nut
5—Hose 12—Cap Screw (6 used) 19—Gasket 26—Tie Band (2 used)
6—Clip 13—Fuel Tank 20—Clamp (2 used) 27—Cap Screw
7—O-Ring (2 used) 14—Washer 21—Hose 28—Cap Screw

1. Remove step plate (4). Install fuel tank. Tighten cap screws (12) to
specification.
2. Disconnect fuel sender (18) wiring leads.
Specification
3. Disconnect hoses (5 and 21). Fuel Tank Cap Screws—
Torque....................................................................... 59 N•m (44 lb-ft)

4. Remove cap screw (24) and drain fuel tank. The

7. Apply cure primer, then flexible sealant to tank
approximate capacity of the fuel tank is 106 L (112
surface where gasket (19) connects to tank (13).
qt).
8. Apply cure primer, then pipe sealant with TEFLON
CAUTION: The approximate weight of fuel on threads of union fitting (8).
tank is 56 kg (124 lb). Use a suitable lifting
device. 9. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer
(medium strength) to threads of drain screw (24).
Specification
Fuel Tank—Weight ........................................................ 56 kg (124 lb)
10. Connect hoses (5 and 21).
5. Remove cap screws (12). Remove fuel tank using a 11. Connect wiring leads to fuel sender (18). Install
hoist. step plate (4).
05
6. Replace parts as necessary. 0560
3

TEFLON is a registered trademark of Du Pont Co. TX,05,QQ8855 –19–22OCT99–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0560-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=279
 External Fuel Supply System

05
0560
4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 05-0560-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=280
 Section 06
Torque Converter
Contents

Page

Group 0651—Turbine, Gears and Shaft

Torque Converter
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-0651-1
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .06-0651-1

06

TM1649 (17JUL02) 06-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=1
 Contents

06

TM1649 (17JUL02) 06-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Group 0651
Turbine, Gears and Shaft
Remove and Install Torque Converter

NOTE: Torque converter has no internal service parts. If

replacement is necessary, install a new torque
converter.

Remove and install torque converter. (See Remove and

Install Transmission in Group 0300.)

TX,06,QQ8856 –19–14JAN97–1/1

Disassemble and Assemble Torque Converter

06
0651
1

–UN–21OCT96
TP52781

1—Cap Screw (4 used) 3—Plate (2 used) 5—Torque Converter 6—Cap Screw

2—Washers (8 used) 4—Plate Assembly

1. Disassemble parts as shown. 2. Inspect torque converter and replace if damaged.

NOTE: Torque converter has no internal service parts. 3. Assemble parts as shown.
If replacement is necessary, install a new
torque converter.

TX,06,QQ8857 –19–28FEB97–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 06-0651-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=283
 Turbine, Gears and Shaft

06
0651
2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 06-0651-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=284
 Section 09
Steering System
Contents

Page

Group 0960—Hydraulic System

Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-1
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-3
Steering Column
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-4
Tilt Steering Wheel and Column
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-6
Steering Valve
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-7
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-10
Cross Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-15
Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-16
Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-20
Disassemble Non-Powered Axle Steering
Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-22
Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder
Cross Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-24
Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-25
Steering Cylinder Bushings
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-29
MFWD Axle Steering Cylinder APL-2025
Cross Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-30
Exploded View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-31
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-32
MFWD Axle
Adjust Tracking Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-37
Remove and Install Priority Valve . . . . . . . .09-0960-38
09
Disassemble and Assemble Priority
Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-40

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=1
 Contents

09

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Group 0960
Hydraulic System
Service Equipment and Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5830 –19–10DEC99–1/5

Steering Wheel Puller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG17

Used to remove steering wheel.

CED,TX03399,5830 –19–10DEC99–2/5

Machine Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. 10-24

Used to remove internal check valve.

CED,TX03399,5830 –19–10DEC99–3/5

Adjustable Spanner Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . D05270ST

Used to remove steering cylinder spanner nut.

CED,TX03399,5830 –19–10DEC99–4/5

Bushing, Bearing and Seal Driver Set . . . . . . D01044AA

09
Used to remove and install steering cylinder bushings.
0960
1

CED,TX03399,5830 –19–10DEC99–5/5

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=287
 Hydraulic System

Other Material

Number Name Use

TY16285 (U.S.) Cure Primer To clean lower splines of steering

CXTY16285 (Canadian) column.
764 (LOCTITE) Clean rod guide threads.
To clean ball joint threads.

AT124243 (U.S.) SILASTIC 732 Apply to lower splines of steering

column.

T43512 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Apply to rod guide threads.
TY9473 (Canadian) Strength) Apply to first three threads of ball
242 (LOCTITE) joint.

PT569 (U.S.) NEVER-SEEZ Apply to steering cylinder bushings.

LOCTITE is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp.

SILASTIC is a registered trademark of Dow-Corning Corp.
NEVER-SEEZ is a registered trademark of Emhart Chemical Group CED,TX03399,5831 –19–10DEC99–1/1

09
0960
2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=288
 Hydraulic System

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Steering Column-to-Valve Cap Screw Torque 30 N•m (22 lb-ft)

Steering Wheel Nut Torque 48 N•m (35 lb-ft)

Steering Valve End Cap, Cap Screw Torque 11—17 N•m (100—150 lb-in.)
(Initial Sequence)

Steering Valve End Cap, Cap Screw Torque 25—31 N•m (225—275 lb-in.)
(Final Sequence)

Check Valve Plug Torque 11 N•m (98 lb-in.)

Steering Cylinder Piston Nut Torque 50 N•m (37 lb-ft) + 1/12 (30°) turn

Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Depth 6.5 mm (0.26 in.)

Bushings

APL-2025 Axle End Cap, Cap Torque 280 N•m (206 lb-ft)
Screws

Ball Joint-to-Piston Rod Connection Torque 250 N•m (184 lb-ft)

Relief Valve Spring Approximate Free Length 56.4 mm (2.22 in.)

Minimum Length at 72.3—85.6 N 35.7 mm (1.407 in.)
(16.25—19.25 lb force)

CED,TX03399,5832 –19–10DEC99–1/1

09
0960
3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=289
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Steering Column

1. Remove (A—D).

2. Disconnect harness connectors from rocker switches.

A—Steering Wheel
B—Top and Bottom Column Covers
C—FNR/Range Lever
D—Instrument Panel

–UN–13FEB97
T107303B
Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8697 –19–10DEC99–1/2

09
0960
4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=290
 Hydraulic System

NOTE: Tilt steering machines have socket-head screws

instead of cap screws.

3. Remove four cap screws (A). Remove steering

Column.

–UN–21JAN93
NOTE: Tilt steering machines have a spacer with a large
and small diameter side. The small diameter side
is towards the steering valve the large diameter
side is toward steering column. Non-tilt has a

T7883BG
plain spacer.

4. Be sure spacer is installed in bracket before installing

steering column. A—Cap Screws (4 used)

5. Apply cure primer, then apply SILASTIC 732 RTV

Adhesive Sealant on lower splines of steering column.

6. Install steering column. Wire harness must be above

steering column. Install and tighten cap screws to
specifications.

Specification
Steering Column-to-Valve Cap
Screw—Torque ................................................................ 30 N•m (22 lb-ft)

7. Install instrument panel and connect harness to rocker

switches.

8. Install FNR/range lever, bottom and top column covers

and steering wheel with lock washer and nut. Tighten
steering wheel nut to specifications and bend at least
one tab of lock washer against flat of nut.

Specification
Steering Wheel Nut—Torque .......................................... 48 N•m (35 lb-ft)

09
0960
5

SILASTIC is a registered trademark of Dow-Corning Corp. TX,09,QQ8697 –19–10DEC99–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=291
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Tilt Steering Wheel and Column

09
0960
6 –UN–11DEC96
TP52857

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8698 –19–03NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=292
 Hydraulic System

1—Cap 8—Bracket 14—Seal* 20—Shoulder Screw (2 used)*

2—O-Ring 9—Cap Screw (4 used) 15—Steering Column* 21—Knob
3—Nut 10—Washer 16—Dowel Pin* 22—Tilt Steering Column Kit
4—Lock Washer 11—Steering Valve 17—Spacer (2 used)* 23—Lower Column
5—Steering Wheel 12—Washer (4 used) 18—Cylinder 24—Cap Screw (4 used)
6—Steering Column (Non-Tilt) 13—Snap Ring* 19—Cover 25—Tilt Steering Kit
7—Knob

NOTE: An asterisk indicates parts are serviced only in 3. Tighten cap screws (24) to specification.
tilt steering column kits.
Specification
1. Remove parts as necessary. Steering Column-to-Valve Cap
Screw—Torque ......................................................... 30 N•m (22 lb-ft)

2. Replace as necessary.

TX,09,QQ8698 –19–03NOV98–2/2

Remove and Install Steering Valve

1. Remove steering wheel (A) using JDG17 Steering

Wheel Puller.

2. Remove top and bottom column cover (B) and

instrument panel (D).

3. Disconnect rocker switch wire connectors.

A—Steering Wheel
B—Top and Bottom Column Covers
C—FNR/Range Lever
D—Instrument Panel

09
0960
7
–UN–13FEB97
T107303B

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8699 –19–10DEC99–1/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=293
 Hydraulic System

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.

–UN–23AUG88
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.

X9811
Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

4. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure

in the hydraulic system.

TX,09,QQ8699 –19–10DEC99–2/4

5. Remove cowl and disconnect hoses (A—F) from

steering valve. Close all opening with caps and plugs.

A—Steering Valve
B—Steering Valve from Loader Control Priority Valve
LS Port Line

–UN–02MAY91
C—Steering Valve R Port-to-Steering Cylinder Rod
End Line
D—Steering Valve L Port-to-Steering Cylinder Head
End Line
09
E—Steering Valve P Port from Loader Control Valve
0960
Pressure Line T7520BR
8
F—Steering Valve T Port-to-Reservoir

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8699 –19–10DEC99–3/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=294
 Hydraulic System

NOTE: Tilt steering machines have socket head screws

instead of cap screws.

6. Remove cap screws (G) to remove steering column

and valve.

–UN–02MAY91
NOTE: Tilt steering machines have a spacer with a large
and small diameter side. The small diameter side
is towards the steering valve the large diameter
side is towards the steering column. Non-tilt has a

T7528AI
plain spacer.

7. Be sure spacer is installed in bracket before installing

steering column.

8. Apply cure primer, then apply a 3 mm (1/8 in.) bead of

SILASTIC 732 RTV Adhesive Sealant on lower
splines of steering column.

9. Install steering column and valve using cap screws (G)

or socket-head screws (if tilt wheel). Tighten to
specifications.

Specification
Steering Column-to-Valve Cap
Screw—Torque ................................................................ 30 N•m (22 lb-ft)

10. Connect hydraulic lines to valve. Install instrument

panel, column covers, and steering wheel. Tighten
steering wheel nut to specifications.

Specification
Steering Wheel Nut—Torque .......................................... 48 N•m (35 lb-ft)

09
0960
9
SILASTIC is a registered trademark of Dow-Corning Corp. TX,09,QQ8699 –19–10DEC99–4/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=295
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble Steering Valve

IMPORTANT: Perform all service on steering valve in

a clean isolated work area. Use proper
tools, cleaning material, and lubricants.

–UN–24OCT88
NOTE: The manual steering check valve on earlier
machines is removed from the shaft side of the
valve. The manual steering check valve on later
machines is removed through the gerotor (meter)

T84966
end of the valve as indicated in the procedure.
Steering Valve—Earlier Machines
1. Remove plug on earlier machines to remove check
valve assembly.

TX,09,QQ8700 –19–16MAY01–1/12

2. Remove check ball seat (B) using a No. 10-24

machine screw.

3. Remove O-rings (A).

4. Remove steel ball (C) and spacer (D).

–UN–24OCT88
5. Inspect steel ball and seat for wear or damage.

T5835AO
A—O-Ring (2 used)
B—Check Ball Seat
C—Steel Ball
D—Spacer Manual Steering Check Valve—Earlier Machines

09
0960
10

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8700 –19–16MAY01–2/12

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=296
 Hydraulic System

6. On later machines, remove cap screw (1). Remove

parts (2—4).

1—Cap Screw
2—Sleeve
3—Pin

–UN–12JAN00
4—Steel Ball

T127351
Gerotor End of Steering Valve-Later Machines

–UN–12JAN00
T127352
Manual Steering Check Valve-Later Machines
TX,09,QQ8700 –19–16MAY01–3/12

7. Remove snap ring.

–UN–24OCT88
09
0960

T84969
11

TX,09,QQ8700 –19–16MAY01–4/12

8. Remove seal gland bushing assembly.

–UN–24OCT88
T84970

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8700 –19–16MAY01–5/12

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-11 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=297
 Hydraulic System

9. Remove quad ring seal from gland bushing.

–UN–07DEC88
T81080
TX,09,QQ8700 –19–16MAY01–6/12

10. Remove oil seal.

–UN–24OCT88
T87425
TX,09,QQ8700 –19–16MAY01–7/12

11. Remove O-ring.

–UN–24OCT88
09
0960 T84971
12

TX,09,QQ8700 –19–16MAY01–8/12

12. Remove races (A) and thrust bearing (B).

A—Races
B—Thrust Bearing
–UN–24OCT88
T84972

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8700 –19–16MAY01–9/12

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-12 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=298
 Hydraulic System

13. Remove cap screws to remove gerotor assembly.

–UN–24OCT88
T84973
TX,09,QQ8700 –19–16MAY01–10/12

14. Remove three O-rings (A).

–UN–24OCT88
09
0960

T92294
13

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8700 –19–16MAY01–11/12

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-13 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=299
 Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: If it is necessary to remove spool and

sleeve assembly from housing for
cleaning, be careful to prevent these
parts from binding. Tolerances in this
area are very close and when
replacement is necessary the steering

–UN–29MAR90
valve must be ordered as an assembly.

15. To prevent binding, turn the spool and sleeve

assembly as it is removed from housing. Do not

T6193AG
disassemble the spool and sleeve assembly.

TX,09,QQ8700 –19–16MAY01–12/12

09
0960
14

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-14 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=300
 Hydraulic System

Cross Section of Steering Valve

–UN–05MAR93
T7947AF
A—Spool H—Gerotor Assembly O—Control End Drive T—O-Ring
B—Bearing Race (2 used) I—Spacer P—Spacer (Earlier Machines) U—Snap Ring
09
C—Needle Thrust Bearing J—Cap Screw (7 used) Q—Ball (Earlier Machines) V—Seal Gland Bushing
0960
D—Spring (2 used) K—End Cap R—O-Ring (2 used) (Earlier W—Quad Ring Seal
15
E—Centering Pin L—Spacer Plate Machines) X—Wiper Seal
F—Sleeve M—Housing S—Check Ball Seat (Earlier
G—O-Ring (3 used) N—Load Sensing Port Machines)

TX,09,QQ8701 –19–12JAN00–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-15 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=301
 Hydraulic System

Assemble Steering Valve

1. Thoroughly clean all parts. Apply clean hydraulic oil to

all internal parts.

2. Use a steering valve seal repair kit when assembling

–UN–29MAR90
the steering valve.

3. To prevent binding, turn the spool and sleeve

assembly as it is installed.

T6193AG
TX,09,QQ8702 –19–12JAN00–1/14

4. Install O-ring (D).

5. Install control end drive shaft (A) and wear plate (B).
Slot (C) must engage pin in spool and sleeve
assembly.

–UN–24OCT88
A—Control End Drive Shaft
B—Wear Plate
C—Slot
D—O-Ring

T92295
TX,09,QQ8702 –19–12JAN00–2/14

IMPORTANT: For correct operation, the drive shaft

must be installed into gerotor star so
groove is in alignment with one of the
roots of gerotor star teeth.

6. Install gerotor star (A) on drive shaft so root of tooth is

–UN–24OCT88
in alignment with groove in the end of drive shaft (B).

A—Gerotor Star
09
B—Drive Shaft
0960 T5835AG
16

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8702 –19–12JAN00–3/14

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-16 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=302
 Hydraulic System

7. Install O-ring (C) into gerotor ring (A) and end cap (D).

8. Install gerotor ring and spacer (B).

9. Install end cap.

–UN–24OCT88
10. Clean and dry cap screws before installing.

A—Gerotor Ring
B—Spacer

T92297
C—O-Ring (2 used)
D—End Cap

TX,09,QQ8702 –19–12JAN00–4/14

11. On later machines install manual steering check valve

parts (4, 3, and 2).

1—Cap Screw
2—Sleeve
3—Pin

–UN–12JAN00
4—Ball

T127352
Manual Steering Check Valve—Later Machines

09
0960
17

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8702 –19–12JAN00–5/14

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-17 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=303
 Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: Any cap screw can be tightened first,

but the sequence shown must be
followed.

12. Install and tighten the cap screws to specified torque

using sequence (1 through 7) shown:

–UN–24OCT88
Specification
Steering Valve End Cap, Cap
Screw (Initial Sequence)—Torque ............. 11—17 N•m (100—150 lb-in.)
Steering Valve End Cap, Cap

T92290
Screw (Final Sequence)—Torque .............. 25—31 N•m (225—275 lb-in.)

TX,09,QQ8702 –19–12JAN00–6/14

13. Install races (A) and thrust bearing (B).

–UN–24OCT88
T84972
TX,09,QQ8702 –19–12JAN00–7/14

14. Install O-ring.

09
0960
18
–UN–24OCT88
T84971

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8702 –19–12JAN00–8/14

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-18 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=304
 Hydraulic System

15. Install oil seal with lip of seal opposite bottom of bore
using 30 mm and 24 mm disks.

Push oil seal to the bottom of bore.

Apply petroleum jelly to lip of seal.

–UN–24OCT88
T87433
TX,09,QQ8702 –19–12JAN00–9/14

16. Install quad ring seal. Apply petroleum jelly to seal.

–UN–07DEC88
T81080
TX,09,QQ8702 –19–12JAN00–10/14

17. Install seal gland bushing assembly.

–UN–24OCT88
09

T84970
0960
19

TX,09,QQ8702 –19–12JAN00–11/14

18. Install snap ring.

–UN–24OCT88
T84969

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8702 –19–12JAN00–12/14

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-19 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=305
 Hydraulic System

19. On earlier machines, install spacer (D) and steel ball

(C).

20. Install new O-rings (A).

21. Install check ball seat (B).

–UN–24OCT88
A—O-Ring (2 used)
B—Check Ball Seat
C—Steel Ball

T5835AO
D—Spacer

Manual Steering Check Valve—Earlier Machines

TX,09,QQ8702 –19–12JAN00–13/14

22. On earlier machines, install and tighten plug to

specification. After tightening, plug must be even with
or below surface.

Specification
Check Valve Plug—Torque ............................................ 11 N•m (98 lb-in.)

–UN–24OCT88
T87413
Tighten Plug—Earlier Machines

09
0960
20

TX,09,QQ8702 –19–12JAN00–14/14

Remove and Install Non-Powered Axle

Steering Cylinder

NOTE: Steering cylinder can be serviced on machine.

1. Lift left end of axle until it contacts stop. Position shop

stand under axle.

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8703 –19–24FEB94–1/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-20 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=306
 Hydraulic System

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.

–UN–23AUG88
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.

X9811
Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

2. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure

in the hydraulic system.

TX,09,QQ8703 –19–24FEB94–2/3

3. Disconnect lines (A and B). Close all openings using

caps and plugs.

4. Remove cotter pin (E) and pins (C and D) to remove

cylinder.

–UN–29MAR90
5. Disassemble and repair cylinder as necessary. (See
procedure in this group.)

6. Install cylinder using pins and cotter pins. 09

T6195AI
0960
21
7. Connect lines.

A—Steering Cylinder Rod End-to-Steering Valve Port

R Line
B—Steering Cylinder Head End-to-Steering Valve Port
L Line
C—Pin
D—Pin
E—Cotter Pin (2 used)

TX,09,QQ8703 –19–24FEB94–3/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-21 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=307
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble Non-Powered Axle Steering

Cylinder

IMPORTANT: Extend rod to remove oil or air between

the rod piston and rod guide. Excessive
amount of trapped oil or air will force

–UN–19OCT88
seals to expand making disassembly
more difficult.

1. Extend rod so rod piston is approximately 25.4 mm (1

T6190AS
in.) from rod guide.

TX,09,QQ8704 –19–17JUL02–1/6

2. Move rod guide rearward, using a wooden dowel or

brass drift, just enough to remove snap ring (A).
Remove snap ring. Do not damage rod guide threads
or seal.

–UN–12APR91
T6119AM
TX,09,QQ8704 –19–17JUL02–2/6

NOTE: Filler rings (used for disassembly only) are

installed between spanner nut and rod guide to
09
aid in disassembly.
0960
22
NOTE: Rod piston assembly removed for illustration
purposes only.
–UN–19OCT88

3. Install filler ring in snap ring groove.

4. Remove rod and piston assembly.

T6119AN

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8704 –19–17JUL02–3/6

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-22 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=308
 Hydraulic System

5. Remove nut (A) to remove piston (B).

6. Remove wear ring (C) and cap seals (D).

A—Nut
B—Piston

–UN–19OCT88
C—Wear Ring
D—Cap Seals

T6172BQ
TX,09,QQ8704 –19–17JUL02–4/6

7. Remove rod guide (A).

8. Remove O-ring (C), backup ring (D), seals (B, E and

G) and wear ring (F).

A—Rod Guide

–UN–19OCT88
B—Seal
C—O-Ring
D—Backup Ring
E—Seal

T6119AK
F—Wear Ring
G—Seal

TX,09,QQ8704 –19–17JUL02–5/6

9. Inspect snap ring groove. If necessary, clean groove of

nicks or burrs.
09
0960
23
–UN–19OCT88
T6119AO

TX,09,QQ8704 –19–17JUL02–6/6

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-23 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=309
 Hydraulic System

Cross Section of Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder

–UN–26MAY89
T6223AZ
A—Nut F—Rod J—Buffer Seal N—Backup Ring (2 used)
09 B—Piston G—Wiper Seal K—Snap Ring O—Cap Seal
0960 C—Barrel H—Wear Ring L—Backup Ring P—Expander Seal
24 D—Nut I—Rod Seal M—O-Ring Q—Wear Ring
E—Rod Guide

TX,09,QQ8705 –19–21SEP94–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-24 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=310
 Hydraulic System

Assemble Non-Powered Axle Steering

Cylinder

Use a cylinder repair kit when assembling rebuildable

cylinder. Before assembling, apply clean hydraulic oil to all
internal parts.

–UN–19OCT88
1. Install wiper seal. Push seal to bottom of bore.

T6122AA
TX,09,QQ8706 –19–10DEC99–1/12

2. Install seals (B and C).

3. Install wear ring (A).

4. Install backup ring (D) and O-ring (E).

A—Wear Ring
B—Seal
C—Seal
D—Backup Ring
E—O-Ring

–UN–27OCT88
09

T6126AN
0960
25

TX,09,QQ8706 –19–10DEC99–2/12

IMPORTANT: To prevent damage of cap seal during

assembly, the lands on piston must be
clean and free of nicks or burrs.

5. Inspect the piston lands. If necessary, clean lands of

any nicks or burrs that can cut cap seal.
–UN–19OCT88
T6122AB

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8706 –19–10DEC99–3/12

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-25 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=311
 Hydraulic System

6. Install seal expander.

NOTE: The cap seal can be made more pliable by

warming it with your hands or by putting seal in
hot water for approximately 5 minutes.

–UN–06AUG90
Once started, install cap seal as quickly as
possible to keep the amount of time that seal is
stretched to a minimum.

T6122AC
7. Push seal on end of piston.

TX,09,QQ8706 –19–10DEC99–4/12

8. Install a plastic tie band around cap seal with the

smooth side against seal.

9. Pull cap seal across land into position over seal

expander using the plastic tie band.

–UN–19OCT88
T6122AE
Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8706 –19–10DEC99–5/12

09
0960
26

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-26 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=312
 Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: For proper fit, the backup rings must be

installed with the radius toward seal
expander.

10. Install backup rings (A) with radius (B) toward seal
expander (D).

11. Check if cap seal is loose. Seal must fit tight against
seal expander and not turn. If seal can be turned, it
has been stretched too much and can be damaged
during assembly into barrel.

A—Backup Ring (2 used)

B—Radius
C—Cap Seal
D—Seal Expander

–UN–19OCT88
T6126AO
TX,09,QQ8706 –19–10DEC99–6/12

12. If necessary, shrink cap seal to its original size using

a ring compressor or a plastic tie band (A) and hose
clamp (C).

When using a ring compressor, put a piece of shim

stock between cap seal and compressor at the joint
so it does not damage seal.

When using a plastic tie band and hose clamp, grind

a taper (B) on one end of tie band. Install tie band 09
0960
with the taper against cap seal. Before tightening the
27
hose clamp, tie band must be under hose clamp all
around piston.
–UN–09NOV88
T86565

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8706 –19–10DEC99–7/12

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-27 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=313
 Hydraulic System

13. Install wear ring.

–UN–19OCT88
T6122AF
TX,09,QQ8706 –19–10DEC99–8/12

14. Install spanner nut, snap ring, rod guide, and piston
assembly on rod.

15. Install and tighten piston nut to 50 N•m (37 lb-ft).

16. Wrap light colored tape around the socket used to

–UN–19OCT88
tighten the piston nut. Make two or three marks 30°
apart around the circumference of the taped socket.
(The 30° distance between marks equals 1/12 the
circumference of the socket.)

T6172BP
17. Tape a piece of wire to the piston rod. Bend the wire
over the piston so it points to one of the marks on the
taped socket. (The wire is used as a stationary
pointer.)

18. Tighten nut an additional 1/12 (30°) turn by turning

nut until the wire aligns with the next mark.

–UN–19OCT88
Specification
Steering Cylinder Piston Nut—
Torque ................................................. 50 N•m (37 lb-ft) + 1/12 (30°) turn

T6172BR
09
0960
28

TX,09,QQ8706 –19–10DEC99–9/12

19. Apply petroleum jelly on seals and chamfer of barrel.

Apply a light film of clear hydraulic oil to rod guide
threads and threads of spanner nut.

IMPORTANT: To prevent seal damage, the barrel,

piston, and rod must be in alignment
–UN–19OCT88

during installation.

20. Carefully push piston and rod guide into barrel. Keep
piston and rod guide together.
T6122AH

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8706 –19–10DEC99–10/12

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-28 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=314
 Hydraulic System

21. Push rod guide into barrel just enough to install snap
ring. Install snap ring.

22. Pull rod guide against snap ring.

23. Apply a light film of oil to ID of barrel at void between

–UN–27OCT88
rod guide and spanner nut to help minimize rust.

24. Place filler ring between rod guide and spanner nut.

T6133AE
TX,09,QQ8706 –19–10DEC99–11/12

25. Apply cure primer, then apply thread lock and sealer
(medium strength) to rod guide threads.

26. Install nut. Tighten nut until rod guide and nut marks,
made before disassembly, align. Make sure nut is
tight.

–UN–27OCT88
T6119AR
TX,09,QQ8706 –19–10DEC99–12/12

Remove and Install Steering Cylinder

Bushings

1. Remove and install bushing (A) using D01044AA

Bushing, Bearing and Seal Driver Set (B and C). Install
new bushing 6.5 mm (0.26 in.) below surface.

–UN–08FEB90
Specification
Non-Powered Axle Steering
Cylinder Bushings—Depth ............................................. 6.5 mm (0.26 in.) 09
0960

T92309
2. Apply NEVER-SEEZ lubricant or equivalent on 29
bushings.

NEVER-SEEZ is a registered trademark of Emhart Chemical Group TX,09,QQ8707 –19–03NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-29 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=315
 Hydraulic System

Cross Section of APL-2025 MFWD Axle Steering Cylinder

–UN–14JUN94
09
0960
30 T8155AN

A—Piston Rod F—O-Ring K—Guide Ring (4 used) O—Lock Nut (2 used)

B—Right End Cap G—Oil Seal L—O-Ring (2 used) P—Ball Joint (2 used)
C—Cylinder Barrel H—Left End Cap M—Tie Rod (2 used) Q—Steering Stop Collar—Later
D—Piston I—Wiper Seal (2 used) N—Steering Stop Adjust Machines (2 used) (Not
E—Guide Rings (2 used) J—Grooved Ring (2 used) Screws (2 used) Shown)

TX,09,QQ8708 –19–21SEP94–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-30 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=316
 Hydraulic System

Exploded View of APL-2025 MFWD Axle Steering Cylinder

–UN–29SEP94
09
0960
TP45514 31

1—Cap Screw (8 used) 5—Seal (2 used) 8—O-Ring (2 used) 11—Guide

2—Cylinder Cap (2 used) 6—Seal (2 used) 9—Ring (2 used) 12—O-Ring
3—Cylinder Barrel 7—Guide (2 used) 10—Seal 13—Cylinder
4—Rod

CED,OUO1010,443 –19–17NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-31 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=317
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble APL-2025 MFWD

Axle Steering Cylinder

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before

–UN–23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure

X9811
fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.

Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

NOTE: Steering cylinder can be serviced on machine.

Axle shown removed for illustration purposes only.

1. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure

in hydraulic system.

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8710 –19–10DEC99–1/10

09
0960
32

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-32 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=318
 Hydraulic System

2. Disconnect hoses from cylinder end cap fittings (A).

Close openings using caps and plugs.

IMPORTANT: To avoid damaging seals, do not

overheat piston rod. Use a butane torch
with low flame. Stop before heat

–UN–06FEB94
reaches seals.

NOTE: Wrench flats on left end of piston rod are covered

by stop collar. Remove left ball joint first if stop

T8172AT
collars are installed on piston rod.

3. Heat left end of piston rod (B) near ball joint (C) to
break down sealant on threads. Hold ball joint on right A—Fitting (2 used)
B—Piston Rod
side of cylinder to loosen and disconnect left ball joint.
C—Ball Joint (2 used)
D—Steering Stop Collar (2 used)
If equipped, remove stop collar (D) from left end of
piston rod to put a wrench on flats of rod. Heat right
ball joint to loosen and disconnect it from tie rod.

TX,09,QQ8710 –19–10DEC99–2/10

NOTE: Cylinder is full of oil. Have a container available to

catch oil.

4. Remove four cap screws to remove end cap (A).

–UN–10JAN94
09

T8155AP
0960
33

TX,09,QQ8710 –19–10DEC99–3/10

5. Remove four cap screws (A) to remove end cap and

cylinder assembly (B).

6. Remove other end cap from cylinder.

–UN–10JAN94
T8155AQ

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8710 –19–10DEC99–4/10

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-33 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=319
 Hydraulic System

7. Replace parts (A—D) as necessary.

8. Pull piston assembly from cylinder.

9. Replace parts (E—H) as necessary.

–UN–10JAN94
A—O-Ring (2 used)
B—Guide Ring (4 used)
C—Grooved Ring (2 used)
D—Wiper Seal (2 used)

T8155AR
E—Piston Rod
F—Guide Ring (2 used)
G—Oil Seal
H—O-Ring

–UN–10JAN94
T8155AS
Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8710 –19–10DEC99–5/10

09
0960
34

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-34 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=320
 Hydraulic System

NOTE: The piston seal can be made more pliable by

warming it with your hands or by putting seal in
hot water for approximately 5 minutes. Once
started, install piston seal as quickly as possible
to keep the amount of time the seal is stretched to
a minimum.

10. Install a plastic tie band (A) around piston seal (B)
with the smooth side against seal. Position seal over
piston (C).

11. Shrink piston seal to original size:

a. RING COMPRESSOR METHOD

Install ring compressor with shim stock between

piston seal and compressor to protect seal.

–UN–19OCT88
Tighten ring compressor to compress cap seal.

NOTE: The plastic tie band must be long enough to wrap

once around piston and then overlap slightly.

T6684AB
b. HOSE CLAMP METHOD

Cut the head off a plastic tie band of appropriate A—Tie Band
B—Piston Seal
length. Grind a taper on the cut end.
C—Piston
D—Tapered End
Install hose clamp (E) and tie band with taper (D) E—Hose Clamp
against piston seal.

Tighten hose clamp to compress cap seal.

NOTE: Before tightening hose clamp, make sure tie band

is under hose clamp all around piston.

09
0960
35

TX,09,QQ8710 –19–10DEC99–6/10

12. Install rod and piston assembly (B) into cylinder barrel
(A). Care should be used not to damage piston guide
rings or oil seal during installation.
–UN–10JAN94
T8155AT

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8710 –19–10DEC99–7/10

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-35 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=321
 Hydraulic System

13. Install end cap on one end of cylinder and piston rod.
Push end cap into cylinder barrel (B).

14. Install cylinder assembly on axle. Install cap screws

(A).

–UN–10JAN94
T8155AQ
TX,09,QQ8710 –19–10DEC99–8/10

15. Install remaining end cap (A) and cap screws. Tighten
cap screws to specifications.

Specification
APL-2025 Axle End Cap, Cap
Screws—Torque .......................................................... 280 N•m (206 lb-ft)

–UN–10JAN94
T8155AP
TX,09,QQ8710 –19–10DEC99–9/10

16. If equipped, install steering stop collar on cylinder rod

with smaller OD end toward cylinder.

17. Apply cure primer, then apply thread lock and sealer
(medium strength) to first three threads of ball joint
(C). Connect ball joint to piston rod (B) and tighten to

–UN–10JAN94
specifications.

Specification
09 Ball Joint-to-Piston Rod
T8155AO
0960 Connection—Torque.................................................... 250 N•m (184 lb-ft)
36
18. Connect hydraulic lines to end cap fittings (A).
A—Fitting (2 used)
B—Piston Rod
C—Ball Joint (2 used)

TX,09,QQ8710 –19–10DEC99–10/10

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-36 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=322
 Hydraulic System

Adjust Tracking Angle for MFWD Axle

1. Move piston rod until distances (A) at each end of

cylinder are equal.

2. Measure both tie rod lengths (B).

–UN–25MAY89
If necessary, disconnect tie rod from steering knuckle
and loosen cap screw (C). Turn tie rod on or off ball
joint stud (D) until both tie rods are equal length within

T6382JX
1 mm (0.04 in.). Fasten tie rod to steering knuckle.

3. With axle installed on machine, check and adjust toe-in

and steering stop screws. (See Group 0240.)

A—Piston Rod Centered Distance

B—Tie Rod Length
C—Cap Screw
D—Ball Joint Stud

–UN–05APR90
T6382JZ
TX,09,QQ8711 –19–03NOV98–1/1

09
0960
37

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-37 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=323
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Priority Valve

NOTE: Steering priority valve is located inside engine

compartment on left rear wall.

1. Raise loader boom and install boom lock bar.

–UN–23AUG88
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before

X9811
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.

Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source . Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

2. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure

in hydraulic system.

3. Remove left engine side guard.

09
0960
38

Continued on next page TX,09,BD2861 –19–23MAY97–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-38 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=324
 Hydraulic System

4. Disconnect lines (A—F). Cap or plug all openings.

5. Remove cap screws and washers (K) and priority valve

(L).

6. Install priority valve (L) on fire wall. Install cap screws

and washers (K).

7. Connect lines (A—F).

8. Install left engine side guard.

A—Priority Valve-to-Steering Valve P Port Line

B—Priority Valve-to-Hydraulic Control Valve Inlet Port
Line
C—Priority Valve-to-Steering Valve LS Port Line
D—Priority Valve-to-Hydraulic Reservoir Return Line
E—Priority Valve-to-Brake Valve Line
F—Main Hydraulic Pump-to-Priority Valve Line
G—Fitting (3 used)
H—Elbow Fitting
I—Elbow Fitting

–UN–04JUN97
J—Tee Fitting
K—Cap Screw and Washer (2 used)
L—Priority Valve

T109629
TX,09,BD2861 –19–23MAY97–2/2

09
0960
39

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-39 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=325
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Priority Valve

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten

–UN–23AUG88
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.

X9811
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source . Such
information is available from Deere & Company

–UN–29MAR90
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

NOTE: Priority valve can be disassembled on unit.

T6196AB
1. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure
in hydraulic system.

2. Remove plug (A) to remove spring (B) and spool (C).

TX,09,BD2862 –19–07NOV98–1/3

3. Disconnect line (A). Install plug (B).

09
4. Remove fitting (C) to remove relief valve (D).
0960
40
5. Install valve, fitting, and line.
–UN–29MAR90

A—Line
B—Plug
C—Fitting
D—Relief Valve
T6196AC

Continued on next page TX,09,BD2862 –19–07NOV98–2/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-40 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=326
 Hydraulic System

6. Install spring (B), spool (C), and plug (A).

Specification
Relief Valve Spring—Approximate
Free Length .................................................................. 56.4 mm (2.22 in.)
Minimum Length at 72.3—85.6 N
(16.25—19.25 lb force) .............................................. 35.7 mm (1.407 in.)

–UN–29MAR90
7. If new relief valve or spring (B) has been installed, test
valve. (See Priority Valve Test in Group 9025 of
operation and test manual.)

T6196AB
TX,09,BD2862 –19–07NOV98–3/3

09
0960
41

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-41 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=327
 Hydraulic System

09
0960
42

TM1649 (17JUL02) 09-0960-42 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=328
 Section 10
Service Brakes
Contents

Page

Group 1011—Active Elements

Inspect Service Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1011-1
Brake Disk and Pressure Plate
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1011-1

Group 1060—Hydraulic System

Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1060-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1060-2
Brake Valve
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1060-3
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .10-1060-6
Brake Valve Lines
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .10-1060-10
Brake Pedals
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1060-11
Bleeding Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1060-14

10

TM1649 (17JUL02) 10-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=1
 Contents

10

TM1649 (17JUL02) 10-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Group 1011
Active Elements
Inspect Service Brakes

NOTE: The service brake inspection ports are located at

the front of the rear axle.

1. Remove plugs (A) from inspection port (C).

–UN–01JUN98
2. Start engine. Do not release park brake.

3. Apply the service brakes.

T115644
NOTE: When the service brakes are applied, gap (B) will
equal the overall thickness of brake disk (E).

A piece of metal bar stock with a thickness of 5

mm (0.197 in.) can be used as a gauge to check
gap (B). If the 5 mm (0.197 in.) gauge cannot fit
between two separator disks (D), replace brake
disks. (See Disassemble Rear Axle in this group.)

4. Check gap (B) between two separator disks (D) using

a feeler gauge.

5. Replace brake disks if gap (B) is less than 5 mm

(0.197 in.). (See Disassemble Rear Axle in Group
0250.)

A—Plugs
B—Gap [5 mm (0.197 in.) minimum]
C—Inspection Port
D—Separator Disk (4 used)
E—Brake Disk (3 used)

–UN–01JUN98
T115634

CED,OUO1010,197 –19–07NOV98–1/1

Remove and Install Brake Disk and Pressure 10

Plate 1011
1

NOTE: Service brakes are part of rear axle

For service brakes repair, see Remove and Install Rear

Axle in Group 0250.

TX,10,QQ8712 –19–03NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 10-1011-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=331
 Active Elements

10
1011
2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 10-1011-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=332
 Group 1060
Hydraulic System
Other Material

Number Name Use

TY16285 (U.S.) Cure Primer Apply to threads of brake valve plug.

CXTY16285 (Canadian)
7649 (LOCTITE)

T43512 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Apply to threads of brake valve plug.
TY9473 (Canadian) Strength)
242 (LOCTITE)

PT569 (U.S.) John Deere NEVER-SEEZ Apply to brake pedal bushings.

Lubricant

LOCTITE is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp.

NEVER-SEEZ is a registered trademark of the Emhart Chemical Group CED,TX03399,5833 –19–10DEC99–1/1

10
1060
1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 10-1060-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=333
 Hydraulic System

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Piston Springs Free Length 196.0 mm (7.7 in.) (approximate)

Test Length 150 mm (5.9 in.) with 160 ± 16 N (36
± 4 lb force) applied

Equalizing Valve Spring Free Length 20 mm (0.79 in.) (approximate)

Test Length at 0.67 ± 0.1 N (0.15 ± 7 mm (0.28 in.)
0.02 lb force)

Brake Valve

Seat Torque 34 N•m (25 lb-ft)

Left Brake Pedal Adjustment Force and Position 44.5 N (10 lb) Minimum. [If pedal
starts to settle, turn right cap screw
out (counterclockwise) until the
settling stops. Turn the right cap
screw and additional 1/3 turn (two
wrench flats) out (counterclockwise).]

Right Brake Pedal Adjustment Force and Position 44.5 N (10 lb) Minimum. [If pedal
starts to settle, turn the left cap
screw out (counterclockwise) until
settling stops. Turn the left cap
screw an additional 1/3 turn (two
wrench flats) out (counterclockwise).]

Brake Pedal Feel/Distance Solid within 19 mm (0.75 in.) of

travel

Engine Speed 1500 rpm

Brake Pedal Travel Firm within 133 mm (5.25 in.) after

10 second wait cycle

10
1060
2

CED,TX03399,5834 –19–10DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 10-1060-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=334
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Brake Valve

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten

–UN–23AUG88
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.

X9811
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

1. Operate all controls to release all hydraulic pressure.

2. Remove cowl cover. (See procedure in Group 1910.)

Continued on next page TX,10,QQ8716 –19–03NOV98–1/2

10
1060
3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 10-1060-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=335
 Hydraulic System

3. Disconnect lines (1—4) from brake valve (5).

4. Close all openings using caps and plugs.

5. Remove four cap screws to remove brake valve and

pedals.

6. Disassemble and repair valve as needed. (See

procedure in this group.)

NOTE: Fill brake valve with clean hydraulic oil and bleed
out air before installing on machine.

7. Install brake valve and pedals.

8. Install four cap screws.

9. Connect lines (1—4) to brake valve (5).

10. Install cowl cover.

–UN–10APR97
11. Bleed brakes. (See procedure in this group.)

1—Outlet to Reservoir

T107340B
2—Inlet to Hydraulic Oil Cooler
3—Outlet to Left Brake
4—Outlet to Right Brake
5—Brake Valve

TX,10,QQ8716 –19–03NOV98–2/2

10
1060
4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 10-1060-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=336
 Hydraulic System

10
1060
5

TM1649 (17JUL02) 10-1060-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=337
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Brake Valve

10
1060
6
–UN–15OCT99
T125192

Continued on next page TX,10,QQ8717 –19–27MAR00–1/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 10-1060-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=338
 Hydraulic System

1—O-Ring (2 used) 10—Nut (2 used) 19—Left Pedal 28—O-Ring (2 used)

2—Adapter (2 used) 11—Cap Screw (2 used) 20—Right Pedal 29—Fitting (2 used)
3—O-Ring (2 used) 12— Wiper Seal (2 used) 21—Fitting (2 used) 30—O-Ring (2 used)
4—O-Ring (2 used) 13—Lip Seal (2 used) 22—O-Ring (2 used) 31—Spring (2 used)
5—Seat (2 used) 14—Snap Ring (2 used) 23—Spring (2 used) 32—Piston (2 used)
6—Valve (2 used) 15—Shaft 24—Ball (2 used) 33—Brake Housing
7—Spring (2 used) 16—Spring Pin 25—O-Ring (2 used) 34—Pipe Plug
8—Check Valve (2 used) 17—Arm 26—Stop Light Switch (2 used) 35—Orifice (Non Serviceable)
9—Cap Screw (4 used) 18—Bushing (2 used) 27—Fitting (2 used)

NOTE: When servicing brake valve, install all of the NOTE: Orifice (35) is part of the housing and is non
brake valve kit parts. serviceable

1. Remove snap ring (14) and shaft (15) and remove 11. Inspect parts for damage. Inspect orifice (35) in
brake pedals (19 and 20). housing. Clean orifice with compress air.

2. Remove bushing (18) from brake pedals using 17 12. Replace all O-rings.
and 18 mm disks.
13. Clean and dry all parts. Put clean hydraulic oil on
3. Remove parts (25—32). all internal parts for assembly.

4. Inspect springs (31) for wear or broken coils. Check 14. Apply cure primer, then apply thread lock and
the compression rate of springs. sealer (high strength) to threads of plug (34).
Install and tighten plug until plug is even with or
Specification below housing surface.
Piston Springs—Free Length ................................ 196.0 mm (7.7 in.)
(approximate)
Test Length ........................................ 150 mm (5.9 in.) with 160 ± 16
15. Install valve (6) head first into seat (5).
N (36 ± 4 lb force) applied
16. Install small end of spring (7) onto valve (6).
5. Remove parts (21—24).
IMPORTANT: Check valves (8) can be damaged if
6. Inspect parts for wear. Check the compression rate installed with pistons (32) in place.
of springs.
17. Install check valve assembly (8) with drag link
Specification socket. Tighten seats (5) to specification.
Equalizing Valve Spring—Free
Length ................................................ 20 mm (0.79 in.) (approximate) Brake Valve—Specification
Test Length at 0.67 ± 0.1 N Seat—Torque............................................................ 34 N•m (25 lb-ft)
(0.15 ± 0.02 lb force) .................................................. 7 mm (0.28 in.)
18. Adapter (2) should not be installed until valve is
7. Remove paint from pistons (32). adjusted.
8. Remove parts (12 and 13). 19. Install oil seal (12) with lip of seal toward outside
of housing with 29 mm disk until seal bottoms in
9. Remove adapter (2) and remove check valve bore.
assembly (8). 10
1060
20. Put petroleum jelly on lip of seal.
10. Remove parts (5—7) from check valve assembly. 7

Continued on next page TX,10,QQ8717 –19–27MAR00–2/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 10-1060-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=339
 Hydraulic System

21. Install piston lip seal (13) with lip facing in. 25. Put NEVER-SEEZ or equivalent on bushings.

22. Put clean hydraulic oil on pistons (32) and install. 26. Install brake pedals, shaft (15), and snap ring (14).

23. Install parts (25—31) and parts (21—24). 27. Adjust brake pedal. (See procedure in this group.)

24. Install bushing into brake pedal even with hub face
of pedal using 17 and 25 mm disks.

NEVER-SEEZ is a trademark of Emhart Chemical Group TX,10,QQ8717 –19–27MAR00–3/3

10
1060
8

TM1649 (17JUL02) 10-1060-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=340
 Hydraulic System

10
1060
9

TM1649 (17JUL02) 10-1060-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=341
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Brake Valve Lines

10
1060
10
–UN–24SEP96
TP52805

Continued on next page TX,10,QQ8718 –19–05JUN91–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 10-1060-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=342
 Hydraulic System

1—O-Ring (2 used) 8—Washer (5 used) 15—Brake Line 22—Cap Screw

2—Adapter (2 used) 9—Clamp (2 used) 16—Brake Line 23—Half Clamp (2 used)
3—O-Ring (2 used) 10—Strap 17—O-Ring (4 used) 24—Washer
4—Hydraulic Hose 11—Nut (2 used) 18—Hydraulic Hose (2 used) 25—Strap
5—Hydraulic Hose 12—Cap Screw 19—O-Ring (2 used) 26—Cap Screw
6—Clamp (2 used) 13—Washer 20—Adapter (2 used) 27—Washer
7—Cap Screw (2 used) 14—Strap 21—O-Ring (2 used)

1. Disassemble parts as shown. 3. Assemble parts as shown

2. Inspect for worn or damaged parts

TX,10,QQ8718 –19–05JUN91–2/2

Adjust Brake Pedals

1. Remove brake valve from machine. (See procedure in

this group.)

2. Clamp brake valve level in bench vise.

CED,OUO1010,428 –19–27MAR00–1/5

3. Install caps (A). Fill brake valve reservoir with oil. (See
Fuel and Lubricants in Group 0004.)

A—Caps

–UN–30OCT90
T7407AU
CED,OUO1010,428 –19–27MAR00–2/5

IMPORTANT: DO NOT allow pedal to return abruptly 10

before the stop screws are adjusted. 1060
11
Check valves could be damaged if stop
screws are not properly adjusted.

4. Remove left cap and hold finger over end to stop oil
–UN–30OCT90

flow. Slowly pump left pedal until air is purged. Install

cap and repeat procedure on other side. Refill
reservoir.
T7407AT

Continued on next page CED,OUO1010,428 –19–27MAR00–3/5

TM1649 (17JUL02) 10-1060-11 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=343
 Hydraulic System

5. Adjust right brake pedal cap screw (B) so brake piston

is fully extended from the housing and brake pedal arm
is tight against the piston.

6. Apply a minimum of 44.5 N (10 lb) force to the left

brake pedal. If the pedal starts to settle, turn right cap

–UN–30OCT90
screw (B) out (counterclockwise) until the settling
stops. Turn the right cap screw (B) and additional 1/3
turn (two wrench flats) out (counterclockwise).

T7407AS
Specification
Left Brake Pedal Adjustment—
Force and Position ................................ 44.5 N (10 lb) Minimum. [If pedal
starts to settle, turn right cap
A—Left Brake Pedal Cap Screw (Stop)
screw out (counterclockwise) until
B—Right Brake Pedal Cap Screw (Stop)
the settling stops. Turn the right
cap screw and additional 1/3 turn
(two wrench flats) out
(counterclockwise).]

7. Adjust left brake pedal cap screw (A) so brake piston is

fully extended from the housing and brake pedal arm is
tight against the piston.

8. Apply a minimum of 44.5 N (10 lb) force to right brake

pedal. If pedal starts to settle, turn the left cap screw
(A) out (counterclockwise) until settling stops. Turn the
left cap screw (A) an additional 1/3 turn (two wrench
flats) out (counterclockwise).

Specification
Right Brake Pedal Adjustment—
Force and Position ................................ 44.5 N (10 lb) Minimum. [If pedal
starts to settle, turn the left cap
screw out (counterclockwise) until
settling stops. Turn the left cap
screw an additional 1/3 turn (two
wrench flats) out
(counterclockwise).]

9. After both pedals have been adjusted, align pedals by

turning cap screws for the highest pedal a maximum of
1/6 turn (one wrench flat) out (counterclockwise).
Tighten jam nut to lock both “stop” cap screws.

10
1060
12

Continued on next page CED,OUO1010,428 –19–27MAR00–4/5

TM1649 (17JUL02) 10-1060-12 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=344
 Hydraulic System

10. Remove cap (A). A steady stream of oil must flow to

indicate that check valve is in "open" position with
pedals up. Depress pedal up to 13 mm (0.5 in.) and
flow must stop, which indicates that check valve is in
"closed" position and sealing. Slowly release pedal;
pedal must return to stop screw by return spring force

–UN–30OCT90
alone. Install cap. Repeat for other side. Fill reservoir.

NOTE: If oil does not flow, readjust valve stop screws. If

flow does not stop with pedal depressed, inspect

T7407AU
or replace check valve.

NOTE: This is a check to see if checked valves are

closing; checking pedal travel is done after lines A—Caps
are attached to rear axle in the Bleeding the
Brakes repair story in tis Group.

11. Depress one brake pedal. Brake pedal must be solid

within first 19 mm (0.75 in.) of pedal travel. Repeat for
other pedal.

Specification
Brake Pedal—Feel/Distance .................... Solid within 19 mm (0.75 in.) of
travel

NOTE: Excessive pedal travel indicates air in brake valve;

repeat step 4.

CED,OUO1010,428 –19–27MAR00–5/5

10
1060
13

TM1649 (17JUL02) 10-1060-13 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=345
 Hydraulic System

Bleeding Brakes

SPECIFICATIONS
Engine RPM 1500
Brake Pedal Travel Firm within 133 mm (5.25 in.)
after 10 second wait cycle

–UN–26OCT88
NOTE: Air will "gravity bleed" from brake system through
brake valve without use of bleed screws. Brake
lines must be inclined toward brake valve.

T6838AE
Low ambient temperature or aeration of oil will
slow bleed process.

This procedure will require two technicians.

1. Leave ON park brake. Bleed brakes one pedal at a

time.

2. Operate engine at 1500 rpm and cycle a hydraulic

function such as backhoe bucket.

Specification
Engine—Speed ........................................................................... 1500 rpm

3. Open service brake bleed screws on rear axle.

4. Pump the brake pedal slowly until air free oil comes
out of service brakes rear axle bleed screws.

5. Close bleed screw.

6. Release brake pedal completely and wait a minimum

of 10 seconds.

CAUTION: Do not operate machine if pedal

travel exceeds 133 mm (5.25 in.) while applying
267 N (60 lb) force. Operating machine with
excessive brake travel could cause brakes not
to stop machine on first application.

7. Repeat steps 3—5 until a firm pedal is obtained within

133 mm (5.25 in.) of pedal travel after a 10 second
10
wait cycle.
1060
14
Specification
Brake Pedal—Travel ................................... Firm within 133 mm (5.25 in.)
after 10 second wait cycle

Continued on next page CED,OUO1008,16 –19–04NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 10-1060-14 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=346
 Hydraulic System

8. As brakes continue to self-bleed, pedal firmness should

improve.

9. If unable to obtain firm brake pedal, inspect lines and

connections for leakage. If no external leaks, test axle.
Do Service Brake Leakage Test. (See procedure in
Group 9020 in operation and test manual.) Repair as
necessary. (See procedures in this group.)

CED,OUO1008,16 –19–04NOV98–2/2

10
1060
15

TM1649 (17JUL02) 10-1060-15 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=347
 Hydraulic System

10
1060
16

TM1649 (17JUL02) 10-1060-16 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=348
 Section 11
Park Brake
Contents

Page

Group 1111—Active Elements

Park Brake
Remove and Install See Group 0250 . . . . .11-1111-1

11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 11-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=1
 Contents

11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 11-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Group 1111
Active Elements
Remove and Install Park Brake

NOTE: Park brake is part of Rear Axle.

To remove and install park brake, see Remove and Install

Rear Axle in Group 0250.

TX,11,QQ8721 –19–04NOV98–1/1

11
1111
1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 11-1111-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=351
 Active Elements

11
1111
2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 11-1111-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=352
 Section 16
Electrical Systems 16

Contents

Page Page

Group 1671—Batteries, Support, and Cables Radio Harness And Components

Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1671-1 Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-16
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1671-1 A/C Compressor Harness and Components
Service Batteries Carefully . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1671-2 Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-18
Procedure for Testing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . .16-1671-3 Auxiliary Flow Control Harness and
Checking Electrolyte Specific Gravity . . . . . .16-1671-4 Components
Check Battery Electrolyte Level and Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-20
Terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1671-6 Ride Control Harness and Components
Using Booster Batteries—12 Volt System . . .16-1671-8 Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-22
Batteries Fuse Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-23
Charge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1671-9 16 Way Kostal Connector
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1671-10 Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-24
Kostal Open-Barrel Contact
Group 1672—Alternator, Regulator and Charging Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-25
System Wiring Deutsch Connectors
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1672-1 Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-25
Bosch Alternator Repair—Use CTM77 . . . . .16-1672-1 Deutsch Contact
Alternator Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-27
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1672-2 Weather Pack Connectors
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-28
Weather Pack Contact
Group 1673—Lighting System Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-29
Drive and Work Light Remove Connector Body From Blade
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1673-1 Terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-30
Halogen Bulb Blade Terminals From Fuse Block
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1673-2 Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-31
Display Module Bulbs
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1673-3 Group 1675—System Controls
Turn, Brake, and Tail Light Bulbs Return-To-Dig Switch
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1673-4 Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1675-1
Front Turn Light Bulb
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1673-4 Group 1676—Instruments and Indicators
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1676-1
Group 1674—Wiring Harness and Switches Fuel Gauge Sender
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-1 Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1676-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-2
Cab Roof Harness And Components Group 1677—Motors and Actuators
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-4 Starter Motor Repair—Use CTM77 . . . . . . . .16-1677-1
Cab Side Console Harness And Components Starting Motor
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-6 Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1677-2
Front Console Harness And Components Starter Relay
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-10 Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1677-3
Engine Harness And Components
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-12
Blower Harness And Components
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-14

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=1
 Contents

16

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Group 1671
Batteries, Support, and Cables
Service Equipment and Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the 16

1671
U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the 1
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5835 –19–10DEC99–1/4

Battery Post/Clamp Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT05838

Used to clean battery post and clamp.

CED,TX03399,5835 –19–10DEC99–2/4

Coolant/Battery Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT05460

To check specific gravity of electrolyte in batteries.

CED,TX03399,5835 –19–10DEC99–3/4

Battery Load Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT05832

To check battery capacity.

CED,TX03399,5835 –19–10DEC99–4/4

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Battery Fully Charged Electrolyte Specific 1.265—1.280

Gravity

Battery Clamp Cap Screw and Nut Torque 9.2 N•m (82 lb-in.)

CED,TX03399,5836 –19–10DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1671-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=355
 Batteries, Support, and Cables

Service Batteries Carefully

16
1671 CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep
2 sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a
flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.

–UN–23AUG88
Never check battery charge by placing a metal
object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or
hydrometer.

TS204
Always remove grounded (–) battery clamp first
and replace it last.

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous.

It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in
clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into
eyes.

Avoid the hazard by:

1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.

2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is
added.
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Using proper jump start procedure.

If you spill acid on yourself:

1. Flush your skin with water.

2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize
the acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30
minutes. Get medical attention immediately.

–UN–23AUG88
If acid is swallowed:

TS203
1. Do not induce vomiting.
2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do
not exceed 1.9 L (2 quarts).
3. Get medical attention immediately.

If electrolyte spills on the floor, use one of the following

mixtures to neutralize the acid: 0.5 kg (1 lb) baking soda
in 4 L (1 gal) water, or 0.47 L (1 pt) household ammonia
in 4 L (1 gal) water.

Continued on next page 04T,90,K153 –19–12MAY93–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1671-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=356
 Batteries, Support, and Cables

IMPORTANT: Electrolyte can damage paint and metal

surfaces of your machine. Do not
overfill the battery cells. 16
1671
3
04T,90,K153 –19–12MAY93–2/2

Procedure for Testing Batteries

Visual Check If high and low readings vary LESS than 0.050 and
average specific gravity is between 1.225 and
1. Check for damage such as cracked or broken case 1.280, battery is fully charged, go to LOAD TEST.
and electrolyte leakage.
Specification
If damage is seen, replace battery. Battery—Fully Charged
Electrolyte Specific Gravity ............................................. 1.265—1.280

2. Check electrolyte level. (See procedure in this

If high and low readings vary LESS than 0.050 and
group)
average specific gravity is LESS than 1.225, charge
battery and repeat test. If average specific gravity is
If low, add distilled water to specified level and
still LESS than 1.225, replace both batteries.
charge battery.
If high and low readings vary MORE than 0.050,
3. Check terminals for corrosion.
charge battery and repeat test. If high and low
readings still vary MORE than 0.050, replace both
If corroded, clean using a wire brush or battery post
batteries.
cleaner such as JT05838 Battery Post/Clamp
Cleaner.
Load Test
4. Check posts for looseness.
Check battery capacity with a load tester such as
JT05832 Battery Load Tester. Follow tester
If posts are loose, replace battery.
manufacturer’s instructions for proper load test
procedures.
Hydrometer Test
If one battery fails load test, replace both batteries.
1. Check specific gravity with a hydrometer or battery
tester such as JT05460 Coolant/Battery Tester.

2. Record specific gravity reading for each cell.

TX,16,QQ8913 –19–01SEP95–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1671-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=357
 Batteries, Support, and Cables

Checking Electrolyte Specific Gravity

16
1671 CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep
4 sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a
flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.

–UN–23AUG88
Never check battery charge by placing a metal
object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or
hydrometer.

TS204
Always remove grounded (–) battery clamp first
and replace it last.

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous.

It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in
clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into
eyes.

Avoid the hazard by:

1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.

2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is
added.
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Using proper jump start procedure.

If you spill acid on yourself:

1. Flush your skin with water.

2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize
the acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30
minutes. Get medical attention immediately.

–UN–23AUG88
If acid is swallowed:

TS203
1. Do not induce vomiting.
2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do
not exceed 1.9 L (2 quarts).
3. Get medical attention immediately.

Check the specific gravity of electrolyte in each battery

cell using a battery and coolant tester such as JT05460
Battery/Coolant Tester.
–UN–10NOV88

Follow directions included with the tester.

T85402

Continued on next page TX,16,QQ8914 –19–21SEP94–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1671-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=358
 Batteries, Support, and Cables

A fully charged battery will have a corrected specific

gravity reading of 1.260. If the reading is below 1.200,
charge the battery. 16
1671
5
NOTE: In tropical areas, use 1.225 for the full charge
reading. In cold areas, use 1.280 for the
full-charge reading.

Specification
Battery—Fully Charged
Electrolyte Specific Gravity.................................................... 1.265—1.280

TX,16,QQ8914 –19–21SEP94–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1671-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=359
 Batteries, Support, and Cables

Check Battery Electrolyte Level and

Terminals
16
1671
6 CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep
sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a
flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.

Never check battery charge by placing a metal

object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or
hydrometer.

Always remove grounded (–) battery clamp first

and replace it last.

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous.

It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in
clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into
eyes.

Avoid the hazard by:

–UN–23AUG88
• Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.
• Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
• Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is

TS203
added.
• Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
• Using proper jump start procedure.

If you spill acid on yourself:

1. Flush your skin with water.

2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize
the acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 10—15
minutes. Get medical attention immediately.

If acid is swallowed:

1. Drink large amounts of water or milk.

2. Then drink milk of magnesia, beaten eggs, or
vegetable oil.
3. Get medical attention immediately.

1. Remove hold-down clamps.

2. Remove battery covers.

Continued on next page TX,9015,QQ6350 –19–07OCT98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1671-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=360
 Batteries, Support, and Cables

IMPORTANT: During freezing weather, batteries must

be charged after water is added to
prevent battery freezing. Charge battery 16
1671
using a battery charger or by running 7
the engine.

–UN–10FEB89
3. Fill each cell to within specified range with distilled
water. DO NOT overfill.

A—Battery Post

T6996DB
B—Fill Tube
C—Electrolyte Level Range
Single Level Fill Tube Application

–UN–10FEB89
T6996DA
Dual Level Fill Tube Application
TX,9015,QQ6350 –19–07OCT98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1671-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=361
 Batteries, Support, and Cables

Using Booster Batteries—12 Volt System

16
1671
8

–UN–24OCT91

–UN–24OCT91
T6508AE1

T6713AI1
Single Battery Application Two Battery Application

A—Machine Battery(s) B—Booster Battery(s)

Before boost starting, machine must be properly shut 1. Connect one end of the positive cable to the
down and secured to prevent unexpected machine positive terminal of the machine batteries and the
movement when engine starts. other end to the positive terminal of the booster
batteries.
CAUTION: An explosive gas is produced
2. Connect one end of the negative cable to the
while batteries are in use or being charged.
negative terminal of the booster batteries. Then
Keep flames or sparks away from the battery
connect other end of the negative cable to the
area. Make sure the batteries are charged in
machine frame as far away from the machine
a well ventilated area.
batteries as possible.
Always remove grounded (—) battery clamp
3. Start engine.
first and replace it last.

IMPORTANT: The machine electrical system is a

12-volt negative (—) ground. Use
only 12-volt booster batteries.

Continued on next page TX,25,BD2079 –19–07OCT96–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1671-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=362
 Batteries, Support, and Cables

4. Immediately after starting engine, disconnect end of 5. Disconnect positive cable from booster batteries
the negative cable from the machine frame and and machine batteries.
disconnect the other end of the negative cable from 16
1671
the negative terminal of the booster batteries. 9
TX,25,BD2079 –19–07OCT96–2/2

Charge Battery

CAUTION: An explosive gas is produced while

batteries are in use or being charged. Keep all
flames/sparks away from battery. Charge
battery in a well-ventilated area.

–UN–23AUG88
IMPORTANT: When charging a battery in the
machine, disconnect the battery cables.

TS204
If unit has more than one battery,
disconnect all cables and charge each
battery separately.

TX,16,QQ8917 –19–28FEB90–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1671-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=363
 Batteries, Support, and Cables

Remove and Install Batteries

16
1671
10

–UN–02NOV96
TP50473

Continued on next page TX,16,QQ8918 –19–19NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1671-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=364
 Batteries, Support, and Cables

1—Hose 7—Battery (2 used) 13—Cap Screw 19—Cover

2—Positive (+) Cable 8—Angle Frames (2 used) 14—Washer 20—Nut
3—Negative (–) Cable 9—Cover 15—Cover 21—Washer (2 used) 16
4 —Tie Band 10— Bolt (4 used) 16—Washer (3 used) 22 —Cap Screw (2 used) 1671
5—Washer (2 used) 11—Washer (4 used) 17—Nut (3 used) 23—Nut 11
6—Ground Cable 12—Lock Nut (4 used) 18—Clamp (2 used) 24—Bracket (2 used)

1. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF Position. 6. Install batteries making sure they are level.

7. Install angle frames.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from
exploding battery. Always remove grounded
8. Connect positive (+) cables (2) first, then connect
(–) battery clamp first and replace it last.
negative (–) cables (3). Tighten cable cap screws to
specifications.
2. Remove battery cover.
Specification
3. Disconnect negative (–) battery cables (3) first, then Battery Clamp Cap Screw and
positive (+) cables (2). Nut—Torque ........................................................... 9.2 N•m (82 lb-in.)

4. Remove lock nuts (12) and angle frames (8). Lift 9. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position.
batteries from machine.

5. Check cables and clamps for damage and wear.

Make certain the batteries are fully charged.

TX,16,QQ8918 –19–19NOV98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1671-11 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=365
 Batteries, Support, and Cables

16
1671
12

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1671-12 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=366
 Group 1672
Alternator, Regulator and Charging System Wiring
Specifications

Item Measurement Specification 16

1672
1
Support Bracket-to-Alternator Cap Torque 25 N•m (18.5 lb-ft)
Screw

Alternator B+ Stud (B11) Nut Torque 7.75 ± 0.8 N•m (69 ± 7 lb-in.)

Alternator Housing Ground (G02) Nut Torque 2.75 ± 0.3 N•m (24 ± 3 lb-in.)

CED,TX03399,5837 –19–10DEC99–1/1

Bosch Alternator Repair—Use CTM77

For complete repair information, the Component Technical

Manual (CTM) is also required.

Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.

–UN–17JAN89
TS225
TX,16,QQ8919 –19–30JUN94–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1672-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=367
 Alternator, Regulator and Charging System Wiring

Remove and Install Alternator

16 IMPORTANT: Disconnect battery ground cable to
1672
2
prevent accidental grounding of
alternator wiring leads.

1. Raise loader and engage lock bar.

2. Disconnect battery ground (–) cable.

3. Remove right engine side shield.

4. Tag and disconnect wires from alternator.

5. Remove belt from alternator sheave.

6. Remove cap screw (A) and cap screw, bushing, and

nut (B) to remove alternator.

7. Replace or repair as necessary. (See CTM77.)

–UN–15MAY97
IMPORTANT: Install bushing and nut on side away
from radiator.

T108356
8. Install alternator, cap screw, bushing, and nut (B).

9. Install support bracket cap screw (A). Tighten cap

screw to specification. A—Cap Screw
B—Nut, Bushing, and Cap Screw (not visible)
Specification
Support Bracket-to-Alternator Cap
Screw—Torque ............................................................. 25 N•m (18.5 lb-ft)

10. Install belt.

Continued on next page CED,OUO1010,427 –19–04NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1672-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=368
 Alternator, Regulator and Charging System Wiring

16
1672
3

–UN–05DEC96
–19–15JAN97

T104772B
T104606

A—B11 Red Wire B—M39 Purple Wire C—G02 Black Wire D—P13 Red Wire

11. Connect wires to alternator. Specification

Alternator Housing Ground
(G02) Nut—Torque ............................... 2.75 ± 0.3 N•m (24 ± 3 lb-in.)
12. Tighten nut and B11 red wire (A) to specification.

Specification 13. Connect battery ground (–) cable.

Alternator B+ Stud (B11) Nut—
Torque................................................... 7.75 ± 0.8 N•m (69 ± 7 lb-in.) 14. Disengage lock bar and lower boom to ground.

Tighten nut of black G02 wire (C) to specification.

CED,OUO1010,427 –19–04NOV98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1672-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=369
 Alternator, Regulator and Charging System Wiring

16
1672
4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1672-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=370
 Group 1673
Lighting System
Remove and Install Drive and Work Light

1. Remove bracket and mirror (C). 16

1673
1
2. Remove caps (B).

–UN–07SEP96
3. Remove screws to remove front headliner.

4. Disconnect roof harness connector from work or drive

T103629B
light connector.

5. Remove nut (F) and cap screw (E). Remove light with
wiring connector.

6. Install wiring connector of light through hole along side

of light bracket. Install light using cap screw (E) and
nut (F).

7. Connect roof harness connector to light connector.

–UN–12MAR91
8. Install front headliner, screws, and caps.

9. Install bracket and mirror.

T7484AN
A—Window Latches
B—Screw Cover and Screw (4 used)
C—Mirror and Bracket
E—Cap Screw
F—Nut

TX,16,QQ8922 –19–17NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1673-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=371
 Lighting System

Remove and Install Halogen Bulb

16 1. Remove screws (A) to remove lamp cover (B), lamp
1673
2
(C), and lamp housing (E).

2. Disconnect wiring lead and release retainer clip to

–UN–12MAR91
remove bulb (D).

CAUTION: Do not touch the halogen bulb with

T7484AC
bare hands. Oil and moisture may cause
premature bulb failure. Clean bulb glass if
touched, using a oil-free cloth with alcohol.
A—Screw (2 used)
3. Install new bulb (D). B—Lamp Cover
C—Lamp
4. Install lamp into lamp housing. D—Bulb
E—Lamp Housing

5. Install lamp cover and screws.

6. Alternately tighten screws (A). Do not overtighten as

screws may strip out plastic.

TX,16,QQ8923 –19–24AUG94–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1673-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=372
 Lighting System

Remove and Install Display Module Bulbs

16
1673
3

–UN–25NOV96

–UN–25NOV96
T104762B

T104765B
–UN–25NOV96

–UN–25NOV96
T104766B

T104767B
1. Remove two display module-to-side console panel
screws (A). Remove display module.

2. Disconnect wiring harness connectors (B) from display

module.

–UN–09JAN97
3. Remove screws (C) and cover (D).

4. Remove screws (E) and electrical board (F).

T104768C
5. Remove and install bulbs (G) as necessary.

6. Install parts (B—F).

A—Screw (2 used)
B—Connector (2 used)
7. Install display module to side console panel using C—Screw (2 used)
screws (A). D—Cover
E—Screw (4 used)
F—Electrical Board
G—Bulb

TX,16,QQ8924 –19–04NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1673-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=373
 Lighting System

Remove and Install Turn, Brake, and Tail

Light Bulbs
16
1673
4 1. Remove screws (A) to remove lens cover.

2. Remove bulbs (B and C) by pushing in and rotating

–UN–12MAR91
bulbs counterclockwise (1/4 turn). Replace bulbs if
necessary.

3. Install lens cover and fasten with screws (A).

T7484AP
A—Screw (2 used)
B—Turn and Tail Light Bulb
C—Brake Light Bulb

–UN–12MAR91
T7484AO
TX,16,QQ8925 –19–30AUG94–1/1

Remove and Install Front Turn Light Bulb

1. Remove screws (A) to remove lens cover.

2. Remove bulb by pushing in and rotating bulb

counterclockwise (1/4 turn). Replace bulb if necessary.

–UN–12MAR91
3. Install lens cover and fasten with screws (A).

T7484AQ
–UN–12MAR91
T7484AR

TX,16,QQ8926 –19–30AUG94–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1673-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=374
 Group 1674
Wiring Harness and Switches
Essential Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the 16

1674
U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the 1
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5838 –19–10DEC99–1/7

T104947 –UN–07NOV96

METRIMATEExtractor Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG140

Used to remove pin and socket contacts from

METRIMATE CPC and Kostal electrical connector
housings.

METRIMATE is a trademark of AMP INC. CED,TX03399,5838 –19–10DEC99–2/7

T105908 –UN–19DEC96

Crimping Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG707

Crimp open barrel contacts and seal retainers for Kostal

circular connectors.

CED,TX03399,5838 –19–10DEC99–3/7

T104946 –UN–07NOV96

Electrical Repair Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT07195A

For repair of electrical wiring harness and connectors.

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5838 –19–10DEC99–4/7

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=375
 Wiring Harness and Switches
T6606AB –UN–23AUG88

Deutsch Electrical Repair Tool Kit . . . . . . . . . . JDG359

16 Used to remove and install Deutsch electrical connectors.

1674
2
CED,TX03399,5838 –19–10DEC99–5/7

T6606AC –UN–23AUG88

Extraction Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG364

To remove contacts from WEATHER PACK electrical

connectors.

WEATHER PACK is a trademark of Packard Electric. CED,TX03399,5838 –19–10DEC99–6/7

Terminal Applicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG783

–UN–05MAR96
Used to crimp WEATHER PACK electrical connector
contacts

T100473

WEATHER PACK is a trademark of Packard Electric. CED,TX03399,5838 –19–10DEC99–7/7

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Engine Coolant Temperature Switch Torque 81 N•m (60 lb-ft)

CED,TX03399,5839 –19–10DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=376
 Wiring Harness and Switches

16
1674
3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=377
 Wiring Harness and Switches

Remove and Install Cab Roof Harness and Components

16
1674
4

–19–15JAN97
T104631

Continued on next page TX,16,QQ8928 –19–10NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=378
 Wiring Harness and Switches

M3—Left Door Wiper Motor E1—Dome Light E6—Right Rear Work Light X3—Roof Harness-to-Side
E7—Left Front Drive Light X28—Beacon Light Connector H3,E11,E9—Left Rear Console Harness
E3—Left Front Work Light X29—Roof Harness To Radio Turn/Brake/Tail Connector 16
M4—Right Door Wiper Motor Harness Connector Light X2—Roof Harness-to-Side 1674
E4—Right Front Work Light M2—Rear Wiper Motor E5—Left Rear Work Light Console Harness 5
E8—Right Front Drive Light H5,E12,E10—Right Rear W2—Ground To Cab Frame
H4—Right Front Turn Light Turn/Brake/Tail H2—Left Front Turn Light
S27—Dome Light Switch Light X1—Roof Harness-to-Side
Console Harness
Connector

TX,16,QQ8928 –19–10NOV98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=379
 Wiring Harness and Switches

Remove and Install Cab Side Console Harness and Components

16
1674
6

–19–17NOV98
T118309

Continued on next page TX,16,QQ8929 –19–17NOV98–1/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=380
 Wiring Harness and Switches

16
1674
7

–19–20NOV98
T118310
F1—MFWD/Alternator/Diff. K2—Accessory Relay S25—AC Switch (Optional) X10—Rear Wiper Switch
Lock Fuse K3—Pump Relay V11—Park Brake Relay Diode Connector
F2—Fuel Shutoff/Start K4—Backup Alarm Relay X1—Side Console X11—Beacon Switch
Aid/Reverse Alarm Fuse K5—Park Brake Relay Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector
F3—Dome/Radio Fuse K6—Neutral Relay Connector X12—MFWD Switch Connector
F4—Radio Fuse P1—Fuel Gauge X2—Side Console X13—Park Brake Switch
F5—Wiper Fuse P2—Tachometer Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector
F6—Heater/AC Circuit Breaker S1—Key Switch Connector X14—Start Aid Switch
F7—Rear Work Light Fuse S2—MFWD Switch X3—Side Console Connector
F8—Front Lights/Tail Light S4—Start Aid Switch Harness-to-Roof Harness X15—Fuel Gauge Connector
Fuse S6—Rear Wiper Switch Connector X16—Key Switch Connector
F9—FNR/Park Brake Fuse S8—Blower Switch X4—Display Monitor Alarm X17—Accessory Relay
F10—Turn/Stop/Horn Fuse S10—Rear Light Switch Connector Connectors
F13—Return-to-Dig/Beacon S12—Park Brake Switch X5—Seat Position Sensor X18—Tachometer Connectors
Fuse S13—Loader Lever Switch Connector S21—Flasher Relay
F14—Monitor/Gauge Fuse S15—Horn Switch X6—Blower Switch Connector X35—Blower Harness-to-Side
F15—Auxiliary Fuse S18—Beacon Switch X7—Display Monitor Harness Connector
F16—Start Fuse (Optional) Connector X38—AC Switch Connector
F17—Fuse Block S22—Heater Temperature X8—Horn Switch Connector X41—Hour Meter Connector
H8—Display Monitor Control X9—Rear Light Switch
H11—Display Monitor Alarm Connector

Continued on next page TX,16,QQ8929 –19–17NOV98–2/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=381
 Wiring Harness and Switches

16
1674
8

–19–15JAN97
T104633

Continued on next page TX,16,QQ8929 –19–17NOV98–3/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=382
 Wiring Harness and Switches

X22—Side Console X21—Side Console X20—Side Console B11—Brake Light Switches

Harness-to-Engine Harness-to-Engine Harness-to-Engine S19—Seat Position Sensor
Harness Connector Harness Connector Harness Connector S14—Gear Shift Lever Switch 16
X23—Side Console X24—Side Console X25—Side Console S3—Diff. Lock Switch 1674
Harness-to-Engine Harness-to-Engine Harness-to-Front 9
Harness Connector Harness Connector Console Harness
Connector

TX,16,QQ8929 –19–17NOV98–4/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=383
 Wiring Harness and Switches

Remove and Install Front Console Harness and Components

16
1674
10

–19–15JAN97
T104634

Continued on next page TX,16,QQ8930 –19–03MAR97–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=384
 Wiring Harness and Switches

V7—4-Flasher Switch Diode S5—Front Wiper Switch S17—4-Way Flasher Switch X25—Front Console
V6—4-Flasher Switch Diode S16—Turn Signal Switch S9—Front Light Switch Harness-to-Side Console
S7—Windshield Washer S11—FNR/Range Switch Harness Connector 16
Switch 1674
11
TX,16,QQ8930 –19–03MAR97–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-11 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=385
 Wiring Harness and Switches

Remove and Install Engine Harness and Components

16
1674
12

–19–16JAN97
T104635

Continued on next page TX,16,QQ8931 –19–20APR00–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-12 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=386
 Wiring Harness and Switches

V9—Alternator Diode X21—Engine Harness-to-Side B1—Backup Warning Alarm B8—Converter Oil

B7—Air Filter Restriction Console Harness V10—Diff. Lock Diode Temperature
Switch Connector V1—MFWD Solenoid Diode W4—Ground Strap 16
Y2—Start Aid Solenoid X23—Engine Harness-to-Side V2—Park Brake Solenoid M1—Starter Motor 1674
K1—Start Relay Console Harness Diode V8—Start Solenoid Diode 13
B3—Horn Connector B9—Hydraulic Filter B5—Engine Coolant
M5—Washer Motor X22—Engine Harness-to-Side Restriction Switch Temperature Switch
W1—Machine Frame Ground Console Harness V3—Reverse Solenoid Diode B6—Engine Oil Pressure
G1—Batteries Connector V4—Forward Solenoid Diode Switch
S20—Return-to-Dig Switch Y5,Y6,Y7—Reverse Solenoid, Y8—Diff. Lock Solenoid Y3—Fuel Shutoff Solenoid
Y9—Return-to-Dig Solenoid Forward Solenoid, Y4—Park Brake Solenoid X34—Engine Harness-to-AC
X20—Engine Harness-to-Side Neutral Disconnect Y1—MFWD Solenoid Compressor Harness
Console Harness Solenoid B4—Fuel Sender Connector
Connector B10—Park Brake Pressure W3—Ground to Cab Floor G2—Alternator
X24—Engine Harness-to-Side Switch
Console Harness
Connector

Tighten engine coolant temperature switch (B5) to Specification

specifications. Nut on Engine Coolant
Temperature Switch—Torque............................... 1.35 N•m (12 lb-in.)

Specification
Engine Coolant Temperature
Switch—Torque ........................................................ 81 N•m (60 lb-ft)

TX,16,QQ8931 –19–20APR00–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-13 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=387
 Wiring Harness and Switches

Remove and Install Blower Harness and Components

16
1674
14

–19–17NOV98
T118424

Continued on next page TX,16,QQ8932 –19–28OCT96–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-14 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=388
 Wiring Harness and Switches

X6—Blower Switch Connector S8—Blower W10—Blower Harness X36—AC Freeze Switch

X35—Blower Harness-to-Side S22—Heater Temperature M6—Blower Motor Connector
Console Harness Control R1—Blower Resister 16
Connector 1674
15
TX,16,QQ8932 –19–28OCT96–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-15 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=389
 Wiring Harness and Switches

Remove and Install Radio Harness and Components

16
1674
16

–19–09DEC96
T104637

Continued on next page TX,16,QQ8933 –19–28OCT96–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-16 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=390
 Wiring Harness and Switches

X29—Radio Harness-to-Roof W12—Radio Harness W13—Antenna B14—Radio Speaker

Harness Connector B13—Radio Speaker A2—Radio
X39—Radio Harness-to-Radio 16
Connector 1674
17
TX,16,QQ8933 –19–28OCT96–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-17 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=391
 Wiring Harness and Switches

Remove and Install A/C Compressor Harness and Components

16
1674
18

–19–17NOV98
T118426

Continued on next page TX,16,QQ8934 –19–19NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-18 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=392
 Wiring Harness and Switches

1—Condenser 8—Blower Harness-to-Side 12—Blower Resister (R1) 19—Compressor (Y10)

2—High Pressure Switch (S24) Console Harness 13—Blower Motor (M6) 20—High Pressure Service
3—Low Pressure Switch (S23) Connector (X35) 14—AC Freeze Switch (S26) Port 16
4—AC Compressor Harness 9—Blower Switch (S8) 15—Evaporator 21—A/C Compressor 1674
(W11) 10—Heater Temperature 16—Line to Water Pump Harness-to-Engine 19
5—Engine Harness (W8) Control (S22) 17—Line to Engine Block Harness Connector (X34)
6—Expansion Valve 11—Blower Harness (W10) 18—Receiver/Dryer
7—Blower Switch Connector
(X6)

TX,16,QQ8934 –19–19NOV98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-19 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=393
 Wiring Harness and Switches

Remove and Install Auxiliary Flow Control Harness and Components

16
1674
20

–19–06OCT98
T117268

Continued on next page CED,OUO1010,430 –19–09NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-20 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=394
 Wiring Harness and Switches

K7—Auxiliary Flow Control V12—Auxiliary Flow Control X45—Auxiliary Flow Control X48—Auxiliary Flow Control
Relay Relay Diode Switch Connector Solenoid Connector
S28—Auxiliary Flow Control X18—Auxiliary Ground X46—Auxiliary Flow Control X49—Auxiliary Flow Control 16
Switch Connector Foot Switch Connector Ground Connector 1674
S30—Auxiliary Flow Control X44—Auxiliary Harness X47—Auxiliary Flow Control 21
Foot Switch Connector Relay Connector

CED,OUO1010,430 –19–09NOV98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-21 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=395
 Wiring Harness and Switches

Remove and Install Ride Control Harness and Components

16
1674
22

–19–20NOV98
T118311

S29—Ride Control Switch X42—Auxiliary Connector X50—Ride Control Harness X51—Ride Control
V13—Ride Control Diode Auxiliary Connector Harness-to-Ride Control
W18—Auxiliary Ground Engine Harness
Connector Connector

CED,OUO1010,431 –19–09NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-22 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=396
 Wiring Harness and Switches

Fuse Specifications
16
1674
23

–19–03NOV97
T111575
F1—7.5 Amp MFWD/ F5—15 Amp Wiper Fuse F11—Not Used F16—10 Amp Start Fuse
Alternator/Diff. Lock Fuse F6—30 Amp Heater/AC Fuse F12—Not Used K3—Not Used
F2—15 Amp Fuel/Start Aid and F7—15 Amp Rear Light Fuse F13—10 Amp RTD/Beacon and K4—Reverse Alarm Relay
Reverse Alarm Fuse F8—25 Amp Front Pump Cutout Fuse K5—Park Brake Relay
F3—5 Amp Dome Light/Radio Light/Taillight Fuse F14—10 Amp Monitor/Gauge K6—Neutral Relay
Fuse F9—10 Amp FNR/Park Brake Fuse S21—Flasher
F4—5 Amp Radio Fuse Fuse F15—10 Auxiliary Fuse
(Unswitched Power) F10—20 Amp Turn/Stop/Flash
and Horn Fuse

IMPORTANT: Install fuse with correct amperage The fuse block is located on the side console inside an
rating to prevent electrical system access cover.
damage from overload.

TX,9015,QQ5931 –19–11NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-23 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=397
 Wiring Harness and Switches

Replace 16 Way Kostal Connector

16 1. A small locking tab is located inside of the connector.
1674
24
Use a small screwdriver (B) to move tab (A) outward to
the first detent position; the tab will “click.”

–UN–01NOV96
T104764B
TX,16,QQ8936 –19–31OCT96–1/3

2. Slide JDG140 Extractor Tool (B) into connector body

until it is positioned over terminal contact.

3. Push on end of extractor tool (B) and gently pull wire

(A) out of connector body.

–UN–01NOV96
IMPORTANT: Install contact in proper location using
correct size grommet.

T104763B
4. Push contact straight into connector body until positive
stop is felt.

5. Pull on wire slightly to be certain contact is locked in

place.

6. Transfer remaining wires to correct terminal in new

connector.

TX,16,QQ8936 –19–31OCT96–2/3

7. Use a small screwdriver (B) to move tab (A) inward to

the first detent position; the tab will “click” and lock the
wires in the connector body. –UN–01NOV96
T104764B

TX,16,QQ8936 –19–31OCT96–3/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-24 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=398
 Wiring Harness and Switches

Install Kostal Open-Barrel Contact

1. Slip correct size cable seal on wire. 16

1674
25
2. Strip insulation from wire to expose 6 mm (1/4 in.) and
align cable seal with edge of insulation.

–UN–23AUG88
TS0136
TX,16,QQ8937 –19–31OCT96–1/2

3. Put contact on wire and insert into crimper at location

(D) and crimp on contact at location (B) using JDG707
crimping tool.

4. Secure cable seal to contact by crimping at location (A)

on contact and crimp at location (C) on JDG707

–UN–09JAN97
crimping tool.

A—Contact Location

T105879B
B—Contact Location
C—Crimper Location
D—Crimper Location

TX,16,QQ8937 –19–31OCT96–2/2

Replace DEUTSCH Connectors

1. Select correct size extractor tool for size of wire to be

removed:

• JDG361 Extractor Tool for 12 to 14 gauge wire.

–UN–23AUG88

• JDG362 Extractor Tool for 16 to 18 gauge wire.

• JDG363 Extractor Tool for 20 gauge wire.

2. Start correct size extractor tool over wire at handle (A).

TS0124

DEUTSCH is a trademark of Deutsch Co. Continued on next page TX,16,QQ8938 –19–09NOV98–1/5

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-25 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=399
 Wiring Harness and Switches

3. Slide extractor tool rearward along wire until tool tip (A)
snaps onto wire.
16
1674
26

–UN–23AUG88
TS0125
TX,16,QQ8938 –19–09NOV98–2/5

IMPORTANT: Do NOT twist tool when inserting in

connector.

4. Slide extractor tool along wire into connector body until

it is positioned over terminal contact.

–UN–23AUG88
TS120
TX,16,QQ8938 –19–09NOV98–3/5

5. Pull wire, with extractor tool, out of connector body.

–UN–23AUG88
TS0126

Continued on next page TX,16,QQ8938 –19–09NOV98–4/5

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-26 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=400
 Wiring Harness and Switches

IMPORTANT: Install contact in proper location using

correct size grommet.
16
1674
6. Push contact straight into connector body until positive 27
stop is felt.

–UN–23AUG88
7. Pull on wire slightly to be certain contact is locked in
place.

8. Transfer remaining wires to correct terminal in new

TS122
connector.

TX,16,QQ8938 –19–09NOV98–5/5

Install DEUTSCH Contact

1. Strip 6 mm (1/4 in.) insulation from wire.

2. Adjust selector (A) on JDG360 Crimper for correct wire

size.

–UN–23AUG88
3. Loosen lock nut (B) and turn adjusting screw (C) in
until it stops.

TS117
DEUTSCH is a trademark of Deutsch Co. TX,16,QQ8939 –19–09NOV98–1/4

IMPORTANT: Select proper size contact ’sleeve’ or

’pin’ to fit connector body.

4. Insert contact (A) and turn adjusting screw (D) until

contact is flush with cover (B). –UN–23AUG88

5. Tighten lock nut (C).

TS0134

Continued on next page TX,16,QQ8939 –19–09NOV98–2/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-27 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=401
 Wiring Harness and Switches

IMPORTANT: Contact must remain centered between

indenters while crimping.
16
1674
28
6. Insert wire in contact and crimp until handle touches
stop.

–UN–23AUG88
7. Release handle and remove contact.

TS118
TX,16,QQ8939 –19–09NOV98–3/4

IMPORTANT: If all wire strands are not crimped into

contact, cut off wire at contact and
repeat contact installation procedure.

NOTE: Readjust crimping tool for each crimping

procedure.

–UN–23AUG88
8. Inspect contact to be certain all wires are in crimped
barrel.

TS0135
TX,16,QQ8939 –19–09NOV98–4/4

Replace WEATHER PACK Connectors

IMPORTANT: Identify wire color locations with

connector terminal letters.

–UN–23AUG88
1. Open connector body (A).

TS0127

WEATHER PACK is a trademark of Packard Electric. TX,16,QQ8940 –19–09NOV98–1/4

2. Insert JDG364 WEATHER PACK Extraction Tool

over terminal contact in connector body.
–UN–23AUG88
TS0128

WEATHER PACK is a trademark of Packard Electric. Continued on next page TX,16,QQ8940 –19–09NOV98–2/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-28 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=402
 Wiring Harness and Switches

3. Hold extractor tool fully seated and pull wire from

connector body.
16
1674
NOTE: If terminal can not be removed, insert wire or nail 29
through extractor tool handle and push terminal
contact from connector.

–UN–23AUG88
TS0129
TX,16,QQ8940 –19–09NOV98–3/4

IMPORTANT: Carefully spread contact lances to

assure good seating in connector body.

NOTE: Connector bodies are ’keyed’ for proper contact

mating. Be sure contacts are in proper alignment.

–UN–23AUG88
4. Push contact into new connector body until fully
seated.

5. Pull on wire slightly to be certain contact is locked in

TS0130
place.

6. Transfer remaining wires to correct terminal in new

connector.

7. Close connector body.

TX,16,QQ8940 –19–09NOV98–4/4

Install WEATHER PACK Contact

NOTE: Cable seals are color coded for three sizes of

wire:

• Green — 18 to 20 gauge wire

–UN–23AUG88

• Gray — 14 to 16 gauge wire

• Blue — 10 to 12 gauge wire

1. Slip correct size cable seal on wire.

TS0136

2. Strip insulation from wire to expose 6 mm (1/4 in.) and

align cable seal with edge of insulation.

WEATHER PACK is a trademark of Packard Electric. Continued on next page TX,16,QQ8941 –19–09NOV98–1/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-29 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=403
 Wiring Harness and Switches

NOTE: Contacts have numbered identification for two

sizes of wire:
16
1674
30
• #15 for 14 to 16 gauge wire
• #19 for 18 to 20 gauge wire

–UN–02NOV94
3. Put proper size contact on wire and crimp in place with
a ’W’ type crimp, using JDG783 Terminal Applicator.

4. Secure cable seal to contact as shown, using JDG783

TS1623
Terminal Applicator.

TX,16,QQ8941 –19–09NOV98–2/3

IMPORTANT: Proper contact installation for ’sleeve’

(A) and ’pin’ (B) is shown.

–UN–02DEC88
TS0139
TX,16,QQ8941 –19–09NOV98–3/3

Remove Connector Body From Blade

Terminals

1. Depress locking tang (A) on terminal, using a small

screw driver. Slide connector body off.
–UN–23AUG88

2. Be sure to bend locking tang back to its original

position (B) before installing connector body.
RW4218

TX,16,QQ8942 –19–09NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-30 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=404
 Wiring Harness and Switches

Remove Blade Terminals From Fuse Block

Use small screw driver to depress each locking tang (A) 16

1674
on terminal. Pull terminal out of fuse block. 31

Be sure to bend locking tangs back to original position (B)

before installing in fuse block.

–UN–14DEC91
T7670AC
TX,16,QQ8943 –19–09NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-31 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=405
 Wiring Harness and Switches

16
1674
32

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1674-32 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=406
 Group 1675
System Controls
Remove and Install Return-To-Dig Switch

1. Remove cap screw (G) and return-to-dig switch 16

1675
assembly (A). 1

2. Disconnect return-to-dig switch wire connector.

–UN–18NOV98
3. Remove rubber cap/button (D) and jam nut (E) to
remove switch body (F) from switch bracket.

T118414A
4. Install parts (D—F) on switch bracket.

5. Install switch assembly (A) with cap screw (G). Do not

tighten at this time.

6. Connect an ohmmeter test leads across the

return-to-dig switch terminals.

7. With bucket positioned flat on ground, move switch

assembly (A) so roller (C) is just touching cam area
(B). Continue to move switch assembly toward cam
until continuity is indicated on ohmmeter.

8. Move switch assembly away from cam just enough so

continuity is no longer indicated.

–UN–13NOV98
9. Tighten cap screw (G) without moving switch
assembly.

T118398
10. Remove pin from sensor tube yoke.

11. While watching clearance between cam and switch,

turn bucket level pointer back and forth to make sure A—Return-to-Dig Switch Assembly
B—Cam Area
cam does not hit switch bracket.
C—Roller
D—Rubber Cap/Button
12. If cam touches switch bracket or switch arm, repeat E—Jam Nut
steps 6—9. F—Switch Body
G—Cap Screw
13. Connect return-to-dig switch connector.

14. Connect sensor tube.

Continued on next page CED,OUO1010,432 –19–10NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1675-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=407
 System Controls

15. Verify adjustment by raising, then lowering boom and

bucket to ground. Bucket must be in the return-to-dig
16 position and level on the ground. Bucket level
1675
2
indicator (A) must align with line (B).

–UN–05DEC96
If further adjustment is necessary, see Adjust Loader
Bucket Level Indicator and Return-To-Dig Switch in
Group 3115.

T104776B
CED,OUO1010,432 –19–10NOV98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1675-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=408
 Group 1676
Instruments and Indicators
Other Material

Number Name Use 16

1676
1
TY15130 (U.S.) Form-in-Place Gasket Apply to sending unit-to-fuel tank
NA (Canadian) mating surfaces.

CED,TX03399,5840 –19–10DEC99–1/1

Remove and Install Fuel Gauge Sender

1. Remove fuel tank cover (A)

2. Disconnect wire leads from fuel sender.

3. Remove five cap screws (B) to remove fuel gauge

sender.

4. Apply flexible sealant around the tank surface area

–UN–05DEC96
where the sending unit gasket contacts fuel tank.

5. Install gasket, sender, and wiring leads. Wire No. Y33

yellow connects to center of sender.

T104774B
6. Install fuel tank cover and tighten screws.

–UN–05DEC96
T104775B

TX,16,QQ8945 –19–21OCT96–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1676-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=409
 Instruments and Indicators

16
1676
2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1676-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=410
 Group 1677
Motors and Actuators
Starter Motor Repair—Use CTM77

For complete repair information the component technical 16

1677
manual (CTM) is also required. 1

Use the component technical manual in conjunction with

–UN–07SEP88
this machine manual.

M44215
TX,16,QQ8946 –19–06DEC96–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1677-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=411
 Motors and Actuators

Remove and Install Starting Motor

16
1677 CAUTION: Before working on unit with loader in
2 raised position, engage boom lock bar.

1. Raise loader boom. Engage boom lock bar.

2. Disconnect battery ground cable.

3. Remove right engine side shield.

4. Remove cap screw (A) and cover (B).

5. Disconnect wire leads (C).

6. Disconnect ground strap (E).

NOTE: If equipped with air conditioning, remove two cap

screws from receiver-dryer clamps and lower

–UN–06DEC96
receiver-dryer to allow room to remove starting
motor.

7. Remove cap screw (D), nut (F), and starting motor.

T104771B
8. Make necessary repairs. (See CTM77.)

9. Install starting motor. Tighten cap screws (D) and nut A—Cap Screw
(F). B—Cover
C—Wire Leads
10. Connect wire leads (C). D—Cap Screw (2 used)
E—Ground Strap
F—Nut
11. Install cover (B) using cap screw (A).

12. Install ground strap (E).

13. Install right engine side shield.

14. Connect battery ground cable.

15. Disengage boom lock bar and lower boom to ground.

TX,16,QQ8947 –19–17NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1677-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=412
 Motors and Actuators

Remove and Install Starter Relay

16
CAUTION: Before working on machine when 1677
loader is in raised position, engage boom lock 3
bar.

1. Raise loader boom. Engage boom lock bar.

2. Disconnect battery ground cable.

3. Remove right engine side shield.

TX,16,QQ8948 –19–17NOV98–1/2

4. Remove two screws (A) to move relay (B) away from

machine.

5. Open relay cover to disconnect wire leads and remove

relay.

6. Connect wire leads and close relay cover.

7. fasten relay using two screws.

8. Install engine side shield and connect battery ground

cable.

9. Disengage boom lock bar and lower boom to the

ground.

–UN–06DEC96
T104975C

TX,16,QQ8948 –19–17NOV98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1677-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=413
 Motors and Actuators

16
1677
4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 16-1677-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=414
 Section 17
Frames, Chassis Or Supporting Structure
Contents

Page 17

Group 1740—Frame Installation

Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-1740-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-1740-1
Welding Repair of Major Structures. . . . . . . .17-1740-2
Remove and Install RIVNUT (KREMNUT)
Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-1740-2

Group 1749—Chassis Weights

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-1749-1
Counterweight
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-1749-2
Frame Bumper
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-1749-4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 17-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=1
 Contents

17

TM1649 (17JUL02) 17-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Group 1740
Frame Installation
Essential Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).

17
1740
1

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5841 –19–10DEC99–1/2

T8287AE –UN–19JUL94

RIVNUT Installation Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG894

Install RIVNUT fasteners.

RIVNUT is a registered trademark or The BF Goodrich Co. CED,TX03399,5841 –19–10DEC99–2/2

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Weld Metal Tensile Strength 482.6 mPa (70,000 psi)

Yield Strength 413.7 mPa (60,000 psi)
Elongation 22%

RIVNUT Installation Tool Torque 68—74 N•m (50—55 lb-ft)

RIVNUT is a registered trademark of The BF Goodrich Co. CED,TX03399,5842 –19–10DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 17-1740-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=417
 Frame Installation

Welding Repair of Major Structures

IMPORTANT: Disconnect battery ground strap or AWS-E-7018 covered electrode with shielded metal
turn battery disconnect switch to arc welding (SMAW) process
’OFF’ to prevent voltage spikes
through alternator or monitor. AWS-ER-70S-3 wire electrode with gas metal arc
welding (GMAW) process
17 Have only a qualified welder do this
1740 job. Connect welder ground clamp AWS-E70T-1 or E71T-1 wire electrode with flux core
2 close to each weld area so electrical arc welding (FCAW) process.
current does not pass through any
bearings. Preheat area to be repaired to allow better weld
penetration.
Remove or protect all parts that can
be damaged by heat or weld splatter. To repair weld metal failure, remove failed weld metal
using arc or grinding equipment. Thoroughly clean
If machine is equipped with a area to be welded. Preheat structural assemblies to a
controller (microprocessor) like minimum of 38°C (100°F). Preheat ground engaging
Engine Controller, (EC) or Pump and tools (cutting edges, skid shoes, and teeth shanks) to
Valve Controller (PVC) disconnect 177°C (350°F).
harness connector from controller to
prevent voltage spikes through To repair base metal failure remove enough material to
microprocessor. allow weld to penetrate to the bottom of crack. Preheat
structural assemblies to a minimum of 38°C (100°F).
Connect welder ground clamp close Preheat ground engaging tools (cutting edges, skid
to each weld area so electrical shoes, and teeth shanks) to 177°C (350°F).
current does not arc inside any
bearings.

Specification
Weld Metal—Tensile Strength ....................... 482.6 mPa (70,000 psi)
Yield Strength ................................................ 413.7 mPa (60,000 psi)
Elongation ..................................................................................... 22%

Use one of the following weld processes:

TX,17,QQ8951 –19–05FEB94–1/1

Remove and Install RIVNUT (KREMNUT)

Fasteners

1. Remove flange of RIVNUT using a hammer and chisel.

Use care not to damage equipment’s surface under the
flange or the hexagon hole.
–UN–19JUL94

Use a punch to remove threaded portion of fastener.

T8287AJ

RIVNUT is a registered trademark of The BF Goodrich Co. Continued on next page TX,17,QQ8952 –19–17OCT94–1/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 17-1740-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=418
 Frame Installation

2. Select the proper length fastener for the thickness of

the material where the fastener will be installed.
Fasteners are color-coded as well as stamped on the
flange surface. (Coding indicates the nominal plate
thickness for which the fastener can be used.)

–UN–17OCT94
RIVET NUT LENGTH SELECTION
Flange Color Code 17
Material Thickness Stamp 1740
4.25—5.60 mm (0.167—0.220 in.) 4.5 Silver 3

T8287AK
5.74—7.09 mm (0.226—0.279 in.) 6 Yellow
7.75—9.09 mm (0.305—0.358 in.) 8 Red
9.75—11.10 mm (0.384—0.437 in.) 10 Black
11.73—13.08 mm (0.462—0.515 in.) 12 Olive Drab

IMPORTANT: DO NOT force or drive fastener into

hole. Fastener can be damaged and will
not hold securely.

3. Make sure the new fastener fits easily into the existing
hexagon hole (A). If necessary, use a small file to
clean the edges of the hole.

TX,17,QQ8952 –19–17OCT94–2/4

4. Lubricate the large threads (A) of the JDG894

Installation Tool.

5. Install RIVNUT fastener (C) on tool:

• Small threads (D) of installation tool must extend

–UN–19JUL94
past fastener.
• Flange of fastener must contact shoulder (B) of tool.

A—Large Threads

T8287AL
B—Tool Shoulder
C—Rivnut Fastener
D—Small Threads

Continued on next page TX,17,QQ8952 –19–17OCT94–3/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 17-1740-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=419
 Frame Installation

6. Install fastener with installation tool in hexagon hole.

Make sure flange (C) is flat against mounting surface.

IMPORTANT: NEVER turn or tighten JDG894 Tool

socket-head screw. Damage to threads
of fastener can occur.

17 7. While holding socket-head screw (A) stationary, tighten

1740 large (1-1/16 in.) nut (B) to specification using a
4 crowsfoot wrench.

Specification
RIVNUT Installation Tool—
Torque .............................................................. 68—74 N•m (50—55 lb-ft)

–UN–17OCT94
8. Loosen large nut to remove tool.

T8287AM
RIVNUT is a registered trademark of The BF Goodrich Co. TX,17,QQ8952 –19–17OCT94–4/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 17-1740-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=420
 Group 1749
Chassis Weights
Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Front Counterweights

Primary (Cannot Be Used With Weight 181 kg (400 lb)

Additional Counterweights) 17
1749
1
Front Counterweights

Primary (Can Be Used With Weight 295 kg (650 lb)

Additional Counterweights)

Front Counterweights

Additional Weight 113 kg (250 lb)

Primary Front Counterweight Cap Torque 215 ± 43 N•m (159 ± 32 lb-ft)

Screws

Additional Front Counterweight Cap Torque 620 ± 124 N•m (457 ± 89 lb-ft)
Screws

Front Bumper Caps Screws and Torque 88 ± 18 N•m (65 ± 13 lb-ft)

Nuts

CED,TX03399,5843 –19–10DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 17-1749-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=421
 Chassis Weights

Remove and Install Counterweight

17
1749
2

–UN–05OCT96
TP50493

Continued on next page TX,17,QQ8954 –19–19NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 17-1749-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=422
 Chassis Weights

1—Primary Counterweight 5—Nut (2 used) 9—Additional Counterweight 11—Additional Counterweight

(Cannot Use Additional 6—Washer (4 used) 10—Cap Screw (2 used) (Used 12—Cap Screw (2 used) (Used
Counterweights) 7—Additional Counterweight With Two Additional With Three Additional
2—Washer (4 used) 8—Cap Screw (2 used) (Used Counterweight) Counterweight)
3—Cap Screw (4 used) With One Additional
4—Primary Counterweight Counterweight)
(Used With Additional
Counterweights)

Front Counterweights—Specification 17
1. Raise loader boom and engage boom lock bar. 1749
Additional—Weight ...................................................... 113 kg (250 lb)
3
CAUTION: The approximate weight of 2. Attach hoist to counterweight with straps.
Primary front counterweight that CANNOT be
used with additional counterweight is 181 kg 3. Remove cap screws to remove counterweight.
(400 lb).
4. Install counterweight. Tighten cap screws (3) to
Front Counterweights—Specification
specification.
Primary (Cannot Be Used With
Additional Counterweights)—
Weight .......................................................................... 181 kg (400 lb) Specification
Primary Front Counterweight
Cap Screws—Torque ........................... 215 ± 43 N•m (159 ± 32 lb-ft)
The approximate weight of Primary front counterweight
that CAN be used with additional counterweight is 295 Tighten cap screws (8, 10, and 12) to specification.
kg (650 lb).
Specification
Front Counterweights—Specification Additional Front Counterweight
Primary (Can Be Used With Cap Screws—Torque ......................... 620 ± 124 N•m (457 ± 89 lb-ft)
Additional Counterweights)—
Weight .......................................................................... 295 kg (650 lb)
5. Disengage boom lock bar and lower boom to
ground.
The approximate weight of each Additional
counterweight is 113 kg (250 lb).

TX,17,QQ8954 –19–19NOV98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 17-1749-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=423
 Chassis Weights

Remove and Install Frame Bumper

1. Raise loader boom and engage boom lock bar.

2. Attach hoist to front bumper (4).

3. Remove cap screws (1), washers (2), and nut (3) to

17 remove bumper.
1749
4 4. Install front bumper and washers, cap screws and nuts
(1—3). Tighten to specification.

Specification
Front Bumper Caps Screws and
Nuts—Torque .................................................. 88 ± 18 N•m (65 ± 13 lb-ft)

5. Disengage boom lock bar and lower boom to ground.

1—Cap Screw (4 used)

2—Washer (8 used)
3—Nut (4 used)

–UN–17JAN97
4—Front Bumper

T106732
TX,17,QQ8955 –19–11NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 17-1749-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=424
 Section 18
Operator’s Station
Contents

Page Page

Group 1800—Removal and Installation Seat Slide, Swivel, and Lumbar Control
Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1800-1 Levers
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1800-1 Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .18-1821-4
Cab/ROPS Seat Swivel and Latch
18
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1800-2 Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .18-1821-6
Seat Suspension and Shock Absorber
Group 1810—Operator Enclosure Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .18-1821-8
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-1 Seat Base and Support
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-2 Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .18-1821-10
Fixed Right Front Cab Window and Wiper Disassemble and Assemble Air Seat
Motor Suspension (If Equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1821-11
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-4
Right Cab Door And Wiper Motor Group 1830—Heating and Air Conditioning
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-6 Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-1
Left Cab Door and Wiper Motor Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-2
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-8 Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-4
Cab Right Door Latch and Hinges Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-5
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-10 Refrigerant
Cab Left Door Latch and Hinges Proper Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-6
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-12 R134A Cautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-6
Cab Door Handle Screw Hose and Tubing Inspection . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-7
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-14 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-8
Cab Side Windows Air Conditioning Compressor
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-16 Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-10
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-17 Remove R134a Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-11
Upper Rear Window and Wiper Motor Disassemble and Assemble Clutch . . . . .18-1830-12
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-18 Check Clutch Hub Clearance. . . . . . . . . .18-1830-14
Upper Rear Window Inspect Compressor Manifold . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-14
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-19 Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble
Lower Rear Windows Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-15
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-20 R134a Component Oil Charge . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-18
Lower Rear Window R134a Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-21 and Charging Station Installation
Windowpanes Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-20
Remoe and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-22 Recover R134a System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-21
Remove and Install Headliner . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-22 Evacuate R134a System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-22
Cab Roof Charge R134a System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-24
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-24 Leak Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-25
Remove and Install Heater Core . . . . . . . . .18-1830-26
Group 1821—Seat and Seat Belt Remove and Install Evaporator . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-27
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1821-1 Remove and Install A/C Freeze Switch . . . .18-1830-29
Seat Assembly Disassemble and Assemble Heater/Blower
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1821-1 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-30
Seat, Belt, and Arm Rest
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .18-1821-2 Continued on next page

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=1
 Contents

Page

Disassemble and Assemble Heater/Blower

Assembly with Air Conditioning . . . . . . . .18-1830-31
Disassemble and Assemble Blower
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-32
Disassemble and Assemble Condenser . . .18-1830-34
Disassemble and Assemble Air Ducts . . . . .18-1830-36

Group 1899—Dealer Fabricated Tools

DFRW20 Compressor Holding Fixture. . . . . .18-1899-1
DFT1101 Cab and ROPS Lift Bracket . . . . . .18-1899-2
18

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Group 1800
Removal and Installation
Service Equipment and Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5844 –19–10DEC99–1/2

18
1800
Lift Bracket1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DFT1101 1

To remove and install cab.

1
Fabricated tool, dealer made. (See Group 1899 for instructions to make
tool.)
CED,TX03399,5844 –19–10DEC99–2/2

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Cab Weight 817 kg (1800 lb)

Cab or ROPS Isolator Cap Screw Torque 420 ± 84 N•m (310 ± 62 lb-ft)

CED,TX03399,5845 –19–10DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1800-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=427
 Removal and Installation

Remove and Install Cab/ROPS

NOTE: Cab and ROPS removal and installation are

similar. The cab is shown.

1. Raise loader boom and engage boom lock bar.

–UN–03JAN97
2. Remove engine side shields and cowl.

3. Disconnect backhoe boom lock and raise machine with

T100069
stabilizers and the backhoe. Support machine with
shop stands.

18 4. Remove rear wheels and right rear panel (1).

1800
2
5. Disconnect negative (–) ground cables from batteries.

TX,18,QQ8286 –19–02NOV99–1/11

6. Remove nuts to disconnect ball joints on loader linkage

(3) and stabilizer linkage (2).

7. Remove floor mat and floor access panel in cab.

8. Drain radiator. The approximate capacity of the engine

–UN–03JAN97
cooling system is 16 L (17 qt).

T100382
TX,18,QQ8286 –19–02NOV99–2/11

9. Disconnect heater hoses (4 and 5).

–UN–03JAN97
T100383

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ8286 –19–02NOV99–3/11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1800-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=428
 Removal and Installation

10. Disconnect brake lines (6), steering lines (7), ground

wire (8) and throttle linkage (9). Close all lines using
caps and plugs.

6—Brake Lines (Pressure In and Return) on top of

brake valve
7—Steering Valve Lines (5 used)
8—Ground Wire
9—Throttle Linkage

18
1800
3

–UN–02JAN97
T106017B
TX,18,QQ8286 –19–02NOV99–4/11

11. Disconnect clamp (11), brake lines (12), cap screws

(13), wire lead (14), hose (15), harness connectors
(16) and disconnect shift lever.

12. Remove backhoe control lever cover. Disconnect

backhoe control valve linkage.

–UN–03JAN97
13. Remove two cap screws to disconnect bracket, pull
backhoe linkage through floor.

T100385
11—Clamp
12—Brake Line (2 used)
13—Cap Screw (3 used)
14—Transmission Shift Lever Wiring Lead
15—Air Circulating Hose
16—Floor Harness-to-Engine Harness Connectors

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ8286 –19–02NOV99–5/11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1800-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=429
 Removal and Installation

CAUTION: Cab weighs approximately 817 kg

(1800 lb).

Specification
Cab—Weight .................................................................... 817 kg (1800 lb)

–UN–02MAY91
14. Install DFT1101 Lift Bracket1 using chains and lifting
straps. Install lifting straps to the window latch on all
four post of cab.

T7520BV
15. Remove cab mounts.

16. Carefully remove cab and support cab with shop

18
1800
stands.
4
17. Install cab and mounts. Tighten four cap screws to
specifications.

Specification
Cab or ROPS Isolator Cap
Screw—Torque ............................................ 420 ± 84 N•m (310 ± 62 lb-ft)

1
Fabricated tool, dealer made. (See Group 1899 for instructions to make
tool.)
TX,18,QQ8286 –19–02NOV99–6/11

18. Install bracket and connect backhoe linkage. Install

backhoe control lever cover.

19. Connect clamp (11), brake lines (12), cap screws

(13), wire lead (14), hose (15), and harness
connectors (16).
–UN–03JAN97

11—Clamp
12—Brake Line (2 used)
13—Cap Screw (3 used)
T100385

14—Transmission Shift Lever Wiring Lead

15—Air Circulating Hose
16—Floor Harness-to-Engine Harness Connectors

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ8286 –19–02NOV99–7/11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1800-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=430
 Removal and Installation

20. Connect steering lines (7) and brake lines (6).

21. Connect throttle linkage (9) and ground wire (8).

6—Brake Lines (Pressure In and Return) on top of

brake valve
7—Steering Valve Lines (5 used)
8—Ground Wire
9—Throttle Linkage

18
1800
5

–UN–02JAN97
T106017B
TX,18,QQ8286 –19–02NOV99–8/11

22. Connect heater hoses (4 and 5).

–UN–03JAN97
T100383
TX,18,QQ8286 –19–02NOV99–9/11

23. Connect loader and stabilizer linkage (2 and 3).

–UN–03JAN97
T100382

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ8286 –19–02NOV99–10/11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1800-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=431
 Removal and Installation

24. Install right rear panel (1) and rear wheels.

25. Install floor access panel and floor mat in cab.

26. Connect negative (–) ground cables to batteries.

–UN–03JAN97
27. Disengage boom lock bar and lower boom to ground.

28. Fill radiator with recommended engine coolant. (See

Fuels and Lubricants in Group 0004.)

T100069
TX,18,QQ8286 –19–02NOV99–11/11
18
1800
6

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1800-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=432
 Group 1810
Operator Enclosure
Other Material

Number Name Use

TY16285 (U.S.) Cure Primer Apply to right fixed window

CXTY16285 (Canadian) bracket-to-glass cap screws.
7649 (LOCTITE) Apply to threads of cap screws to
latch

T43512 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Apply to right fixed window
TY9473 (Canadian) Strength) bracket-to-glass cap screws.
242 (LOCTITE)

AR31790 (U.S.) Multipurpose Sealant Adhesive Apply to corners of door seals. 18

1810
1
AR31790 (U.S.) Multipurpose Sealant Adhesive Apply to corners of door seals.

TY24311 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Low Apply to threads of cap screws to
CXTY24311 (Canadian) Strength) latch.
222 (LOCTITE)

1
Quick Cure Primerless Autoglass Apply to upper and lower door
Windshield Sealant windowpanes and lower rear
stationary windowpane.

LOCTITE is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp.

LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corp.

1
Available from Koch Protective Treatments, Inc.
CED,TX03399,5846 –19–10DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=433
 Operator Enclosure

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Door Latch Striker Nut Torque 65 ± 13 N•m (48 ± 10 lb-ft)

Door Hinge Cap Screws Torque 61 ± 12 N•m (45 ± 9 lb-ft)

Cab-to-Door Frame Clearance 10—12 mm (0.4—0.5 in.)

Left Door Handle Screw Adjustment Length 38 mm (1.5 in.)

Right Door Handle Screw Adjustment Length 46 mm (1.8 in.)

18
1810
2
Door Latch Lock Nut Torque 9 N•m (80 lb-in.)

Cap Screw-to-Latch Torque 3 N•m (26 lb-in.)

Rear Window Latch to Cab Frame Torque 24 ± 2.5 N•m (212 ± 22 lb-in.)

Cab Roof Cap Screws Torque 6.78 + 0 – 1.5 N•m (60 + 0 –

12.2 lb-in.)

CED,TX03399,5847 –19–10DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=434
 Operator Enclosure

18
1810
3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=435
 Operator Enclosure

Disassemble and Assemble Fixed Right Front Cab Window and Wiper Motor

18
1810
4

–UN–17MAR98
TP57845

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ8289 –19–29OCT99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=436
 Operator Enclosure

1—Cover 13—Lock Washer 24—Plate 35—Cap Screw (2 used)

2—Wiper Motor Assembly 14—Cap Nut 25—Cap Screw (2 used) 36—Cap Screw (2 used)
3—Rear Isolator 15—Wiper Arm 26—Hinge 37—Window Seal
4—Top Support Bracket 16—Screw 27—Washer (4 used) 38—Guard
5—Front Isolator 17—Bushing 28—Washer (2 used) 39—Windshield Wiper
6—Plate 18—Bushing 29—Washer 40—Pad (3 used)
7—Plate 19—Screw (4 used) 30—Nut (2 used) 41—Button (3 used)
8— Washer 20—Washer (4 used) 31—Bracket 42—Screw (2 used)
9—Steel Washer 21—Plate 32—Plug 43—Washer (2 used)
10—Nut 22—Isolator 33—Tie Band 44—Support Backing
11—Rubber Cap 23—Windowpane 34—Washer 45—Rivet
12— Nut

1. Remove cover (1) and tie bands (33) to disconnect b. Install support backing (44) on curved surface of
wire leads and remove wiper motor (2). If equipped, cab frame. Put the small backing below and
remove washer nozzle and tube. centered between mounting holes of top left 18
1810
door hinge. 5
2. Disassemble parts as shown.
c. New seal is supplied with adhesive tape along
3. Inspect for worn or damaged parts. Replace as the straight sections of the seal and no adhesive
necessary. at corners. Do not remove tape until ready to
install seal.
4. To install new isolator (22):
d. After seal is install on cab frame, lightly sand
a. Clean glass edge with rubbing alcohol and wipe corners of seal to scuff surface. Apply
dry with clean rag. multipurpose sealant adhesive to seal corners
and put in place.
b. Start at the bottom center of the glass, remove
backing from isolator and apply isolator to edge e. Roll entire seal with roller to ensure seal is
of glass all the way around. tightly secured and all air gaps are removed.

c. Cut end off even with starting point. 6. Assemble remaining parts. Apply cure primer, then
thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to right
d. Roll entire edge with roller to ensure seal is bracket and pivot cap screws.
tightly secured and all air gaps are removed.
7. Connect wire leads to wiper motor (2) and connect
e. Let cure 4 hours before installing window. washer nozzle and tube. Install cover (1) using tie
bands (33).
5. To install new window seal (37):

a. Clean old seal and adhesive from cab frame.

TX,18,QQ8289 –19–29OCT99–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=437
 Operator Enclosure

Disassemble and Assemble Right Cab Door and Wiper Motor

18
1810
6

–UN–28OCT96
TP50515

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ8290 –19–16NOV98–1/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=438
 Operator Enclosure

1—Cover 13—Grommet 25—Washer (8 used) 37—Hinge

2—Wiper Motor 14—Handle 26—Spacer (3 used) 38—Shim (As Required)
3—Cap Screw 15—Grommet 27—Grommet 39—Shim (As Required)
4—Plate 16—Washer 28—Washer 40—Hinge
5—Wiper Arm 17—Snap Ring (2 used) 29—Cap Screw (3 used) 41—Cap Screw (2 used)
6—Screw 18—Bushing (4 used) 30—Grommet 42—Pin (2 used)
7—Washer 19—Cap Screw (4 used) 31—Plate 43—Washer (2 used)
8—Nut 20—Shim (As Required) 32—Washer (2 used) 44—Striker
9—Windowpane 21—Door 33—Nut 45—Shim (As Required)
10—Seal 22—Hinge 34—Screw 46—Guard
11—Wiper Blade 23—Windowpane 35—Hinge 47—Washer
12—Windshield Wiper 24—Seal 36—Screw 48—Nut

1. Remove parts (1—8). Disconnect wire leads and • Tighten cap screws (41) to specifications.
washer tube if equipped when removing wiper
motor (2). Specification 18
Door Hinge Cap Screws— 1810
Torque......................................................... 61 ± 12 N•m (45 ± 9 lb-ft) 7
2. Disassemble parts as shown.

3. Inspect for worn or damaged parts. Replace as

necessary.
• Depress and hold button on handle (14) while
installing cap screws (29).
NOTE: To replace windowpane (18 or 29), see
Remove and Install Windowpanes, this group.
5. Connect wire leads to wiper motor (2) and connect
washer tube (if equipped). Install parts (1—8).
To adjust door frame (39), see Adjust Door
Latches and Hinges, this group.

4. Assemble parts noting the following:

• Tighten nut (48) to specifications.

Specification
Door Latch Striker Nut—Torque ............... 65 ± 13 N•m (48 ± 10 lb-ft)

TX,18,QQ8290 –19–16NOV98–2/3

6. To install new door seal using adhesive, clean old seal

and adhesive from edge of door using rubbing alcohol.
New seal is supplied with adhesive tape along the
straight sections of the seal, no adhesive at corners
(A).
–UN–22DEC93

After seal is put on door, lightly sand corners of seal to

scuff surface. Apply multipurpose sealant adhesive to
seal and put seal in place.
T8147AK

TX,18,QQ8290 –19–16NOV98–3/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=439
 Operator Enclosure

Disassemble and Assemble Left Cab Door and Wiper Motor

18
1810
8

–UN–08OCT96
TP50444

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ8291 –19–02APR93–1/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=440
 Operator Enclosure

1—Wiper Motor 12—Seal 23—Nut 33—Snap Ring (2 used)

2—Plate 13—Cap Screw (2 used) 24—Plate 34—Spacer (3 used)
3—Pin (2 used) 14—Wiper Arm 25—Grommet 35—Hinge
4—Washer (2 used) 15—Washer (2 used) 26—Grommet 36—Washer (2 used)
5—Bushing (4 used) 16—Nut (2 used) 27—Handle 37—Striker
6—Hinge 17—Windshield Wiper 28—grommet 38—Washer
7—Cap Screw (4 used) 18—Washer (2 used) 29—Windowpane 39—Nut
8—Washer (6 used) 19—Wiper Blade 30—Grommet 40—Guard
9—Hinge 20—Shim (As Required) 31—Washer 41—Hinge
10—Screw (2 used) 21—Cap Screw (2 used) 32—Cap Screw (2 used) 42—Pad
11—Windowpane 22—Screw

1. Remove parts (1, 2, 10, and 14—16). Disconnect • Tighten cap screws (7, 13, and 21) to
wire leads and washer tube if equipped when specifications.
removing wiper motor (1).
Specification 18
Door Hinge Cap Screws— 1810
2. Disassemble parts as shown. 9
Torque......................................................... 61 ± 12 N•m (45 ± 9 lb-ft)

3. Inspect for worn or damaged parts. Replace as

necessary.
• Depress and hold button on handle (21) while
NOTE: To replace windowpane (11 or 29), see
installing cap screws (27).
Remove and Install Windowpanes, this group.
5. Connect wire leads to wiper motor (1) and connect
To adjust door frame (42), see Adjust Door
washer tube. Then, install parts (1, 2, 10, and 14—
Latches and Hinges, this group.
16).
4. Assemble parts noting the following:

• Tighten nut (39) to specifications.

Specification
Door Latch Striker Nut—Torque ............... 65 ± 13 N•m (48 ± 10 lb-ft)

TX,18,QQ8291 –19–02APR93–2/3

6. To install new door seal using adhesive, clean old seal

and adhesive from edge of door using rubbing alcohol.
New seal is supplied with adhesive tape along the
straight sections of the seal, no adhesive at corners
(A).
–UN–22DEC93

After seal is put on door, lightly sand corners of seal to

scuff surface. Apply multipurpose sealant adhesive to
seal and put seal in place.
T8147AK

TX,18,QQ8291 –19–02APR93–3/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=441
 Operator Enclosure

Adjust Cab Right Door Latch and Hinges

NOTE: Cab door is designed with a slight vertical bow.

Normally, top and bottom edges will contact cab
before center (latch side) edge. Door must be
pulled in at center (to flex the door slightly) to
latch it. Also, it takes more effort to latch right
door than left door.

1. Check door seal for proper compression. Seal (B)

should be evenly compressed around door to provide a
clearance of 10—12 mm (0.4—0.5 in.) between cab
frame (A) and door frame (C).
18

–UN–14APR93
1810
10
If excessive clearance exists only at center door area
(above console), see procedure in step 3; otherwise,
continue with step 2.

T7976BI
2. If excessive clearance (gap) exists from console to
near top of door, but NOT below console, adjust top
hinge to cab frame:

a. Loosen two cap screws connecting top hinge to cab

frame. Push against top of door and move top hinge
toward rear of machine. Tighten cap screws and
check clearance. If clearance now is only at center
area of door, go to step 3a.

NOTE: Hinge mounting holes are slotted to provide for

minor adjustments. Hinges attached to cab frame
have horizontal slotted holes which provide
forward and rearward adjustments. Hinges

–UN–08APR93
attached to door frame have vertical slotted holes
for upward and downward adjustments.

b. After adjusting hinges, tighten cap screws to

T7959AO
specifications.

Specification
Door Hinge Cap Screws—Torque..................... 61 ± 12 N•m (45 ± 9 lb-ft)

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ8292 –19–25MAY93–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=442
 Operator Enclosure

NOTE: It may be possible to view latch jaw engagement

with latch cover in place. If not, remove two
screws and washers to remove cover.

3. Adjust latch and striker pin:

a. If gap (C) between latch jaw ends (B) is

approximately 10 mm (0.4 in.), latch is only in first
detent position. Adjust latch to obtain second
(primary) detent position. Loosen striker pin (A) and
move it forward approximately 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
Tighten striker pin and check gap to make sure

–UN–08APR93
jaws are in second detent as described below. If
necessary, repeat until second detent engagement 18
1810
is obtained. 11

T7959AP
b. If gap (C) between latch jaw ends (B) is
approximately 1—2 mm (0.04—0.08 in.), latch is in
second (primary) detent position. To decrease
clearance at door center, loosen striker pin (A) and
move it rearward about 0.8 mm (0.03 in.). Tighten
striker pin and check clearance. If necessary, repeat
until clearance of 10—12 mm (0.4—0.5 in.) exists
between cab frame (A) and door frame (C).

c. After making adjustment, tighten striker pin nut to

specifications.

Specification
Door Latch Striker Nut—Torque...................... 65 ± 13 N•m (48 ± 10 lb-ft)

TX,18,QQ8292 –19–25MAY93–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-11 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=443
 Operator Enclosure

Adjust Cab Left Door Latch and Hinges

NOTE: Cab door is designed with a slight vertical bow.

Normally, top and bottom edges will contact cab
before center (latch side) edge. Door must be
pulled in at center (to flex the door slightly) to
latch it.

1. Check door seal for proper compression. Seal (B)

should be evenly compressed around door to provide a
clearance of 10—12 mm (0.4—0.5 in.) between cab
frame (A) and door frame (C).

18

–UN–14APR93
Specification
1810 Cab-to-Door Frame—Clearance ....................... 10—12 mm (0.4—0.5 in.)
12
If excessive clearance exists only at center door area, see
procedures in step 3; otherwise, continue with step 2.

T7976BI
2. If excessive clearance (gap) exists from latch to near
top of door, shim between hinge and cab frame:

• Loosen two cap screws connecting bottom hinge to

cab frame. Add 1—3 shims between hinge and cab
frame and install cap screws. Close door and check
clearance. If necessary, repeat until clearance of
10—12 mm (0.4—0.5 in.) is obtained between cab
frame (A) and door frame (C). If clearance now is
only at center area of door, go to step 3.

NOTE: Hinge mounting holes are slotted to provide for

minor adjustments. Hinges attached to cab frame

–UN–08APR93
have horizontal slotted holes for left to right
adjustments. Hinge sections attached to door
frame have vertical slotted holes for upward and
downward adjustments.

T7959AO
• After adjusting hinges, tighten cap screws to
specifications.

Specification
Door Hinge Cap Screws—Torque..................... 61 ± 12 N•m (45 ± 9 lb-ft)

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ8293 –19–25MAY93–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-12 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=444
 Operator Enclosure

NOTE: It may be possible to view latch jaw engagement

with latch cover in place. If not, remove two
screws and washers and move cover aside.

3. Adjust latch and striker pin:

• If gap (C) between latch jaw ends (B) is about 10

mm (0.4 in.), latch is only in first detent position.
Adjust latch to obtain second (primary) detent
position. Loosen striker pin (A) and move it forward
approximately 0.8 mm (0.03 in.). Then, tighten striker
pin and check gap to make sure jaws are in second

–UN–08APR93
detent as described below. If necessary, repeat until
second detent engagement is obtained. 18
1810
• If gap (C) between latch jaw ends (B) is about 1—2 13
mm (0.04—0.08 in.), latch is in second (primary)

T7959AP
detent position. To decrease clearance at door
center, loosen striker pin (A) and move it rearward
about 0.8 mm (0.03 in.). Then, tighten striker pin and
recheck clearance. If necessary, repeat until
clearance of 10—12 mm (0.4—0.5 in.) is obtained
between cab frame (A) and door frame (C).
• After making adjustment, tighten striker pin nut to
specifications.

Specification
Door Latch Striker Nut—Torque...................... 65 ± 13 N•m (48 ± 10 lb-ft)

TX,18,QQ8293 –19–25MAY93–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-13 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=445
 Operator Enclosure

Adjust Cab Door Handle Screw

NOTE: If door handle is replaced, the door handle screw

will require adjustment.

1. Install adjusting screw (A) and lock nut (B). Install

–UN–15JUL94
screw until the distance (C) from the lock to the top of
the screw is to dimension indicated.

Specification

T8288BH
Left Door Handle Screw—
Adjustment Length............................................................. 38 mm (1.5 in.)
Right Door Handle Screw—
Adjustment Length............................................................. 46 mm (1.8 in.)
18
1810
14 IMPORTANT: The lock may be permanently damaged
if correct procedure is not followed
when lock nut is tightened.

2. With the lock mechanism unlocked, push button fully.

Tighten lock nut to specifications. Check dimension
again after lock nut is tightened.

Specification
Door Latch Lock Nut—Torque ......................................... 9 N•m (80 lb-in.)

3. Install handle and check operation of lock. If further

adjustment is required, push button fully before
loosening lock nut.

TX,18,QQ8294 –19–28JUL94–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-14 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=446
 Operator Enclosure

18
1810
15

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-15 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=447
 Operator Enclosure

Disassemble and Assemble Cab Side Windows

18
1810
16

–UN–14FEB97
T107252

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ8295 –19–24MAY91–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-16 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=448
 Operator Enclosure

1—Hinge (4 used) 8—Bumper (8 used) 15—Isolator (2 used) 22—Screw (12 used)

2—Bushing (8 used) 9—Window 16—Knob (2 used) 23—Washer (12 used)
3—Window 10—Washer (2 used) 17—Washer (2 used) 24—Angle (4 used)
4—Self-Locking Screw (10 11—Bushing (2 used) 18—Window 25—Washer (16 used)
used) 12—Window 19—Guard (2 used) 26—washer (8 used)
5—Washer (2 used) 13—Cap Screw (8 used) 20—Washer (2 used) 27—Washer (8 used)
6—Washer (2 used) 14—Isolator (2 used) 21—Lock Nut (2 used) 28—Lock Nut (8 used)
7—Latch (8 used)

1. Disassemble parts as shown. 4. Tighten cap screw (4).

2. Inspect for worn or damaged parts. Replace if Specification

Cap Screw-to-Latch—Torque .................................... 3 N•m (26 lb-in.)
necessary.

3. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (low 5. Assemble parts. 18
strength) to threads of cap screw (4). 1810
17

TX,18,QQ8295 –19–24MAY91–2/2

Adjust Cab Side Windows

1. Close window and lock using latch (B).

2. Check for even compression of seal (A).

–UN–19APR93
3. Open window. Bend striker (C) to obtain correct
compression of seal.

T7976BD
TX,18,QQ8296 –19–13APR93–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-17 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=449
 Operator Enclosure

Disassemble and Assemble Upper Rear Window and Wiper Motor

18
1810
18

–UN–11NOV98
TP57968

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ8297 –19–01NOV99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-18 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=450
 Operator Enclosure

1—Screw 13—Bushing (3 used) (S.N. 21—Wiper Arm 32—Washer (4 used)

2—Washer 853621— ) 22—Isolator 33—Nut (4 used)
3—Washer 14—Washer (10 used) 23—Bumper (2 used) 34—Washer
4—Nut 15—Lock Nut (10 used) 24—Cap Screw (2 used) 35—Tie Band
5—Washer 16— Old Guide (S.N. — 25—Cover 36—Washer (2 used)
6—Window 853674), New Guide (S.N. 26—Nut 37—Seal
7—Screw (13 used) 853675— ) 27—Washer 38—Spacer
8—Ball Stud (4 used) 17—Cap Screw (4 used) 28—Washer 39—Gasket
9—Washer (4 used) 18—Washer (4 used) 29—Washer 40—Hinge
10—Nut (4 used) 19—Latch (2 used) 30—Wiper Motor 41—Wiper Blade Kit
11—Cylinder (2 used) 20—Windshield Wiper 31—Cap Screw (4 used) 42—Latch
12—Cap Screw (10 used)

1. Disassemble parts as shown. just enough clearance with the window to allow it to
slide freely.
2. Inspect for worn or damaged parts. Replace if 18
1810
necessary. 4. Assemble parts. Torque rear window latch to cab 19
frame with screw (17) to specifications.
3. With New Guides (16) above (S.N. 853675— )
adjust the guides so the top of the guide is 6 mm Specification
Rear Window Latch to Cab
(1/4 in.) below the lock/latch mechanism of the
Frame—Torque .................................... 24 ± 2.5 N•m (212 ± 22 lb-in.)
upper window. Adjust them side-to-side to provide

TX,18,QQ8297 –19–01NOV99–2/2

Adjust Upper Rear Window

1. Adjust latches (A) to hold window up by loosening cap

screws (B) and moving latch up or down. Tighten cap
screws after proper latch engagement is obtained.

–UN–19APR93
2. Open upper window and lock open using latches (A).

3. Align window to window opening by loosening screws

(C) and moving window left or right. Tighten screws

T7976BE
after checking alignment.
–UN–19APR93
T7976BF

TX,18,QQ8298 –19–13APR93–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-19 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=451
 Operator Enclosure

Disassemble and Assemble Lower Rear Windows

18
1810
20

–UN–23SEP98
T117367

1—Cap Screw (4 used) 9—Rear Window 16—Windowpane 23—Windowpane

2—Lever (2 used) 10—Support 17—Seal 24—Door
3—Spring (2 used) 11—Guide 18—Windowpane 25—Windowpane
4—Pin (2 used) 12—Guide 19—Windowpane 26—Seal (2 used)
5—Latch 13—Rear Lower Window 20—Door 27—Washer (6 used)
6—Lock Nut (9 used) 14—Stand-Off (12 used) 21—Seal 28—Lock Nut (6 used)
7—Latch 15—Sealant (As required) 22—Windowpane 29—Cap Screw (6 used)
8—Cap Screw (5 used)

1. Disassemble parts as shown.

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ8299 –19–24MAY91–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-20 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=452
 Operator Enclosure

2. Inspect for worn or damaged parts. Replace if 3. Assemble parts.

necessary.

NOTE: To replace windowpanes, see Remove and

Install Windowpanes in this group.

TX,18,QQ8299 –19–24MAY91–2/2
18
1810
Adjust Lower Rear Window 21

NOTE: Slotted holes in guides (A) provide for vertical and

slight horizontal adjustments.

Adjust lower window guide (A) by loosening three nuts

(B). Move guide until latch pin engages in guide hole (C)
and window evenly compresses seal. Repeat for other
side. Tighten all nuts after correct alignment is obtained.

–UN–19APR93
T7976BG
TX,18,QQ8300 –19–13APR93–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-21 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=453
 Operator Enclosure

Remove and Install Windowpanes

NOTE: Use this procedure to replace all door 1. Purchase urethane adhesive from your local auto
windowpanes and lower rear cab windowpane glass dealer.

IMPORTANT: Use Quick Cure Primerless 2. If window frame is removable, remove frame from
Autoglass Windshield Sealant or cab.
equivalent to hold windowpanes in
place. DO NOT use any other type of 3. Scrape broken glass off existing adhesive. DO NOT
adhesive other than a urethane. It is remove adhesive from window frame or cab.
also recommended that an auto
glass dealer install the 4. Trim existing adhesive so it has a smooth surface.
windowpanes.
18 5. Apply a 12.5 mm (1/2 in.) bead of adhesive on top
1810
22
Windowpanes must have an of the existing adhesive.
ultraviolet barrier around the edge of
the glass since ultraviolet rays will 6. Put a new windowpane into position. Use light hand
deteriorate the adhesive. pressure to force windowpane down around the
Windowpanes ordered through John edges until even with metal frame. DO NOT over
Deere Parts have the ultraviolet press adhesive.
barrier. If the windowpane is
purchased through a glass dealer, 7. If windowpane is installed directly on cab, use tape
the dealer must put an ultraviolet to hold it in place while adhesive cures.
barrier on the glass. DO NOT apply
paint to the border of the glass. 8. Allow adhesive to cure for 24 hours before
operating machine.
If an auto glass dealer is not installing the
windowpanes, use the following procedure:

TX,18,QQ8301 –19–17OCT94–1/1

Remove and Install Headliner

NOTE: If machine does NOT have a radio, go to step 3.

1. Remove screws (2 and 3) from radio and trim panel.

–UN–10SEP96

2. Remove radio with trim panel and disconnect antenna

cable and wire harness.
T103633B

3. Remove mirror assembly (4).

1—Front Headliner
2—Screw (2 used)
3—Screw (7 used)
4—Mirror Assembly

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ8302 –19–05FEB94–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-22 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=454
 Operator Enclosure

18
1810
23

–19–27JAN97
T106887
Headliner Hardware

1—Rear Headliner 5—Retainer (4 used) 8—Screw (2 used) 12—Rivet

2—Front Headliner 6—Self-Locking Screw (6 9—Self-Locking Screw 13—Cable
3—Washer used) 10—Washer 14—Bolt
4—Dome Light 7—Cap (7 used) 11—Kit

4. Remove side brackets, and disconnect wire 7. Install rear headliner (1).
harness from dome light.
8. Install front headliner (2).
5. Remove front headliner (2).
9. Install rear view mirror.
6. Remove screw at rear side of rear headliner (1) to
remove headliner. 10. Install radio with trim panel if equipped.

TX,18,QQ8302 –19–05FEB94–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-23 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=455
 Operator Enclosure

Remove and Install Cab Roof

18
1810
24

–UN–02JUL96
TP50437

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ8303 –19–16NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-24 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=456
 Operator Enclosure

1—Roof 4—Washer (10 used) 6—Cap screw 8—Washer

2—Plug 5—Cap Screw (10 used) 7—Cap Screw 9—Bracket
3—Isolator

1. Remove cab roof as shown. Specification

Cab Roof Cap Screws—Torque ........... 6.78 + 0 – 1.5 N•m (60 + 0 –
12.2 lb-in.)
2. Inspect for worn or damaged parts. Replace if
necessary.

3. Install cab roof. Tighten cap screw (5) to

specifications.

TX,18,QQ8303 –19–16NOV98–2/2
18
1810
25

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-25 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=457
 Operator Enclosure

18
1810
26

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1810-26 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=458
 Group 1821
Seat and Seat Belt
Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Seat Assembly Weight 54 kg (118 lb)

Tether Belt-to-Heater/Blower Cover Torque 50 N•m (37 lb-ft)

Cap Screws

CED,TX03399,5851 –19–10DEC99–1/1
18
1821
Remove and Install Seat Assembly 1

1. Remove four cap screws from seat base (B).

2. Remove two cap screws from heater/blower cover (A)

to remove tether belts.

–UN–14MAY91
CAUTION: Seat assembly weighs approximately
54 kg (118 lb).

T7530AG
Specification
Seat Assembly—Weight ....................................................... 54 kg (118 lb)

3. Use a lifting device and remove seat assembly with

seat belts through rear of cab.

4. Inspect parts. Replace as necessary.

5. Install seat assembly using lifting device through rear

of cab.

6. Install four cap screws to seat base (B).

7. Install two cap screws through tether

belt-to-heater/blower cover (A). Tighten to
specifications.

Specification
Tether Belt-to-Heater/Blower
Cover Cap Screws—Torque ........................................... 50 N•m (37 lb-ft)

TX,18,QQ8305 –19–31JAN97–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1821-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=459
 Seat and Seat Belt

Disassemble and Assemble Seat, Belt, and Arm Rest

18
1821
2

–19–14FEB97
T107254

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ8306 –19–16NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1821-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=460
 Seat and Seat Belt

1—Cushion 11—Plate 20—Bolt (2 used) 29—Nut (4 used)

2—Cushion 12—Screw (2 used) 21—Seat Belt 30—Cap Screw
3—Plate 13—Lever 22—Washer (4 used) 31—Lock Nut
4—Plate 14—Knob 23—Cap Screw (2 used) 32—Plate
5—Arm Rest 15—Screw 24—Cover 33—Washer
6—Arm Rest 16—Spring 25—Cover 34—Nut (3 used)
7—Bracket 17—Latch 26—Cap Screw (6 used) 35—Cap Screw
8—Screw (2 used) 18—Spacer (3 used) 27—Spacer (2 used) 36—Nut
9—Washer (2 used) 19—Plate 28—Washer (4 used) 37—Spring
10—Plate

1. Disassemble parts as shown. Specification

Tether Belt-to-Heater/Blower
Cover Cap Screws—Torque..................................... 50 N•m (37 lb-ft)
2. Inspect for worn or damaged parts.
18
3. Assemble parts. Tighten cap screw (26) to 1821
specifications. 3

TX,18,QQ8306 –19–16NOV98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1821-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=461
 Seat and Seat Belt

Disassemble and Assemble Seat Slide, Swivel, and Lumbar Control Levers

18
1821
4

–UN–14FEB97
T107255

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ8307 –19–16NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1821-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=462
 Seat and Seat Belt

1—Paddle 9—Spring Pin 16—Spring Pin 24—Cap Screw (2 used)

2—Spring 10—Seat Back 17—Bracket 25—Plate
3—Nail (2 used) 11—Shaft 18—Cap Screw 26—Control Lever
4—Spring Pin 12—Spring 19—Spring 27—Control Lever
5—Cam 13—Snap Ring 20—Washer (2 used) 28—Washer (2 used)
6—Lumbar Adjuster Kit 14—Slide Latch Spring 21—Snap Ring 29—Nut (2 used)
7—Knob Assembly 22—Slide Control Kit 30—Pan
8—Knob 15—Latch 23—Bolt (3 used)

1. Disassemble parts as shown. 3. Assemble parts.

2. Inspect for worn or damaged parts.

18
1821
5

TX,18,QQ8307 –19–16NOV98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1821-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=463
 Seat and Seat Belt

Disassemble and Assemble Seat Swivel and Latch

18
1821
6

–UN–14FEB97
T107256

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ8308 –19–30JAN97–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1821-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=464
 Seat and Seat Belt

1—Clip 6—Shaft 11—Washer (4 used) 16—Bolt (5 used)

2—Lock Plate 7—Top Swivel Plate 12—Lock Nut (4 used) 17—Tray
3—Spring 8—Retainer 13—Plate 18—Swivel Latch Assembly
4—Slide Puck and Cap Screw 9—Ball Bearing (24 used) 14—Plate 19—Swivel Assembly
5—Snap Ring (2 used) 10—Cap Screw (4 used) 15—Plate 20—Platform

1. Disassemble parts as shown. 3. Assemble parts.

2. Inspect for worn or damaged parts.

TX,18,QQ8308 –19–30JAN97–2/2
18
1821
7

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1821-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=465
 Seat and Seat Belt

Disassemble and Assemble Seat Suspension and Shock Absorber

18
1821
8

–UN–14FEB97
T107257

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ8309 –19–30JAN97–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1821-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=466
 Seat and Seat Belt

1—Pad 10—Scissor Frame 19—Adjusting Knob 28—Upper Tray

2—Spring 11—Bar 20—Spring Pin 29—Lower Tray
3—Shock Absorber Assembly 12—Plug (25 used) 21—Suspension Assembly 30—Gear
4—Shock Absorber 13—Boot 22—Tether Belt (2 used) 31—Plate
5—Bushing (2 used) 14—Washer 23—Washer (2 used) 32—Tether Belt Assembly
6—Bearing/Bushing Assembly 15—Isolator (2 sued) 24—Lock Nut (2 used) 33—Cap Screw (2 used)
7—Bushing (4 used) 16—Gear 25—Cap Screw (2 used) 34—Washer (2 used)
8—Bar 17—Angle 26—Washer (2 used)
9—End 18—Adjusting Knob Assembly 27—Seat Position Sensor
Assembly

1. Disassemble parts as shown. 3. Assemble parts.

2. Inspect for worn or damaged parts.

18
1821
9

TX,18,QQ8309 –19–30JAN97–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1821-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=467
 Seat and Seat Belt

Disassemble and Assemble Seat Base and Support

18
1821
10

–UN–14FEB97
T107258

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ8310 –19–16NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1821-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=468
 Seat and Seat Belt

1—Seat Position Sensor 5—Adjuster 9—Base 13—Lock Nut (2 used)

Assembly 6—Cap Screw (11 used) 10—Plate 14—Washer (2 used)
2—Link 7—Washer (11 used) 11—Grommet 15—Cap Screw (2 used)
3—Spring 8—Cap Screw (4 used) 12—Tether Belt (2 used) 16—Tether Belt Assembly
4—Height Adjuster Assembly

1. Disassemble parts as shown. Specification

Tether Belt-to-Heater/Blower
Cover Cap Screws—Torque..................................... 50 N•m (37 lb-ft)
2. Inspect for worn or damaged parts.

3. Assemble parts. Tighten cap screw (6) to

specifications.

18
1821
11

TX,18,QQ8310 –19–16NOV98–2/2

Disassemble and Assemble Air Seat

Suspension (If Equipped)

NOTE: For seat cushion, seat support, and swivel/slider

plate repair, see procedures in Standard
Suspension Seat in this group.

1. Lift front of seat cushion (2) to access seat base

mounting hardware.

2. Remove nuts and washers (1) to remove seat base

assembly (3).

1—Nuts and Washers (6 used)

2—Seat Cushion
3—Seat Base Assembly

–UN–11FEB99
T120001B

Continued on next page TX, –19–02NOV99–1/11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1821-11 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=469
 Seat and Seat Belt

3. While holding latch (5) down, move plate (1) to

rearmost position.

4. Remove the two front nuts and washers (2). Push latch
(6) and rotate plate (1) to access and remove the two
rear nuts and washers (2).

–UN–14FEB99
5. Remove the swivel/slide assembly.

6. While holding latch (5) down, move plate (1) forward

T120002B
and remove from swivel/slide assembly.

7. Remove 32 plastic fasteners (3) to remove boot (4).

18
1821
12 1—Slide Plate
2—Nuts and Washers (4 used)
3—Plastic Fasteners (Plugs) (32 used)
4—Boot
5—Slide Latch
6—Swivel Latch
7—Swivel-Stop Plate

TX, –19–02NOV99–2/11

8. Remove wiring connector (1).

9. Remove cap screws (2) and swivel stop plate (3).

1—Air Compressor Wiring Connector

–UN–14FEB99
2—Cap Screws (4 used)
3—Swivel-Stop Plate
4—Upper Suspension Tray

T120004B

Continued on next page TX, –19–02NOV99–3/11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1821-12 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=470
 Seat and Seat Belt

10. Disconnect wiring connectors (1).

11. Remove cap screws (2) and switch (3).

12. Disconnect wire harness (9) and remove switch (8).

13. Remove cap screws (6) and switch bracket (7).

14. Remove lock nut (10) and upper pivot shaft (11).

15. Remove upper tray (12) by lifting and moving the tray
forward until rollers (13) clear roller channel (14).

18

–UN–14FEB99
1—Wiring Connector (2 used) 1821
2—Cap Screws (2 used) 13
3—Seat Position Switch
4—Swivel-Stop Plate
5—Swivel Stop

T120005B
6—Cap Screws (2 used)
7—Switch Bracket
8—Air Control Switch
9—Wire Harness
10—Lock Nut
11—Upper Pivot Shaft
12—Upper Suspension Tray
13—Roller (4 used)
14—Roller Channel

Continued on next page TX, –19–02NOV99–4/11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1821-13 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=471
 Seat and Seat Belt

16. Remove fitting (4) and elbow (5).

17. Remove upper and lower cap screws (3) and air bag
(10).

18. Remove lock nut (1) and lower pivot shaft (2).

–UN–14FEB99
19. Remove scissor frame assembly (9) by turning and
lifting assembly until rollers (6) clear the roller channel
(7).

T120006B
1—Lock Nut
2—Lower Pivot Shaft
18 3—Air Bag Mount Cap Screw (2 used)
1821 4—Fitting
14 5—Elbow Fitting
6—Roller
7—Roller Channel
8—Lower Suspension Tray
9—Scissor Frame Assembly
10—Air Bag

TX, –19–02NOV99–5/11

20. Inspect parts (1—14). Replace if necessary.

21. Clean all bushings, rollers, and pivots. Lubricate with

multi-purpose grease.

22. Assemble parts as shown.

1—Line Fitting
2—Air Line
3—Air Compressor
4—Cap Screw (2 used)
5—Roller (4 used)
6—Bushing (4 used)
7—Tether Belt (2 used)
8—Shock Absorber
–UN–14FEB99

9—Retainer Clip
10—Spacer/Bushing
11—Spacer
12—Bushing
T120007B

13—Bumper and Cap Screw (2 used)

14—Scissor Frame Assembly

Continued on next page TX, –19–02NOV99–6/11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1821-14 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=472
 Seat and Seat Belt

23. Install scissor frame assembly (9) onto lower tray (8)
by inserting rollers (6) into roller channel (7).

24. Install lower pivot shaft (2) and lock nut (1).

25. Put a wood block between scissor frame arm and

–UN–14FEB99
lower tray to hold scissor frame in the raised position.

26. Install air bag (10) and cap screws (3). Be careful not
to over tighten cap screws.

T120006B
27. Install elbow fitting (5) and line fitting (4).

1—Lock Nut 18
2—Lower Pivot Shaft 1821
3—Air Bag Mount Cap Screw (2 used) 15
4—Fitting
5—Elbow Fitting
6—Roller
7—Roller Channel
8—Lower Suspension Tray
9—Scissor Frame Assembly
10—Air Bag

Continued on next page TX, –19–02NOV99–7/11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1821-15 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=473
 Seat and Seat Belt

28. Install upper tray (12) on the scissor frame by

inserting rollers (13) into roller channel (14). Install
pivot shaft (11) and lock nut (10).

29. Install switch bracket (7) and cap screws (6).

30. Install air control switch (8) and connect wire harness
(9).

31. Install seat position switch (3) and cap screws (2).

32. Connect wiring connectors (1).

18

–UN–14FEB99
1821 1—Wiring Connector (2 used)
16 2—Cap Screws (2 used)
3—Seat Position Switch
4—Swivel-Stop Plate
5—Swivel Stop

T120005B
6—Cap Screws (2 used)
7—Switch Bracket
8—Air Control Switch
9—Wire Harness
10—Lock Nut
11—Upper Pivot Shaft
12—Upper Suspension Tray
13—Roller (4 used)
14—Roller Channel

TX, –19–02NOV99–8/11

33. Install swivel-stop plate (3) and cap screws (2). Be

careful not to crush wires or connectors.

34. Connect air compressor wire connector (1). –UN–14FEB99

1—Air Compressor Wiring Connector

2—Cap Screws (4 used)
3—Swivel-Stop Plate
4—Upper Suspension Tray
T120004B

Continued on next page TX, –19–02NOV99–9/11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1821-16 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=474
 Seat and Seat Belt

35. Fasten boot (4) to upper tray using 32 plastic

fasteners (3).

36. While holding latch (5) down, install slide plate (1)
onto swivel plate assembly.

–UN–14FEB99
37. Install swivel/slide assembly to swivel-stop plate (7).
Fasten with four nuts and washers (2).

T120002B
1—Slide Plate
2—Nuts and Washers (4 used)
3—Plastic Fasteners (Plugs) (32 used)
4—Boot
5—Slide Latch 18
6—Swivel Latch 1821
7—Swivel-Stop Plate 17

TX, –19–02NOV99–10/11

38. Install cushion base assembly (3) to slide plate using

nuts and washers (1).

39. Install seat cushion (2).

1—Nuts and Washers (6 used)

2—Seat Cushion
3—Cushion Base Assembly

–UN–11FEB99
T120001B

TX, –19–02NOV99–11/11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1821-17 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=475
 Seat and Seat Belt

18
1821
18

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1821-18 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=476
 Group 1830
Heating and Air Conditioning
Essential Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5852 –19–10DEC99–1/8

18
1830
Charging Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT020461 1

Used for servicing air conditioning systems using R134a

refrigerant.

–UN–17AUG92
1
Used with JT02050 Recovery/Recycling Station. JT02047

RW21595
Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station can be substituted for
JT02046 and JT02050.
CED,TX03399,5852 –19–10DEC99–2/8

RW19932 –UN–19MAY92

Compressor Clutch Spanner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG747

Used to hold clutch hub while removing shaft bolt.

CED,TX03399,5852 –19–10DEC99–3/8

Schrader Valve Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT02130

–UN–03JAN95

Used to replace Schrader valve in compressor manifold

T8389AF

CED,TX03399,5852 –19–10DEC99–4/8

R40105 –UN–23AUG88

Compressor Seal and Clutch Repair Kit . . . . . . JDG215

Used to remove and install air conditioning seal and clutch

components on A/C compressor.

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5852 –19–10DEC99–5/8

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=477
 Heating and Air Conditioning
RW19943 –UN–19MAY92

Lip Seal Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG746

Protect gasket during installation of shaft.

CED,TX03399,5852 –19–10DEC99–6/8

R134a Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging

Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT020451

Removes and recharges refrigerant from the system.

–UN–04NOV96
18
1830
2

T103573
1
JT02050 Recovery/Recycling Station and JT02046 Charging Station can
be substituted for the JT02045 Station.
CED,TX03399,5852 –19–10DEC99–7/8

Schrader Valve Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT02130

–UN–03JAN95
Use to replace Schrader valve in A/C high and low
pressure switches

T8389AF

CED,TX03399,5852 –19–10DEC99–8/8

Service Equipment and Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5853 –19–10DEC99–1/8

Bench Mounted Holding Fixture . . . . . . . . . . D01006AA

Mount removed air compressor.

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5853 –19–10DEC99–2/8

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=478
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Compressor Holding Fixture1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . DFRW20

Mount removed air compressor.

1
See Dealer Fabricated Tools in Group 1899 for instructions to make
tool.
CED,TX03399,5853 –19–10DEC99–3/8
18
1830
Puller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG220 3

Remove compressor pulley.

CED,TX03399,5853 –19–10DEC99–4/8

Jaws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG748

Remove compressor pulley.

CED,TX03399,5853 –19–10DEC99–5/8

Forcing Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG771

Remove compressor pulley.

CED,TX03399,5853 –19–10DEC99–6/8

A/C Service Fitting Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT05419

Use to connect test equipment.

CED,TX03399,5853 –19–10DEC99–7/8

Electronic A/C Leak Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT02081

Use to detect A/C refrigerant leaks.

CED,TX03399,5853 –19–10DEC99–8/8

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=479
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Other Material

Number Name Use

NA (U.S.) Refrigerant R134a To charge air conditioning system.

TY22025 (U.S.) (U.S.) R134a Compressor Oil (8.5 oz.) Lubricate R134a air conditioning
system.

CED,TX03399,5854 –19–10DEC99–1/1
18
1830
4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=480
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Compressor Hub Retaining Nut Torque 14 N•m (120 lb-in.)

Pulley-to-Clutch Hub Clearance 0.35—0.65 mm (0.014—0.026 in.)

Clutch Shaft Bolt Torque 14 N•m (120 lb-in.)

Manifold Cap Screw Torque 26 N•m (19 lb-ft)

Compressor Through Bolts (S.N. Torque 26 N•m (19 lb-ft)

558325— ) or (S.N. 559115— ) 18
1830
5
New A/C Compressor (System Volume 230 ± 20 mL (7.8 ± 0.7 fl oz)
Completely Flushed)

A/C System w/o Compressor Volume 80 mL (2.7 fl oz)

(System Completely Flushed)

Used A/C Compressor (System Volume 310 ± 20 mL (10.5 ± 0.7 fl oz)

Completely Flushed)

New A/C Compressor (System Not Volume Drain and return 45 mL (1.5 fl oz).
Flushed)

Used A/C Compressor; Drained Only Volume Drain and return 45 mL (1.5 fl oz)
(System Not Flushed)

Used A/C Compressor; Drained and Volume 60 mL (2.0 fl oz)

Flushed (System Not Flushed)

Evaporator Volume 130 mL (4.4 fl oz)

Condenser Volume 65 mL (2.2 fl oz)

Receiver/Dryer Volume 30 mL (1.0 fl oz)

Hoses Volume 60 mL (2.0 fl oz)

A/C Freeze Switch Probe Depth 228 ± 1 mm (9 ± 1 in.)

CED,TX03399,5855 –19–10DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=481
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Proper Refrigerant Handling

The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency prohibits refrigerant oils intended for use with
discharge of any refrigerant into the atmosphere, and R12 refrigerant.
requires that refrigerant be recovered using the
approved recovery equipment. Recovery, recycling, and charging stations for R12 and
R134a refrigerants MUST NOT be interchanged.
IMPORTANT: Use correct Refrigerant Systems containing R12 refrigerant use a different oil
Recovery/Recycling and Charging than systems using R134a. Certain seals are not
Stations. DO NOT use refrigerant, compatible with both types of refrigerants.
hoses, fittings, components, or

18
1830
6

TX,9031,QQ2009 –19–19AUG94–1/1

R134a Refrigerant Cautions

DO NOT heat refrigerant over 52°C (125°F) in

CAUTION: DO NOT allow liquid refrigerant to
a closed container. Heated refrigerant will
contact eyes or skin. Liquid refrigerant will
develop high pressure which can burst the
freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear
container. Keep refrigerant containers away
goggles, gloves and protective clothing.
from heat sources. Store refrigerant in a cool
place.
If liquid refrigerant contacts eyes or skin, DO
NOT rub the area. Splash large amounts of
DO NOT handle damp refrigerant container
COOL water on affected area. Go to a
with your bare hands. Skin may freeze to
physician or hospital immediately for
container. Wear gloves.
treatment.
If skin freezes to container, pour COOL
DO NOT allow refrigerant to contact open
water over container to free the skin. Go to a
flames or very hot surfaces such as electric
physician or hospital immediately for
welding arc, electric heating element and
treatment.
lighted smoking materials.

TX,9031,HH1465 –19–19AUG94–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=482
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Refrigerant Hoses and Tubing Inspection

When a component is disconnected from the system,

special care should be given to inspecting hoses and
tubing for moisture, grease, dirt, rust, or other foreign
material. If such contamination is present in hoses, tubing
or fittings and cannot be removed by cleaning, replace
parts.

Fittings that have grease or dirt on them should be wiped

clean with a cloth dampened with alcohol. Chlorinated
solvents (such as trichloroethylene) are contaminants, and
must not be used for cleaning.
18
1830
To assist in making leak-proof joints, use a small amount 7
of clean, correct viscosity refrigerant oil on all hose and
tube connections. Dip O-rings in correct viscosity oil
before assembling.

IMPORTANT: Hose used for air conditioning systems

contains special barriers in its walls to
prevent migration of refrigerant gas.

DO NOT use hydraulic hoses as

replacement hoses in the air
conditioning system. Use ONLY
certified hose meeting SAE J51B
requirements.

TX,18,RB745 –19–20APR98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=483
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Refrigerant Theory of Operation

18
1830
8

–19–20OCT97
T7828AX
A—Compressor E—Condenser I—Expansion Valve L—Blowers
B—Low Pressure Switch F—Engine Fan J—Low Pressure Liquid M—Clutch Cycle Switch
C—High Pressure Switch G—High Pressure Liquid K—Evaporator N—Low Pressure Gas
D—High Pressure Gas H—Receiver/Dryer

The compressor (A) draws low pressure gas (N) from the refrigerant causes it to condense and it leaves the
the evaporator (K) and compresses it into high condenser (E) as a high pressure liquid (G). The high
pressure gas (D). Increasing the pressure of the pressure liquid flows into the receiver/dryer (H) where
refrigerant causes its boiling point to rise to a moisture and contaminants are removed.
temperature higher than the outside air temperature.
The refrigerant flows from the receiver/dryer (H) to the
High pressure gas (D) leaves the compressor (A) and expansion valve (I). The expansion valve (I) is a
passes through two switches (B and C). These variable orifice used to cause a pressure and
switches monitor refrigerant pressure. Should the temperature drop in the refrigerant, causing refrigerant
pressure become too great or too small, either the high to vaporize. The expansion valve (I) is one of the
or low pressure switch will open and stop the dividing lines between the high side and low side of
compressor, interrupting the cycle. the air conditioning system. At this point in the system,
the high pressure/high temperature liquid is sprayed
As the high pressure gas flows through the condenser into the evaporator (K) where it changes and becomes
(E), the engine fan (F) draws air through the a gas.
condenser core which cools the refrigerant. Cooling

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ8317 –19–04NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=484
 Heating and Air Conditioning

The expansion valve diaphragm is activated by expansion valve variable orifice to decrease in size,
sensing temperature and pressure within the valve restricting refrigerant flow. If the evaporator outlet
body. The internal bulb senses the evaporator outlet or temperature is too warm, the orifice will increase in
discharge temperature and pressure of refrigerant as it size, allowing more refrigerant into evaporator.
passes through the valve back to the low pressure or
suction side of the compressor. If evaporator (K) temperature becomes too low, the
clutch cycle switch (M) will interrupt current flow to the
If too much refrigerant is flowing into evaporator, the compressor clutch coil, stopping system operation until
liquid refrigerant will still be evaporating as it leaves the temperature becomes normal, between – 0.6°C
the evaporator, causing a low temperature at the (31°F) and 4.5°C (40°F).
evaporator outlet. The low temperature causes the

18
1830
9

TX,18,QQ8317 –19–04NOV98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=485
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Remove and Install Air Conditioning Compressor

–UN–07JAN97
18
1830
10

T106008C
A—Belt G—O-Ring K—Clamp O—Nut
B—Compressor H—O-Ring L—Compressor Harness P—Strap
C—Cap Screw (4 used) I—Hose (Compressor to M—Clamp Q—Cap Screw
D—Washer (9 used) Condenser) N—Cap Screw R—Lock Washer
E—Ground Wire J—Nut (3 used)
F—Hose (Compressor to
Suction Line at Expansion
Valve)

1. Recover refrigerant from the system. (See 6. Install compressor using cap screws (C).
procedure in this group.)
7. Install belt (A).
2. Disconnect ground wire (E), lines (F and I).
8. Install a new receiver/dryer.
3. Remove belt (A).
9. Evacuate and charge the system. (See procedure
4. Remove cap screws (C). in this group.)

5. Repair or replace compressor.

TX,18,QQ8318 –19–09NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=486
 Heating and Air Conditioning

R134a Compressor Oil Removal

1. Remove air conditioning compressor from machine.

(See Remove and Install Air Conditioning Compressor
in this group.)

2. Remove inlet/outlet manifold from compressor, and

clutch dust cover.

3. Drain oil into graduated container while rotating

compressor shaft.

4. Record measured oil and discard oil properly.

18
1830
5. Fill with new oil. See R134a Component Oil Charge in 11
this group.

6. Install air conditioning compressor. (See Remove and

Install Air Conditioning Compressor in this group.)

TX,1830,DT424 –19–05NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-11 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=487
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Disassemble and Assemble Compressor

Clutch

18

–UN–24JUN92
1830
12

RW21157

–UN–29APR98
T114965

A—JDG747 Compressor C—Clutch Hub E—Pulley G—Clutch Coil

Clutch Spanner D—Pulley Snap Ring F—Clutch Coil Snap Ring H—Shims
B—Clutch Shaft Bolt

Continued on next page CED,OUO1017,60 –19–09NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-12 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=488
 Heating and Air Conditioning

1. Mount compressor on D01006AA Bench Mounted NOTE: The bearing in the pulley is NOT serviceable.
Holding Fixture or DFRW20 Compressor Holding
Fixture1 using two 6 in. x 1/4 in. eye bolts with nuts 7. Check pulley bearing operation. Replace pulley and
as illustrated. bearing as required.

2. Remove dust cover. 8. Install the clutch coil and new snap ring with flat
side of the snap ring down. Connect the clutch coil
3. Hold the clutch hub using JDG747 Compressor lead wire.
Clutch Spanner (A) and remove the clutch shaft bolt
(B). 9. Install the pulley and new snap ring with the flat
side of the snap ring down. Apply grease to the
4. Remove the clutch hub (C). Remove the shims (H) shims (H) and install to the clutch hub.
from the clutch hub and save for installation.
10. Install clutch hub and shaft bolt and tighten. 18
1830
5. Remove and discard snap ring (D). Remove the 13
pulley (E) using a plastic hammer or JDG220 Specification
Puller, JDG748 Jaws and JDG771 Forcing Screw. Compressor Hub Retaining
Nut—Torque .......................................................... 14 N•m (120 lb-in.)

6. Disconnect the clutch coil lead wire. Remove and

discard the snap ring (F) and remove the clutch coil
(G).

1
See Dealer Fabricated Tools in Group 1899 for instructions to make
tool.
CED,OUO1017,60 –19–09NOV98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-13 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=489
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Check Clutch Hub Clearance

NOTE: The clutch coil is NOT polarity sensitive.

1. Check pulley-to-clutch hub clearance using a dial

indicator. Mount the gauge to the pulley as illustrated
and connect a set of jumper wires from the compressor
to a 12V battery.

2. Rotate the pulley and check clearance in three equally

spaced locations around the clutch hub. Correct
clearance is per specification. Add or remove shims as
required.
18
1830 Specification
14 Pulley-to-Clutch Hub—Clearance........ 0.35—0.65 mm (0.014—0.026 in.)

3. Tighten clutch shaft bolt to specification after correct

clearance is obtained.

Specification

–UN–24JUN92
Clutch Shaft Bolt—Torque............................................ 14 N•m (120 lb-in.)

RW21159
CED,OUO1017,61 –19–05NOV98–1/1

Inspect Compressor Manifold

1. Remove cap screws (A) and the manifold (B).

2. Remove and discard seal (C). Inspect porting surfaces.

3. Lubricate and install a new seal (C).

4. Install manifold and tighten cap screws to

specifications.

Specification
Manifold Cap Screw—Torque ......................................... 26 N•m (19 lb-ft)
–UN–24JUN92

A—Manifold Cap Screw

B—Manifold
C—Manifold Seal
RW21160

CED,OUO1017,62 –19–09NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-14 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=490
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Compressor

18
1830
15

–UN–24JUN92
RW21161
A—Rear Pins G—Rear O-Ring L—Front Gasket Q—Felt Holder
B—Rear Housing H—Front O-Ring M—Snap Ring R—Felt
C—Rear Gasket I—Front Suction Reed Valve N—Lip Seal S—Front Housing
D—Rear Discharge Reed Valve J—Front Valve Plate O—Washer T—Front Pins
E—Rear Valve Plate K—Front Discharge Reed P—Through Bolt
F—Rear Suction Reed Valve Valve

1. Clean the compressor using solvent before NOTE: The valve plates, reed valves, cylinders, and
disassembly. Mount compressor on holding fixture cylinder housings are NOT serviceable. Some
and remove clutch. (See procedure in this group.) cylinder scuffing (light scratches) is normal.

IMPORTANT: When removing front and rear 3. Inspect the valves for an even wear pattern and the
housing, be careful NOT to damage cylinders for scoring or excessive wear. Replace
the sealing surfaces. compressor as required.

2. Disassemble the compressor as illustrated and 4. Remove the shaft seal snap ring (M). Turn the
discard the O-rings, gaskets, lip seal, snap ring, housing over and remove the felt holder (Q) and felt
and through bolt washers. Replace parts from (R) from the front housing (S).
service kits.

Continued on next page CED,OUO1017,63 –19–16NOV98–1/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-15 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=491
 Heating and Air Conditioning

5. Remove the shaft lip seal (N) from the front housing
(S) using a small tool with 5/8 in. OD.

6. Wash all parts in clean solvent and dry before

assembly.

IMPORTANT: Lubricate O-rings, gaskets, and lip seal

using only R134a refrigerant oil during
assembly. Other oils could damage the
compressor.

7. Apply R134a oil to the bore of the front housing and

install new lip seal (N) to the bottom of the bore using
18 a socket. Install new snap ring (M) flat side down.

–UN–24JUN92
1830
16
IMPORTANT: Bushing spacer (U) must be in position
before assembling the compressor.

RW21162
8. Install pins (A) and new O-ring (G) in the rear cylinder.

NOTE: The rear valve plate is marked with an “R” and is

installed face up.

9. Install parts (F—D) over the pins on the rear cylinder.

10. Install a new gasket (C) flat side down and the rear
housing (B) on the rear cylinder. Mount the
compressor onto the holding fixture.

11. Install pins (T) and new O-ring (H) in the front
cylinder.

NOTE: The front valve plate is marked with an “F” and is

installed face up.

–UN–24JUN92
12. Install parts (I—K) over the pins on the front cylinder.

13. Install a new gasket (L) flat side down. Put JDG746
Lip Seal Protector on the shaft and lubricate with
RW21163
R134a oil.

14. Install the front housing (S) on the front cylinder and
remove the lip seal protectors. Install through bolts C—Rear Gasket
D—Rear Discharge Reed Valve
(P) and new washers (O).
E—Rear Valve Plate
F—Rear Suction Reed Valve
15. Partially tighten the through bolts and then tighten to U—Bushing Spacer
specification.

Continued on next page CED,OUO1017,63 –19–16NOV98–2/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-16 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=492
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Specification
Compressor Through Bolts (S.N.
558325— ) or (S.N. 559115— )—
Torque ............................................................................. 26 N•m (19 lb-ft)

16. Install the felt (R) and felt holder (Q) using the clutch
hub.

17. Install the pulley clutch hub and check clearance.

(See procedure in this group.)

CED,OUO1017,63 –19–16NOV98–3/3
18
1830
17

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-17 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=493
 Heating and Air Conditioning

R134a Component Oil Charge

SPECIFICATIONS added to it.

New A/C Compressor (System 230 ± 20 mL (7.8 ± 0.7 fl oz)
Completely Flushed) Volume Specification
A/C System w/o Compressor 80 mL (2.7 fl oz) New A/C Compressor (System
Completely Flushed)—Volume .............. 230 ± 20 mL (7.8 ± 0.7 fl oz)
(System Completely Flushed)
Volume A/C System w/o Compressor
(System Completely Flushed)—
Used A/C Compressor (System 310 ± 20 mL (10.5 ± 0.7 fl oz) Volume ...................................................................... 80 mL (2.7 fl oz)
Completely Flushed) Volume
New A/C Compressor (System Drain and return 45 mL (1.5 fl
Not Flushed) Volume oz).
Used A/C Compressor— Drain and return 45 mL (1.5 fl • Used compressor removed from operation, oil
18 Drained (System Not Flushed) oz) drained and flushed, requires 310 ± 20 mL (10.5
1830 Volume
18
± 0.7 fl oz) of new oil.
Used A/C Compressor— 60 mL (2.0 fl oz)
Drained and Flushed (System Specification
Not Flushed) Volume Used A/C Compressor (System
Evaporator Volume 130 mL (4.4 fl oz) Completely Flushed)—Volume ............ 310 ± 20 mL (10.5 ± 0.7 fl oz)
Condenser Volume 65 mL (2.2 fl oz)
Receiver/Dryer Volume 30 mL (1.0 fl oz)
Hoses Volume 60 mL (2.0 fl oz)

2. If the complete system was not flushed, add the

CAUTION: All new compressors are charged correct amount of oil for the compressor plus
with a mixture of nitrogen, R134a refrigerant amount of oil for each component that was
and TY22025 (R134a) refrigerant oil. Wear serviced:
safety goggles and discharge the
compressor slowly to avoid possible injury. • New compressor from parts depot: drain and
return 45 mL (1.5 fl oz) of oil to the compressor.
Compressors can be divided into three categories (See R134a Compressor Oil Removal procedure
when determining the correct oil charge for the system. in this group)

• New compressor from parts depot Specification

New A/C Compressor (System
• Used compressor removed from operation Not Flushed)—Volume ........................ Drain and return 45 mL (1.5 fl
• Used compressor internally washed with flushing oz).
solvent

Determine the amount of system oil charge prior to

installation of compressor on a machine. • Used compressor removed from operation: drain
and add 45 mL (1.5 fl oz) of new oil. (See R134a
1. When the complete system, lines, and components Compressor Oil Removal procedure in this
were flushed, add the correct amount of oil as group.)
described:
Specification
• New compressor from parts depot contains 230 ± Used A/C Compressor; Drained
20 mL (7.8 ± 0.7 fl oz) of new oil. System Only (System Not Flushed)—
Volume ................................................. Drain and return 45 mL (1.5 fl
requires an additional 80 mL (2.7 fl oz) of new oil oz)

Continued on next page CED,OUO1010,375 –19–08OCT98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-18 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=494
 Heating and Air Conditioning

• Used compressor removed from operation: oil NOTE: Hoses = 3 mL per 30 cm (0.1 fl oz per ft).
drained and flushed, add 60 mL (2.0 fl oz) of new Approximate total length equals 600 cm (20 ft).
oil.
If any section of hose is removed and flushed or
Specification replaced, measure the length of hose and use the
Used A/C Compressor; Drained
formula to determine the correct amount of oil to be
and Flushed (System Not
Flushed)—Volume .................................................... 60 mL (2.0 fl oz) added.

CAUTION: DO NOT leave the system or

R134a compressor oil containers open. This
oil easily absorbs moisture.
NOTE: Components listed below which have been
removed, drained, or flushed, require the DO NOT spill R134a compressor oil on 18
removal of the compressor to determine the acrylic or ABS plastic. This oil will 1830
correct oil charge. Use the following deteriorate these materials rapidly. 19
specifications as a guide for adding oil to
components: Identify R134a oil containers and measures
to eliminate accidental mixing of different
Specification oils.
Evaporator—Volume ............................................... 130 mL (4.4 fl oz)
Condenser—Volume ................................................. 65 mL (2.2 fl oz)
Receiver/Dryer—Volume .......................................... 30 mL (1.0 fl oz)
Hoses—Volume ........................................................ 60 mL (2.0 fl oz)

CED,OUO1010,375 –19–08OCT98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-19 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=495
 Heating and Air Conditioning

R134a Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and

Charging Station Installation Procedure
ESSENTIAL TOOLS
JT02045 R134a Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station

NOTE: JT02050 Recovery/Recycling Station and

JT02046 Charging Station can be substituted for
the JT02045 Station.

CAUTION: Do not remove high pressure relief

valve (B). Air conditioning system will
18 discharge rapidly causing possible injury.
1830
20
IMPORTANT: Use correct Refrigerant
Recovery/Recycling and Charging
Stations. DO NOT mix refrigerant,
hoses, fittings, components or
refrigerant oils.

–UN–10SEP96
1. Close both high and low pressure valves on
Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station
(J).

T101551
2. Remove cap from low pressure test port (A).

3. Connect low pressure blue hose (G) from Refrigerant A—Low Pressure Test Port
Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station (J) to low B—High Pressure Relief Valve
pressure test port (A) on compressor. C—Low Pressure Hose
D—Low Pressure Switch
E—High Pressure Switch
4. Connect high pressure red hose (I) to high pressure F—High Pressure Quick-Disconnect
quick-disconnect (F). G—Blue Hose
H—High Pressure Hose
5. Follow the manufacture’s instructions when using the I—Red Hose
J—Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging
Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station. Station

CED,OUO1010,377 –19–08OCT98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-20 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=496
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Recover R134a System

ESSENTIAL TOOLS
JT02045 R134a Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station

NOTE: JT02050 Recovery/Recycling Station and

JT02046 Charging Station can be substituted for
the JT02045 Station.

CAUTION: Do not remove high pressure relief

valve (B). Air conditioning system will
discharge rapidly causing possible injury.
18
IMPORTANT: Use correct Refrigerant 1830
Recovery/Recycling and Charging 21
Stations. DO NOT mix refrigerant,
hoses, fittings, components or
refrigerant oils.

NOTE: Run the air conditioning system for three minutes

–UN–10SEP96
to help in the recovery process. Turn air
conditioning system off before proceeding with
recovery steps.

T101551
1. Connect Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging
Station. (See installation procedure in this group.)
A—Low Pressure Test Port
2. Follow the manufacture’s instructions when using the B—High Pressure Relief Valve
Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station. C—Low Pressure Hose
D—Low Pressure Switch
E—High Pressure Switch
F—High Pressure Quick-Disconnect
G—Blue Hose
H—High Pressure Hose
I—Red Hose
J—Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging
Station

CED,OUO1010,376 –19–08OCT98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-21 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=497
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Evacuate R134a System

ESSENTIAL TOOLS
JT02045 R134a Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station

NOTE: JT02050 Recovery/Recycling Station and

JT02046 Charging Station can be substituted for
the JT02045 Station.

CAUTION: Do not remove high pressure relief

valve (B). Air conditioning system will
discharge rapidly causing possible injury.
18
1830 IMPORTANT: Use correct Refrigerant
22 Recovery/Recycling and Charging
Stations. DO NOT mix refrigerant,
hoses, fittings, components or
refrigerant oils.

Do not run compressor while

–UN–10SEP96
evacuating.

1. Connect Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging

T101551
Station. (See installation procedure in this group.)

2. Open low and high pressure valves on Refrigerant

Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station. A—Low Pressure Test Port
B—High Pressure Relief Valve
3. Follow the manufacture’s instructions and evacuate the C—Low Pressure Hose
system. D—Low Pressure Switch
E—High Pressure Switch
F—High Pressure Quick-Disconnect
NOTE: The vacuum specifications listed are for sea level G—Blue Hose
conditions. Subtract 3.4 kPa (34 mbar) (1 in. Hg) H—High Pressure Hose
from 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) for each 300 I—Red Hose
m (1000 ft) elevation above sea level. J—Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging
Station

4. Evacuate system until low pressure gauge registers 98

kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) vacuum.

If 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) vacuum cannot be

obtained in 15 minutes, test the system for leaks. (See
Leak Testing in Group 9031-25). Correct any leaks.

5. When vacuum is 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg), close

low-side and high-side valves. Turn vacuum pump off.

Continued on next page CED,OUO1010,378 –19–08OCT98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-22 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=498
 Heating and Air Conditioning

6. If the vacuum decreases more than 3.4 kPa (34 mbar)

(1 in. Hg) in 5 minutes, there is a leak in the system.

7. Repair leak.

8. Start to evacuate.

9. Open low-side and high-side valves.

10. Evacuate system for 30 minutes after 98 kPa (980

mbar) (29 in. Hg) vacuum is reached.

11. Close low-side and high-side valves. Stop evacuation.

18
1830
12. Charge the system. (See procedure in this group.) 23

CED,OUO1010,378 –19–08OCT98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-23 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=499
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Charge R134a System

ESSENTIAL TOOLS
JT02045 R134a Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station

NOTE: JT02050 Recovery/Recycling Station and

JT02046 Charging Station can be substituted for
the JT02045 Station.

CAUTION: Do not remove high pressure relief

valve (B). Air conditioning system will
discharge rapidly causing possible injury.
18
1830 IMPORTANT: Use correct Refrigerant
24 Recovery/Recycling and Charging
Stations. DO NOT mix refrigerant,
hoses, fittings, components or
refrigerant oils.

1. Connect Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging

–UN–10SEP96
Station. (See installation procedure in this group.)

2. Evacuate the system. (See Evacuate R134a System in

T101551
this group.)

NOTE: Before beginning to charge air conditioning

system, the following conditions must exist: A—Low Pressure Test Port
Engine STOPPED, the pump must be capable of B—High Pressure Relief Valve
pulling at least 96.8 kPa (968 mbar) (28.6 in. Hg) C—Low Pressure Hose
vacuum (sea level). Subtract 3.4 kPa (34 mbar) (1 D—Low Pressure Switch
E—High Pressure Switch
in. Hg) from 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) for F—High Pressure Quick-Disconnect
each 300 m (1000 ft) elevation above sea level. G—Blue Hose
H—High Pressure Hose
3. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions and charge the I—Red Hose
system. J—Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging
Station

4. Add refrigerant until system is charged with 2.04 kg

(4.50 lbs).

5. Do air conditioner checks and tests in Groups 9031-10

and 9031-25.

CED,OUO1010,379 –19–08OCT98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-24 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=500
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Leak Testing

1. Inspect all lines, fittings, and components for oily or 3. If a leak detector is used, move the leak detector
dusty spots. When refrigerant leaks from the probe under the hoses and around the connections
system, a small amount of oil is carried out with it. at a rate of 25 mm (1 in.) per second.

2. A soap and water solution can be sprayed on the 4. Some refrigerant manufacturers add dye to
components in the system to form bubbles at the refrigerant to aid in leak detection.
source of the leak.

TX,9031,QQ1881 –19–19AUG94–1/1
18
1830
25

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-25 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=501
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Remove and Install Heater Core

1. Remove seat, seat base, and seat belts. (See

procedures in Group 1821.)

2. Drain radiator. The approximate capacity of cooling

system is 16 L (17 qt).

3. Disconnect the heater hoses at the heater core (below

the cab floor).

–UN–02JAN97
4. Remove heater/blower cover and air filter housing from
heater/blower housing.
18
1830

T106027B
26
5. Remove cap screws (A) and lift blower assembly (B)
out of heater housing.

6. Remove clips (C) from heater core (D) and heater core A—Cab Screw (5 used)
retainers (E and F). B—Blower Assembly
C—Clip (2 used)
D—Heater Core
CAUTION: Wear gloves when removing and E—Rear Heater Core Retainer
installing heater core to prevent cuts from fins F—Front Heater Core Retainer
on heater core.

7. Carefully remove the heater core (D) by swinging it

toward the area where the blower assembly was
located.

8. Repair or replace heater core.

9. Install heater core (D) using heater core retainers (E

and F) and clips (C).

10. Lift blower assembly (B) into heater housing and

install cap screws (A).

11. Install heater/blower cover and air filter housing.

12. Connect heater hoses at the heater core (below the

cab floor).

13. Fill radiator and check for leaks.

14. Install seat assembly. (See procedures in Group

1821.)

TX,18,QQ9289 –19–02NOV99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-26 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=502
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Remove and Install Evaporator

1. Remove seat, seat base, and seat belts. (See

procedures in Group 1821.)

2. Drain radiator. The approximate capacity of cooling

system is 16 L (17qt).

3. Recover refrigerant from the system. (See procedure in

–UN–08JAN97
this group.)

4. Disconnect the heater hoses at the heater core (below

the cab floor).

T106041C
18
1830
5. Disconnect evaporator suction line and liquid line 27
located below the cab floor.
A—A/C Freeze Switch Probe
B—Evaporator
6. Remove heater/blower cover and air filter housing from C—Heater Core
heater/blower housing. D—Freeze Switch Tube
E—Wire Harness Leads
7. Remove cap screws and lift blower assembly (H) out of F—A/C Freeze Switch
G—Wiring Harness
heater/blower housing.
H—Blower Mount Assembly

8. Remove clips from heater core (C) and evaporator (B)

and remove heater core front and rear retainers.

CAUTION: Wear gloves when removing and

installing heater core to prevent cuts from fins
on heater core.

9. Carefully remove the heater core (C) by swinging it

toward the area where the blower assembly was
located.

10. Carefully remove the evaporator (B) by swinging it

toward the area where the blower assembly was
located.

11. Repair or replace evaporator.

12. Install evaporator (B) and heater core (C).

13. Install heater core front and rear retainers and clips.

14. Install blower assembly into heater/blower housing.

15. Install heater/blower cover and air filter housing into

heater/blower housing.

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ9290 –19–02NOV99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-27 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=503
 Heating and Air Conditioning

16. Connect the heater hoses at the heater core (below

the cab floor).

17. Connect evaporator suction line and liquid line located

below the cab floor.

18. Fill radiator and check for leaks.

19. Install seat assembly. (See procedures in Group

1821.)

20. Evacuate and charge the system. (See procedures in

this group.)
18
1830
28

TX,18,QQ9290 –19–02NOV99–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-28 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=504
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Remove and Install A/C Freeze Switch

1. Remove seat assembly. (See procedures in Group

1821.)

2. Remove heater/blower cover and air filter housing from

heater/blower housing.

3. Disconnect wire harness leads (E) from A/C freeze

–UN–08JAN97
switch (F).

4. Remove A/C freeze switch (F) and A/C freeze switch

probe (A).

T106041C
18
1830
5. Repair or replace A/C freeze switch. 29
A—A/C Freeze Switch Probe
6. Install A/C freeze switch (F) on the top header support
B—Evaporator
plate. C—Heater Core
D—Freeze Switch Tube
7. Install the A/C freeze switch probe (A) 228 ± 1 mm (9 E—Wire Harness Leads
± 1 in.) into the evaporator between the last two rows F—A/C Freeze Switch
G—Wiring Harness
of tubes closest to the heater core and centered
H—Blower Mount Assembly
between the headers.

Specification
A/C Freeze Switch Probe—Depth.......................... 228 ± 1 mm (9 ± 1 in.)

8. Connect wire harness leads (E) with white wire and

black wire to the A/C freeze switch.

9. Install heater/blower cover and air filter housing into

heater/blower housing.

10. Install seat assembly. (See procedures in Group

1821.)

TX,18,QQ9291 –19–28JUL94–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-29 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=505
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Disassemble and Assemble Heater/Blower Assembly

18
1830
30

–UN–07JAN97
TP49532

1—Case 10—Heater Core 19—Screw (6 used) 28—Tie Band (2 used)

2—Housing 11—Latch (2 used) 20—Cap Screw (2 used) 29—Bolt (2 used)
3—Cover 12—Rivet (2 used) 21—Screw (4 used) 30—Rivet (2 used)
4—Gasket 13—Resistor 22—Screw (6 used) 31—Clip (2 used)
5—Support 14—Plug (2 used) 23—Washer (4 used) 32—Screw (3 used)
6—Bracket 15—Air Filter 24—Cap Screw 33—Rear Retainer
7—Plate 16—Filter 25—Washer (7 used) 34—Front Retainer
8—Plate 17—Seal 26—Cap Screw (7 used) 35—Screw (4 used)
9—Wiring Harness 18—Seal 27—Plug (4 used)

1. Disassemble parts (1—35). 2. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.

TX,18,QQ9292 –19–24OCT94–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-30 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=506
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Disassemble and Assemble Heater/Blower Assembly with Air Conditioning

18
1830
31

–UN–07JAN97
TP49533
1—Case 14—Plug (2 used) 27—Boot (2 used) 40—Cap Screw (7 used)
2—Housing 15—Air Filter 28—Valve 41—Tube
3—Cover 16—Filter 29—Evaporator 42—Tie Band (2 used)
4—Gasket 17—Seal 30—Ring 43—Bolt (2 used)
5—Support 18—Seal 31—O-Ring 44—Rivet (2 used)
6—Bracket 19—Screw (6 used) 32—Plate 45—Clip (4 used)
7—Plate 20—Cap Screw (2 used) 33—Valve 46—Label
8—Plate 21—Screw (4 used) 34—Screw (2 used) 47—Rear Evaporator Retainer
9—Wiring Harness 22—Screw (5 used) 35—Screw (3 used) 48—Front Evaporator Retainer
10—Heater Core 23—Washer (4 used) 36—Screw (4 used) 49—Rear Heater Core Retainer
11—Latch (2 used) 24—Cap Screw 37—Thermostat 50—Front Heater Core
12—Rivet (2 used) 25—Angle 38—Screw Retainer
13—Resistor 26—Gasket 39—Washer (7 used) 51—Screw (4 used)

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ9293 –19–24OCT94–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-31 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=507
 Heating and Air Conditioning

1. Disassemble parts (1—51). 2. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.

TX,18,QQ9293 –19–24OCT94–2/2

Disassemble and Assemble Blower Assembly

18
1830
32

–UN–31OCT96
TP50426
1—Motor 5—Rear Blower Wheel 9—Tube 13—Gasket (2 used)
2—Front Housing 6—Front Ring 10—Clamp 14—Grommet
3—Rear Housing 7—Rear Ring 11—Screw 15—Cap Screw (6 used)
4—Front Blower Wheel 8—Lock Nut (4 used) 12—Retainer

1. Disassemble parts (1—15). 2. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.

TX,18,QQ9294 –19–04FEB97–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-32 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=508
 Heating and Air Conditioning

18
1830
33

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-33 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=509
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Disassemble and Assemble Condenser

18
1830
34

–19–06FEB97
T107096

Continued on next page TX,18,QQ9295 –19–04FEB97–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-34 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=510
 Heating and Air Conditioning

1—O-Ring (4 used) 5—Cap 9—Cap Screw (4 used) 13—Port

2—Hose 6—Hose 10—Washer (4 used) 14—Valve
3—Tie Band 7—Condenser 11—Spacer (4 used) 15—Condenser Assembly
4—O-Ring 8—Clamp 12—Washer (8 used)

1. Disassemble parts (1—15). 2. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.

TX,18,QQ9295 –19–04FEB97–2/2
18
1830
35

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-35 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=511
 Heating and Air Conditioning

Disassemble and Assemble Air Ducts

18
1830
36

–UN–25OCT96
TP50509

1—Left Rear Air Duct 7—Clamp (2 used) 13—Lock Nut (2 used) 19—Washer (6 used)
2—Left Front/Defrost Air Duct 8—Hose 14—Nut 20—Cap Screw (6 used)
3—Seal 9—Screw (2 used) 15—Clip 21—Washer
4—Seal (2 used) 10—Air Duct 16—Washer 22—Screw
5—Washer (4 used) 11—Gasket 17—Cap Screw 23—Coupling
6—Cap Screw (6 used) 12—Air Freshener 18—Flange

1. Disassemble parts (1—23). 2. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.

TX,18,QQ9296 –19–04FEB97–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1830-36 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=512
 Group 1899
Dealer Fabricated Tools
DFRW20 Compressor Holding Fixture

18
1899
1

–UN–20SEP89
RW13619
A—102 mm (4 in.) D—6.4 mm (0.25 in.) G—254 mm (10 in.) J—Fillet Weld
B—76 mm (3 in.) E—19 mm (0.75 in.) H—114 mm (4.5 in.) K—Two Holes
C—70 mm (2.75 in.) F—152 mm (6 in.) I—178 mm (7 in.)

This tool is used to hold the air conditioning

compressor during disassembly and assembly.

MATERIALS
Item Dimensions Qty
Steel Plate 70 x 120 x 6.4 mm (2-3/4 x 4 x 1/4 1
in.) (Approximately)
Steel Plate 152 x 254 x 6.4 mm (6 x 10 x 1/4 in.) 1
(Approximately)
Threaded Rods [13 x 178 mm (1/2 x 7 in.) 2
Lock Washers Matching 4
and Nuts

TX,18,QQ9297 –19–17NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1899-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=513
 Dealer Fabricated Tools

DFT1101 Cab and ROPS Lift Bracket

18
1899
2

–UN–23SEP98
T117366
A—Drill Six Holes (0.625 in.) B—Weld C—U46161 Lift Eyes Welded to
Tube with 0.25 in. Fillet
Weld

Used to remove and install cab or ROPS.

MATERIAL
Item Dimensions Qty
Square Tube 51 x 51 x 6 mm (2.0 x 2.0 x 0.250 in.) 1
U46161 U-Bolts --- 4
JT01748 Lift --- 2
Brackets
Cap Screws 16 x 76 mm (0.625 in. x 3.00 in.) 2
(Grade F

TX,18,QQ9298 –19–17NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 18-1899-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=514
 Section 19
Sheet Metal and Styling
Contents

Page

Group 1910—Hood and Engine Enclosure

Hood and Engine Enclosure
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .19-1910-1

Group 1913—Miscellaneous Shields

Battery Box
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .19-1913-1

Group 1921—Grille and Grille Housing

Grille and Grille Housing 19
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .19-1921-2

Group 1927—Fenders
Fenders
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .19-1927-1
Fender Extension
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .19-1927-2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 19-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=1
 Contents

19

TM1649 (17JUL02) 19-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Group 1910
Hood and Engine Enclosure
Disassemble and Assemble Hood and Engine Enclosure

19
1910
1

–UN–02JAN97
TP52871

Continued on next page TX,19,QQ8335 –19–17NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 19-1910-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=517
 Hood and Engine Enclosure

1—Cap Screw (4 used) 7—Washer (5 used) 13—Nut (2 used) 19—Isolator

2—Washer (15 used) 8—Label 14—Latch (3 used) 20—Cap Screw (4 used)
3—Guide (8 used) 9—Hood 15—Door 21—Cowl
4—Lock Nut (4 used) 10—Cylinder 16—Right Shield 22—Label
5—Left Shield 11—Ball Stud (2 used) 17—Door Guide 23—Label
6—Cap Screw (8 used) 12—Washer (2 used) 18—Screw (10 used) 24—Label

1. Raise loader and engage boom lock bar. 5. Assemble parts.

2. Remove precleaner and muffler extension. 6. Install precleaner and muffler extension.

3. Disassemble parts as shown. 7. Disengage boom lock bar and lower boom to
ground.
4. Inspect parts and replace if necessary.

19
1910 TX,19,QQ8335 –19–17NOV98–2/2
2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 19-1910-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=518
 Group 1913
Miscellaneous Shields
Disassemble and Assemble Battery Box

19
1913
1

–UN–22AUG96
TP50453

1—Plate 4—Plate 6—Cap Screw (3 used) 8—Battery Box

2—Cap Screw (2 used) 5—Washer (2 used) 7—Nut (2 used) 9—Cap Screw
3—Washer (11 used)

Inspect for worn or damaged parts and replace if

necessary.

TX,19,QQ8336 –19–24OCT94–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 19-1913-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=519
 Miscellaneous Shields

19
1913
2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 19-1913-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=520
 Group 1921
Grille and Grille Housing

19
1921
1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 19-1921-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=521
 Grille and Grille Housing

Disassemble and Assemble Grille and Grille Housing

19
1921
2

–UN–02JAN97
TP54937

Continued on next page TX,19,QQ8337 –19–17NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 19-1921-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=522
 Grille and Grille Housing

1—Cap Screw (2 used) 5—Grille Housing 9—Washer (2 used) 13—Isolator

2—Washer (8 used) 6—Cap Screw (4 used) 10—Washer (8 used) 14—Trash Screen Assembly
3—Spacer (2 used) 7—Nut (2 used) 11—Cap Screw (8 used) 15—Deflector
4—Bar (2 used) 8—Grille 12—Trash Screen

1. Raise loader and engage boom lock bar. 4. Assemble parts.

2. Disassemble parts as shown. 5. Disengage boom lock bar and lower boom to
ground.
3. Inspect parts and replace if necessary.

TX,19,QQ8337 –19–17NOV98–2/2

19
1921
3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 19-1921-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=523
 Grille and Grille Housing

19
1921
4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 19-1921-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=524
 Group 1927
Fenders
Disassemble and Assemble Fenders

–UN–21SEP96
19

TP50487
1927
1

1—Fender 2—Washer (24 used) 3—Cap Screw (24 used)

1. Disassemble parts as shown. 2. Inspect parts and replace as necessary.

TX,19,QQ8338 –19–24MAY93–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 19-1927-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=525
 Fenders

Disassemble and Assemble Fender Extensions

19
1927
2

–UN–21SEP96
TP50488
1—Washer (8 used) 4—Lock Nut (25 used) 6—Extension 8—Washer (16 used)
2—Cap Screw (24 used) 5—Washer (8 used) 7—Extension 9—Fender
3—Washer (25 used)

1. Disassemble parts as shown. 2. Inspect parts and replace as necessary.

TX,19,QQ8339 –19–24MAY93–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 19-1927-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=526
 Section 20
Safety, Convenience, and Miscellaneous
Contents

Page

Group 2001—Radio
Radio and Speakers
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-2001-1
Antenna
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-2001-1
Radio, Speakers and Antenna
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .20-2001-2

Group 2004—Horn and Warning Devices

Horn
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-2004-1
Back-Up Alarm
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-2004-2
Adjust Alarm Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-2004-3

20

TM1649 (17JUL02) 20-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=1
 Contents

20

TM1649 (17JUL02) 20-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Group 2001
Radio
Remove and Install Radio and Speakers

1. Remove screws (2 and 3).

2. Disconnect antenna coaxial cable and radio wiring

harness

–UN–10SEP96
3. Remove rear view mirror (4).

T103633B
4. Remove cover and front headliner (1).

5. Install cover and front headliner

1—Front Headliner
6. Install rear view mirror. 2—Screw (2 used)
3—Screw (7 used)
7. Connect antenna coaxial cable and radio wiring 4—Mirror Assembly
harness.

8. Install screws (2 and 3).

20
2001
1
TX,20,QQ8340 –19–16NOV98–1/1

Remove and Install Antenna

1. Remove knurled nut (A) to disconnect cable.

2. Remove nuts (B and C) and lock washers to remove

antenna (D).

–UN–09JAN93
3. Install antenna, lock washers and nuts.

4. Connect cable using knurled nut.

A—Knurled Nut T7883BN

B—Large Nut and Lock Washer
C—Small Nut and Lock Washer
D—Antenna

TX,20,QQ8341 –19–25MAY93–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 20-2001-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=529
 Radio

Disassemble and Assemble Radio, Speakers, and Antenna

20
2001
2

–19–14FEB97
T107259

Continued on next page TX,20,QQ8342 –19–16NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 20-2001-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=530
 Radio

1—Self-Locking Screw (2 9—Bushing 17—Spring 25—Antenna Cable

used) 10—Nut (8 used) 18—Lock Washer (2 used) 26—Grommet
2—Panel 11—Speaker (2 used) 19—Base 27—Wiring Harness
3—Angle (2 used) 12—Washer 20—Cap Screw 28—Tie Band
4—Screw (4 used) 13—Cap Screw 21—Bracket 29—Self-Locking Screw (7
5—Washer (4 used) 14—Cap Screw (8 used) 22—Lock Washer used)
6—Radio 15—Tie Band (4 used) 23—Nut 30—Lock Washer (2 used)
7—Nut (10 used) 16—Antenna 24—Nut 31—Radio
8—Plate

1. Disassemble parts as shown. 2. Inspect parts and replace as necessary.

TX,20,QQ8342 –19–16NOV98–2/2

20
2001
3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 20-2001-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=531
 Radio

20
2001
4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 20-2001-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=532
 Group 2004
Horn and Warning Devices
Remove and Install Horn

–UN–30AUG96
TP50472
20
1—Nut 3—Support 4—Cap Screw (2 used) 5—Washer (2 used) 2004
2—Horn 1

NOTE: Horn is located in upper right rear of engine 3. Remove nut (1) and horn (2).
compartment.
4. Install horn and tighten nut.
1. Open engine left side access door.
5. Connect wire lead.
2. Disconnect wire lead.

TX,20,QQ8343 –19–24OCT94–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 20-2004-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=533
 Horn and Warning Devices

Remove and Install Back-Up Alarm

–UN–01NOV96
TP50512
20
2004
2
1—Back-Up Alarm 4—Washer (2 used) 6—Lock Nut (2 used) 8—Cap Screw (2 used)
2—Bracket 5—Cap Screw 7—Washer (4 used) 9—Washer (2 used)
3—Lock Nut

NOTE: Back-up alarm is located on inside of left rear 3. Install back-up alarm using cap screws.
of main frame.
4. Connect wire leads.
1. Disconnect wire leads.

2. Remove two cap screws (8) to remove back-up

alarm (1).

TX,20,QQ8344 –19–24OCT94–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 20-2004-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=534
 Horn and Warning Devices

Adjust Back-Up Alarm Volume

IMPORTANT: The back-up alarm is set on high

volume at the factory. It may be
necessary to adjust the volume to meet
local regulations.

–UN–20MAY91
1. To change alarm to low volume, leave ground wire
attached to ground terminal (– NEG) (A). Remove nut
(B) and disconnect wire from high terminal (+ HI) (F).

T7530AV
2. Remove nut (C) and shorting bar (E).

3. Attach wire to low terminal (+ LO) (D). Install nut (C) A—Ground Terminal (– NEG)
B—Nut
and tighten securely. Save shorting bar (E) for future
C—Nut
use. D—Low Terminal (+ LO)
E—Shorting Bar
F—High Terminal (+ HI)

20
2004
3
TX,20,QQ8345 –19–25MAY93–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 20-2004-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=535
 Horn and Warning Devices

20
2004
4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 20-2004-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=536
 Section 21
Main Hydraulic System
Contents

Page

Group 2160—Hydraulic System

Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . .21-2160-1
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21-2160-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21-2160-1
Pump
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21-2160-2
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .21-2160-4
Filter
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21-2160-6
Remove and Install Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . .21-2160-7
Reservoir
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .21-2160-10
Hydraulic and Transmission Oil Coolers
without AC
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21-2160-12
Hydraulic Cooler
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21-2160-14

21

TM1649 (17JUL02) 21-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=1
 Contents

21

TM1649 (17JUL02) 21-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Group 2160
Hydraulic System
Service Equipment and Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5856 –19–10DEC99–1/2

Lifting Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT01748

To remove and install reservoir.

CED,TX03399,5856 –19–10DEC99–2/2

Other Material

Number Name Use

PT569 (U.S.) NEVER-SEEZ Apply to pump shaft splines.

TY16099 (U.S.) High Tack Gasket Dressing Apply to OD of pump lip seal and ID
NA (U.S.) of pump bore.
PX98 (U.S.) 21
2160
1
TY9375 (U.S.) Pipe Sealant Apply to sight tube fittings
TY9480 (Canadian)
592 (LOCTITE)

NEVER-SEEZ is a registered trademark of Emhart Chemical Group

LOCTITE is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp. CED,TX03399,5857 –19–10DEC99–1/1

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Pump Section Cap Screws Torque 339 N•m (250 lb-ft)

Filter Mounting Cap Screws Torque 33 ± 4 N•m (24 ± 3 lb-ft)

Hydraulic Reservoir Weight 27 kg (60 lb) Approximate

Reservoir-to-Frame Cap Screws Torque 59 N•m (43 lb-ft)

CED,TX03399,5859 –19–10DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 21-2160-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=539
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Hydraulic Pump

–UN–18FEB97
T107423
21 1. Lower all equipment to ground. Stop engine.
2160
2

Continued on next page TX, 21,RR7715 –19–12NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 21-2160-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=540
 Hydraulic System

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.

–UN–23AUG88
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.

X9811
Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with A—Hydraulic Pump
this type of injury should reference a B—Hydraulic Pump-to-Reservoir Suction Hose
C—Reservoir
knowledgeable medical source. Such
D—Hydraulic Pump-to-Backhoe Valve
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

2. Operate hydraulic controls to relieve pressure in the

hydraulic system.

3. Drain reservoir (C) or retain oil in reservoir using a

vacuum pump.

4. Disconnect hoses (B and D). Make sure to capture oil

from the disconnected hoses. Close all openings with
caps and plugs.

5. Remove two cap screws and washers to remove pump

from transmission. 21
2160
3
6. Repair pump as needed. (See procedure in this group.)

7. ApplyNEVER-SEEZ to pump shaft splines. Install

pump and tighten cap screws.

8. Connect hoses.

9. Fill reservoir with oil. (See Fuels and Lubricants in

Group 0004.) Check reservoir sight glass for proper oil
level.

NEVER-SEEZ is a registered trademark of Emhart Chemical Group TX, 21,RR7715 –19–12NOV98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 21-2160-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=541
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Hydraulic Pump

21
2160
4

–UN–18MAR97
T107824

Continued on next page TX,21,RR7818 –19–11NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 21-2160-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=542
 Hydraulic System

1—Matched Gear Set 5—Port End Cover 8—Thrust Plate (2 used) 11—Shaft End Cover
2—Gear Housing 6—Dowel Pin (2 used) 9—Channel Seal (2 used) 12—Lip Seal
3—Washer (4 used) 7—Gasket Seal (2 used) 10—Channel Seal Backup (2
4—Cap Screw (4 used) used)

1. Clean outside of pump. 9. Apply LOCTITE High Tack Gasket Dressing to the
seal OD and the pump bore ID Install new oil seal
2. Mark pump body across all sections to aid in (12).
assembly.
10. Install gear set (1).
3. Install hydraulic pump in a bench holding fixture.
11. Apply petroleum jelly to parts (7—9). Install thrust
4. Remove four cap screws (4) and washers (3). plates (8). Make sure the bronze side of plates are
toward gear surface.
5. Remove port end cover (5).
12. Using alignment marks on housings and gear set,
6. Make a mark on shafts of gear set (1) to aid in assemble housings together.
assembly.
13. Install four cap screws and washers. Tighten cap
7. Remove parts and inspect. screws in a criss-cross pattern to specifications.

8. Remove shaft seal (12). Specification

Pump Section Cap Screws—
Torque................................................................... 339 N•m (250 lb-ft)
IMPORTANT: Lubricate all internal surfaces with
clean hydraulic oil before assembly.
Premature pump failure can result if
pump is assembled dry.

21
2160
5

LOCTITE is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp. TX,21,RR7818 –19–11NOV98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 21-2160-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=543
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Hydraulic Filter

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten

–UN–23AUG88
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.

X9811
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

1. Lower all equipment to the ground. Stop engine.

2. Operate controls to relieve pressure in hydraulic

system.

21
2160
6

Continued on next page TX, 21,RR7741 –19–11NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 21-2160-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=544
 Hydraulic System

3. Disconnect lines (A, C, D, and F).

4. Tag all lines. Close all openings with caps and plugs.

5. Disconnect wire lead from pressure switch.

6. Remove cap screws (B) to remove filter (E) assembly.

7. Remove pressure switch. (See procedure in Group

1674.)

8. Inspect and replace parts as necessary .

9. Install pressure switch.

10. Replace all O-rings.

11. Install filter assembly and cap screw. Tighten cap

screws to specifications.

Specification

–UN–25FEB97
Filter Mounting Cap Screws—
Torque ................................................................. 33 ± 4 N•m (24 ± 3 lb-ft)

12. Connect wire lead.

T107559
13. Connect lines (A, C, D, and F).
A—Backhoe Valve-to-Filter
14. Add oil to proper level. (See Fuels and Lubricants in
B—Cap Screws (4 used)
Group 0004.) C—Filter-to-Oil Cooler
21
D—Filter-to-Hydraulic Reservoir
2160
E—Filter
7
F—Loader Valve-to-Filter

TX, 21,RR7741 –19–11NOV98–2/2

Remove and Install Reservoir

1. Lower all equipment to the ground and shut the engine

off. Release hydraulic pressure in the machine by
moving control levers.

2. Remove left engine side shield, hood cowl,

pre-cleaner, exhaust stack, and hood.

3. Using an oil caddy, pump oil from reservoir.

Continued on next page TX, 21,RR7742 –19–28FEB97–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 21-2160-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=545
 Hydraulic System

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid

under pressure, relieve the pressure in the
system before disconnecting or connecting
hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections
before applying pressure.

4. Remove two brake valve lines (1 and 2). Tag and cap
all lines and hoses when removing the reservoir.

5. Remove four brake valve mounting cap screws from

brake valve in cab or ROPS and move brake valve
toward the operator’s station.

6. Disconnect or remove windshield washer (if equipped).

7. Remove the following (2—4, 6, 7, and 9). All lines or

hoses should now be disconnected from reservoir.

8. Remove three cap screws at top of tank holding

reservoir.

–UN–12MAR97
9. Install JT01748 Lifting Bracket and a hoist.

T106017C
CAUTION: The approximate weight of reservoir
is 27 kg (60 lb).

10. Tilt top of reservoir out toward cab to clear main 1—Brake Line
frame. Push in on bottom of reservoir toward engine 2—Brake Line
and lift out to left side of machine. 3—Steering Valve-to-Reservoir Return Line Oil
21
4—Steering Valve Line
2160
Specification 5—Steering Valve-to-Reservoir Return Line
8
Hydraulic Reservoir—Weight ........................... 27 kg (60 lb) Approximate 6—Steering Line
7—Steering Line
8—Hose Clamp and Hose-to-Reservoir
11. Install reservoir. Tighten three cap screws that hold 9—Steering Valve-to-Reservoir Return Line
reservoir to mainframe to specification. 10—Steering Attenuator Line-to-Priority Valve
11—Steering Attenuator Hose-to-Steering Valve
Specification 12—Harness Connector
Reservoir-to-Frame Cap
Screws—Torque .............................................................. 59 N•m (43 lb-ft)

12. Connect all parts.

13. Fill reservoir.

TX, 21,RR7742 –19–28FEB97–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 21-2160-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=546
 Hydraulic System

21
2160
9

TM1649 (17JUL02) 21-2160-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=547
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Reservoir

21
2160
10

–UN–06JAN97
TP54941

Continued on next page TX,2160,SS3555 –19–11NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 21-2160-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=548
 Hydraulic System

1—Cap Screw (3 used) 8—Fitting Plug 15—Union Fitting (2 used) 22—Washer

2—Washer (3 used) 9—O-Ring 16—Oil Tube 23—Clamp
3—Reservoir 10—Fitting 17—Snap Ring 24—Nut
4—Hose 11—O-Ring 18—Strainer 25—Hose
5—Air Filter 12—Fitting 19—Snap Ring 26—O-Ring (2 used)
6—Hose 13—O-Ring 20—Cap 27—Elbow
7—O-Ring 14—Fitting 21—Cap Screw

1. Remove parts. Replace as necessary. 3. Install parts.

2. Apply pipe sealant with TEFLON to threads of

sight tube fittings (15). Install fittings.

TEFLON is a registered trademark of Du Pont Co. TX,2160,SS3555 –19–11NOV98–2/2

21
2160
11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 21-2160-11 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=549
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Hydraulic and Transmission Oil Coolers (Without Air Conditioning)

21
2160
12

–UN–15NOV99
T125730

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5599 –19–09NOV99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 21-2160-12 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=550
 Hydraulic System

1—Hose 10—Hose 19—Washer (16 used) 28—Tee Fitting, used with

2—O-Ring 11—Grommet (2 used) 20—Spacer (8 used) Auxiliary Oil Cooler (2
3—Adapter 12—Hose 21—Washer (8 used) used)
4—O-Ring 13—Sleeve (2 used) 22—Cap Screw (8 used) 29—Elbow, used with
5—Grommet (2 used) 14—Hose 23—Cap Screw Standard Oil Cooler (2
6—Clamp (11 used) 15—Elbow (2 used) 24—Washer (2 used) used)
7—Sleeve (2 used) 16—Elbow (4 used) 25—Clamp 30—Hose, used with Auxiliary
8—Transmission Oil Cooler 17—O-Ring (4 used) 26—Spacer Oil Cooler (2 used)
9—Tie Band (6 used) 18—Hydraulic Oil Cooler 27—O-Ring (2 used)

5. Remove cap screws (22), washers (21), spacers

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from
(20), and rubber washers (19) to remove cooler.
unexpected loader boom movement. When
working on machine with loader in raised
6. Clean and inspect cooler fins for wear. Repair if
position, use a support or loader boom lock
necessary.
bar to prevent accidental lowering of loader.
7. Install oil cooler.
1. Raise loader boom and engage loader boom lock
bar.
8. Connect hoses.
2. Drain cooler.
9. Install grille.
3. Remove engine front grille.
10. Disengage loader boom lock bar and lower boom
to ground.
4. Tag and disconnect lines. Close all openings using
caps and plugs.

21
2160
13

CED,TX03399,5599 –19–09NOV99–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 21-2160-13 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=551
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Hydraulic Oil Cooler (With Air Conditioning) Hi-Ambient

21
2160
14

–UN–09SEP98
TP57923

1—Hose 7—Sleeve (2 used) 13—Grommet (2 used) 18—Cap Screw

2—O-Ring 8—Oil Cooler 14—Hose 19—Washer (2 used)
3—Adapter 9—Tie Bands 15—Fitting (2 used) 20—Clamp
4—O-Ring 10—Hose (6 used) 16—Cap Screw (6 used) 21—Spacer
5—Grommet (2 used) 11—Grommet (2 used) 17—Washer (6 used) 22— O-Ring (2 used)
6—Clamp (7 used) 12—Hose

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5601 –19–12NOV99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 21-2160-14 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=552
 Hydraulic System

5. Remove cap screws to remove cooler.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from
unexpected loader boom movement. When
6. Clean and inspect cooler fins for wear. Repair if
working on machine with loader in raised
necessary.
position, use a support or loader boom lock
bar to prevent accidental lowering of loader.
7. Install oil cooler.
1. Raise loader boom and engage loader boom lock
8. Connect hoses.
bar.
9. Install grille.
2. Drain cooler.
10. Disengage loader boom lock bar and lower boom
3. Remove engine front grille.
to ground.
4. Tag and disconnect lines. Close all openings using
caps and plugs.

CED,TX03399,5601 –19–12NOV99–2/2

21
2160
15

TM1649 (17JUL02) 21-2160-15 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=553
 Hydraulic System

21
2160
16

TM1649 (17JUL02) 21-2160-16 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=554
 Section 31
Loader
Contents

Page Page

Group 3100—Loader Loader Control VaIve

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3100-1 Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-10
Loader Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-12
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3100-1 Replace Rings and Seals of Sections . . .31-3160-13
Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3100-4 Remove and Install Relief Valves . . . . . .31-3160-18
Disassemble and Assemble Inlet
Group 3102—Bucket Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-19
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3102-1 Loader Bucket Section
Loader Bucket Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-20
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3102-1 Loader Boom Section
Bucket Cutting Edges Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-22
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3102-2 Loader Auxiliary Section
Repair Cracked Cutting Edge . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3102-2 Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-24
Cutting Edge Loader Bucket Cylinder
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3102-3 Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-25
Multi-Purpose Bucket and Lines Loader Boom Cylinders
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .31-3102-10 Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-27
Loader Bucket and Boom Cylinders
Group 3115—Control Linkages Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-29
Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3115-1 Cross Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-32
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3115-1 Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-33
Loader Bucket Self-Leveling Linkage Multi-Purpose Bucket Cylinder
Indicator and Return-to-Dig Switch Exploded View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-38
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3115-2 Ride Control (If Equipped)
Loader Control Valve Linkage Remove and Install Valve . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-39
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3115-4 Disassemble and Assemble Valve . . . . . .31-3160-41
31
Loader Bucket Cylinder Linkage Remove and Install Solenoid . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-44
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3115-5 Remove and Install Accumulator . . . . . . .31-3160-45
Charging the Ride Control Accumulator . . .31-3160-47
Group 3160—Hydraulic System Charging the Ride Control
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-1 Accumulator—Procedure “A” (14.2 in.
Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-1 accumulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-49
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-2 Charging the Ride Control
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-3 Accumulator—Procedure “B” (17.2 in.
Bucket Curl and Boom Raise Circuit Relief accumulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-50
Valves Ride Control (If Equipped)
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-6 Discharge Accumulator Procedure. . . . . .31-3160-52
Auxiliary and Bucket Dump Relief Valve
w/Anti-cav.
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-7
Boom Anti-Cavitation Valve
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-8
Loader System Relief Valve
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-9
Auxiliary Shut-Off Plug
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-10

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=1
 Contents

31

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Group 3100
Loader
Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Boom Cylinder Weight 37 kg (81 lb) (Approximate)

Loader Boom Weight 317 kg (700 lb) (Approximate)

CED,TX03399,5860 –19–10DEC99–1/1

Remove Loader

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten

–UN–23AUG88
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.

X9811
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

1. Lower all equipment to ground. Stop engine. 31

3100
1
2. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure
in hydraulic system.

3. Remove pre-cleaner and exhaust stack (if necessary)

to remove hood.

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7732 –19–11NOV98–1/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3100-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=557
 Loader

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from falling

bucket linkage when pins are removed. Support
or block linkage from falling when removing
pins.

4. Remove loader linkage, bucket cylinder, and bucket.

(See Remove and Install Loader Bucket Cylinder in
Group 3160 and Remove and Install Loader Bucket in
Group 3102.)

5. Install lifting straps at locations (A and C). Make sure

lifting straps are installed as follows:

• Location (A)—Around the boom arms and through

the handholds.
• Location (C)—Around the boom arms just in front of
cross tube (B).

A—Location (rear lifting point)

B—Cross Tube

–UN–24NOV98
C—Location (front lifting point)

T118413
TX,31,RR7732 –19–11NOV98–2/4

CAUTION: The approximate weight of boom

cylinder is 37 kg (81 lb).

Specification
Boom Cylinder—Weight ................................. 37 kg (81 lb) (Approximate)

–UN–24NOV98
31 NOTE: If removal of boom cylinder is necessary, see
3100 Remove and Install Loader Boom Cylinder in
2
Group 3160.
T118632A
6. Position a 102 x 102 mm (4 x 4 in.) (minimum) wide
block on the front axle directly under boom cylinder.

7. Remove boom cylinder rod end snap ring (A) and pin
(B). Lower rod end of boom cylinder and allow it to rest
on the block.

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7732 –19–11NOV98–3/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3100-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=558
 Loader

8. Disconnect return-to-dig switch connector (D).

9. Tag and disconnect bucket hydraulic lines (C) (left

side) and auxiliary hydraulic lines (right side). Close all
openings using caps and plugs.

10. Remove cotter pin and yoke pin to disconnect bucket

self leveling linkage (A). Fasten linkage rod to loader
arm using a tie band.

11. Support weight of loader using a hoist attached to

lifting straps. Remove snap rings (B), washers, and
shims. Remove pivot pin and actuator (E).

CAUTION: The approximate weight of the loader

boom is 317 kg (700 lb).

Specification
Loader Boom—Weight ............................... 317 kg (700 lb) (Approximate)

–UN–24NOV98
12. Lift loader boom and remove.

13. Repair or replace loader boom as necessary.

T118631
Boom and Bucket Linkage and Lines (right side shown)

A—Bucket Leveling Linkage

B—Loader Pin and Snap Ring
C—Bucket Hydraulic Lines1 (2 used)
D—Return-to-Dig Switch Connector
1
E—Actuator
Similar lines are located on the left side. These lines are for auxiliary
hydraulics.
TX,31,RR7732 –19–11NOV98–4/4

31
3100
3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3100-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=559
 Loader

Install Loader

–UN–26FEB97
T107573
31
3100
4 1—Snap Ring (4 used) 5—Shim (As required) 8—Snap Ring (4 used) 11—Loader
2—Washer (4 used) 6—Bushing (2 used) 9—Bushing (2 used) 12—Nut
3—Pivot Pin (2 used) 7—Pin (2 used) 10—Bushing (2 used) 13—Actuator
4—Lubrication Fitting (3 used)

1. Put actuator (13) on bushing (6) on inside of right 3. Install hardware (1—3 and 5).
loader arm.
4. Connect bucket self leveling linkage to actuator
(13).
CAUTION: The approximate weight of the
loader boom is 317 kg (700 lb).
5. Connect return-to-dig switch connector.
Specification
Loader Boom—Weight ........................ 317 kg (700 lb) (Approximate)

2. Lower loader boom into position and align boom

with pin boss holes.

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7733 –19–11NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3100-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=560
 Loader

CAUTION: The approximate weight of boom

cylinder is 37 kg (81 lb).

Specification
Boom Cylinder—Weight ................................. 37 kg (81 lb) (Approximate)

–UN–24NOV98
NOTE: If boom cylinder was completely removed from
machine, see Remove and Install Loader Boom
Cylinder in Group 3160 for installation procedure.

T118632A
6. Raise boom cylinder into position and install pin (B)
and snap ring (A).

7. Install loader bucket, bucket linkage, and bucket

cylinder. (See Remove and Install Loader Bucket in
Group 3102 and Remove and Install Loader Bucket
Cylinder in Group 3160.)

8. Connect all hydraulic hoses and lines.

9. Adjust bucket self leveling linkage. (See procedure in

Group 3115.)

TX,31,RR7733 –19–11NOV98–2/2

31
3100
5

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3100-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=561
 Loader

31
3100
6

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3100-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=562
 Group 3102
Bucket
Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

RIVNUT Installation Tool Torque 68—74 N•m (50—55 lb-ft)

RIVNUT is a registered trademark of The BF Goodrich Co. CED,TX03399,5864 –19–10DEC99–1/1

Remove and Install Loader Bucket

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from falling

linkage. Bucket cylinder and links will fall
forward when pins are removed. Support or
block linkage before removing pins.

1. Put bucket on floor.

2. Remove pin (D). Lift and rotate bucket links (B) until
links rest against the machine.

NOTE: Stops (C) at the end of cylinder-to-loader cross

tube links prevent cylinder and links from
dropping. The stops keep the link assembly
approximately at the full dump position.

3. Attach a hoist and lifting strap to bucket cylinder.

Remove pin (E). Allow cylinder (A) to rest against the
machine while being careful not to damage hose fitting

–UN–27FEB97
at top of cylinder. 31
3102
1
4. Remove pins (F). Remove bucket.

T107569
5. Repair or replace bucket as needed.

6. Move bucket into position. Align loader arms with

bucket pin bosses and install pins. A—Cylinder
B—Bucket Link (2 used)
C—Link Stops Cylinder-to-Bucket Pin
7. Align bucket cylinder rod with bucket. Install pin. D—Bucket Link-to-Bucket Pin
E—Cylinder-to-Bucket Pin
8. Align links with bucket and install pin. F—Boom-to-Bucket Pin (2 used)

TX, 21,RR7721 –19–11NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3102-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=563
 Bucket

Replace Welded Bucket Cutting Edges

1. Perform welding in an environment with a minimum 5. Tack weld preheated plates starting at center of
ambient temperature of 10°C (50°F). bucket and working toward the outside ends.

2. Clean all joints to be welded of all foreign matter 6. Final weld preheated plates starting at the center of
such as dirt, rust, mill scale, oil, etc. with grinders the front edge of the bucket backing plate and
and/or solvents. working toward the outside ends.

3. Use dry AWS-E7018 low hydrogen electrodes or Repeat this operation at back edge of loader blade.
either of the following equivalent low hydrogen wire
feed electrodes: gas metal arc welding (CO 2 or Tack welds may be incorporated into the final weld,
argon CO 2) AWS-E70S6 or flux cored arc welding providing they have been made with electrodes that
AWS-E70T1. meet the requirements of the final welds and no
cracking has occurred in the weld metal. Tack
4. Preheat parts to be welded (both tack and final welds not meeting these requirements must be
welds) to minimum of 204°C (400°F). PREHEAT completely removed by grinding or air arc gouging
TEMPERATURE MUST BE THROUGHOUT THE just prior to making the final weld in that area.
ENTIRE THICKNESS OF THE PARTS JOINED
AND AT LEAST 51 mm (2 in.) BACK FROM THE 7. Do not remove bucket from welding environment
JOINT. Maintain preheat throughout the entire until weld metal temperature has dropped to the
welding operation. Tempilstiks should be used if ambient temperature. Do not force cooling rate of
possible. weld metal.

TX,31,ME120 –19–11NOV98–1/1

31
3102 Repair Cracked Cutting Edge
2

1. If cutting edge has any cracks, clean the area to find

end of crack.

2. Drill a small hole at end of crack to prevent spreading.

3. Grind V-grooves along crack on top and bottom of

cutting edge.

4. Fill the V-grooves with weld. Use E7018 electrodes.

Extend the weld approximately 13 mm (0.5 in.) beyond
end of crack.

TX,31,ME122 –19–18JUL94–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3102-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=564
 Bucket

Remove and Install Cutting Edge

–UN–15MAY91
T7513AQ
1. Lower bucket onto shop stands. 3. Remove top weld using cutting torch or air arc
equipment. Remove weld on side stiffener to cutting
2. Tack weld a straight edge along weld (A) joining edge joint.
bucket to cutting edge to use as a guide.

31
3102
3

Continued on next page TX3102BR269 –19–05JUN91–1/6

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3102-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=565
 Bucket

–UN–15MAY91
T7513AR
A—51 mm (2.0 in.) long x 12 C—40 mm (1.6 in.) long x 8 D—140 mm (5.5 in.) long x 8 E—76 mm (3.0 in.) long x 8
mm (0.5 in.) fillet weld mm (0.3 in.) fillet weld mm (0.3 in.) fillet weld mm (0.3 in.) fillet weld
B—51 mm (2.0 in.) long x 8 (also wrap corners)
mm (0.3 in.) fillet weld

IMPORTANT: Cutting edge overlaps bucket at 4. Put bucket into dump position. Remove all bottom
bottom welds. Be careful not to cut welds (A—E) with cutting torch or air arc
into bucket when removing weld. equipment.
31
3102 NOTE: Weld sequence on cutting edge is
4 symmetrical. Use left side notations to guide
you to cut welds on the right side.

Continued on next page TX3102BR269 –19–05JUN91–2/6

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3102-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=566
 Bucket

5. Smooth rough surfaces with grinder.

6. Position new cutting edge and hold in place with

clamps.

IMPORTANT: Disconnect battery ground strap or turn

–UN–07FEB90
battery disconnect switch to "OFF".

Have only a certified or qualified welder

do this work. Connect welder ground

T92453
clamp close to each weld area so
electrical current does not pass through
any bearings.

Remove or protect all parts that can be

damaged by heat or weld splatter.

High carbon cutting edges must be

preheated to 350° F, then welded with
low hydrogen E-7018 dry rods or A.W.S.
E-70T-4 flux core process.

NOTE: Weld sequence on cutting edge is symmetrical.

Use left side notations to weld right side.

7. Tack weld cutting edge to bucket. Remove clamps.

Continued on next page TX3102BR269 –19–05JUN91–3/6

31
3102
5

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3102-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=567
 Bucket

–UN–15MAY91
T7513AR
A—51 mm (2.0 in.) long x 12 C—40 mm (1.6 in.) long x 8 D—140 mm (5.5 in.) long x 8 E—76 mm (3.0 in.) long x 8
mm (0.5 in.) fillet weld mm (0.3 in.) fillet weld mm (0.3 in.) fillet weld mm (0.3 in.) fillet weld
B—51 mm (2.0 in.) long x 8 (also wrap corners)
mm (0.3 in.) fillet weld

8. Weld bottom of cutting edge at A, B, C, D, and E.

Use weld instructions on drawing.

31
3102
6

Continued on next page TX3102BR269 –19–05JUN91–4/6

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3102-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=568
 Bucket

–UN–15MAY91
T7513AQ
9. Put bucket flat on shop stands. Weld floor of bucket and weld continuous to end. Weld both halves
to cutting edge (A) with a 5 mm (0.2 in.) high by 9 before welding side stiffener to cutting edge.
mm (0.36 in.) wide fillet weld. Start weld in center

Continued on next page TX3102BR269 –19–05JUN91–5/6

31
3102
7

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3102-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=569
 Bucket

10. Weld both sides and front of each side stiffener to

cutting edge using a 12 mm fillet weld (A). Wrap weld
around corners.

–UN–05JUN91
T7513AS
TX3102BR269 –19–05JUN91–6/6

31
3102
8

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3102-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=570
 Bucket

31
3102
9

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3102-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=571
 Bucket

Disassemble and Assemble Multi-Purpose Bucket and Lines

31
3102
10

–UN–18JUN98
TP57880

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5611 –19–03DEC99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3102-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=572
 Bucket

1—Cylinder (2 used) 11—Plate (3 used) 20—Elbow (2 used) 28—Cap Screw (2 used)

2—Bushing (4 used) 12—Cap Screw (3 used) 21—Hydraulic Hose Loader 29—Lock Nut (2 used)
3—U-Joint Lock Pin (2 used) 13—Hydraulic Hose-to-Head Lift Arms-to-Bucket (2 30—Moldboard
4—Lock Nut (2 used) End (Right Side) used) 31—Hydraulic Hose-to-Head
5—Cap Screw (2 used) 14—Elbow (2 used) 22—Cap Screw End
6—Hydraulic Hose-to-Rod End 15—O-Ring (4 used) 23—Washer 32—Hydraulic Hose
(2 used) 16—Cotter Pin (2 used) 24—Clamp 33—Multi-Purpose Bucket
7—O-Ring (11 used) 17—Washer (2 used) 25—Bushing Assembly
8—Elbow (2 used) 18—Bushing (4 used) 26—Washer (2 used) 34—Complete Multi-Purpose
9—Tube (2 used) 19—Pin (2 used) 27—Pin (2 used) Bucket Assembly
10—Clamp (6 used)

Inspect all parts for wear. Replace if necessary.

CED,TX03399,5611 –19–03DEC99–2/2

31
3102
11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3102-11 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=573
 Bucket

31
3102
12

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3102-12 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=574
 Group 3115
Control Linkages
Service Equipment and Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5865 –19–14DEC99–1/2

Bushing, Bearing and Seal Driver Set . . . . . . D01045AA

Used to remove and install loader bucket linkage

bushings.
CED,TX03399,5865 –19–14DEC99–2/2

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Return-to-Dig Adjustment Gap 1 mm (0.04 in.)

(Guard/Stop-to-bell crank)

Return-to-Dig Adjustment (Top of Gap 152 mm (6 in.)

Bell Crank Pin-to-Actuator Tang)

Right Side of Loader Knob to Distance 250 mm (10 in.)

Measuring Tape

Front of Loader Knob to Measuring Distance 130 mm (5.25 in.) 31

Tape 3115
1
Loader Bucket Cylinder Weight 45 kg (100 lb) (Approximate)

CED,TX03399,5866 –19–14DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3115-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=575
 Control Linkages

Loader Bucket Self-Leveling Linkage

Indicator and Return-to-Dig Switch
Adjustment

1. Position bucket flat on ground. Stop engine.

2. Remove cover that covers linkage and reinstall cap

screw.

3. Hold bucket lever in rollback position.

4. Measure gap (A) between guard/stop (B) and bell

crank (C). Gap should be as specified.

Specification
Return-to-Dig Adjustment
(Guard/Stop-to-bell crank)—Gap....................................... 1 mm (0.04 in.)

5. If gap is not to specification, adjust rod jam nut and

yoke (D) to obtain correct gap. Allow bucket lever to
return to neutral position.

–UN–26JUL96
6. Measure gap (E) between top of bell crank pin (F) and
bottom of actuator tang (G). Gap should be as

T102233
specified.

Specification
Return-to-Dig Adjustment (Top of
Bell Crank Pin-to-Actuator
Tang)—Gap ........................................................................ 152 mm (6 in.)

7. If gap (E) is not to specification, adjust sensor tube jam

nut and yoke (H) until correct specification is obtained.

–UN–05SEP96
A—1 mm (0.04 in.) Gap
B—Guard/Stop
31
C—Bell Crank—Neutral Position
3115
D—Rod Jam Nut and Yoke

T102231
2
E—152 mm (6 in.) Gap
F—Bell Crank Pin
G—Actuator Tang
H—Sensor Tube Jam Nut and Yoke
I—Bucket Dump
J—Bucket Rollback

Continued on next page CED,OUO1010,482 –19–20NOV98–1/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3115-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=576
 Control Linkages

8. Loosen cap screw (D) and move return-to-dig switch

so roller (C) is touching area (B) on the cam.

9. Connect an ohmmeter test leads across the

return-to-dig switch terminals.

10. Move switch toward cam until continuity is indicated.

11. Move switch away from cam until no continuity is

indicated.

12. Tighten cap screw (D) without moving switch

–UN–13NOV98
assembly (A).

13. Remove pin from sensor tube yoke.

T118401
14. While watching clearance between cam and switch,
turn bucket level pointer back and forth to make sure
cam does not hit switch bracket.
A—Switch Assembly
NOTE: Be sure that switch arm and roller do not bottom B—Cam Area
C—Roller
on switch housing. D—Cap Screw

15. If cam contacts switch bracket or arm, repeat steps

8—14.

16. Connect return-to-dig switch connector.

17. Install cover.

18. Connect sensor tube.

31
3115
3

CED,OUO1010,482 –19–20NOV98–2/3

19. When self-leveling mechanism is adjusted correctly,

bucket position will be approximately level or slightly
forward with the ground.

20. Check position of bucket level indicator-to-leveling

decal. For operator’s preference, the decal may be
–UN–18OCT88

moved to align with the bucket pointer.

T6161AA

CED,OUO1010,482 –19–20NOV98–3/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3115-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=577
 Control Linkages

Loader Control Valve Linkage Adjustment

NOTE: Levers must be positioned correctly to allow full

travel and proper operation of loader valves.

Cab and other components have been removed in

–UN–30OCT90
some photos for illustration purposes only.

1. Put loader control valve spools in neutral position.

T7407AN
2. Adjust rods (A) so tabs (B) on bell crank are horizontal.

3. Put a piece of masking tape from right front to right

rear ROPS posts on inside surface at loader knob
height.

4. Distance (C) from right side of knob to tape.

Specification

–UN–14NOV90
Right Side of Loader Knob to
Measuring Tape—Distance .............................................. 250 mm (10 in.)

5. Put a piece of masking tape from left front to right front

T7407AO
ROPS posts on inside surface at loader knob height.

6. Distance (D) from front of loader knob to tape.

Specification
Front of Loader Knob to
Measuring Tape—Distance ........................................... 130 mm (5.25 in.)

NOTE: Pivot (F) must remain in slot when holding the

loader lever in the rollback position.

–UN–30OCT90
7. The distances in steps 4 and 6 can be obtained by
adjusting control rods (E).
31

T7407AP
3115 A—Linkage Rods
4 B—Tabs
C—Distance [250 mm (10 in.)]
D—Distance [130 mm (5.25 in.)]
E—Control Rods
F—Pivot
–UN–30OCT90
T7407AQ

TX,9025,RR7491 –19–20NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3115-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=578
 Control Linkages

Remove and Install Loader Bucket Cylinder

Linkage

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from falling

linkage. Bucket cylinder and links will fall when
pins are removed. Support or block linkage and
cylinder before removing pins. The approximate
weight of bucket cylinder is 45 kg (100 lb).

Specification
Loader Bucket Cylinder—Weight ................. 45 kg (100 lb) (Approximate)

1. Lower all equipment to ground and stop the engine.

TX,31,BG99 –19–04JUN98–1/3

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.

–UN–23AUG88
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.

X9811
Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a 31
3115
knowledgeable medical source. Such 5
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

2. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure

in hydraulic system.

3. Support or block linkage from falling when

disconnecting the linkage.

Continued on next page TX,31,BG99 –19–04JUN98–2/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3115-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=579
 Control Linkages

4. Disconnect self-leveling rod by removing snap ring (E).

5. Remove two bucket links (F) by removing snap rings

and washers (A) and snap rings, washers, and pin (D).

6. Slowly remove bucket links (B) by removing snap

rings, washers, and pin (C).

7. Inspect links. Repair or replace as needed. Remove

and install bushings using 45, 55, 65, 75, and 85 mm
disks from D01045AA Bushing, Bearing, and Seal
Driver Set.

8. Apply multipurpose grease to inside of all bushings

before assembly.

9. Attach bucket links (F) to loader boom using pin,

washers, and snap rings (D).

10. Attach bucket links (B) to bucket using pin, washers,

–UN–07AUG97
and snap rings (C).

11. Align bucket links (B and F) with cylinder and attach

links to cylinder using washers and snap rings (A).

T110966
Shim as required to reduce looseness on bucket links
and bucket links to cylinder.

12. Attach self-leveling rod using snap ring (E). A—Snap Ring and Washer (2 used)
B—Bucket Links (2 used)
C—Snap Rings, Washers, and Pin
D—Snap Rings, Washers, and Pin
E—Snap Ring
F—Bucket Links (2 used)

31
3115
6

TX,31,BG99 –19–04JUN98–3/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3115-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=580
 Group 3160
Hydraulic System
Essential Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5890 –19–06JAN00–1/5

Relief Valve Seal Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1290

To install special seal on relief valve.

CED,TX03399,5890 –19–06JAN00–2/5

Shut-Off Plug Seal Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1328

To install special seal on shut-off plug.

CED,TX03399,5890 –19–06JAN00–3/5

Seal installation tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG734

Install seals and wiper rings in spool valves.

CED,TX03399,5890 –19–06JAN00–4/5

31
Gas Cock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT01735 3160
1

Charge Accumulator

CED,TX03399,5890 –19–06JAN00–5/5

Service Equipment and Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5868 –19–14DEC99–1/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=581
 Hydraulic System

Spanner Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG347

Remove cylinder spanner nut.

CED,TX03399,5868 –19–14DEC99–2/3

Gauge (600 psi)

Determine Accumulator Charge Pressure.

CED,TX03399,5868 –19–14DEC99–3/3

Other Material

Number Name Use

TY16285 (U.S.) Cure Primer Apply to threads on spool and spool

CXTY16285 (Canadian) end screw.
7649 (LOCTITE) Apply to spanner nut and rod guide
threads

T43513 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (High Apply to threads of spool end screw.
TY9474 (Canadian) Strength)
271 (LOCTITE)

T43512 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Apply to rod guide and spanner nut
TY9473 (Canadian) Strength) threads.
242 (LOCTITE)

31
3160
2

LOCTITE is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp. CED,TX03399,5869 –19–14DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=582
 Hydraulic System

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Loader Control Valve

Bucket Curl and Boom Raise Torque 24 ± 3 N•m (18 ± 2 lb-ft)

Circuit Relief Valve Cap and Nut

Bucket Curl and Boom Raise Torque 45 ± 4.7 N•m (33 ± 3.5 lb-ft)
Circuit Relief Valve (Installation)

Auxiliary and Bucket Dump Relief Torque 45 ± 4.7 N•m (33 ± 3.5 lb-ft)
Valve Nut

Auxiliary and Bucket Dump Relief Torque 65 ± 7 N•m (48 ± 5 lb-ft)

Valve (Installation)

Boom Anti-Cavitation Valve Torque 65 ± 7 N•m (48 ± 5 lb-ft)

(Installation)

System Relief Valve Nut Torque 5 ± 0.68 N•m (44 ± 6 lb-in.)

System Relief Valve Body Plug Torque 45 ± 4.7 N•m (33 ± 3.5 lb-ft)

System Relief Valve (Installation) Torque 45 ± 4.7 N•m (33 ± 3.5 lb-ft)

Shut-Off Plug (Installation) Torque 65 ± 7 N•m (48 ± 5 lb-ft)

Control Valve and Mounting Plate Weight 45 kg (100 lb) (Approximate)

Mounting Plate Isolator Cap Torque 37 N•m (27 lb-ft)

Screws

Mounting Cap Screws Torque 140 N•m (105 lb-ft)

31
3160
Loader Control Valve Weight 45 kg (100 lb) (Approximate) 3

Tie Rod Nuts (1/2-20 Threads) Torque 100 N•m (74 lb-ft)

Tie Rod Nuts (7/16-20 Threads) Torque 65 N•m (48 lb-ft)

Spool Cap, Cap Screws Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

Spool Retainer Plate Screws Torque 5.5 N•m (48 lb-in.)

Relief Valve [27 mm (1-1/2 in.) Torque 65 ± 7 N•m (48 ± 5 lb-ft)

Threads]

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5896 –19–07JAN00–1/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=583
 Hydraulic System

Item Measurement Specification

Relief Valve [22.2 mm (7/8 in.) Torque 45 ± 4 N•m (33 ± 3 lb-ft)

Threads (w/o Locking Ring)]

Relief Valve [22.2 mm (7/8 in.) Torque 34 ± 3 N• m (25 ± 2 lb-ft)

Threads (w/ Locking Ring)]

Locking Ring Nut Torque 14 ± 1.4 N• m (10 ± 1 lb-ft)

Steering Load Sense Relief Nut Torque 9.5 N•m (84 ± 12 lb-in.)
and Cap

Spool End Screw Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

Spool Cap, Cap Screws Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

Spool Retainer Plate Screws Torque 5.5 N•m (48 lb-in.)

Loader Cylinders

Bucket Cylinder Weight 45 kg (100 lb) (Approximate)

Boom Cylinder Weight 45 kg (100 lb) (Approximate)

Bucket Cylinder Piston Nut with Torque Turn 170 N•m (125 lb-ft) + 1/8 (45°) turn
855.5 ± 2 mm (33.7 ± 0.08 in.)
Rod Stroke

Bucket Cylinder Piston Nut with Torque Turn 190 N•m (140 lb-ft) + 1/8 turn (45°)
744 ± 2 mm (29.3 ± 0.08 in.) Rod
Stroke

Boom Cylinder Piston Nut Torque Turn 250 N•m (185 lb-ft) + 1/8 (45°) turn
31
3160
4
Ride Control

Control Valve Cap Screws Torque 37 N•m (27 lb-ft)

Control Valve Hydraulic Hoses Torque 50 N•m (37 lb-ft)

Control Valve Manifold SAE #4 Torque 8—14 N•m (6—10 lb-ft)

Plug

Control Valve Manifold SAE #6 Torque 20—27 N•m (15—20 lb-ft)

Plug

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5896 –19–07JAN00–2/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=584
 Hydraulic System

Item Measurement Specification

Solenoid Valve Block-to-Control Torque 5—7 N•m (44—62 lb-in.)

Valve Manifold Socket-Head
Screws

Accumulator Clamp Cap Screws Torque 73 N•m (54 lb-ft)

Accumulator Hydraulic Line Torque 37 N•m (27 lb-ft)

Accumulator Charge for Optimal Pressure – 345 kPa (– 3.5 bar) (– 50 psi)
Performance

Ride Control Accumulator Pressure (310E, 310SE, 315SE 2482 ± 138 kPa (25 ± 1bar) (360 ±
Pre-Charge—17 in. accumulator Machines) 20 psi)
canister length

Ride Control Accumulator Pressure (410E Machine) 3447 kPa (35 bar ) (500 psi)
Pre-Charge—17 in. accumulator
canister length

Ride Control Accumulator Pressure (310E, 310SE, 315SE and 2930 kPa (29 bar ) (425 psi)
Pre-Charge—14 in. accumulator 410E Machines)
canister length

CED,TX03399,5896 –19–07JAN00–3/3

31
3160
5

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=585
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Bucket Curl and

Boom Raise Circuit Relief Valve

1. Disassemble and inspect parts for wear and damage.

Replace as necessary.

2. Put clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly.

3. Install special seal (I) using JDG1290 Seal Installer.

4. Tighten cap (A) and nut (D) to specification. Reference

Circuit relief valve installation torque.

Loader Control Valve—Specification

Bucket Curl and Boom Raise
Circuit Relief Valve Cap and
Nut—Torque ........................................................ 24 ± 3 N•m (18 ± 2 lb-ft)
Bucket Curl and Boom Raise
Circuit Relief Valve
(Installation)—Torque .................................... 45 ± 4.7 N•m (33 ± 3.5 lb-ft)

–UN–09APR97
A—Cap
B—Adjusting Screw
C—O-Ring
D—Nut
E—O-Ring

T108887
F—Spring
G—Poppet
H—Orifice
I—Special Seal
J—Collar
K—Retaining Ring
M—Valve Body

31
3160
6

TX,3160,SS3095 –19–20OCT99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=586
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Auxiliary and

Bucket Dump Relief Valve with
Anti-Cavitation

1. Disassemble and inspect parts for wear and damage.

Replace as necessary.

2. Put clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly.

3. Tighten nut (D) and valve body (E) to specifications.

Reference relief valve installation torque.

Loader Control Valve—Specification

Auxiliary and Bucket Dump Relief
Valve Nut—Torque ........................................ 45 ± 4.7 N•m (33 ± 3.5 lb-ft)
Auxiliary and Bucket Dump Relief
Valve Body—Torque ........................................... 65 ± 7 N•m (48 ± 5 lb-ft)
Auxiliary and Bucket Dump Relief
Valve (Installation)—Torque ................................ 65 ± 7 N•m (48 ± 5 lb-ft)

A—End Stop

–UN–05JUL94
B—Cap
C—O-Ring
D—Nut
E—Valve Body
F—Poppet

T8259AJ
G—Spring
H—Spring
I—Valve Body
J—Piston
K—Poppet
L—Poppet
M—Backup Ring
N—O-Ring
O—O-Ring
P—O-Ring
Q—Backup Ring (2 used)
R—Spring
S—O-Ring 31
T—Shim (as required) 3160
7

TX,3160,SS3096 –19–07JAN00–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=587
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Boom

Anti-Cavitation Valve

1. Disassemble and inspect parts for wear and damage.

Replace as necessary.

2. Put clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly.

3. Boom anti-cavitation valve installation torque.

Loader Control Valve—Specification

Boom Anti-Cavitation Valve
(Installation)—Torque .......................................... 65 ± 7 N•m (48 ± 5 lb-ft)

A—Spring
B—Valve Body
C—O-Ring
D—Poppet
E—Backup Ring
F—O-Ring

–UN–27JAN97
T100609
TX,31,RR7690 –19–07JAN00–1/1

31
3160
8

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=588
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Loader System

Relief Valve

1. Disassemble and inspect parts for wear and damage.

Replace as necessary.

2. Put clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly.

3. Tighten nut (R), valve body plug (Q). Reference

system relief valve installation torque.

Loader Control Valve—Specification

System Relief Valve Nut—Torque ................. 5 ± 0.68 N•m (44 ± 6 lb-in.)
System Relief Valve Body Plug—
Torque ........................................................... 45 ± 4.7 N•m (33 ± 3.5 lb-ft)
System Relief Valve
(Installation)—Torque .................................... 45 ± 4.7 N•m (33 ± 3.5 lb-ft)

A—Adjusting Screw
B—O-ring (2 used)
C—O-Ring

–UN–05MAR97
D—Pilot Poppet
E—Spring
F—Backup Ring
G—Spring
H—Backup Ring

T100630
I—Poppet
J—Piston
K—Poppet
L—O-Ring
M—O-Ring
N—O-Ring
O—Valve Body
P—Spring
Q—Valve Body Plug
R—Nut

31
3160
9

TX,31,RR7739 –19–20OCT99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=589
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Auxiliary

Shut-off Plug

1. Remove seal, if necessary.

2. Put clean hydraulic oil on seal before assembly.

–UN–05JAN00
3. Install special seal using JDG1328 Seal Installer.

4. Plug (1) installation torque.

T127068
Loader Control Valve—Specification
Shut-Off Plug (Installation)—
Torque ................................................................. 65 ± 7 N•m (48 ± 5 lb-ft) 1—Shut-Off Plug
2—Special Seal

CED,TX03399,5883 –19–05JAN00–1/1

Remove and Install Loader Control Valve

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid

under pressure, stop engine and relieve the
pressure in the system before disconnecting or
connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all

–UN–23AUG88
connections before applying pressure.

1. Operate hydraulic controls to release hydraulic

pressure.

X9811
2. Remove battery box cover. (See Remove and Install
Battery Box in Group 1671)
31
3160
10
3. Disconnect battery cables.

4. Disconnect loader control valve linkage.

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7780 –19–16NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=590
 Hydraulic System

5. Tag and disconnect lines (A) located inside of frame.

Tag and disconnect all hoses and lines from control
valve. Close all openings using caps and plugs.

CAUTION: Control valve and mounting plate

weighs approximately 45 kg (100 lb).

–UN–15FEB97
Loader Control Valve—Specification
Control Valve and Mounting
Plate—Weight ............................................... 45 kg (100 lb) (Approximate)

T104873
6. Remove cap screws (B) to remove valve mounting
plate with loader valve. Remove valve.

7. Install valve mounting plate with isolators. Tighten

three isolator cap screws to specification.

Loader Control Valve—Specification

Mounting Plate Isolator Cap
Screws—Torque .............................................................. 37 N•m (27 lb-ft)

8. Install loader valve and cap screws. Tighten cap

screws to specification.

Loader Control Valve—Specification

Mounting Cap Screws—Torque .................................. 140 N•m (105 lb-ft)

9. Connect hoses and lines.

10. Install battery box and batteries. Connect battery

cables.

31
3160
11

TX,31,RR7780 –19–16NOV98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-11 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=591
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Loader Control Valve

–UN–21DEC99
T126923
A—Priority Section E—Nut and Tie Rod Assembly H—Check Valve (1 per spool J—Valve Section (To Show
B—Bucket Section F—O-Ring (1 between each section) Check Valve Installation)
C—Boom Section section) I—Last Valve Section "Outlet"
D—Auxiliary Section G—Spring (1 per spool Side (To Show Check Valve
section) Installation)

31 IMPORTANT: Keep all components for each valve 3. Remove nuts and tie rods (E).
3160 section together as a set.
12 4. Carefully remove sections (A—D) so not to lose or
damage O-rings (F), springs (G), and check valve
CAUTION: The control valve weighs
(H). Keep check valve and spool section together
approximately 45 kg (100 lb). Use a hoist to
as a set. Use care not to damage or score mating
lift the valve assembly from the machine to
surfaces of valve sections.
the bench. Support the valve assembly in a
holding fixture.
5. Inspect O-rings between each section for wear or
Loader Control Valve—Specification damage. Replace as necessary.
Loader Control Valve—Weight .............. 45 kg (100 lb) (Approximate)
6. Inspect springs and check valves for scoring, wear,
1. Set control valve assembly vertically on a work or damage. Replace as necessary.
bench with the inlet section on the bottom.
Install check valves (H) and springs (G) in each
2. To aid in assembly, identify each section with a section as shown in section (J), except on the last
mark. section.

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7663 –19–20DEC99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-12 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=592
 Hydraulic System

NOTE: On the last section on "Outlet" side (I), the 9. Install nuts on other end of tie rods and snug tight;
load check valve must be installed after the do not make final torque.
spring.
IMPORTANT: Tighten tie rod evenly and at several
Install the spring first and then check valve as intervals to prevent valve spool
shown in section (I). binding or leakage between sections.

7. Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal parts. 10. Lay valve assembly horizontally on bench
supported by blocks under the mounting feet.
Install check valve, spring, and O-ring into each Tighten nuts to specifications.
spool section.
Loader Control Valve—Specification
8. Assemble sections (A—D) making sure check Tie Rod Nuts (1/2-20
Threads)—Torque ................................................... 100 N•m (74 lb-ft)
valve, spring, and O-ring remain in position. Install Tie Rod Nuts (7/16-20
the tie rods in so the shorter threaded length end is Threads)—Torque ..................................................... 65 N•m (48 lb-ft)
on the bottom. Fully screw on the nuts on the
shorter threaded end.

TX,31,RR7663 –19–20DEC99–2/2

Replace Wiper Rings and Seals of Loader

Control Valve Sections

1. Remove screws (E) to remove plate (D) from valve

section.

2. Use an O-ring pick to remove wiper ring (A) and seal 31

(B). 3160
13

A—Wiper Ring
B—Seal
C—Spool
D—Plate
E—Screw (2 used)
–UN–27JAN97
T7698AB

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7819 –19–15NOV99–1/5

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-13 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=593
 Hydraulic System

3. Remove two screws (A) to remove cap (J) from bottom

of valve section.

4. Remove screw (B) to remove retainers (C and D),

spring (I) and plate (E).

5. Use an O-ring pick to remove wiper ring (H) and seal

(G).

A—Screw (2 used)
B—Spool End Screw
C—Spring Retainer
D—Spring Retainer
E—Plate
F—Spool
G—Seal
H—Wiper Ring
I—Spring
J—Cap

–UN–27JAN97
T7698AD
Continued on next page TX,31,RR7819 –19–15NOV99–2/5

31
3160
14

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-14 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=594
 Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: DO NOT damage OD or ID of new seal

during installation. Installation tool
MUST be used to install seal and wiper
ring.

6. Use JDG734 Seal Installation Tool to install new seal

and wiper ring at each end of spool:

a. Install wiper ring (C) on end of tool driver (D) with

smaller OD of ring into driver.

b. Put seal (B) on wiper ring with open side of seal

away from wiper ring.

c. Carefully slide sleeve (A) over seal, wiper ring, and

driver with raised lip of sleeve away from driver. Do
not push seal through sleeve.

d. Put tool assembly over end of spool with raised lip

into counterbore of valve section.

e. Push driver to install seal and wiper ring into valve

housing.

A—Tool Sleeve
B—Seal
C—Wiper Ring

–UN–27JAN97
D—Tool Driver

T7677AA
Continued on next page TX,31,RR7819 –19–15NOV99–3/5

31
3160
15

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-15 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=595
 Hydraulic System

NOTE: Lip end of sleeve ID is cone-shaped to compress

seal and wiper ring for installation.

7. Install plate (E), retainers (C and D) and spring (I).

8. Apply cure primer to threads of spool and spool end

screw (B). Apply thread lock and sealer (high strength)
to threads of screw (B). Tighten screw.

9. Install cap (J) and screws (A). Tighten screws to

specification.

Loader Control Valve—Specification

Spool Cap, Cap Screws—Torque ................................. 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

A—Screw (2 used)
B—Spool End Screw
C—Spring Retainer
D—Spring Retainer
E—Plate
F—Spool

–UN–27JAN97
G—Seal
H—Wiper Ring
I—Spring
J—Cap

T7698AD
Continued on next page TX,31,RR7819 –19–15NOV99–4/5

31
3160
16

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-16 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=596
 Hydraulic System

10. Install plate (D) and two screws (E). Tighten screws
to specification.

Loader Control Valve—Specification

Spool Retainer Plate Screws—
Torque ........................................................................... 5.5 N•m (48 lb-in.)

11. Check for correct installation of seals by pushing

down of spool (C). Spool must return to neutral
position.

A—Wiper Ring
B—Seal
C—Spool
D—Plate
E—Screw (2 used)

–UN–27JAN97
T7698AB
TX,31,RR7819 –19–15NOV99–5/5

31
3160
17

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-17 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=597
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Loader Control Valve

Relief Valves

IMPORTANT: Relief valves MUST be installed in the

correct ports.

NOTE: A three function valve is shown. For a two

function valve the auxiliary section is removed and
the boom section is replaced with a boom section
having a power beyond port.

1. To aid in assembly, put identification marks on the

relief valve and the control valve.

2. Remove relief valves.

3. Remove and inspect O-rings and backup rings for

damage. If damaged, check housing for cause.

4. Install new O-rings and backup rings.

–UN–03FEB97
5. Install circuit relief valves in control valves and tighten
to specification.

T100629
Specification
Relief Valve [27 mm (1-1/2 in.)
Threads]—Torque................................................ 65 ± 7 N•m (48 ± 5 lb-ft)
Relief Valve [22.2 mm (7/8 in.)
Threads (w/o Locking Ring)]— A—Bucket Dump Circuit Relief
Torque ................................................................. 45 ± 4 N•m (33 ± 3 lb-ft) B—Anti-Cavitation Valve
Relief Valve [22.2 mm (7/8 in.) C—Auxiliary Circuit Relief
Threads (w/ Locking Ring)]— D—Auxiliary Plug
Torque ............................................................... 34 ± 3 N• m (25 ± 2 lb-ft) E—Boom Raise Circuit Relief
Locking Ring Nut—Torque ............................. 14 ± 1.4 N• m (10 ± 1 lb-ft) F—Bucket Curl Circuit Relief
Steering Load Sense Relief Nut G—System Relief, Dual Pressure
and Cap—Torque ................................................. 9.5 N•m (84 ± 12 lb-in.) H—Steering Load Sense Relief

31
3160
IMPORTANT: Relief valves MUST be adjusted anytime
18 they are disassembled or replaced.
Failure to do so could cause damage to
hydraulic system.

6. Adjust relief valves. (See Group 9025 in operation and

test manual.)

TX,31,RR7662 –19–06JAN00–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-18 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=598
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Loader Control Valve Inlet Section

–UN–12FEB97
T107164
A—System Relief Valve B—Housing

TX,31,RR7693 –19–16NOV98–1/1

31
3160
19

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-19 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=599
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Loader Bucket Section

–UN–27JAN97
T100611
A—Check Valve and Spring G—Spring Seat L—End Cap Q—Lip Seal (2 used)
B—Valve Section Body H—Clapper M—Spacer R—Retaining Plate
C—Retaining Plate I—Socket-Head Screw (2 used) N—Guide S—Screw (2 used)
D—Centering Spring J—Retaining Ring O—Washer (2 used) T—Spool
E—Spring Seat K—Electromagnet Housing P—Spacer Q—Wiper Seal
F—Spool End Screw

31
3160 IMPORTANT: Spool MUST be installed in the same 5. Put clean hydraulic oil on spool and install spool in
20 valve section as was removed for valve housing. Install seals (Q) and wiper ring (U)
proper operation of the hydraulic using JDG734 Seal Installation tool (See procedure
function. in this group).

1. Remove parts (I, K—M, and O) to expose the 6. Install parts (C—G) on spool. Apply cure primer to
clapper assembly. threads of spool (T) and spool end screw (F). Apply
thread lock and sealer (high strength) on spool end
2. Remove snap ring (J), clapper (H), and parts (N screw. Tighten to specification.
and P) to remove spool from valve housing.
Specification
Spool End Screw—Torque ..................................... 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)
3. Using a protective cover or wooden blocks, put
spool in vise. Remove parts (C—G).
7. Apply grease to all of spring (D). Install parts (N
4. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace all and P) before clapper (H) and snap ring (J).
O-rings and backup rings.

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7665 –19–15NOV99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-20 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=600
 Hydraulic System

8. Assemble remaining parts. Install and tighten cap Tighten screws (S) to specification.
screw (I) to specification.
Loader Control Valve—Specification
Loader Control Valve—Specification Spool Retainer Plate Screws—
Spool Cap, Cap Screws— Torque..................................................................... 5.5 N•m (48 lb-in.)
Torque..................................................................... 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

TX,31,RR7665 –19–15NOV99–2/2

31
3160
21

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-21 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=601
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Loader Boom Section

–UN–17OCT94
T8332AF
A—Check Valve and Spring F—Cap Screw (2 used) K—Centering Spring P—Lip Seal (2 used)
B—Valve Section Body G—Spring Guide L—Detent Ball (4 used) Q—Wiper Seal
C—Detent Sleeve H—Spool Cap M—Detent Cam R—Cap Screw (2 used)
D—Detent I—Vent Screen N—Spring S—Spool Tang
E—Spring Seat J—Spool End Screw O—Guide T—Retaining Plate

IMPORTANT: Spool MUST be installed in the same 5. Apply cure primer to threads on spool and spool
valve section as was removed for end screw (J). Put thread lock and sealer (high
proper operation of the hydraulic strength) on spool end screw (J) and tighten to
function. specification.

NOTE: When machine is equipped with a two function Specification

Spool End Screw—Torque ...................................... 9.5 N•M (84 lb-in)
valve, the boom section has a power beyond
31
3160
port located on the main frame side of the
valve. The power beyond port is similar to the 6. Apply clean hydraulic oil on spool and install spool
22
one on the loader valve auxiliary section into valve housing.
shown in this group.
7. Install seals (O) and wiper ring (Q) using JDG734
1. Remove parts (F and H) to remove spool (S) from Seal Installation tool (see procedure in this group).
housing (B).
8. Put clean hydraulic oil on all remaining parts before
2. Using a protective cover or wooden blocks, put assembly.
spool in vise. Remove parts (E, G, and J—N).
9. Install spool cap (H) and tighten cap screws (F) to
3. Inspect parts for wear or damage . Replace all specification.
O-rings and backup rings.

4. Install parts (E, G, and K—N) on spool.

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7666 –19–15NOV99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-22 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=602
 Hydraulic System

Loader Control Valve—Specification

Spool Cap, Cap Screws—
Torque..................................................................... 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

10. Install and tighten screws (R) to specification.

Loader Control Valve—Specification

Spool Retainer Plate Screws—
Torque..................................................................... 5.5 N•M (48 lb-in.)

TX,31,RR7666 –19–15NOV99–2/2

31
3160
23

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-23 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=603
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Loader Auxiliary Section

–UN–27JAN97
T100613
A—Valve Section Body D—Centering Spring H —Retaining Plate (2 used) L—Spool
B—Socket Head Screw (2 E—Vent Screen I—Wiper Seal M—Check Valve and spring
used) F—Spool End Screw J—Lip Seal Assembly
C—Cap G—Spring Guide (2 used) K—Screw (2 used)

IMPORTANT: Spool MUST be installed in the same (I) using JDG734 seal installation tool. (See
31 valve section as was removed for procedure in this group).
3160 proper operation of the hydraulic
24 function. 5. Install parts (D and F—H) on spool. Apply cure
primer to threads of spool (L) and spool end screw
1. Remove parts (B, C, H, and K) to remove spool (F). Put thread lock and sealer (high strength) on
from valve housing. spool end screw (F). Tighten to specification.

2. Using a protective cover or wooden blocks, put Loader Control Valve—Specification

Spool End Screw—Torque ..................................... 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)
spool in vise. Remove spool end screw (F), spring
(D), and spring guides (G).
6. Apply grease to all of spring (D).
3. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace all seals
and backup rings. 7. Assemble remaining parts. Install and tighten cap
screws (B) to specifications.
4. Put clean hydraulic oil on spool and install spool
into valve housing. Install seals (J) and wiper seal

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7667 –19–15NOV99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-24 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=604
 Hydraulic System

Loader Control Valve—Specification Loader Control Valve—Specification

Spool Cap, Cap Screws— Spool Retainer Plate Screws—
Torque..................................................................... 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.) Torque..................................................................... 5.5 N•M (48 lb-in.)

Tighten screws (K) to specifications.

TX,31,RR7667 –19–15NOV99–2/2

Remove and Install Loader Bucket Cylinder

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten

–UN–23AUG88
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.

X9811
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

1. Lower all equipment to ground and stop the engine. 31

3160
25
2. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure
in hydraulic system.

3. Support or block linkage and bucket cylinder from

falling when disconnecting the linkage.

4. Remove bucket links. (See procedure in Group 3140.)

Continued on next page CED,OUO1010,486 –19–23NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-25 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=605
 Hydraulic System

5. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines (A) from bucket

cylinder (B). Close all openings with caps and plugs.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from falling

linkage. Bucket cylinder and links will fall when
pins are removed. Support or block linkage and
cylinder before removing pins. The approximate
weight of bucket cylinder is 45 kg (100 lb).

Loader Cylinders—Specification
Bucket Cylinder—Weight.............................. 45 kg (100 lb) (Approximate)

6. Remove snap rings, washers, and pin (C). Remove

cylinder.

7. Repair or replace bucket cylinder as needed.

8. Apply multipurpose grease to inside of all bushings

before assembly.

–UN–07AUG97
9. Position cylinder and attach cylinder rod using pin,
washers, and snap rings (C).

10. Attach hydraulic lines (A) to bucket cylinder (B).

T110967
11. Install bucket links. (See procedure in Group 3140.)

A—Hydraulic Lines
B—Bucket Cylinder
C—Snap Rings, Washers, and Pin

CED,OUO1010,486 –19–23NOV98–2/2

31
3160
26

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-26 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=606
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Loader Boom Cylinders

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten

–UN–23AUG88
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.

X9811
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

1. Lower all equipment to ground. Stop engine.

2. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure

in hydraulic system.

Continued on next page CED,OUO1010,487 –19–23NOV98–1/2

31
3160
27

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-27 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=607
 Hydraulic System

3. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines (A and B) from

boom cylinder. Close all openings with caps and plugs.

4. Remove snap ring (C) and snap ring and washers (E).

CAUTION: The approximate weight of boom

cylinder is 45 kg (100 lb).

Loader Cylinders—Specification
Boom Cylinder—Weight ............................... 45 kg (100 lb) (Approximate)

5. While supporting rod end of boom cylinder, remove pin

(D). Lower rod end of cylinder away from loader arm
and slide boom cylinder off the machine frame-to-boom
cylinder pivot pin.

6. Repair or replace boom cylinder as needed.

7. Apply multipurpose grease to inside of all bushings

before installing cylinder.

–UN–24NOV98
8. Slide head end of boom cylinder onto machine
frame-to-boom cylinder pivot pin. Align hole in rod end
of boom cylinder with pin boss holes in loader arm.

T118640
Install pin (D) and snap ring (C).

9. Install washers and snap ring (E).

10. Attach hydraulic lines (A and B).

A—Hydraulic Hose (to cylinder head end)

B—Hydraulic Hose (to cylinder rod end)
C—Snap Ring

–UN–24NOV98
D—Pin
E—Snap Ring and Washers
31
3160

T118632B
28

CED,OUO1010,487 –19–23NOV98–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-28 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=608
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble Loader Bucket and Boom

Cylinders—120 Series

IMPORTANT: Extend rod to remove oil or air between

the rod piston and rod guide. Excessive
amount of trapped oil or air will force

–UN–19OCT88
seals to expand making disassembly
more difficult.

1. Extend rod so rod piston is approximately 25.4 mm (1

T6190AS
in.) from rod guide.

TX,31,RR7784 –19–17NOV98–1/7

2. Make a mark on rod guide and spanner nut (A) to aid

in assembly.

NOTE: If nut and rod guide turn as an assembly, put

cylinder in a vise. Vise jaws must contact cylinder
barrel behind nut and over rod guide area.

–UN–19OCT88
Tighten vise just enough to hold rod guide.

3. Remove nut using adjustable spanner wrench or blunt

chisel and a hammer.

T6119AL
TX,31,RR7784 –19–17NOV98–2/7

31
NOTE: Filler rings (used for disassembly only) are 3160
29
installed between spanner nut and rod guide to
aid in disassembly (later units only). Filler rings
are provided in the cylinder bore seal kit.

4. Move rod guide rearward, using a wooden dowel or

–UN–12APR91

brass drift, just enough to remove retaining ring (A).

Remove retaining ring. Do not damage rod guide
threads or seal.
T6119AM

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7784 –19–17NOV98–3/7

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-29 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=609
 Hydraulic System

NOTE: Rod piston assembly removed for illustration

purposes only.

5. Install filler ring in snap ring groove.

6. Remove rod and piston assembly.

–UN–19OCT88
T6119AN
TX,31,RR7784 –19–17NOV98–4/7

7. Remove nut (A) to remove piston (B).

8. Remove wear ring (C) and cap seal assembly (D).

A—Nut
B—Piston

–UN–19OCT88
C—Wear Ring
D—Cap Seal Assembly

T6172BQ
TX,31,RR7784 –19–17NOV98–5/7

9. Remove rod guide (A).

10. Remove O-ring (C), backup ring (D), seals (B, E and
G) and wear ring (F).

A—Rod Guide

–UN–19OCT88
31 B—Buffer Seal
3160 C—O-Ring
30 D—Backup Ring
E—Seal
T6119AK
F—Wear Ring
G—Seal

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7784 –19–17NOV98–6/7

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-30 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=610
 Hydraulic System

11. Inspect retaining ring groove. If necessary, clean

groove of nicks or burrs.

–UN–19OCT88
T6119AO
TX,31,RR7784 –19–17NOV98–7/7

31
3160
31

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-31 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=611
 Hydraulic System

Cross Section of Loader Bucket and Boom Cylinder—120 Series

–UN–26MAY89
T6223AZ
31
3160
32 A—Nut F—Rod J—Buffer Seal N—Backup Ring (2 used)
B—Piston G—Wiper Seal K—Retaining Ring O—Cap Seal
C—Barrel H—Wear Ring L—Backup Ring P—Seal Expander
D—Nut I—Rod Seal M—O-Ring Q—Wear Ring
E—Rod Guide

TX,31,RR7783 –19–17NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-32 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=612
 Hydraulic System

Assemble Loader Bucket and Boom

Cylinder—120 Series

NOTE: Use a cylinder repair kit when assembling

cylinder. Put clean hydraulic oil on all internal
parts before assembling.

–UN–19OCT88
1. Install wiper seal. Push seal to bottom of bore.

T6122AA
TX,31,RR7782 –19–15NOV99–1/14

2. Install seals (B and C).

3. Install wear ring (A).

4. Install backup ring (D) and O-ring (E).

A—Wear Ring
B—Seal
C—Seal
D—Backup Ring
E—O-Ring

–UN–27OCT88
31
3160
33

T6126AN
TX,31,RR7782 –19–15NOV99–2/14

IMPORTANT: To prevent damage of cap seal during

assembly, the lands on piston must be
clean and free of nicks or burrs.

5. Inspect the piston lands. If necessary, clean lands of

any nicks or burrs that can cut cap seal.
–UN–19OCT88
T6122AB

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7782 –19–15NOV99–3/14

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-33 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=613
 Hydraulic System

6. Install seal expander by pushing seal expander onto

end of piston.

–UN–06AUG90
T6122AC
TX,31,RR7782 –19–15NOV99–4/14

NOTE: The cap seal can be made more pliable by

warming it with your hands or by putting seal in
hot water for approximately 5 minutes.

Once started, install cap seal as quickly as

possible to keep the amount of time that seal is

–UN–19OCT88
stretched to a minimum.

7. Install a plastic tie band around cap seal with the

smooth side against the cap seal.

T6122AE
8. Using the plastic tie band, pull cap seal across the
piston land and into position over seal expander.

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7782 –19–15NOV99–5/14

31
3160
34

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-34 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=614
 Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: For proper fit, the backup rings must be

installed with the radius toward seal
expander.

9. Install backup rings (A) with radius (B) toward seal

expander (D).

10. Check if cap seal is loose; seal must fit tight against
seal expander and not turn. If seal can be turned, it
has been stretched too much and can be damaged
during assembly into barrel.

A—Backup Ring (2 used)

B—Radius
C—Cap Seal
D—Seal Expander

–UN–19OCT88
T6126AO
TX,31,RR7782 –19–15NOV99–6/14

11. If necessary, shrink cap seal to its original size using

a ring compressor or a plastic tie band (A) and hose
clamp (C).

When using a ring compressor, put a piece of shim

stock between cap seal and compressor at the joint
so it does not damage seal. 31
3160
When using a plastic tie band and hose clamp, grind 35
a taper (B) on one end of tie band. Install tie band
with the taper against cap seal. Before tightening the
hose clamp, tie band must be under hose clamp all
around piston.
–UN–09NOV88
T86565

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7782 –19–15NOV99–7/14

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-35 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=615
 Hydraulic System

12. Install wear ring.

–UN–19OCT88
T6122AF
TX,31,RR7782 –19–15NOV99–8/14

13. Install spanner nut, retaining ring, rod guide, and

piston assembly on rod.

–UN–19OCT88
T6172BP
TX,31,RR7782 –19–15NOV99–9/14

14. Install piston nut and tighten to specification using the

following directions.

15. Wrap light colored tape around socket being used to

tighten piston nut. Make several marks 45° apart (1/8
divisions) around circumference of the taped socket.

–UN–19OCT88
31
3160
36

T6149AG

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7782 –19–15NOV99–10/14

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-36 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=616
 Hydraulic System

16. Fasten a piece of wire to the piston rod using tape.

Bend the wire over the piston so it points to one of
the marks on the taped socket. (The wire is used as a
stationary pointer.)

17. Tighten piston nut an additional 1/8 (45°) turn until the

–UN–19OCT88
wire aligns with the next mark.

Loader Cylinders—Specification
Bucket Cylinder Piston Nut with
855.5 ± 2 mm (33.7 ± 0.08 in.)

T6172BR
Rod Stroke—Torque Turn ......................... 170 N•m (125 lb-ft) + 1/8 (45°)
turn
Bucket Cylinder Piston Nut with
744 ± 2 mm (29.3 ± 0.08 in.) Rod
Stroke—Torque Turn .................................. 190 N•m (140 lb-ft) + 1/8 turn
(45°)
Boom Cylinder Piston Nut—
Torque Turn ............................................... 250 N•m (185 lb-ft) + 1/8 (45°)
turn

TX,31,RR7782 –19–15NOV99–11/14

IMPORTANT: To prevent seal damage, the barrel,

piston, and rod must be in alignment
during installation.

18. Apply clean hydraulic oil to seals and chamfer of

barrel.

–UN–19OCT88
31
19. Carefully push piston and rod guide into barrel. Keep 3160
piston and rod guide together. 37

T6122AH
TX,31,RR7782 –19–15NOV99–12/14

20. Push rod guide into barrel just enough to install

retaining ring. Install retaining ring.

21. Pull rod guide against retaining ring.

22. Apply a light film of oil to ID of barrel at void between

–UN–27OCT88

rod guide and spanner nut to help minimize rust.

T6133AE

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7782 –19–15NOV99–13/14

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-37 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=617
 Hydraulic System

23. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer

(medium strength) to spanner nut and rod guide
threads.

IMPORTANT: The filler ring is used for disassembly

purposes only and must not be

–UN–27OCT88
installed between rod guide and
spanner nut during assembly.

24. Install spanner nut. Tighten nut until rod guide and

T6119AR
nut marks (made before disassembly) align. Make
sure spanner nut is tight.

TX,31,RR7782 –19–15NOV99–14/14

Exploded View of Multi-Purpose Bucket Cylinder—120 Series

31
3160
38

–UN–18DEC96
TP50552

1—Barrel 5—Piston 8—Back-Up Ring 11—Lubrication Fitting

2—Nut 6—Seal 9—O-Ring 12—Rod
3—Wear Ring (2 used) 7—Rod Guide 10—Seal 13—O-Ring
4—Seal

TX,31,RR7731 –19–17NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-38 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=618
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Ride Control Valve— If

Equipped

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.

–UN–09NOV98
Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a

T115979C
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
A—Hydraulic Hose to Loader Lift Cylinder Rod
Prevent possible injury from unexpected boom End
or bucket movement when equipped with ride B—Solenoid Wire Connector
C—Cap Screw and Washer (2 used)
control. Ride control accumulator energy must
D—Hydraulic Hose to Accumulator
be discharged when working on hydraulic E—Ride Control Valve
components. Turn key switch to ON position F—Hydraulic Hose to Loader Lift Cylinder Head
and move the loader control lever into the float End
position. G—Hydraulic Hose to Reservoir

NOTE: Ride control valve is located inside left frame rail

near the transmission filter.

1. Position loader bucket approximately 30 cm (1 ft) off

the ground.
31
2. Make sure area around bucket is clear and move ride 3160
control switch to OFF position. 39

3. Turn key switch to ON position, but do not start engine.

Move ride control switch to ON position.

4. Move loader control lever to float position. Bucket

should lower to ground.

5. Disconnect wire connector (B).

6. Disconnect hydraulic hoses (A, D, F, and G).

Continued on next page CED,OUO1017,6 –19–22OCT98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-39 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=619
 Hydraulic System

7. Remove cap screws and washers (C) and lift out valve.

8. Position valve on frame and install cap screws and

washers (C). Tighten to specification.

Ride Control—Specification
Control Valve Cap Screws—
Torque ............................................................................. 37 N•m (27 lb-ft)

9. Connect hydraulic hoses (A, D, F, and G) at valve.

Tighten hoses to specification.

Ride Control—Specification
Control Valve Hydraulic Hoses—
Torque ............................................................................. 50 N•m (37 lb-ft)

10. Connect wire connector (B).

CED,OUO1017,6 –19–22OCT98–2/2

31
3160
40

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-40 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=620
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Ride Control

Valve— If Equipped

1. Remove solenoid from valve. (See procedure in this

group.

–UN–02NOV98
2. Remove cap (A) and solenoid spool housing (B).

3. Remove solenoid valve block spool (C) and springs

(D).

T118053B
4. Remove four socket-head cap screws (G) and lift off
solenoid valve block (I).

5. Inspect O-rings (H).

A—Cap
B—Solenoid Spool Housing
C—Solenoid Valve Block Spool
D—Spring (2 used)

–UN–02NOV98
E—O-Ring
F—O-Ring
G—Socket-Head Screw (4 used)
H—O-Ring (4 used)

T118054B
I—Solenoid Valve Block
J—Ride Control Valve Manifold

–UN–02NOV98
31

T118055B
3160
41

–UN–02NOV98
T118056B

Continued on next page CED,OUO1017,7 –19–22OCT98–1/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-41 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=621
 Hydraulic System

6. Remove plugs (A and B).

7. Replace O-Rings (C and D).

8. Install plug (A) and tighten to specifications

–UN–02NOV98
Ride Control—Specification
Control Valve Manifold SAE #4
Plug—Torque........................................................ 8—14 N•m (6—10 lb-ft)

T118057B
9. Install plug (B) and tighten to specification.

Ride Control—Specification
Control Valve Manifold SAE #6
Plug—Torque.................................................... 20—27 N•m (15—20 lb-ft)

A—Plug
B—Plug
C—O-Ring
D—O-Ring

–UN–02NOV98
T118058B
Continued on next page CED,OUO1017,7 –19–22OCT98–2/3

31
3160
42

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-42 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=622
 Hydraulic System

10. Install new O-rings (H) and assemble solenoid valve

block (I) onto ride control valve manifold (J).

11. Install socket-head screws (G) and tighten to

specification.

–UN–02NOV98
Ride Control—Specification
Solenoid Valve Block-to-Control
Valve Manifold Socket-Head
Screws—Torque ................................................. 5—7 N•m (44—62 lb-in.)

T118056B
12. Assemble valve block spool (C) and springs (D) and
install in valve block.

13. Install new O-rings (E and F).

14. Install solenoid spool housing (B).

15. Install cap (A).

–UN–02NOV98
A—Cap
B—Solenoid Spool Housing
C—Solenoid Valve Block Spool
D—Spring (2 used)
E—O-Ring

T118055B
F—O-Ring
G—Socket-Head Screw (4 used)
H—O-Ring (4 used)
I—Solenoid Valve Block
J—Ride Control Valve Manifold

–UN–02NOV98
31

T118054B
3160
43

–UN–02NOV98
T118053B

CED,OUO1017,7 –19–22OCT98–3/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-43 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=623
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Ride Control Valve

Solenoid—If Equipped

NOTE: Ride control valve removed for illustration

purposes only. Solenoid valve can be serviced
when ride control valve is installed on machine.

–UN–02NOV98
1. Disconnect wire connector (A).

2. Remove nut (B).

T118059B
3. Remove O-ring (C).

4. Slide solenoid (D) off of spool housing (E).

5. Slide solenoid (D) onto spool housing (E). Line up hole

in solenoid with locating pin (F).

–UN–02NOV98
6. Install new O-ring (C).

7. Install nut (B) finger tight only.

T118060B
8. Connect wire connector (A).

A—Wire Connector
B—Nut
C—O-Ring
D—Solenoid
E—Spool Housing
F—Locating Pin

CED,OUO1017,8 –19–22OCT98–1/1

31
3160
44

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-44 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=624
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Ride Control

Accumulator—If Equipped

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before

–UN–23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure

X9811
fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.

Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

Prevent possible injury from unexpected boom

or bucket movement when equipped with ride
control. Ride control accumulator energy must
be discharged when working on hydraulic
components. Turn key switch to ON position
and move the loader control lever into the float
position.

1. Position loader bucket approximately 30 cm (1 ft) off

the ground.

2. Make sure area around bucket is clear and move ride

control switch to OFF position.
31
3. Turn key switch to ON position, but do not start engine. 3160
Move ride control switch to ON position. 45

4. Move loader control lever to float position. Bucket

should lower to ground.

Continued on next page CED,OUO1017,9 –19–22OCT98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-45 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=625
 Hydraulic System

5. Remove cowl cover from machine.

6. Disconnect hydraulic line (A).

7. Remove two clamps (B) and remove accumulator (C).

8. Install accumulator (C) using clamps (B). Tighten

clamp cap screws to specification.

Ride Control—Specification
Accumulator Clamp Cap
Screws—Torque .............................................................. 73 N•m (54 lb-ft)

9. Connect hydraulic hose (A) and tighten to specification.

Ride Control—Specification
Accumulator Hydraulic Line—
Torque ............................................................................. 37 N•m (27 lb-ft)

10. Charge accumulator. (See procedure in this group.)

–UN–02NOV98
T115976C
CED,OUO1017,9 –19–22OCT98–2/2

31
3160
46

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-46 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=626
 Hydraulic System

Charging the Ride Control Accumulator

CAUTION: Hydraulic oil may escape at pressure

high enough to penetrate skin from
components in the Ride Control solenoid circuit
if components are removed without discharging

–UN–23AUG88
this accumulator. Hydraulic oil in accumulator
can be stored at pressures equal to or above
system relief pressures. Escaping fluid under
pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious

X9811
injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure
before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines.
Tighten all connections before applying
pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of
cardboard. Protect hands and body from high
pressure fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.

Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

Specification
Oil—Temperature .................................................................. 40°C (104°F)
Ride Control Accumulator
Charge—17.2 in. accumulator
canister length—Pre-charge
Pressure (310E, 310SE, 315SE
Machines) .................................................. 2482 ± 241 kPa (25 ± 2.4 bar)
(360 ± 35 psi)
Ride Control Accumulator
Charge—17.2 in accumulator
canister length—Pre-charge 31
Pressure (410E Machine) ......................... 3447 ± 241 kPa (35 ± 2.4 bar) 3160
(500 ± 35 psi) 47
Ride Control Accumulator
Charge—14.2 in. accumulator
canister length—Pre-charge
Pressure (310E, 310SE, 315SE
and 410E Machines) ................................. 2930 ± 241 kPa (29 ± 2.4 bar)
(425 ± 35 psi)

Continued on next page CED,TX03768,8501 –19–08MAR00–1/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-47 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=627
 Hydraulic System

Gas Cock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT01735

Charge Accumulator

CED,TX03768,8501 –19–08MAR00–2/3

Two different length accumulators have been used in

production and field installed ride control kits. The nitrogen
charge pressure is different for the two accumulators;
measure the length of the accumulator to determine the
proper charge. If the accumulator length is 14.2 in., use
procedure “A”. If the length is 17.2 in., use procedure “B”.

CED,TX03768,8501 –19–08MAR00–3/3

31
3160
48

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-48 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=628
 Hydraulic System

Charging the Ride Control Accumulator—

Procedure “A” (14.2 in. accumulator)

1.

IMPORTANT: Charge accumulator using only dry

–UN–03MAR00
nitrogen. Dry nitrogen does not mix
with oil and is non-combustible. It will
not cause oxidation or condensation
inside accumulator and is not harmful

T128981
to piston seal. DO NOT use air or any
combustible gas as these can cause
oxidation and condensation. Oxidation
and condensation are harmful to piston
seal and accumulator.

If accumulator is to be charged on machine and has

some nitrogen pressure left, turn key to ON position.
Move ride control switch to OFF then back to ON.

–UN–03MAR00
Move control lever to float position to drain oil from
accumulator.

2. Loosen hose fitting on bottom of ride control

T128982
accumulator to release any trapped oil pressure. Leave
fitting loose until after charge pressure process is
complete.
A—Top Nut
B—Bottom Nut
3. Remove cover and cap from top of accumulator.

4. Turn handle on gas cock fully counterclockwise. Attach

gas cock, hose, and regulator to accumulator.

CAUTION: Loosen only the top nut (A). The

bottom nut (B) is actually the accumulator gas
valve fitting. Do Not loosen bottom fitting. 31
Loose fitting under pressure can cause injury. 3160
49
5. Loosen top nut (A) (counterclockwise) 2 1/2 turns to
open gas valve in accumulator. (Resistance may be
felt at approximately 1 1/2 turns.)

6. Slowly open regulator valve to pressurize accumulator

to specification 2930 kPa (29 bar )(425 psi).

7. Ttighten nut (A) clockwise until snug to close gas

valve.

Continued on next page CED,TX03768,2708 –19–13MAR00–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-49 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=629
 Hydraulic System

8. Shut-off the gas pressure from the nitrogen tank.

9. Slowly loosen the connector at the pressure regulator

valve to release pressure from the hose.

10. Remove the gas cock from the accumulator and

install cap.

11. Tighten hydraulic hose fitting on bottom of

accumulator.

CED,TX03768,2708 –19–13MAR00–2/2

Charging the Ride Control Accumulator—

Procedure “B” (17.2 in. accumulator)

The following procedure should be used for charging

accumulator that is already installed on the machine. See
specifications above to charge accumulator that needs a
precharge before it is installed on the machine.

Continued on next page CED,TX03768,2709 –19–13MAR00–1/3

31
3160
50

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-50 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=630
 Hydraulic System

1. To determine proper nitrogen charge pressure for the

machine, install a gage into the head end of the loader
cylinder.

2. Raise the loader 3 to 4 ft. off the ground. Note the

head end pressure required to support the loader. (The

–UN–29MAY98
accumulator charge pressure should be 50 psi below
this pressure.)

3. If accumulator is to be charged on machine and has

T115658B
some nitrogen pressure left, turn key to ON position.
Move ride control switch to OFF then back to ON.
Move control lever to float position to drain oil from
accumulator.

4. Loosen hose fitting on bottom of ride control

accumulator to release any trapped oil pressure. Leave
fitting loose until after charge pressure process is
complete.

5. Remove cover and cap from the top of accumulator.

6. Turn handle on gas cock fully counterclockwise. Attach

gas cock, hose, and regulator to accumulator.

Continued on next page CED,TX03768,2709 –19–13MAR00–2/3

31
3160
51

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-51 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=631
 Hydraulic System

7.

CAUTION: Loosen only the top nut (A). The

bottom nut (B) is actually the accumulator gas
valve fitting. Do Not loosen bottom fitting.
Loose fitting under pressure can cause injury.

–UN–03MAR00
Loosen top nut (A) counterclockwise 2 1/2 turns to
open gas valve in accumulator. (Resistance may be
felt in approximately 1 1/2 turns.)

T128981
8. Slowly open the regulator valve to pressurize
accumulator to 345 kPa (3.5 bar )(50 psi) below head
end psi measured earlier.

9. Tighten nut (A) clockwise until snug to close gas valve.

10. Shut-off the gas pressure from the nitrogen tank.

–UN–03MAR00
11. Slowly loosen the connector at the pressure regulator
valve to release pressure from the hose.

12. Remove the gas cock from the accumulator and

T128982
install cap.

13. Tighten hydraulic hose fitting on bottom of A—Top Nut

accumulator. B—Bottom Nut

CED,TX03768,2709 –19–13MAR00–3/3

31
3160 Ride Control Accumulator Discharge Procedure
52

2. Make sure area around bucket is clear and move

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from
ride control switch to OFF position.
unexpected boom or bucket movement when
equipped with ride control. Ride control
3. Turn key switch to ON position, but do not start
accumulator energy must be discharged
engine. Move ride control switch to ON position.
when working on hydraulic components.
Turn key switch to ON position and move
4. Move loader control lever to float position. Bucket
the loader control lever into the float
should lower to ground.
position.

1. Position loader bucket approximately 30 cm (1 ft)

off the ground.

CED,OUTX466,955 –19–16APR98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 31-3160-52 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=632
 Section 33
Backhoe
Contents

Page Page

Group 3302—Bucket Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-2

Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3302-1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-3
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3302-1 Backhoe Control Valve
Bucket and Bucket Links Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-8
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3302-2 Backhoe Control Valve Section
Remove and Install Bucket Tooth Shanks Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-11
and Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3302-3 Backhoe Circuit and System Relief Valves
Bucket Tooth Shank Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-13
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3302-4 Disassemble and Assemble System Relief
Bucket Cutting Edge Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-14
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3302-7 Circuit Relief Valves with Anti-Cavitation
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-15
Group 3315—Control Linkage Circuit Relief Valve
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3315-1 Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-16
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3315-2 Flow Control Relief Valve-Earlier Machines
Remove and Install Backhoe Boom Swing
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-17
Lock Control Lever and Linkage . . . . . . . .33-3315-3
Flow Control Relief Valve-Later Machines
Remove and Install Backhoe Boom Swing
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-18
Lock Arms and Locking Pin . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3315-5
Auxiliary Shut-Off Plug
Remove and Install Backhoe Valve Linkage—
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-18
Two Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3315-8
Backhoe Priority Section
Backhoe Valve Linkage
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3315-9 Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-19
Remove and Install Stabilizer Valve Linkage Backhoe Auxiliary Flow Section
(S.N. —874257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3315-10 Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-21
Remove and Install Stabilizer Valve Backhoe Swing Section
Linkage (S.N. 874258—) . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3315-12 Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-23
Stabilizer Valve Linkage Backhoe Boom Section
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3315-13 Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-25
Backhoe Bucket Section
Group 3340—Frames Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-27
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3340-1 Backhoe Crowd Section 33
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3340-2 Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-29
Dipperstick Backhoe Extendible Dipperstick Section
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3340-3 Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-31
Boom Replace Wiper Rings and Seals of
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3340-5 Backhoe Control Valve Sections . . . . . . .33-3360-32
Remove and Install Swing Frame . . . . . . . . .33-3340-8 Remove and Install Stabilizer Valve . . . . . .33-3360-36
Extendible Dipperstick Extension Disassemble and Assemble Stabilizer
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3340-10 Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-40
Extendible Dipperstick 125 Series Cylinders
Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3340-14 Remove and Install Backhoe Bucket . . .33-3360-42
Remove and Install Backhoe Crowd . . . .33-3360-44
Group 3360—Hydraulic System Remove and Install Backhoe Boom . . . . .33-3360-45
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-1
Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-1 Continued on next page

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=1
 Contents

Page

120 Series Cylinders

Remove and Install Swing . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-48
Remove and Install Stabilizer . . . . . . . . .33-3360-51
Extendible Dipperstick Cylinder
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-52
125 Series Cylinders
Disassemble Boom, Bucket, Crowd . . . . .33-3360-53
Cross Section of Backhoe Bucket and
Crowd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-56
Cross Section of Backhoe Boom . . . . . . .33-3360-58
Assemble Boom, Bucket, and Crowd. . . .33-3360-59
Indexing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-65
120 Series Cylinders
Disassemble Swing and Stabilizer . . . . . .33-3360-66
Cross Section of Stabilizer. . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-69
Cross Section of Swing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-70
Assemble Swing and Stabilizer . . . . . . . .33-3360-71
Extendible Dipperstick Cylinder
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-77
Cross Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-80
Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-81

33

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Group 3302
Bucket
Service Equipment and Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5871 –19–14DEC99–1/2

Shop Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D24206WK

Used to support backhoe bucket.

CED,TX03399,5871 –19–14DEC99–2/2

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Tooth Shank-to-Bucket Cap Screws Torque 620 ± 124 N•m (457 ± 91 lb-ft)
(20 mm Dia)

Tooth Shank-to-Bucket Cap Screws Torque 1070 ± 214 N•m (789 ± 158 lb-ft)
(24 mm Dia)

CED,TX03399,5872 –19–14DEC99–1/1

33
3302
1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3302-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=635
 Bucket

Remove and Install Bucket and Bucket Links

1. Lower bucket to ground.

2. Remove bucket cap screws and special washers (A—

D) and remove bucket links and linkage pins.

3. Inspect bushings and replace as necessary. (See

procedure in this group.)

4. Install links and linkage pins.

5. Align bucket with pin boss holes. Install bucket pins.

A—Rod End Cap Screw and Special Washer

B—Link Cap Screw and Special Washer
C—Dipperstick-to-Bucket Cap Screw and Special
Washer
D—Link-to-Bucket Cap Screw and Special Washer

–UN–12MAR97
T108120
TX,33,RR7776 –19–12MAR97–1/1

33
3302
2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3302-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=636
 Bucket

Remove and Install Bucket Tooth Shanks

and Tips

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from

accidental lowering of bucket. Use shop stands
under the bucket.

1. Put 10 ton capacity shop stands under the bucket.

IMPORTANT: Shanks must be seated against cutting

edge as nuts are tightened. This places
the load on the cutting edge and not on
the cap screws.

2. Remove cap screws (B and G) to remove tooth shanks

(A and C).

3. Install tooth shanks.

4. Install cap screws to center tooth shanks with cap

–UN–24MAY90
screw heads on bottom.

5. Install cap screws to corner tooth shanks with cap

screw heads to outside.

T7134LC
Specification
Tooth Shank-to-Bucket Cap
Screws (20 mm Dia)—Torque................... 620 ± 124 N•m (457 ± 91 lb-ft) A—Tooth Shank
Tooth Shank-to-Bucket Cap B—Cap Screw
Screws (24 mm Dia)—Torque............... 1070 ± 214 N•m (789 ± 158 lb-ft) C—Corner Tooth Shank
D—Pin
6. To remove tooth tip, drive pin (D) out from the left side E—Retaining Washer
F—Tooth Tip
of machine. G—Cap Screw

7. To install tooth tip, install retaining washer (E) in

recess on left side of tooth shank. Drive tip on shank
until pin can be assembled or until center of hole in
shank aligns with center of slot in tooth tip.

8. Drive pin (D) through tip and shank from left side. Pin
must not contact front edge of tooth tip slot. 33
3302
NOTE: Pin may fail if in contact with front edge of tooth 3
tip slot. Try a different tooth tip or grind slot in
tooth tip longer.

TX,31,ME118 –19–03DEC98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3302-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=637
 Bucket

Remove and Install Bucket Tooth Shank

1. Remove top and bottom welds using air arc equipment

or cutting torch.

–UN–07JUN91
T7535AG
–UN–07JUN91
T7535AF
TX,33,RR7781 –19–25NOV98–1/5

2. Grind smooth all surfaces.

–UN–31OCT88
T92511

33 Continued on next page TX,33,RR7781 –19–25NOV98–2/5

3302
4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3302-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=638
 Bucket

IMPORTANT: Shanks and cutting edge must be

preheated to 177°C (350°F) to prevent
under bead cracking in shank and
brittleness in cutting edge. Preheat
each shank and cutting edge area just
before welding. Use low hydrogen

–UN–10JUN91
E-7018 dry rods or E-70T-4 flux core
process.

3. Position shanks on cutting edge. Preheat area to be

T7550BA
welded just before welding to 177°C (350°F).

a b b
Width Teeth DIM. A DIM. B DIM. C
12 in. STD 3 12.5 mm (0.49 in.) 120.5 mm (4.74 in.)
18 in. STD 3 11.5 mm (0.45 in.) 211.4 mm (8.32 in.)
18 in. HD 4 11.0 mm (0.43 in.) 137.0 mm (5.40 in.) 147.0 mm (5.78 in.)
18 in. XHD 4 9.0 mm (0.35 in.) 137.0 mm (5.40 in.) 147.0 mm (5.78 in.)
24 in. STD 4 11.0 mm (0.43 in.) 195.6 mm (7.70 in.) 180.8 mm (7.12 in.)
24 in. HD 5 11.0 mm (0.43 in.) 140.5 mm (5.53 in.) 144.5 mm (5.69 in.)
24 in. XHD 5 9.0 mm (0.35 in.) 140.5 mm (5.53 in.) 144.5 mm (5.69 in.)
30 in. STD 5 11.5 mm (0.45 in.) 187.2 mm (7.37 in.) 175.0 mm (6.89 in.)
30 in. HD 5 11.0 mm (0.43 in.) 187.2 mm (7.37 in.) 175.0 mm (6.89 in.)
30 in. XHD 5 9.0 mm (0.35 in.) 187.0 mm (7.36 in.) 175.0 mm (6.89 in.)
a
+ 3.0 – 1.5 mm (+ 0.12 – 0.06 in.) Tolerance
b
± 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) Tolerance

Continued on next page TX,33,RR7781 –19–25NOV98–3/5

33
3302
5

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3302-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=639
 Bucket

4. Start welds on top of shank, the long part. On corner

shanks, weld area (A) with a bevel weld. Penetrate 3
mm (0.12 in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20 in.) face. Fill
entire area between shank and side cutter level with
top of shank. Cap this area with a 9 mm (0.35 in.) fillet
weld. Weld all the way to edge of cutting edge.

5. Weld area (B) of corner shank with an angle weld 6

mm (0.24 in.) deep and 11 mm (0.43 in.) across face.

6. Weld area (C) of corner shank with a bevel weld.

Penetrate 3 mm (0.12 in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20 in.)
face. Cap that weld with a 11 mm (0.43 in.) fillet weld.
Leave area (D) free of weld for 19 mm (0.75 in.).

7. On center shanks, weld areas (E) with a bevel weld.

Penetrate 3 mm (0.12 in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20 in.)
face. Cover with a 9 mm (0.35 in.) fillet weld.

8. Weld area (F) with an angle weld 6 mm (0.24 in.) deep

–UN–07JUN91
and 11 mm (0.43 in.) across face.

A—Bevel Weld and Fillet Weld

B—Angle Weld

T7552AA
C—Bevel Weld
D—Weld Free Area
E—Bevel Weld and Fillet Weld
F—Angle Weld

Continued on next page TX,33,RR7781 –19–25NOV98–4/5

33
3302
6

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3302-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=640
 Bucket

9. Turn bucket over and weld bottom of shank to cutting

edge. On corner shank, weld area (A) with bevel weld.
Penetrate 3 mm (0.12 in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20 in.)
face. Cover with 11 mm (0.43 in.) fillet weld. Weld all
the way to edge of cutting edge.

10. Weld area (B) with bevel weld. Penetrate 3 mm (0.12

in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20 in.) face. Cover with 9
mm (0.35 in.) fillet weld.

11. Weld area (C) of corner shank with bevel weld.

Penetrate 3 mm (0.12 in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20
in.) face. Cover with 11 mm (0.43 in.) fillet weld.
Leave area (D) free of weld for 19 mm (0.75 in.).

12. On center shanks, weld areas (E) with bevel weld.

Penetrate 3 mm (0.12 in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20
in.) face. Cover with a 9 mm (0.35 in.) fillet weld.
Leave area (D) free of weld for 19 mm (0.75 in.) .

–UN–07JUN91
13. Weld area (F) with angle weld. Penetrate 6 mm (0.24
in.) and leave a 11 mm (0.43 in.) face.

A—Bevel Weld and Fillet Weld

T7552AB
B—Bevel Weld and Fillet Weld
C—Bevel Weld and Fillet Weld
D—Weld Free Area
E—Bevel Weld and Fillet
F—Angle Weld

TX,33,RR7781 –19–25NOV98–5/5

Remove and Install Bucket Cutting Edge

1. Remove tooth shanks in corners. Remove all shanks if

they are to be reused. (See procedure in this group.)
TX3302BR400 –19–25NOV98–1/5
33
3302
7
2. Use air arc equipment or cutting torch to remove
welds. Remove all welds from cutting edge to side
cutters.

3. Remove weld from cutting edge to bottom joint.

–UN–07JUN91
T7535AL

Continued on next page TX3302BR400 –19–25NOV98–2/5

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3302-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=641
 Bucket

4. Turn bucket over and remove weld from cutting edge

to bottom. Do not blow through bottom.

5. Cut new cutting edge to proper length for bucket,

approximately 11 mm (0.43 in.) protruding beyond side
cutter on each side.

–UN–07JUN91
T7535AK
TX3302BR400 –19–25NOV98–3/5

IMPORTANT: Cutting edge must be preheated to

177°C (350°F) to prevent brittleness in
cutting edge. Preheat area just before
welding. Use low hydrogen E-7018 dry
rods or E-70T-4 flux core process.

–UN–07JUN91
6. Set bucket on bottom and weld top first. Position
cutting edge and clamp. Preheat cutting edge to 177°C
(350°F). Start at center of cutting edge and weld
toward side cutters. Use a 6 mm (0.24 in.) fillet weld.

T7535AL
7. Make 11 mm (0.43 in.) fillet weld outside bucket at
cutting edge to side cutter joint. Continue weld down
back edge.

TX3302BR400 –19–25NOV98–4/5

8. Turn bucket over and weld cutting edge to bottom with

6 mm (0.24 in.) fillet weld.

9. Install shanks. (See procedure in this group).

33
3302
–UN–07JUN91

8
T7535AK

TX3302BR400 –19–25NOV98–5/5

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3302-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=642
 Group 3315
Control Linkage
Other Material

Number Name Use

416 (LOCTITE) Instant Gel Adhesive Apply to threads of backhoe control

lever knobs

380 (LOCTITE) Instant Adhesive Apply to threads of spacer before

installing on lever base pivot balljoint.

T43512 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Apply to threads of lever assembly to
TY9473 (Canadian) Strength) lever base screws.
242 (LOCTITE)

TY21517 (U.S.) Instant Gel Adhesive Apply threads of spacers and cap
NA (Canadian) screw
454 (LOCTITE)

LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corp. CED,TX03399,5873 –19–14DEC99–1/1

33
3315
1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3315-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=643
 Control Linkage

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Backhoe Boom Swing Lock Control

Lever and Linkage

Boom Lock Lever Pivot and Torque 25 N•m (18 lb-ft)

Plate-to-Cab or ROPS Rear Ramp
Cap Screws

Boom Lock Clamps-to-Boom Lock Torque 73 N•m (54 lb-ft)

Control Rod-to-Tapped Block Cap
Screws

Backhoe Two Lever Linkage

Mounting Cap Screws Torque 60 N•m (44 lb-ft)

Ball Joint Lock Nuts Torque 25 N•m (18 lb-ft)

Ball Joint-to-Support Jam Nuts Torque 60 N•m (44 lb-ft)

Valve Mounting Plate Cap Screws Torque 46 N•m (34 lb-ft)

Stabilizer Valve Linkage

Two Lever Linkage Nuts and Lock Torque 25 N•m (18 lb-ft)
Nut and Stabilizer Nuts

Stabilizer Bellcrank Yoke Nuts Torque 25 N•m (18 lb-ft)

33 CED,TX03399,5874 –19–14DEC99–1/1
3315
2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3315-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=644
 Control Linkage

Remove and Install Backhoe Boom Swing Lock Control Lever and Linkage

33
3315
3
–UN–19MAY99
TP58036

1—Knob 5—Cap Screw 9—Washer (2 used) 13—Plate

2—Lever 6—Washer 10—Cap Screw (2 used) 14—Washer (4 used)
3—Lock Nut (2 used) 7—Spring 11—Rod 15—Cap Screw (4 used)
4—Link 8—Clamp (2 used) 12—Pivot (2 used) 16—Stop

Continued on next page TX,33,SS3959 –19–08OCT99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3315-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=645
 Control Linkage

1. Attach boom lock lever pivot (12) and plate (13) to 2. Attach boom lock clamps to boom lock control rod
cab or ROPS rear ramp. Tighten cap screws (15) to to tapped blocks in bottom rear of cab or ROPS.
specification. Tighten cap screw (10) to specification.

Backhoe Boom Swing Lock Control Lever and Linkage— Backhoe Boom Swing Lock Control Lever and Linkage—
Specification Specification
Boom Lock Lever Pivot and Boom Lock Clamps-to-Boom
Plate-to-Cab or ROPS Rear Lock Control Rod-to-Tapped
Ramp Cap Screws—Torque..................................... 25 N•m (18 lb-ft) Block Cap Screws—Torque ..................................... 73 N•m (54 lb-ft)

TX,33,SS3959 –19–08OCT99–2/2

33
3315
4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3315-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=646
 Control Linkage

Remove and Install Backhoe Boom Swing Lock Arms and Locking Pin

–UN–24OCT96
33
3315
5
TP49499

1—Pin 4—Rod 7—Snap Ring (4 used) 10—Yoke (2 used)

2—Rod 5—Lock 8—Lock 11—Nut (2 used)
3—Spring Pin (2 used) 6—Pin (2 used) 9—Spring (2 used)

Continued on next page TX,33,SS3960 –19–08APR97–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3315-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=647
 Control Linkage

Adjust yokes (10) evenly each side until a 4—6 mm

(35—53 in.) gap is obtained between boom lock rod
and boom lock control rod. Tighten nuts.

TX,33,SS3960 –19–08APR97–2/2

33
3315
6

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3315-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=648
 Control Linkage

33
3315
7

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3315-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=649
 Control Linkage

Remove and Install Backhoe Valve Linkage—Two Lever

33
3315
8
–UN–03JUN98
TP57876

Continued on next page TX,33,RR7808 –19–08OCT99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3315-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=650
 Control Linkage

1—Base (2 used) 10—Nut (4 used) 18—Nut 26—Cap Screw (3 used)

2—Lever 11—Linkage Support 19—Ball Joint 27—Nut (2 used)
3—Lever 12—Cap Screw (2 used) 20—Gasket 28—Washer
4—Screw (4 used) 13—Spring Locking Pin (4 21—Plug (6 used) 29—Cap Screw (2 used)
5—Washer (4 used) used) 22—Plate 30—Washer (2 used)
6—Nut (2 used) 14—Pin (4 used) 23—Nut (3 used) 31—Bracket
7—Spacer (2 used) 15—Yoke 24—Washer (6 used) 32—Knob (2 used)
8—Lock Nut (4 used) 16—Nut 25—Isolator (3 used) 33—Linkage Assembly
9—Ball Joint (2 used) 17—Rod (4 used)

1. Fasten lever base (1) to shouldered end of large 6. Tighten nuts (10) to specification.
ball joint (19) to fit in vertical slot of linkage support
(11). Backhoe Two Lever Linkage—Specification
Ball Joint-to-Support Jam
Nuts—Torque............................................................ 60 N•m (44 lb-ft)
2. Apply instant gel adhesive to threads of backhoe
control knobs (32).
7. Tighten cap screws (26) to specifications.
3. Apply instant gel adhesive to threads of spacers Backhoe Two Lever Linkage—Specification
(7). Apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) Valve Mounting Plate Cap
to threads of cap screws (4) and balljoints (9). Screws—Torque ....................................................... 46 N•m (34 lb-ft)

4. Tighten cap screws (4) to specification. 8. After attaching yokes (15) to spools, adjust length
of link rods (17) so lever bases (2 and 3) are
Backhoe Two Lever Linkage—Specification parallel to ground.
Mounting Cap Screws—Torque ............................... 60 N•m (44 lb-ft)
9. See Backhoe Valve Linkage Adjustment in this
5. Tighten lock nuts (8) to specification. group to adjust valve linkage.
Backhoe Two Lever Linkage—Specification
Ball Joint Lock Nuts—Torque ................................... 25 N•m (18 lb-ft)

TX,33,RR7808 –19–08OCT99–2/2

Backhoe Valve Linkage Adjustment

NOTE: Levers must be positioned correctly to allow full

travel and proper operation of backhoe valves.
33
Cab and other components have been removed in 3315
–UN–24SEP98

some photos for illustration purposes only. 9

1. Put backhoe valve spools in neutral position.

T117168

2. Put a piece of masking tape across the rear ROPS

posts on inside surface at backhoe lever knob height.

3. Measure from edge of knobs to tape. Distance (A) A—Distance [140 mm (5.5 in.)]
should be 140 mm (5.5 in.). Knobs should be 250 mm
(10.25 in.) apart.

TX,9025,RR7492 –19–10JUN96–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3315-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=651
 Control Linkage

Remove and Install Stabilizer Valve Linkage (S.N. —874257)

33
3315
10
–UN–21APR99
TP58022

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5551 –19–12OCT99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3315-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=652
 Control Linkage

1—Knob (2 used) 6—Lever (2 used) 11—Boot (2 used) 16—Bellcrank (2 used)

2—Base (2 used) 7—Bushing 12—Pin (2 used) 17—Lock Nut (2 used)
3—Snap Ring 8—Ball Joint (6 used) 13—Cotter Pin (2 used) 18—Yoke
4—Bushing (2 used) 9—Nut (6 used) 14—Yoke 19—Rod
5—Washer (2 used) 10—Rod 15—Set Screw (2 used)

Apply gel instant adhesive to threads of stabilizer

control lever knobs. Tighten nuts (17) to specification.

Stabilizer Valve Linkage—Specification

Two Lever Linkage Nuts and
Lock Nut and Stabilizer Nuts—
Torque....................................................................... 25 N•m (18 lb-ft)

CED,TX03399,5551 –19–12OCT99–2/2

33
3315
11

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3315-11 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=653
 Control Linkage

Remove and Install Stabilizer Valve Linkage (S.N. 874258—)

–UN–11OCT99

33
3315
12
T125032

1—Knob (2 used) 9—Cap Screw (2 used) 16—Rod 23—Rod

2—Cover (2 used) 10—Washer (2 used) 17—Nut (2 used) 24—Lock Nut
3—Snap Ring 11—Tie Rod End (2 used) 18—Yoke L.H. (2 used) 25—Washer (6 used)
4—Bushing (2 used) 12—Nut (6 used) 19—Ball Joint (4 used) 26—Bellcrank (2 used)
5—Washer (2 used) 13—Boot (2 used) 20—Lock Nut (As Required) 27—Cap Screw
6—Lever (2 used) 14—Rod 21—Pin (2 used) 28—Washer (4 used)
7—Bushing 15—Rod 22—Cotter Pin (2 used) 29—Screw (4 used)
8—Lock Nut (2 used)

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5552 –19–12OCT99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3315-12 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=654
 Control Linkage

1. Apply gel instant adhesive to threads of stabilizer 2. Tighten nuts (20) to specifications
control lever knobs. Tighten nuts (17) to
specification. Stabilizer Valve Linkage—Specification
Stabilizer Bellcrank Yoke
Stabilizer Valve Linkage—Specification Nuts—Torque............................................................ 25 N•m (18 lb-ft)
Two Lever Linkage Nuts and
Lock Nut and Stabilizer Nuts—
Torque....................................................................... 25 N•m (18 lb-ft)

CED,TX03399,5552 –19–12OCT99–2/2

Stabilizer Valve Linkage Adjustment

NOTE: Levers must be positioned correctly to allow full

travel and proper operation of stabilizer valves.
Cab and other components have been removed in
some photographs for illustration purposes only.

–UN–20FEB94
1. Put stabilizer valve spools in neutral position.

2. Adjust linkage rods (A) so that tabs (B) are vertical.

T8187AL
3. Put masking tape across left and right rear ROPS
posts on inside surface at stabilizer knob height.

4. Measure the distance (C) from edge of right stabilizer

knob to tape. It should be 260 mm (10.25 in.). Measure
the distance (D) from edge of left stabilizer knob to
tape. It should be 295 mm (11.6 in.). Adjust control
rods (E) as necessary.

–UN–30OCT90
A—Linkage Rods
B—Tabs
C—Distance [260 mm (10.25 in.)]

T7407AL
D—Distance [295 mm (11.6 in.)]
E—Control Rods

33
3315
13
–UN–30OCT90
T7407AM

TX,9025,RR7493 –19–10JUN96–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3315-13 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=655
 Control Linkage

33
3315
14

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3315-14 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=656
 Group 3340
Frames
Other Material

Number Name Use

TY16285 (U.S.) Cure Primer Apply to inner surface of bushing

CXTY16285 (Canadian) bores in dipperstick.
7649 (LOCTITE) Apply to inner surface of bushing
bores in backhoe boom.
Apply to backhoe boom lock collar
set screws.
Apply to threads of extendible
dipperstick hex socket cap screws
for outer pads.

TY15969 (U.S.) Retaining Compound (Maximum Apply to inner surface of bushing

TY9479 (Canadian) Strength) bores in dipperstick.
680 (LOCTITE) Apply to inner surface of bushing
bores in backhoe boom.

T43512 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Apply to backhoe boom lock collar
TY9473 (Canadian) Strength) set screws.
242 (LOCTITE) Apply to threads of extendible
dipperstick hex socket cap screws
for outer pads.

LOCTITE is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp. CED,TX03399,5875 –19–14DEC99–1/1

33
3340
1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3340-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=657
 Frames

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Dipperstick (with Bucket Cylinder and Weight 204 kg (450 lb) (Approximate)
Links)

Dipperstick-to-Boom Connecting Pin Torque 620 N•m (460 lb-ft)

Boom (with Boom and Crowd Weight 341 kg (750 lb) (Approximate)
Cylinders)

Boom (with cylinders) Weight 385 kg (850 lb) (Approximate)

Boom Collar Set Screws Torque 49 N•m (36 lb-ft)

Backhoe Swing Frame Weight 123 kg (272 lb) Approximate

Dipperstick Extension Weight 385 kg (850 lb) (Approximate)

Extendible Dipperstick Hex Socket Torque 22—27 N•m (16—20 lb-ft)

Cap Screws for Internal Pads

Extendible Dipperstick Hex Socket Torque 47—54 N•m (35—40 lb-ft)

Cap Screws for Outer Pads

CED,TX03399,5876 –19–14DEC99–1/1

33
3340
2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3340-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=658
 Frames

Remove and Install Dipperstick

1. Remove bucket. (See Remove and Install Bucket and

Bucket Links in Group 3302.)

2. Extend boom and dipperstick straight out. Put a floor

–UN–23AUG88
stand under outer end of boom. Support dipperstick
with a hoist.

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

X9811
penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.

Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

–UN–27FEB97
3. Operate all control valves to release pressure in
hydraulic system. Tag and remove bucket cylinder
lines (A).

T107574
4. Remove pin (C) from crowd cylinder and dipperstick.

CAUTION: Dipperstick with bucket cylinder and

links weighs approximately 204 kg (450 lb).

Specification
Dipperstick (with Bucket Cylinder
and Links)—Weight .................................... 204 kg (450 lb) (Approximate)

NOTE: If bucket links are removed, fasten rod end of 33

3340
bucket cylinder to dipperstick. 3

5. Remove pin (B) from boom to dipperstick joint.

Remove dipperstick using a hoist.

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7726 –19–15NOV99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3340-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=659
 Frames

6. Inspect bushings (A and B).

7. Remove bushings (A and B), if replacement is

necessary, using E7018 electrodes. Weld three straight
beads on the inside length of the bushing.

–UN–18APR89
8. Allow sufficient time for bushing to cool before
removing with a punch.

9. Make sure ID of bores for bushings are clean and free

T92545
of any grease or oil. Apply retaining compound to inner
surface of bore before installing bushings.

10. Install bushings (A) flush.

11. Install new bushings (B) flush.

12. Install dipperstick to boom. Tighten arm pin bolt to

620 N•m (460 lb-ft).

Specification
Dipperstick-to-Boom Connecting
Pin—Torque................................................................. 620 N•m (460 lb-ft)

13. Align crowd cylinder and install pin.

14. Connect bucket cylinder lines.

TX,31,RR7726 –19–15NOV99–2/2

33
3340
4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3340-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=660
 Frames

Remove and Install Boom

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten

–UN–23AUG88
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.

X9811
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

1. Extend boom and dipperstick straight out. Put a floor

stand under outer end of boom. Support dipperstick
with a hoist.

2. Stop engine and operate all hydraulic controls to

release pressure in system. Tag and disconnect bucket

–UN–27FEB97
hoses (A). Close all openings with caps and plugs.

CAUTION: Boom with boom and crowd

cylinders weighs approximately 341 kg (750 lb).

T107574
Specification
Boom (with Boom and Crowd
Cylinders)—Weight ..................................... 341 kg (750 lb) (Approximate)

3. Remove pins (C and B) and remove dipperstick to the

ground using hoist.

33
3340
5

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7727 –19–15NOV99–1/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3340-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=661
 Frames

4. Support boom with a hoist. Tag and disconnect hoses

(A). Close all openings with caps and plugs.

5. Put wooden block over oil lines before removing the

cylinder rod end. Remove pin (C), snap ring and pin
(D), pivot (E), and collar (B). Remove pin from cylinder
rod end and lay cylinder on wooden block.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from moving

heavy object. The boom and cylinders weigh
approximately 385 kg (850 lb).

Specification
Boom (with cylinders)—Weight .................. 385 kg (850 lb) (Approximate)

6. Remove cap screws (F) and remove boom pivot pins

to remove boom.

A—Hoses
B—Collar

–UN–06MAR97
C—Pin
D—Snap Ring
E—Pivot
F—Cap Screw (2 used)

T107582
Continued on next page TX,31,RR7727 –19–15NOV99–2/4

33
3340
6

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3340-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=662
 Frames

7. Inspect bushings (A). Remove if replacement is

necessary using E7018 electrodes. Weld three straight
beads the inside length of the bushings.

8. Allow sufficient time for bushings to cool before

removing using a punch.

9. Make sure ID of bores for bushings are clean and free

of any grease or oil. Apply retaining compound to inner
surface of bore before installing bushings.

Install new bushings for dipperstick to boom joint

bushings and for boom to swing frame joint bushings.

–UN–25MAY89
T6130AG
TX,31,RR7727 –19–15NOV99–3/4

10. Install collar (B). Apply cure primer, then thread lock
and sealer (medium strength) to three set screws.

11. Tighten collar set screws to 49 N•m (36 lb-ft).

Specification
Boom Collar Set Screws—Torque .................................. 49 N•m (36 lb-ft)

12. Install pivot (E), pin (C), snap ring, and pin (D).

13. Connect lines (A) to backhoe valve.

14. Install dipperstick to boom. (See Remove and Install 33

Dipperstick in this group.) 3340
7

A—Hoses
B—Collar
C—Pin
D—Snap Ring
E—Pivot
F—Cap Screw (2 used)
–UN–06MAR97
T107582

TX,31,RR7727 –19–15NOV99–4/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3340-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=663
 Frames

Remove and Install Swing Frame

1. Remove dipperstick and boom. (See procedures in this

group.)

2. Position swing frame straight rearward.

CAUTION: Swing frame weighs approximately

123 kg (272 lb).

Specification
Backhoe Swing Frame—Weight .................. 123 kg (272 lb) Approximate

3. Connect swing frame to hoist using a lift strap (A).

4. Remove swing cylinder snap ring (F) and remove rod.

Remove swing cylinder pins (D).

5. Remove cap screws (C and E) to remove swing pivot

pins (B and H).

–UN–27FEB97
6. Remove swing frame and thrust washer (G) for repair
or replacement.

T107577
NOTE: Weight of backhoe is supported at the lower pivot.
There must be clearance between upper main
frame pivot boss and the ears of the swing frame.

7. Install thrust washer on top of lower pivot boss.

NOTE: Install swing frame pins so that cross-drilled holes

align with holes in swing frame to ease hardware
installation.

8. Position swing frame and install pin (B) even with top
surface. Secure in position with cap screw (C) and nut.

–UN–27FEB97
9. Install pin (H) even with top surface of swing frame.
Make sure pin is through thrust washer. Secure in
position with cap screw (E) and nut.
T107578

33
3340 10. Align swing cylinders and install pins (D) from the
8 bottom. Top of pins should be even with casting.
Secure in position with rod and snap ring. A—Lift Strap
B—Upper Pivot Pin
11. Install boom and dipperstick. (See procedures in this C—Upper Pivot Locking Cap Screw
D—Swing Cylinder Pivot Pin (2 used)
group.) E—Lower Pivot Locking Cap Screw
F—Swing Cylinder Locking Snap Ring and Rod
G—Thrust Washer
H—Lower Pivot Pin

TX,31,RR7728 –19–24FEB97–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3340-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=664
 Frames

33
3340
9

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3340-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=665
 Frames

Remove Extendible Dipperstick Extension

33
3340
10
–UN–09NOV99
T125617

Continued on next page CED,OUO1010,489 –19–28FEB02–1/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3340-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=666
 Frames

1—Outer Box 4—Internal Wear Pad (4 used) 7—Shim (as required) 10—Lower Outer Wear Pad
2—Extendible Dipperstick 5—Cap Screws (12 used) 8—Upper Outer Wear Pad 11—Pin
Cylinder 6—Shim (as required) 9—Cap Screw (6 used) 12—Lock Nut
3—Washer (12 used)

CED,OUO1010,489 –19–28FEB02–2/4

1. Park machine on level surface. Extend boom and

extendible dipperstick to maximum reach with bucket
dumped and lowered to the ground.

2. Stop engine and set park brake.

3. Remove bucket, links, and quick coupler (if equipped).

(See procedure in Group 3302.)

4. Remove bucket cylinder. (See procedure in Group

3360.) Let hoses and lines hang to the side.

5. Remove outer upper (8) and outer lower (10) wear

pads. Remove shims (7) (if equipped).

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from falling

dipperstick extension. Make sure hoist is
attached to dipperstick extension. When
extendible cylinder rod end pin is re moved,
dipperstick extension can drop suddenly.

–UN–25OCT96
Dipperstick extension weighs approximately 386
kg (850 lb).

Specification

T104732
Dipperstick Extension—Weight .................. 385 kg (850 lb) (Approximate)

6. Install a hoist and chain to dipperstick extension (A)

A—Dipperstick Extension
B—Dipperstick Extension in Vertical Position
7. Remove snap ring and remove extendible dipperstick
C—Cylinder Rod End Pin
cylinder rod end pin (C).

8. Raise boom and put dipperstick extension in vertical

position (B). While raising boom and moving
dipperstick toward machine with extension supported 33
on the ground, raise boom until extension can be 3340
11
removed.

9. Inspect internal dipperstick wear pads (4). Replace if

necessary.

Continued on next page CED,OUO1010,489 –19–28FEB02–3/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3340-11 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=667
 Frames

10. Inspect extendible dipperstick cylinder hoses and

fittings for wear. Replace parts as needed. Attach
extendible cylinder hoses and fittings and tighten.

Specification
Rod End (2) Hose-to-Cylinder
Rod End—Torque ......................................................... 52 N•m ( 38 lb-ft.)

–UN–26FEB02
Head End (3) Hose-to-Elbow
Fitting—Torque .............................................................. 73 N•m ( 54 lb-ft.)
Elbow Fitting (5) to Extendible
Cylinder Head End—Torque ......................................... 73 N•m ( 54 lb-ft.)

T151883
1—O-Ring
2—Hose, Rod End
3—Hose, Head End
4—O-Ring
5—Elbow Fitting
6—O-Ring
7—Extendible Cylinder

CED,OUO1010,489 –19–28FEB02–4/4

33
3340
12

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3340-12 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=668
 Frames

33
3340
13

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3340-13 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=669
 Frames

Install Extendible Dipperstick Extension

33
3340
14
–UN–09NOV99
T125617

Continued on next page CED,OUO1010,490 –19–04NOV99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3340-14 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=670
 Frames

1—Outer Box 4—Internal Wear Pad (4 used) 7—Shim (as required) 10—Lower Outer Wear Pad
2—Extendible Dipperstick 5—Cap Screws (12 used) 8—Upper Outer Wear Pad 11—Pin
Cylinder 6—Shim (as required) 9—Cap Screw (6 used) 12—Lock Nut
3—Washer (12 used)

IMPORTANT: It is important to maintain running 5. Install extendible dipperstick cylinder rod end pin
clearance between pad and inner (11) through dipperstick and cylinder rod end.
member of extension.
6. Install outer upper (8) and outer lower (10) wear
Do not damage shims. Only put in pads. Install shims (7) as required. For every three
enough shims to fill clearance and shims added, remove a washer (3) from under the
then remove one shim. head of cap screws (9) to allow adequate thread
engagement.
Locking nuts should be replaced if
removed to prevent loosening. 7. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer
(medium strength) to threads of cap screws (9).
1. Install shims (6), as required, to fill clearance and Tighten cap screws (9).
then remove one shim. If wear pads are replaced,
install new lock nuts (12) with flat face of nut mating Specification
to dipperstick. Extendible Dipperstick Hex
Socket Cap Screws for Outer
Pads—Torque ............................................ 47—54 N•m (35—40 lb-ft)
NOTE: Do not over tighten cap screws or pad
deformation may result. 8. Install bucket cylinder. (See procedure in Group
3360.)
2. Tighten hex socket cap screws (5) to 22—27 N•m
(16—20 lb-ft). 9. Install bucket, links, and quick couplers (if
equipped). (See procedure in Group 3302.)
Specification
Extendible Dipperstick Hex
Socket Cap Screws for Internal 10. Cycle extension in and out to ensure proper
Pads—Torque ............................................ 22—27 N•m (16—20 lb-ft) operation.

3. Apply a light film of grease on wear pads.

4. With the extension in the vertical position, install

dipperstick into the extension using the hoist.

CED,OUO1010,490 –19–04NOV99–2/2
33
3340
15

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3340-15 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=671
 Frames

33
3340
16

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3340-16 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=672
 Group 3360
Hydraulic System
Essential Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,OUO1010,466 –19–19NOV98–1/2

Seal Installation Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG734

Install seals and wiper rings in spool valves.

CED,OUO1010,466 –19–19NOV98–2/2

Service Equipment and Tools

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,TX03399,5877 –19–14DEC99–1/2

Spanner Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PH95—473—6A

Used to loosen and tighten boom, bucket, and crowd

cylinder jam (spanner) nut.
CED,TX03399,5877 –19–14DEC99–2/2
33
3360
1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=673
 Hydraulic System

Other Material

Number Name Use

TY16285 (U.S.) Cure Primer Apply to threads of backhoe priority

CXTY16285 (Canadian) section set screws.
7649 (LOCTITE) Apply to threads of spool, spool end
screw, and spool tang.
Apply to boom, bucket, and crowd
cylinder rod threads.
Apply to boom, bucket, and crowd
cylinder barrel threads that will be
under jam (spanner) nut.
Apply to threads of swing and
stabilizer cylinder spanner nut.
Apply extendible dipperstick cylinder
rod threads.

T43512 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Apply to threads of backhoe priority
TY9473 (Canadian) Strength) section set screws.
242 (LOCTITE) Apply to threads of swing and
stabilizer cylinder spanner nut.

T43513 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (High Apply to spool end screw and spool
TY9474 (Canadian) Strength) tang.
271 (LOCTITE) Apply to boom, bucket, and crowd
cylinder rod threads.
Apply to extendible dipperstick
cylinder rod threads.

TY24311 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Low Apply to boom, bucket, and crowd
CXTY24311 (Canadian) Strength) cylinder barrel threads under jam
222 (LOCTITE) nut.

33
3360
2

LOCTITE is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp.

LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corp. CED,TX03399,5878 –19–14DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=674
 Hydraulic System

Specifications

Item Measurement Specification

Backhoe Control Valve

Control Valve Weight 61 kg (135 lb) (Approximate)

Tie Rod Nuts (1/2-20 Threads) Torque 100 N•m (74 lb-ft)

Tie Rod Nuts (7/16-20 Threads) Torque 65 N•m (48 lb-ft)

Circuit Relief [27 mm (1-1/16 in.) Torque 65 N•m (48 lb-ft)

Threads]

Circuit Relief [22 mm (7/8 in.) Torque 45 N•m (33 lb-ft)

Threads (w/o Locking Ring)]

Circuit Relief [22 mm (7/8 in.) Torque 45 N•m (33 lb-ft)

Threads (w/ Locking Ring)]

Circuit Relief Locking Ring Torque 14 N•m (120 lb-in.)

System Relief Valve Nut Torque 5 ± 0.68 N•m (44 ± 6 lb-in.)

System Relief Valve Body Plug Torque 45 ± 4.7 N•m (33 ± 3.5 lb-ft)

System Relief Valve (Installation) Torque 45 ± 4.7 N•m (33 ± 3.5 lb-ft)

Circuit Relief Valve With Torque 65 ± 7 N•m (48 ± 5 lb-ft)

Anti-Cavitation (Installation)

Crowd Out, Bucket Curl, and Torque 24 ± 3 N•m (18 ± 2 lb-ft)

Boom Raise Circuit Relief Valve
Cap and Nut

Crowd Out, Bucket Curl, and Torque 45 ± 4.7 N•m (33 ± 3.5 lb-ft)
Boom Raise Circuit Relief Valve
(Installation)

Flow Control Relief Valve—Earlier Torque 10 N•m (88 lb-in.) 33

Machines Nut 3360
3
Flow Control Relief Valve—Earlier Torque 45 ± 4.7 N•m (33 ± 3.5 lb-ft)
Machines (Installation)

Flow Control Relief Valve—Later Torque 24 ± 3 N•m (18 ± 2 lb-ft)

Machines Relief Valve Cap and
Nut

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5897 –19–07JAN00–1/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=675
 Hydraulic System

Item Measurement Specification

Flow Control Relief Valve—Later Torque 45 ± 4.7 N•m (33 ± 3.5 lb-ft)
Machines (Installation)

Shut-Off Plug (Installation) Torque 65 ± 7 N•m (48 ± 5 lb-ft)

Spool Cap, Cap Screws Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

Spool Retainer Plate Screws Torque 5.5 N•m (48 lb-in.)

Backhoe Priority Section

Spool Cap, Cap Screws Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

Relief Valve Lock Nut and Cap Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

Backhoe Auxiliary Flow Section

Plugs Torque 65 N•m (48 lb-ft)

Solenoid Cartridge Torque 34—41 N•m (25—30 lb-ft)

Solenoid Coil Nut Torque 5.4—8 N•m (4—6 lb-ft)

Backhoe Swing Section

Spool End Screw Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

Spool Cap, Cap Screws Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

Spool Retainer Plate Cap Screws Torque 5.5 N•m (48 lb-in.)

Backhoe Boom Section

Spool End Screw Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

33
3360 Spool Cap, Cap Screws Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)
4
Spool Retainer Plate Cap Screws Torque 5.5 N•m (48 lb-in.)

Relief Valve, 27 mm (1 1/2 in. Torque 65 N•m (48 lb-ft)

Threads)

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5897 –19–07JAN00–2/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=676
 Hydraulic System

Item Measurement Specification

Backhoe Bucket Section

Spool End Screw Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

Spool Cap, Cap Screws Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

Spool Retainer Plate Cap Screws Torque 5.5 N•m (48 lb-in.)

Backhoe Crowd Section

Spool End Screw Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

Spool Cap, Cap Screws Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

Spool Retainer Plate Cap Screws Torque 5.5 N•m (48 lb-in.)

Plugs Torque 65 N•m (48 lb-ft)

Backhoe Extendible Dipperstick

Section

Spool End Screw Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

Spool Cap, Cap Screws Torque 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

Spool Retainer Plate Cap Screws Torque 5.5 N•m (48 lb-in.)

Stabilizer Valve

Spool Caps Torque 50 ± 3 N•m (37 ± 2 lb-ft)

Hex Drive Retaining Plug Torque 50 ± 3 N•m (37 ± 2 lb-ft)

Backhoe Cylinders
33
Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Weight 34 kg (75 lb) (Approximate) 3360
5
Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Weight 59 kg (130 lb) (Approximate)

Backhoe Boom Cylinder Weight 82 kg (180 lb) (Approximate)

Swing Cylinder Weight 48 kg (106 lb) (Approximate)

Swing Cylinder Hydraulic Fittings Torque 34 N•m (25 lb-ft)

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5897 –19–07JAN00–3/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=677
 Hydraulic System

Item Measurement Specification

Stabilizer Cylinder Weight 39 kg (86 lb) (Approximate)

Backhoe Extendible Dipperstick Weight 43 kg (95 lb)

Cylinder

Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Piston Torque Turn 340 N•m (250 lb-ft) + 1/8 (45°) turn
Nut

Backhoe Boom Cylinder Piston Torque Turn 375 N•m (276 lb-ft) + 1/8 (45°) turn
Nut

Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Piston Torque Turn 375 N•m (276 lb-ft) + 1/12 (30°) turn
Nut (S.N. —837443)

Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Piston Torque Turn 475 N•m (350 lb-ft) + 1/12 (30°) turn
Nut (S.N. 837444— )

Boom, Bucket, and Crowd Cylinder Torque 1350 N•m (1000 lb-ft)
Rod Guide Jam (Spanner) Nut

Backhoe Swing Cylinder Piston Torque Turn 225 N•m (165 lb-ft) + 1/6 (60°) turn

Backhoe Stabilizer Cylinder Piston Torque Turn 600 N•m (442 lb-ft) + 1/12 (30°) turn

Extendible Dipperstick Cylinder Torque Turn 100 N•m (74 lb-ft) plus 45° turn
Piston Nut

CED,TX03399,5897 –19–07JAN00–4/4

33
3360
6

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=678
 Hydraulic System

33
3360
7

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=679
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Backhoe Control Valve

33
3360
8
–19–16SEP96
T100888

Continued on next page TX,33,RR7798 –19–14DEC99–1/4

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=680
 Hydraulic System

1—Backhoe Control Valve 26—Crowd Cylinder 29—From Hydraulic Pump 32—Right Swing port
24—Bucket Cylinder 27—Boom Cylinder 30—From Stabilizer Valve 33—To Auxiliary Tool
25—Extendible Cylinder 28—To Hydraulic Filter 31—Left Swing Port 34—To Steering Valve

TX,33,RR7798 –19–14DEC99–2/4

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid

under pressure, stop engine and relieve the
pressure in the system before disconnecting or
connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.

–UN–23AUG88
1. Lower backhoe bucket on the floor with dipperstick
straight out.

2. Stop engine and operate all hydraulic control levers to

X9811
relieve pressure in the hydraulic system.

3. Disconnect linkage from backhoe valve spools.

4. Disconnect all lines (24—34) from backhoe control

valve (1). Close all openings with caps and plugs.

Continued on next page TX,33,RR7798 –19–14DEC99–3/4

33
3360
9

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=681
 Hydraulic System

5. Remove floor mat (A), cover (B), and backhoe lever

console (C).

6. Remove foot pedal or pedals (if equipped).

7. Remove floor plate (B) and lever assembly bracket (A)

–UN–02MAY91
with levers.

CAUTION: Approximate weight of five stack

T7520BG
backhoe control valve is 61 kg (135 lb).

Backhoe Control Valve—Specification

Control Valve—Weight ................................. 61 kg (135 lb) (Approximate)

8. Install lifting strap around backhoe control valve. Attach

a hoist to lifting strap.

9. Remove cap screws (A and B). Move backhoe valve

bracket back and slowly remove valve.

10. Install valve and cap screws (A and B). Tighten cap
screws.

11. Install lever assembly and bracket with levers, floor

plate, and foot pedal or pedals (if equipped).

12. Install backhoe lever console, cover, and floor mat.

13. Connect backhoe valve linkage.

14. Connect hydraulic lines.

33 TX,33,RR7798 –19–14DEC99–4/4
3360
10

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=682
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe Control Valve

–UN–11APR00
T130083
A—Priority Steering Inlet E—Bucket Section J—Spring (one each spool L—Last Valve Section "Outlet"
Section F—Crowd Section except priority) Side (To Show Check Valve
B—Priority Flow Control G—Auxiliary Section K—Load Check (one in each Installation)
Section H—Nut and Tie Rod Assembly spool section except M—Valve Section (To Show
C—Swing Section I—O-Ring (one between each priority) Check Valve Installation)
D—Boom Section section)

2. To aid in assembly, identify each section with a

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from
mark.
falling heavy control valve. The control valve
weighs approximately 64 kg (140 lb). Use a
3. Remove nuts and tie rods (H).
hoist to lift the valve assembly from the
machine to the bench. Support the valve
4. Carefully remove sections (A—G) so not to lose or 33
assembly in a holding fixture. 3360
damage O-rings (I), springs (J), and load checks
(K). Keep load checks and valve sections together 11
Backhoe Control Valve—Specification
Control Valve—Weight .......................... 64 kg (140 lb) (Approximate) as a set.

1. Set control valve assembly vertically on a work 5. Inspect O-rings between each section for wear or
bench with the inlet section on the bottom. damage. Replace as necessary.

IMPORTANT: Keep all components for each valve 6. Inspect springs and load checks for scoring, wear,
section together as a set. or damage. Replace as necessary.

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7669 –19–13APR00–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-11 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=683
 Hydraulic System

Install check valves (K) and springs (J) in each 9. Install nuts on other end of tie rods and snug tight;
section as shown in section (M), except on last do not make final torque.
section.
IMPORTANT: Tighten tie rod evenly and at several
NOTE: On the last section on "Outlet" side (L), the intervals to prevent valve spool
load check valve must be installed after the binding or leakage between sections.
spring.
10. Lay valve assembly horizontally on bench
On last section on "Outlet" side, install the spring supported by blocks under the mounting feet.
first and then check valve as shown in section (L). Tighten tie rod. nuts to specification.

7. Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal parts. Install Backhoe Control Valve—Specification
Tie Rod Nuts (1/2-20
load check
Threads)—Torque ................................................... 100 N•m (74 lb-ft)
Tie Rod Nuts (7/16-20
8. Assemble sections (A—G) making sure check Threads)—Torque ..................................................... 65 N•m (48 lb-ft)
valve, spring, and O-ring remain in position. Install
the tie rods in so the shorter threaded length end is
on the bottom. Fully screw on the nuts on the
shorter threaded end.

TX,31,RR7669 –19–13APR00–2/2

33
3360
12

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-12 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=684
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Backhoe Circuit Relief

and System Relief Valves

IMPORTANT: Relief valves MUST be installed in the

correct ports for proper valve function.

1. To aid in assembly, put identification marks on the

relief valves and the control valve.

2. Remove relief valves.

3. Remove and inspect O-rings and backup rings for

damage. If damaged, check housing for cause.

4. Install new O-rings and backup rings.

5. Install circuit relief valves in control valve. Tighten relief

valves.

Backhoe Control Valve—Specification

–UN–21DEC99
Circuit Relief [27 mm (1-1/16 in.)
Threads]—Torque............................................................ 65 N•m (48 lb-ft)
Circuit Relief [22 mm (7/8 in.)
Threads (w/o Locking Ring)]—
Torque ............................................................................. 45 N•m (33 lb-ft)

T126939
Circuit Relief [22 mm (7/8 in.)
Threads (w/ Locking Ring)]—
Torque ............................................................................. 45 N•m (33 lb-ft)
Circuit Relief Locking Ring—
Torque .......................................................................... 14 N•m (120 lb-in.) A—Auxiliary Flow Control Relief Valve
B—Swing Right Relief Valve
C—Boom Raise Relief Valve
IMPORTANT: Relief valves MUST be adjusted when D—Bucket Dump Relief Valve
valves are disassembled or replaced. E—Crowd In Relief Valve
Failure to do so could cause damage to F—Extendible Dipperstick Rod End Plug
hydraulic system. G—Extendible Dipperstick Head End Plug
H—Crowd Out Relief Valve
I—Bucket Curl Relief Valve
6. For pressures and adjustments of relief valves, see J—Boom Lower Relief Valve
Operation and Test Manual Group 9025-25 for K—Swing Left Relief Valve
procedures. L—System Relief Valve
M—Steering Load Sense Relief Valve

33
3360
13

CED,TX03399,5571 –19–20DEC99–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-13 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=685
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble System Relief

Valve

1. Disassemble and inspect parts for wear and damage.

Replace as necessary.

2. Put clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly.

3. Tighten nut (R), valve body plug (Q) to specifications.

Reference relief valve installation torque.

Backhoe Control Valve—Specification

System Relief Valve Nut—Torque ................. 5 ± 0.68 N•m (44 ± 6 lb-in.)
System Relief Valve Body Plug—
Torque ........................................................... 45 ± 4.7 N•m (33 ± 3.5 lb-ft)
System Relief Valve
(Installation)—Torque .................................... 45 ± 4.7 N•m (33 ± 3.5 lb-ft)

A—Adjusting Screw
B—O-Ring (2 used)
C—O-Ring

–UN–05MAR97
D—Pilot Poppet
E—Spring
F—Backup Ring
G—Spring
H—Backup Ring

T100630
I—Poppet
J—Piston
K—Poppet
L—O-Ring
M—O-Ring
N—O-Ring
O—Valve Body
P—Spring
Q—Valve Body Plug
R—Nut

33 CED,TX03399,5894 –19–07JAN00–1/1
3360
14

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-14 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=686
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Circuit Relief

Valve with Anti-Cavitation

NOTE: Anti-cavitation relief valves used in boom and

swing section are not adjustable.

1. Disassemble and inspect parts for wear and damage.

Replace as necessary.

2. Put clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly.

3. Circuit relief valve installation torque specification.

Backhoe Control Valve—Specification

Circuit Relief Valve With
Anti-Cavitation (Installation)—
Torque ................................................................. 65 ± 7 N•m (48 ± 5 lb-ft)

A—Spring
B—Sleeve
C—Retaining Ring

–UN–05JUL94
D—O-Ring
E—Backup Ring (2 used)
F—O-Ring
G—Shim (as required)
H—Poppet

T8259AG
I—Sleeve
J—Spring
K—Valve Body
L—Backup Ring (2 used)
M—O-Ring

TX,3360,SS3106 –19–07JAN00–1/1

33
3360
15

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-15 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=687
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Crowd Out,

Bucket Curl, and Boom Raise Circuit Relief
Valve

1. Disassemble and inspect parts for wear and damage.

Replace as necessary.

2. Put clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly.

3. Install special seal (I) using JDG1290 Seal Installer.

4. Tighten valve cap (A) and nut (D) to specification.

Reference circuit relief valve installation torque.

Backhoe Control Valve—Specification

Crowd Out, Bucket Curl, and
Boom Raise Circuit Relief Valve
Cap and Nut—Torque ......................................... 24 ± 3 N•m (18 ± 2 lb-ft)
Crowd Out, Bucket Curl, and
Boom Raise Circuit Relief Valve
(Installation)—Torque .................................... 45 ± 4.7 N•m (33 ± 3.5 lb-ft)

–UN–09APR97
A—Cap
B—Adjusting Screw
C—O-Ring

T108887
D—Nut
E—O-Ring
F—Spring
G—Poppet
H—Orifice
I—Special Seal
J—Collar
K—Retaining Ring
M—Valve Body

33 TX,3360,SS3107 –19–07JAN00–1/1
3360
16

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-16 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=688
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Flow Control

Relief Valve—Earlier Machines

1. Disassemble relief valve.

2. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace as

–UN–07JAN00
necessary.

3. Put clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly.

T127180
4. Install special seal using JDG1290 Seal Installer.

5. Tighten valve nut (3) to specifications. Reference flow

control relief valve installation torque. 1—Valve Body
2—Adjusting Screw
3—Hex Nut
Backhoe Control Valve—Specification 4—O-Ring
Flow Control Relief Valve—Earlier 5—Special Seal
Machines Nut—Torque................................................... 10 N•m (88 lb-in.) 6—Poppet
Flow Control Relief Valve—Earlier
7—Spring
Machines (Installation)—Torque.................... 45 ± 4.7 N•m (33 ± 3.5 lb-ft)

CED,TX03399,5891 –19–07JAN00–1/1

33
3360
17

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-17 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=689
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Flow Control

Relief Valve—Later Machines

1. Disassemble and inspect parts for wear and damage.

Replace as necessary.

2. Put clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly.

3. Install special seal (I) using JDG1290 Seal Installer.

4. Tighten valve cap (A), nut (D) to specification.

Reference circuit relief valve installation torque.

Backhoe Control Valve—Specification

Flow Control Relief Valve—Later
Machines Cap and Nut—Torque ........................ 24 ± 3 N•m (18 ± 2 lb-ft)
Flow Control Relief Valve—Later
Machines (Installation)—Torque.................... 45 ± 4.7 N•m (33 ± 3.5 lb-ft)

A—Cap
B—Adjusting Screw

–UN–09APR97
C—O-Ring
D—Nut
E—O-Ring
F—Spring
G—Poppet

T108887
H—Orifice
I—Special Seal
J—Collar
K—Retaining Ring
M—Valve Body

CED,TX03399,5895 –19–07JAN00–1/1

Disassemble and Assemble Auxiliary

Shut-off Plug

1. Remove seal, if necessary.

33
3360 2. Put clean hydraulic oil on seal before assembly.
–UN–05JAN00

18
3. Install special seal using JDG1328 Seal Installer.

4. Plug (1) installation torque.

T127068

Backhoe Control Valve—Specification

Shut-Off Plug (Installation)—
Torque ................................................................. 65 ± 7 N•m (48 ± 5 lb-ft) 1—Shut-Off Plug
2—Special Seal

CED,TX03399,5883 –19–05JAN00–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-18 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=690
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe Priority Section

–UN–09NOV98
T118134
1—Priority Valve 5—Spring 9—O-Ring 12—Orifice
2—Spool 6—O-Ring 10—Cap 13—Lock Nut
3—Cap Screw (2 used) 7—Orifice 11—Cap Screw (2 used) 14—Cap
4—Cap 8—Orifice

IMPORTANT: Spool MUST be installed in the same 5. Install spring and end caps (10 and 4).
valve section as was removed for
proper operation of the hydraulic 6. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer
function. (medium strength) to threads of screws (3 and 11)
Tighten screws to 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.).
1. Remove parts (3 and 4) to remove spool (2) and
spring (5). Remove steering load sense relief valve Backhoe Priority Section—Specification
Spool Cap, Cap Screws— 33
counting number of turns to remove valve.
Torque..................................................................... 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.) 3360
19
2. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace as
7. Install steering load sense relief valve the same
necessary. Replace all O-rings and seals.
number of turns as removed.
3. Inspect orifices (7, 8, and 12) in spool. Orifice must
8. Tighten lock nut (13) and cap (14) to 9.5 N•m (84
be clear of any obstructions.
lb-in.).
4. Put clean hydraulic oil on spool. Install spool into
housing.

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7668 –19–15NOV99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-19 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=691
 Hydraulic System

Backhoe Priority Section—Specification

Relief Valve Lock Nut and
Cap—Torque .......................................................... 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

TX,31,RR7668 –19–15NOV99–2/2

33
3360
20

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-20 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=692
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe Auxiliary Flow Section

–UN–28JAN97
T106886
A—Valve Housing G—O-Ring L—Flow Adjustment Control P—Detent Arm
B—Solenoid Coil H—Backup Ring Lever Q—Spring
C—O-Ring (3 used) I—Retaining Ring M—Spring Pin R—Check Valve
D—Plug (2 used) J—Plug N—Spring Loaded Detent S—Solenoid Cartridge
E—Spring K—Lip Seal O—Jam Nut T—Jam Nut
F—Spool

1. Remove parts (D, E, and subassembly G—P) to NOTE: For proper operation, the spool must be
remove spool (F) from valve housing (A) installed into the valve housing the same way
it was removed.
NOTE: Do not remove lip seal (K) unless it will be
replaced with a new seal. 5. Assemble parts (C—L). Put clean hydraulic oil on
spool (F). Keep lip seal (K) straight as it’s tapped 33
2. Remove spring pin (M) to disassemble detent arm into place in plug (J). 3360
21
from flow adjustment (L). l
6. Assemble parts (M—P). Tighten plugs (D and J) to
3. Remove jam nut (T), solenoid (B), and solenoid 65 N•m (48 lb-ft).
valve (S).
Backhoe Auxiliary Flow Section—Specification
4. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace all seals Plugs—Torque .......................................................... 65 N•m (48 lb-ft)

and backup rings. Lubricate seals before installing

in the valve housing.

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7671 –19–19NOV98–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-21 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=693
 Hydraulic System

7. Install solenoid cartridge (S) into valve housing. 8. Install solenoid coil (B) and jam nut (T). Tighten to
Tighten to 34—41 N•m (25—30 lb-ft). 5.4—8 N•m (4—6 lb-ft).

Backhoe Auxiliary Flow Section—Specification Backhoe Auxiliary Flow Section—Specification

Solenoid Cartridge—Torque ...................... 34—41 N•m (25—30 lb-ft) Solenoid Coil Nut—Torque ............................. 5.4—8 N•m (4—6 lb-ft)

IMPORTANT: Exceeding 8 N•m (6 lb-ft) torque on

jam nut (T) may cause damage or
failure of the valve.

TX,31,RR7671 –19–19NOV98–2/2

33
3360
22

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-22 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=694
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe Swing Section

–UN–27JAN97
T100621
A—Valve Housing E—Vent Filter I—Retainer Plate M—Spool
B—Cap Screw (2 used) F—Spool End Screw J—Spool Wiper N—Spool Tang
C—Cap G—Spring Seats K—Lip Seal O—Load Check and Spring
D—Centering Spring H—O-Ring L—Screw (2 used)

IMPORTANT: Spool MUST be installed in the same 5. Install parts (D, F—I, and N) on spool. Apply cure
valve section as was removed for primer to threads of spool (L), spool end screw (F),
proper operation of the hydraulic and spool tang (N). Apply thread lock and sealer
function. (high strength) on spool end screw and spool tang.
Tighten to specification.
1. Remove parts (B, C, I, and L) to remove spool from
valve housing. Backhoe Swing Section—Specification
Spool End Screw—Torque ..................................... 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.) 33
3360
2. Using a protective cover or wooden blocks, put 23
spool in vise. Remove parts (F, D, G, and N). 6. Apply grease to all of spring (D).

3. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace all seals 7. Assemble remaining parts. Install and tighten cap
and backup rings. screws (B) to specification.

Backhoe Swing Section—Specification

4. Apply clean hydraulic oil on spool and install spool Spool Cap, Cap Screws—
into valve housing. Install seals (J) and wiper seal Torque..................................................................... 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)
(K) using JDG734 Seal Installation Tool. (See
procedure in this group).

Continued on next page TX,3360,SS3108 –19–15NOV99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-23 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=695
 Hydraulic System

8. Tighten screws (L) to specification.

Backhoe Swing Section—Specification

Spool Retainer Plate Cap
Screws—Torque ..................................................... 5.5 N•m (48 lb-in.)

TX,3360,SS3108 –19–15NOV99–2/2

33
3360
24

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-24 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=696
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe Boom Section

–UN–27JAN97
T100622
A—Valve Housing F—Spool End Screw K—Lip Seal P—Spring
B—Cap Screw (2 used) G—Spring Seats L—Screw (2 used) Q—O-Ring
C—Cap H—O-Ring M—Spool R—Bumper
D—Centering Spring I—Retainer Plate N—Load Check and Spring S—Plug
E—Vent Filter J—Spool Wiper O—Leakage Control Check

IMPORTANT: Spool MUST be installed in the same 5. Apply clean hydraulic oil on spool and install spool
valve section as was removed for into valve housing. Install seals (J) and wiper seal
proper operation of the hydraulic (K) using JDG734 Seal Installation Tool. (See
function. procedure in this group).

1. Remove parts (B, C, I, and L) to remove spool from 6. Install parts (D, F—I) on spool. Apply cure primer to
valve housing. threads of spool (L) and to spool end screw (F). 33
3360
Apply thread lock and sealer (high strength) on
25
2. Using a protective cover or wooden blocks, put spool end screw (F). Tighten to 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.).
spool in vise. Remove parts (F, D, and G).
Backhoe Boom Section—Specification
3. Remove parts (O—S). Spool End Screw—Torque ..................................... 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

4. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace all seals 7. Apply grease to all of spring (D).
and backup rings.

Continued on next page TX,3360,RR7683 –19–15NOV99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-25 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=697
 Hydraulic System

8. Assemble remaining parts. Install and tighten cap 10. Tighten plugs (S) to 65 N•m (48 lb-ft).
screws (B) to 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.).
Backhoe Boom Section—Specification
Backhoe Boom Section—Specification Relief Valve, 27 mm (1 1/2 in.
Spool Cap, Cap Screws— Threads)—Torque ..................................................... 65 N•m (48 lb-ft)
Torque..................................................................... 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

9. Tighten screws (L) to 5.5 N•m (48 lb-in.).

Backhoe Boom Section—Specification

Spool Retainer Plate Cap
Screws—Torque ..................................................... 5.5 N•m (48 lb-in.)

TX,3360,RR7683 –19–15NOV99–2/2

33
3360
26

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-26 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=698
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe Bucket Section

–UN–27JAN97
T100623
A—Valve Housing E—Vent Filter H—Retainer Plate K—Screw (2 used)
B—Cap Screw (2 used) F—Spool End Screw I—Spool Wiper L—Spool
C—Cap G—Spring Seats J—Lip Seal M—Load Check and Spring
D—Centering Spring

IMPORTANT: Spool MUST be installed in the same 5. Install parts (D, F—H) on spool. Apply cure primer
valve section as was removed for to threads of spool (L) and to spool end screw (F).
proper operation of the hydraulic Apply thread lock and sealer (high strength) on
function. spool end screw (F). Tighten to 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.).

1. Remove parts (B, C, H, and K) to remove spool Backhoe Bucket Section—Specification

Spool End Screw—Torque ..................................... 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)
from valve housing.
33
6. Apply grease to all of spring (D). 3360
2. Using a protective cover or wooden blocks, put 27
spool in vise. Remove parts (F, D, and G).
7. Assemble remaining parts. Install and tighten cap
3. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace all seals screws (B) to 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.).
and backup rings.
Backhoe Bucket Section—Specification
Spool Cap, Cap Screws—
4. Apply clean hydraulic oil on spool and install spool Torque..................................................................... 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)
into valve housing. Install seals (J) and wiper seal
(I) using JDG734 Seal Installation Tool. (See
procedure in this group).

Continued on next page TX,3360,RR7684 –19–15NOV99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-27 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=699
 Hydraulic System

8. Tighten screws (K) to 5.5 N•m (48 lb-in.).

Backhoe Bucket Section—Specification

Spool Retainer Plate Cap
Screws—Torque ..................................................... 5.5 N•m (48 lb-in.)

TX,3360,RR7684 –19–15NOV99–2/2

33
3360
28

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-28 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=700
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe Crowd Section

–UN–27JAN97
T100624
A—Valve Housing F—Spool End Screw K—Screw (2 used) P—Spring
B—Cap Screw (2 used) G—Spring Seats L—Spool Q—O-Ring
C—Cap H—Retainer Plate M—Spool Tang R—Bumper
D—Centering Spring I—Spool Wiper N—O-Ring S—Plug
E—Vent Filter J—Lip Seal O—Leakage Control Check T—Load Check and Spring

IMPORTANT: Spool MUST be installed in the same 5. Apply clean hydraulic oil on spool and install spool
valve section as was removed for into valve housing. Install seals (J) and wiper seal
proper operation of the hydraulic (I) using JDG734 Seal Installation Tool. (See
function. procedure in this group).

1. Remove parts (B, C, H, and K) to remove spool 6. Install parts (D, F—H, M and N) on spool. Apply
from valve housing. cure primer to threads of spool (L), spool end screw 33
3360
(F), and spool tang (M). Apply thread lock and
29
2. Using a protective cover or wooden blocks, put sealer (high strength) on spool end screw (F) and
spool in vise. Remove parts (F, D, and G). spool tang (M). Tighten to 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.).

3. Remove parts (O—S). Backhoe Crowd Section—Specification

Spool End Screw—Torque ..................................... 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

4. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace all seals

and backup rings. 7. Apply grease to all of spring (D).

Continued on next page TX,3360,RR7685 –19–15NOV99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-29 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=701
 Hydraulic System

8. Assemble remaining parts. Install and tighten cap 10. Tighten plugs (S) to 65 N•m (48 lb-ft).
screws (B) to 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.).
Backhoe Crowd Section—Specification
Backhoe Crowd Section—Specification Plugs—Torque .......................................................... 65 N•m (48 lb-ft)
Spool Cap, Cap Screws—
Torque..................................................................... 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

9. Tighten screws (L) to 5.5 N•m (48 lb-in.).

Backhoe Crowd Section—Specification

Spool Retainer Plate Cap
Screws—Torque ..................................................... 5.5 N•m (48 lb-in.)

TX,3360,RR7685 –19–15NOV99–2/2

33
3360
30

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-30 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=702
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe Extendible Dipperstick Section

–UN–17OCT96
TP52831
1—Screw (2 Used) 6—Retainer 11—O-Ring 16—Spool
2—Spring 7—Seal 12—Poppet 17—Housing
3—Cap 8—Wiper Seal 13—Spring 18—O-Ring (2 Used)
4—Filter 9—Plate 14—Backup Ring 19—Drain Plug
5—Spool End Screw 10—Screw (2 Used) 15—Plug 20—Kit

IMPORTANT: Spool MUST be installed in the same 5. Install parts (9, 6, 2, and 5) on spool. Apply cure
valve section as was removed for primer to threads of spool (16) and spool end screw
proper operation of the hydraulic (5). Apply thread lock and sealer (high strength) on
function. threads of spool end screw (5). Tighten to 9.5 N•m
(84 lb-in.).
1. Remove parts (1, 3, 9, and 10) to remove spool
from valve housing. Backhoe Extendible Dipperstick Section—Specification
Spool End Screw—Torque ..................................... 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

2. Using a protective cover or wooden blocks, put

spool in vise. Remove parts (2, 5, 6, 7, and 8). 6. Apply grease to all of spring (D).
33
3. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace all seals 7. Assemble remaining parts. Install and tighten cap 3360
and backup rings. screws (1) to 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.). 31

Backhoe Extendible Dipperstick Section—Specification

4. Apply clean hydraulic oil on spool and install spool Spool Cap, Cap Screws—
into valve housing. Install seals (7) and wiper seal Torque..................................................................... 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)
(8) using JDG734 Seal Installation Tool. (See
procedure in this group).

Continued on next page TX,3360,RR7686 –19–15NOV99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-31 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=703
 Hydraulic System

8. Tighten screws (10) to 5.5 N•m (48 lb-in.).

Backhoe Extendible Dipperstick Section—Specification

Spool Retainer Plate Cap
Screws—Torque ..................................................... 5.5 N•m (48 lb-in.)

TX,3360,RR7686 –19–15NOV99–2/2

Replace Wiper Rings and Seals of Backhoe

Control Valve Sections

1. Remove screws (E) to remove plate (D) from valve

section.

2. Use an O-ring pick to remove wiper ring (A) and seal

(B).

A—Wiper Ring
B—Seal
C—Spool
D—Plate
E—Screw (2 used)

–UN–27JAN97
T7698AB

33 Continued on next page TX,33,RR7812 –19–15NOV99–1/5

3360
32

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-32 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=704
 Hydraulic System

3. Remove two screws (A) to remove cap (J) from bottom

of valve section.

4. Remove screw (B) to remove retainers (C and D),

spring (I) and plate (E).

5. Use an O-ring pick to remove wiper ring (H) and seal

(G).

A—Screw (2 used)
B—Spool End Screw
C—Spring Retainer
D—Spring Retainer
E—Plate
F—Spool
G—Seal
H—Wiper Ring
I—Spring
J—Cap

–UN–27JAN97
T7698AD
Continued on next page TX,33,RR7812 –19–15NOV99–2/5

33
3360
33

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-33 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=705
 Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: DO NOT damage OD or ID of new seal

during installation. Installation tool
MUST be used to install seal and wiper
ring.

6. Use JDG734 Seal Installation Tool to install new seal

and wiper ring at each end of spool:

a. Install wiper ring (C) on end of tool driver (D) with

smaller OD of ring into driver.

b. Put seal (B) on wiper ring with open side of seal

away from wiper ring.

c. Carefully slide sleeve (A) over seal, wiper ring, and

driver with raised lip of sleeve away from driver. Do
not push seal through sleeve.

d. Put tool assembly over end of spool with raised lip

into counterbore of valve section.

e. Push driver to install seal and wiper ring into valve

housing.

A—Tool Sleeve
B—Seal
C—Wiper Ring

–UN–27JAN97
D—Tool Driver

T7677AA
Continued on next page TX,33,RR7812 –19–15NOV99–3/5

33
3360
34

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-34 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=706
 Hydraulic System

NOTE: Lip end of sleeve ID is cone-shaped to compress

seal and wiper ring for installation.

7. Install plate (E), retainers (C and D) and spring (I).

8. Apply cure primer to threads of spool and spool end

screw (B). Apply thread lock and sealer (high strength)
to threads of screw (B). Tighten screw.

9. Install cap (J) and screws (A). Tighten screws to

specification.

Backhoe Control Valve—Specification

Spool Cap, Cap Screws—Torque ................................. 9.5 N•m (84 lb-in.)

A—Screw (2 used)
B—Spool End Screw
C—Spring Retainer
D—Spring Retainer
E—Plate
F—Spool

–UN–27JAN97
G—Seal
H—Wiper Ring
I—Spring
J—Cap

T7698AD
Continued on next page TX,33,RR7812 –19–15NOV99–4/5

33
3360
35

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-35 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=707
 Hydraulic System

10. Install plate (D) and two screws (E). Tighten screws
to specification.

Backhoe Control Valve—Specification

Spool Retainer Plate Screws—
Torque ........................................................................... 5.5 N•m (48 lb-in.)

11. Check for correct installation of seals by pushing

down of spool (C). Spool must return to neutral
position.

A—Wiper Ring
B—Seal
C—Spool
D—Plate
E—Screw (2 used)

–UN–27JAN97
T7698AB
TX,33,RR7812 –19–15NOV99–5/5

Remove and Install Stabilizer Valve

1. Park machine on level surface. Lower attachments and

stabilizers to ground.

2. Remove floor mat (A), console cover (B) and console

–UN–02MAY91
(C).

3. Remove floor plate.

T7520BG
A—Floor Mat
B—Console Cover
33
C—Console
3360
36

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7700 –19–03DEC98–1/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-36 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=708
 Hydraulic System

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.

–UN–23AUG88
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.

X9811
Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

4. Operate controls to release pressure in hydraulic

system.

5. Tag and disconnect all lines from stabilizer valve (C).

Close all openings with caps or plugs.

6. Disconnect stabilizer linkage (A) at valve spools.

7. Remove valve mounting cap screws (B) and stabilizer

valve (C).

8. Install stabilizer valve on mounting plate with cap

screws.

9. Connect stabilizer linkage (A) to stabilizer valve (C)

–UN–15FEB97
valve spools (B).

10. Connect hydraulic lines.

T104874
11. Install floor plate.

A—Stabilizer Linkage
33
B—Capscrews (2 used)
3360
C—Stabilizer Valve
37

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7700 –19–03DEC98–2/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-37 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=709
 Hydraulic System

12. Install console (C), console cover (B) and floor mat
(A).

A—Floor Mat
B—Console Cover
C—Console

–UN–02MAY91
T7520BG
TX,31,RR7700 –19–03DEC98–3/3

33
3360
38

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-38 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=710
 Hydraulic System

33
3360
39

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-39 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=711
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble and Assemble Stabilizer Valve

33
3360
40
–UN–08OCT96
TP52811

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7699 –19–14DEC99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-40 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=712
 Hydraulic System

1—Seal (2 used) 9—Poppet (4 used) 16—Kit, Standard (2 used) 23—Backup Ring (2 used)
2—O-Ring (4 used) 10—O-Ring (4 used) 17—Cap (2 used) 24—Cap Screw (2 used)
3—Valve Spool (2 used) 11—Seat (4 used) 18—Snap Ring (2 used) 25—Washer (2 used)
4—Retainer (2 used) 12—Kit, Thermal Relief (2 19—Retainer (2 used) 26—Washer (2 used)
5—O-Ring (2 used) used) 20—Spring (2 used) 27—Nut (2 used)
6—Washer (4 used) 13—Valve Housing 21—Washer (2 used) 28—Control Valve (w/two Way
7—O-Ring (4 used) 14—Plunger (2 used) 22—Spacer Lockouts)
8—Spring (4 used) 15—Retainer (2 used)

1. Close all ports using caps and plugs. Clean the 9. Wash all metal parts in clean solvent and blow dry
outside of the valve housing (13) thoroughly. them with compressed air.

2. Mark the spools (3) and plungers (14) and their 10. Install new O-rings, backup rings, and wiper seals.
specific bores. The spools and plungers are
matched to the bores and must not be switched. 11. Slide the bushing and new O-ring over each of the
spools.
3. Remove the spool caps (17) and slide the spool
assemblies from their bores. 12. Liberally lubricate the spools with clean hydraulic
fluid and install spools in the proper bores.
4. Remove the O-ring and bushings from the spools
and plungers. 13. Install the spool caps (17) and tighten to
specification.
5. Remove the wiper seals and O-rings from the valve
body. Stabilizer Valve—Specification
Spool Caps—Torque .................................... 50 ± 3 N•m (37 ± 2 lb-ft)

6. Disassemble the spool assemblies only if the

retaining ring, spacer, spool spring, or washers 14. Lubricate and install plunger in each work port.
need to be replaced.
15. Install the seat with new O-ring in each work port.
7. Remove the hex drive retainers, springs, poppets,
seat assemblies and plungers from the valve body 16. Install the poppets and springs.
work ports.
17. Install the hex drive retaining plug in each work
8. Inspect all parts for wear and replace as necessary. port. Tighten to specification.

Specification
IMPORTANT: Do not wipe parts dry with paper Hex Drive Retaining Plug—
towels or cloth. Lint in hydraulic Torque........................................................... 50 ± 3 N•m (37 ± 2 lb-ft)
system will cause damage.

33
3360
41

TX,31,RR7699 –19–14DEC99–2/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-41 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=713
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Backhoe Bucket

Cylinder—125 Series

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before

–UN–23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure

X9811
fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.

Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

1. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure

in system.

CAUTION: The approximate weight of cylinder

is 34 kg (75 lb).

Backhoe Cylinders—Specification
Backhoe Bucket Cylinder—
Weight............................................................. 34 kg (75 lb) (Approximate)

2. Attach cylinder to a hoist using a lifting strap.

33 Continued on next page TX,31,RR7701 –19–14DEC99–1/2

3360
42

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-42 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=714
 Hydraulic System

3.

Tag and disconnect lines to cylinder (B). Close all

openings with caps and plugs. Remove hose clamps
on cylinder.

–UN–15FEB97
4. Remove pin (A) from bucket linkage.

5. Remove pin (C) from head end of cylinder and remove

cylinder.

T107239
6. Install pin (C) at head end of cylinder.

7. Install pin (A) through bucket linkage and cylinder rod.

8. Connect lines and install hose clamps.

TX,31,RR7701 –19–14DEC99–2/2

33
3360
43

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-43 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=715
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Backhoe Crowd

Cylinder—125 Series

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before

–UN–23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure

X9811
fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.

Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

1. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure

in system.

CAUTION: The approximate weight of crowd

cylinder is 59 kg (130 lb).

Backhoe Cylinders—Specification
Backhoe Crowd Cylinder—Weight ............... 59 kg (130 lb) (Approximate)

2. Attach cylinder to a hoist using a lifting strap.

33 Continued on next page TX,31,RR7706 –19–14DEC99–1/2

3360
44

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-44 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=716
 Hydraulic System

3. Tag and disconnect lines to cylinder (B). Close all

openings with caps and plugs.

4. Remove pin (A) from dipperstick and cylinder rod.

5. Remove pin (C) from head end of cylinder and remove

–UN–15FEB97
cylinder.

6. Install pin (A) at head end of cylinder.

T107236
7. Install pin (A) through dipperstick and cylinder rod.

8. Connect lines.

TX,31,RR7706 –19–14DEC99–2/2

Remove and Install Backhoe Boom

Cylinder—125 Series

CAUTION: The approximate weight of boom

cylinder is 82 kg (180 lb).

–UN–15FEB97
Backhoe Cylinders—Specification
Backhoe Boom Cylinder—Weight ................ 82 kg (180 lb) (Approximate)

1. Lower boom to the ground.

T107234
2. Attach cylinder (B) to hoist using a lifting strap.

3. Remove pin (A) from cylinder head end and boom.

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7702 –19–19NOV98–1/3

33
3360
45

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-45 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=717
 Hydraulic System

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.

–UN–23AUG88
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.

X9811
Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

4. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure

in system.

5. Tag and disconnect lines from cylinder. Close all

openings with caps and plugs.

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7702 –19–19NOV98–2/3

33
3360
46

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-46 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=718
 Hydraulic System

6. Remove pins (D and F) to remove boom lock pivot (E).

7. Remove rod end pin (C) to remove cylinder.

8. Install pins (A and C).

–UN–15FEB97
9. Install pins (D and F) and boom lock pivot (E).

A—Head End Pin

B—Boom Cylinder

T107234
C—Rod End Pin
D—Pin
E—Boom Lock Pivot
F—Pin

–UN–15FEB97
T107235
TX,31,RR7702 –19–19NOV98–3/3
33
3360
47

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-47 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=719
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Swing Cylinder—120

Series

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before

–UN–23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure

X9811
fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.

Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

1. Swing backhoe to one side and lower backhoe bucket

to ground.

2. Operate all hydraulic controls to release pressure in

system.

3. Tag and disconnect lines from cylinder. Close all

openings with caps and plugs.

33 Continued on next page TX,31,RR7703 –19–14DEC99–1/4

3360
48

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-48 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=720
 Hydraulic System

4. Remove trunnion cap screws (A) and trunnion (B).

CAUTION: The approximate weight of swing

cylinder is 48 kg (106 lb).

Backhoe Cylinders—Specification

–UN–15FEB97
Swing Cylinder—Weight ............................... 48 kg (106 lb) (Approximate)

5. Attach cylinder to a hoist using a lifting strap.

T107238
6. Remove pin (C) through swing frame and cylinder rod
end.

7. Remove cylinder.

TX,31,RR7703 –19–14DEC99–2/4

8. Inspect swing cylinder bushings (A). Remove if

replacement is necessary.

9. Install new bushings even with trunnion using 49 mm

and 59 mm disks.

–UN–25MAY89
T6131AK
Continued on next page TX,31,RR7703 –19–14DEC99–3/4

33
3360
49

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-49 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=721
 Hydraulic System

10. Inspect upper and lower trunnion block bushings.

Remove if replacement is necessary using 60 mm
and 69 mm disks.

11. Install new bushings with 60 mm and 69 mm disks.

Align grease passages in trunnion block and frame

–UN–15MAY91
with passage in bushing. Be sure lower trunnion
bushing is pushed into seat flange.

Press upper bushing even with top of trunnion block.

T7531CA
IMPORTANT: Be sure hydraulic fittings in swing
cylinder are tightened to specification.
Cylinder movement and hydraulic
pressure can loosen fittings and cause
a leak.

12. If hydraulic fittings were removed from cylinder, install

and tighten fittings to 34 N•m (25 lb-ft).

Backhoe Cylinders—Specification
Swing Cylinder Hydraulic
Fittings—Torque .............................................................. 34 N•m (25 lb-ft)

13. Install lower trunnion spacer washer.

14. Install cylinder into lower trunnion.

15. Install pin through swing frame and cylinder rod end.

16. Install trunnion over upper cylinder bushings.

17. Install trunnion cap screws and tighten.

18. Connect hydraulic lines to cylinder.

33 TX,31,RR7703 –19–14DEC99–4/4
3360
50

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-50 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=722
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Stabilizer Cylinder—120

Series

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.

Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

–UN–15FEB97
1. Lower stabilizer to ground. On machines equipped with
reversible feet, remove the foot before lowering
stabilizer arm to ground.

T107237
CAUTION: The approximate weight of stabilizer
cylinder is 39 kg (86 lb).

Backhoe Cylinders—Specification
Stabilizer Cylinder—Weight ............................ 39 kg (86 lb) (Approximate)

2. Attach cylinder (B) to a hoist with a lifting strap.

3. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines. Close all openings

with caps and plugs. Remove hose clamp.

4. Remove pin (C) from cylinder rod end.

5. Remove pin (A) from cylinder head end and remove

cylinder. 33
3360
6. Install cylinder and pins (A and C). 51

7. Connect hydraulic lines.

8. Install hose clamp around cylinder and hose.

TX,31,RR7704 –19–19NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-51 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=723
 Hydraulic System

Remove and Install Extendible Dipperstick

Cylinder

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid

under pressure, stop engine and relieve the
pressure in the system before disconnecting or

–UN–23AUG88
connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.

1. 1. Remove extendible dipperstick extension. (See

X9811
Remove Extendible Dipperstick Extension in Group
3340.)

2. Extend arm out.

3. 2. Disconnect extendible dipperstick cylinder lines.

CAUTION: The approximate weight of

extendible dipperstick cylinder is 43 kg (95 lb).

Backhoe Cylinders—Specification
Backhoe Extendible Dipperstick
Cylinder—Weight .................................................................... 43 kg (95 lb)

4. Remove head end extendible dipperstick cylinder pin

and slowly remove cylinder.

5. Install cylinder and connect lines.

6. Install extendible dipperstick extension. (See Install

Extendible Dipperstick Extension in Group 3340.)

33 CED,TX03399,5613 –19–03DEC99–1/1
3360
52

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-52 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=724
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble Boom, Bucket, and Crowd

Cylinders—125 Series

NOTE: The PH95—473—6A Spanner Wrench must be

attached parallel to the JT02004 torque wrench
(or equivalent) to provide a 2:1 multiplier. Torque
reading will be half of actual torque.)

1. Put a mark (A) across rod guide and barrel to aid in

assembly.

2. Loosen the jam nut using PH95—473—6A spanner

wrench.

3. Remove rod guide from barrel by rotating

counterclockwise (viewed from rod end of cylinder).

–UN–15FEB97
T107241
PH95—473—6A Spanner Wrench

CED,OUO1010,462 –19–19NOV98–1/3

4. Remove nut (A).

5. Remove piston (B), piston wear ring (C), and seals (D).

6. Remove rod guide. 33

3360
–UN–19OCT88

7. Remove O-ring, backup ring, rod seals, and rod wear 53

ring.
T6172BQ

A—Nut
B—Piston
C—Wear Ring
D—Cap Seal

Continued on next page CED,OUO1010,462 –19–19NOV98–2/3

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-53 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=725
 Hydraulic System

8. Inspect end of barrel. If necessary, remove nicks and

burrs from the end of the barrel.

9. Thoroughly clean all components.

–UN–19OCT88
T6119AO
CED,OUO1010,462 –19–19NOV98–3/3

33
3360
54

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-54 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=726
 Hydraulic System

33
3360
55

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-55 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=727
 Hydraulic System

Cross Section of Backhoe Bucket and Crowd Cylinders—125 Series

33
3360
56
–UN–18FEB97
T107291

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7716 –19–19OCT99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-56 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=728
 Hydraulic System

A—Nut F—Piston J—Wiper Seal N—O-Ring

B—Wear Ring G—Rod Seal K—Nut O—Backup Ring
C—Ring (2 used) H—Wear Ring L—Rod P—O-Ring
D—Cap Seal I—Rod Seal M—Rod Guide Q—Barrel
E—Seal Expander

TX,31,RR7716 –19–19OCT99–2/2

33
3360
57

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-57 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=729
 Hydraulic System

Cross Section of Backhoe Boom Cylinder—125 Series

33
3360
58
–UN–12MAR97
T108111

Continued on next page TX,33,RR7795 –19–19OCT99–1/2

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-58 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=730
 Hydraulic System

A—Nut E—Seal Expander J—Rod Seal N—O-Ring

B—Wear Ring F—Piston K—Wiper Seal O—Backup Ring
C—Ring (2 used) G—Rod Seal L—Rod P—O-Ring
D—Cap Seal H—Wear Ring M—Rod Guide Q—Barrel

TX,33,RR7795 –19–19OCT99–2/2

Assemble Boom, Bucket, and Crowd

Cylinders—125 Series

1. Install seals and backup ring into rod guide (F):

a. Install rod wear ring (B).

b. Install inner rod seal (A) with lip of seal toward

inside (oil side) of cylinder.

c. Install inner rod seal backup ring in notch provided.

d. Install outer rod seal (C) with sealing lip toward

inside (oil side) of cylinder.

e. Install wiper seal (D) with extended lip toward

outside (air side) of cylinder. Install until metal ring
is flush with the outer end of guide using care not to
damage the extended sealing lip.

f. Install O-ring (G) and backup ring (H) in orientation

shown.

A—Inner Rod Seal

B—Wear Ring
C—Outer Rod Seal

–UN–19NOV98
D—Wiper Seal
E—Rod
F—Rod Guide
G—O-Ring
H—Back-Up Ring

T118575
I—O-Ring
J—Barrel

33
3360
59

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5572 –19–19OCT99–1/10

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-59 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=731
 Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: To prevent damage of seal during

assembly, the lands on the piston must
be clean and free of nicks and burrs.

2. Inspect the piston lands. If necessary, clean the lands

of any nicks or burrs that can cut the piston seal.

–UN–19OCT88
T6122AB
CED,TX03399,5572 –19–19OCT99–2/10

3. Install seal expander by pushing seal expander onto

end of piston.

–UN–06AUG90
T6122AC
CED,TX03399,5572 –19–19OCT99–3/10

NOTE: The cap seal can be made more pliable by

warming it with your hands or putting seal in hot
water for approximately 5 minutes.

Once started, install cap seal as quickly as

possible to keep the amount of time that the seal

–UN–19OCT88
is stretched to a minimum.

4. Install a plastic tie band around cap seal with the

smooth side against the cap seal.
T6122AE

5. Using the plastic tie band, pull cap seal across piston
33
3360
land and into position over seal expander.
60

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5572 –19–19OCT99–4/10

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-60 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=732
 Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: For proper fit and operation, the backup

rings must be installed with the radius
toward seal expander.

6. Install backup rings with radius toward seal expander.

7. Check the cap seal for looseness. Seal must fit tight
against seal expander and not turn. If seal can be
turned, it has been stretched too much and can be
damaged during assembly into barrel.

A—Backup Ring (2 used)

B—Radius
C—Cap Seal
D—Seal Expander

–UN–19OCT88
T6126AO
CED,TX03399,5572 –19–19OCT99–5/10

NOTE: When using a ring compressor, put a piece of

shim stock between cap seal and compressor at
the joint so it does not damage seal.

When using a plastic tie band (A) and hose

clamp, grind a taper (B) on one end of the tie
band. Install tie band with the taper against cap
seal. Before tightening the hose clamp (C), the tie
band must be under hose clamp all around the
piston. Seal will also shrink to it original size if left
for a minimum of 8 hours before installing
assembly into barrel.
33
3360
8. If necessary, shrink cap seal to its original size using a 61
ring compressor or plastic tie band and a hose clamp.
–UN–09NOV88
T86565

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5572 –19–19OCT99–6/10

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-61 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=733
 Hydraulic System

9. Install wear ring.

–UN–19OCT88
T6122AF
CED,TX03399,5572 –19–19OCT99–7/10

10. Wrap light colored tape around socket being used to

tighten piston nut.

• For bucket and boom cylinders, make several

marks 45° apart (1/8 divisions) around
circumference of the taped socket.

–UN–19OCT88
• For crowd cylinder, make several marks 30° apart
(1/12 divisions) around circumference of the taped
socket.

T6149AG
Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5572 –19–19OCT99–8/10

33
3360
62

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-62 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=734
 Hydraulic System

11. Install assembled rod guide onto rod.

12. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (high
strength) to rod threads.

13. Install piston nut and tighten to specification using the

–UN–19OCT88
following directions.

14. Fasten a piece of wire to the piston rod using tape.

Bend the wire over the piston so it points to one of

T6172BR
the marks on the taped socket. (The wire is used as a
stationary pointer.)

15. For bucket and boom cylinders, tighten nut an

additional 1/8 (45°) turn until the wire aligns with the
next mark.

Backhoe Cylinders—Specification
Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Piston
Nut—Torque Turn ..................................... 340 N•m (250 lb-ft) + 1/8 (45°)
turn
Backhoe Boom Cylinder Piston
Nut—Torque Turn ..................................... 375 N•m (276 lb-ft) + 1/8 (45°)
turn

For crowd cylinder, tighten nut an additional 1/12 (30°)

turn until the wire aligns with next mark.

Backhoe Cylinders—Specification
Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Piston
Nut (S.N. —837443)—Torque
Turn ......................................................... 375 N•m (276 lb-ft) + 1/12 (30°)
turn
Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Piston
Nut (S.N. 837444— )—Torque
Turn ......................................................... 475 N•m (350 lb-ft) + 1/12 (30°)
turn

16. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (low
strength) to barrel threads that will be under jam
(spanner) nut.

17. Install jam (spanner) nut all the way onto barrel.
33
18. Install O-ring into gap in the barrel threads. 3360
63

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5572 –19–19OCT99–9/10

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-63 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=735
 Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: To prevent seal damage, the barrel,

piston, and rod must be in alignment
during installation.

19. Apply clean hydraulic oil to piston seals and barrel

chamfer. Use care not to get oil on barrel threads.

–UN–19OCT88
20. Carefully push piston into barrel.

IMPORTANT: Use care not to get thread lock and

T6122AH
sealer on the end of the barrel that
contacts the inner O-ring and backup
ring.

21. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (low
strength) to the remaining barrel threads.

22. Carefully push and rotate rod guide to engage

threads.

23. Turn guide onto barrel until it bottoms (internally)

against the end of the barrel.

IMPORTANT: Do not turn the guide in place with a

spanner wrench.

24. Rotate the guide counterclockwise (viewed from rod

end of cylinder) until the marks made before
disassembly are aligned, or the rod guide port is
properly positioned. (See Indexing 125 Series
Cylinders in this group.)

25. Tighten jam (spanner) nut against the rod guide to

specification.

Backhoe Cylinders—Specification
Boom, Bucket, and Crowd
Cylinder Rod Guide Jam
(Spanner) Nut—Torque ........................................... 1350 N•m (1000 lb-ft)

33
3360
64

CED,TX03399,5572 –19–19OCT99–10/10

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-64 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=736
 Hydraulic System

Indexing 125—Series Cylinders

–UN–03MAR97
T100326
A—Bucket Cylinder B—Boom Cylinder C—Crowd Cylinder

When assembling the 125 Series cylinders, position Use the illustration to determine proper position of the
the rod guide so the rod end port will receive the rod guide for cylinder being assembled.
hydraulic hose at the correct angle. Tighten jam
(spanner) nut against the rod guide when desired
position is obtained.

TX,31,RR7737 –19–19NOV98–1/1
33
3360
65

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-65 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=737
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble Swing and Stabilizer

Cylinders—120 Series

NOTE: Repair procedures for cylinders are similar except

as shown.

–UN–19OCT88
IMPORTANT: Extend rod to remove oil or air between
the rod piston and rod guide. Excessive
amount of trapped oil or air will force
seals to expand making disassembly

T6190AS
more difficult.

1. Extend rod so rod piston is approximately 25.4 mm (1

in.) from rod guide.

TX,31,RR7709 –19–19NOV98–1/8

2. Make a mark on rod guide and spanner nut (A) to aid

in assembly.

3. Remove nut using adjustable spanner wrench or blunt

chisel and a hammer.

–UN–19OCT88
NOTE: If nut and rod guide turn as an assembly, put
cylinder in a vise. Vise jaws must contact cylinder
barrel behind nut and over rod guide area.
Tighten vise just enough to hold rod guide.

T6119AL
TX,31,RR7709 –19–19NOV98–2/8

NOTE: Filler rings (used for disassembly only) are

installed between spanner nut and rod guide to
aid in disassembly.

33
4. Move rod guide rearward, using a wooden dowel or
3360 brass drift, just enough to remove retaining ring (A).
–UN–12APR91

66 Remove retaining ring by tipping retaining ring inward,

always push the side opposite the gap in ring. Use
care not to damage rod guide threads or seal.
T6119AM

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7709 –19–19NOV98–3/8

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-66 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=738
 Hydraulic System

NOTE: Rod piston assembly removed for illustration

purposes only.

5. Install filler ring in snap ring groove.

6. Remove rod and piston assembly.

–UN–19OCT88
T6119AN
TX,31,RR7709 –19–19NOV98–4/8

7. For swing cylinder, remove brake seal ring (C), wear

ring (B), and cap seal assembly (A).

8. If necessary, remove nut (D) and piston (B) from rod.

A—Cap Seal Assembly

–UN–16MAY91
B—Wear Ring
C—Brake Seal Ring
D—Nut
E—Piston

T7535AB
Swing Cylinder

TX,31,RR7709 –19–19NOV98–5/8

9. For stabilizer cylinder, remove wear ring (D) and cap

seal assembly (E).

10. If necessary, remove cap screw (A), washer (B), and

piston (C). 33
3360
–UN–14APR93

A—Cap Screw 67
B—Washer
C—Piston
D—Wear Ring
T7976AW

E—Cap Seal Assembly

Stabilizer Cylinder

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7709 –19–19NOV98–6/8

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-67 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=739
 Hydraulic System

11. Remove rod guide (A).

12. Remove O-ring (C), backup ring (D), seals (B, E and
G) and wear ring (F).

A—Rod Guide

–UN–19OCT88
B—Buffer Seal
C—O-Ring
D—Backup Ring
E—Rod Seal

T6119AK
F—Wear Ring
G—Wiper Seal

TX,31,RR7709 –19–19NOV98–7/8

13. Inspect snap ring groove. If necessary, clean groove

of nicks or burrs.

–UN–19OCT88
T6119AO
TX,31,RR7709 –19–19NOV98–8/8

33
3360
68

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-68 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=740
 Hydraulic System

Cross Section of Stabilizer Cylinder—120 Series

–UN–17OCT94
T8339AA
A—Nut F—Rod Guide K—Buffer Seal P—Cap Seal
B—Washer G—Rod L—Retaining Ring Q—Expander Seal
C—Piston H—Wiper Seal M—Backup Ring R—Wear Ring
D—Barrel I—Wear Ring N—O-Ring S—Filler Ring
E—Nut J—Rod Seal O—Backup Ring (2 used)
33
3360
69

TX,33,RR7785 –19–19NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-69 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=741
 Hydraulic System

Cross Section of Swing Cylinder—120 Series

–UN–26MAY89
T6223BC
A—Nut F—Rod K—Retaining Ring O—Cap Seal
B—Piston G—Wiper Seal L—Backup Ring P—Expander Seal
C—Barrel H—Wear Ring M—O-Ring Q—Wear Ring
D—Spanner Nut I—Rod Seal N—Backup Ring (2 used) R—Brake Seal Ring
E—Rod Guide J—Buffer Seal
33
3360
70

TX,33,RR7786 –19–19NOV98–1/1

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-70 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=742
 Hydraulic System

Assemble Swing and Stabilizer Cylinder—120

Series

1. Put clean hydraulic oil on all internal parts before

assembly. Install wiper seal. Push seal to bottom of
bore.

–UN–19OCT88
T6122AA
TX,31,RR7708 –19–15NOV99–1/15

2. Install seals (B, E and G).

3. Install wear ring (F).

4. Install backup ring (D) and O-ring (C).

–UN–19OCT88
A—Rod Guide
B—Buffer Seal
C—O-Ring
D—Backup Ring

T6119AK
E—Seal
F—Wear Ring
G—Wiper Seal

TX,31,RR7708 –19–15NOV99–2/15

IMPORTANT: To prevent damage of cap seal during

assembly the lands on piston must be
clean and free of nicks or burrs.

5. Inspect the piston lands. If necessary, clean the lands 33

of any nicks or burrs that can cut cap seal. 3360
–UN–19OCT88

71
T6122AB

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7708 –19–15NOV99–3/15

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-71 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=743
 Hydraulic System

6. Install seal expander by pushing seal expander onto

end of piston.

–UN–06AUG90
T6122AC
TX,31,RR7708 –19–15NOV99–4/15

NOTE: The cap seal can be made more pliable by

warming it with your hands or by putting seal in
hot water for approximately five minutes.

Once started, install cap seal as quickly as

possible to keep the amount of time that seal is

–UN–19OCT88
stretched to a minimum.

7. Install a plastic tie band around cap seal with the

smooth side against the cap seal.

T6122AE
8. Using the plastic tie band, pull cap seal across the
piston land and into position over seal expander.

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7708 –19–15NOV99–5/15

33
3360
72

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-72 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=744
 Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: For proper fit, the backup rings must be

installed with the radius toward seal
expander.

9. Install backup rings (A) with radius (B) toward seal

expander (D).

10. Check if cap seal is loose. Seal must fit tight against
seal expander and not turn. If seal can be turned, it
has been stretched too much and can be damaged
during assembly into barrel.

A—Backup Ring (2 used)

B—Radius
C—Cap Seal
D—Seal Expander

–UN–19OCT88
T6126AO
TX,31,RR7708 –19–15NOV99–6/15

11. If necessary, shrink cap seal to its original size using

a ring compressor or a plastic tie band (A) and hose
clamp (C).

When using a ring compressor, put a piece of shim

stock between cap seal and compressor at the joint
so it does not damage seal.

When using a plastic tie band and hose clamp, grind

a taper (B) on one end of tie band. Install tie band
with the taper against cap seal. Before tightening the
hose clamp, tie band must be under hose clamp all
33
around piston. 3360
73
–UN–09NOV88
T86565

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7708 –19–15NOV99–7/15

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-73 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=745
 Hydraulic System

12. Install wear ring.

NOTE: Brake seal ring (swing cylinder only) is marked on

one side with “UP”. Be sure the seal is installed
with the “UP” side toward the head end of
cylinder.

–UN–19OCT88
13. For swing cylinder, install brake seal ring with the
“UP” mark toward the head end of cylinder.

T6122AF
TX,31,RR7708 –19–15NOV99–8/15

14. Install nut, retaining ring, rod guide, and piston

assembly on rod.

15. Install piston nut and tighten to specification:

• For swing cylinder, tighten piston to 225 N•m (165

–UN–19OCT88
lb-ft).
• For stabilizer cylinder, tighten piston to 600 N•m
(442 lb-ft).

T6172BP
TX,31,RR7708 –19–15NOV99–9/15

16. Wrap light colored tape around socket being used to

tighten piston nut:

• For swing cylinder, make several marks 60° apart

(1/6 divisions) around circumference of the taped
socket.

–UN–19OCT88
• For stabilizer cylinder, make several marks 30°
apart (1/12 divisions) around circumference of the
taped socket.

T6149AG

33 Continued on next page TX,31,RR7708 –19–15NOV99–10/15

3360
74

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-74 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=746
 Hydraulic System

17. Fasten a piece of wire to the piston rod using tape.

Bend the wire over the piston so it points to one of
the marks on the taped socket. (The wire is used as a
stationary pointer.)

18. For swing cylinder, tighten nut an additional 1/6 (60°)

–UN–19OCT88
turn until the wire aligns with the next mark.

Backhoe Cylinders—Specification
Backhoe Swing Cylinder Piston—

T6172BR
Torque Turn ............................................... 225 N•m (165 lb-ft) + 1/6 (60°)
turn

Boom Cylinder Shown

For stabilizer cylinder, tighten nut an additional 1/12 (30°)
turn until the wire aligns with next mark.

Backhoe Cylinders—Specification
Backhoe Stabilizer Cylinder
Piston—Torque Turn ............................... 600 N•m (442 lb-ft) + 1/12 (30°)
turn

TX,31,RR7708 –19–15NOV99–11/15

19. Apply clean hydraulic oil to seals and chamfer of

barrel.

IMPORTANT: To prevent seal damage, the barrel,

piston, and rod must be in alignment
during installation.

–UN–19OCT88
20. Carefully push piston and rod guide into barrel. Keep
piston and rod guide together.

T6122AH
Boom Cylinder Shown 33
3360
75

Continued on next page TX,31,RR7708 –19–15NOV99–12/15

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-75 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=747
 Hydraulic System

21. Push rod guide into barrel just enough to install

retaining ring. Install retaining ring.

–UN–27OCT88
T6133AE
Boom Cylinder Shown

TX,31,RR7708 –19–15NOV99–13/15

22. Pull rod guide against retaining ring (A).

23. Apply cure primer to threads of spanner nut. Put

thread lock and sealer (medium strength) on spanner
nut threads.

–UN–12APR91
24. Put filler ring between rod guide and spanner nut.

T6119AM
TX,31,RR7708 –19–15NOV99–14/15

25. Install and tighten spanner nut until marks made

before disassembly align. Make sure nut is tight.

33
3360
–UN–27OCT88

76
T6119AR

TX,31,RR7708 –19–15NOV99–15/15

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-76 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=748
 Hydraulic System

Disassemble Extendible Dipperstick Cylinder

IMPORTANT: Extend rod to remove oil or air between

the rod piston and rod guide. Excessive
amount of trapped oil or air will force
seals to expand making disassembly
more difficult.

1. Open ports and drain all oil from the cylinder.

2. Extend rod fully.

CED,TX03399,5608 –19–23NOV99–1/6

3. Remove external snap ring using snap ring pliers.

–UN–14AUG98
HCD1001
Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5608 –19–23NOV99–2/6

33
3360
77

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-77 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=749
 Hydraulic System

NOTE: Filler rings (used for disassembly only) are

installed between barrel and rod guide to aid in
disassembly. Filler rings are provided in the
cylinder bore seal kit.

4. Using a wooden dowel or bass drift, move rod guide

–UN–12APR91
rearward

5. Remove snap ring.

T6119AM
NOTE: Filler ring is provided in the cylinder bore seal kit.

6. Move groove filler ring (B) in snap ring groove.

7. Remove snap ring with rod assembly from barrel.

A—Snap Ring
B—Filler Ring

–UN–14AUG98
HCD1002
CED,TX03399,5608 –19–23NOV99–3/6

8.

Remove groove filler ring from snap ring groove. It is

not necessary for reassembly.

9. Inspect snap ring groove. If necessary, clean groove

–UN–19OCT88
and inside of barrel of nicks, burrs, or rust.

T6119AO

33 Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5608 –19–23NOV99–4/6

3360
78

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-78 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=750
 Hydraulic System

NOTE: Wear rings on piston are not serviceable. Replace

piston if wear rings are worn.

10. Remove nut to remove piston.

11. Remove seal (2) and O-ring (3).

–UN–24NOV99
12. Inspect wear rings for wear, replace piston assembly
if necessary.

T126181
13. Inspect piston lands, If necessary, clean the lands of
any nicks or burrs that can cut O-ring or seal.

1—Wear Rings (2 used)

2—Seal
3—O-Ring

CED,TX03399,5608 –19–23NOV99–5/6

NOTE: When removing seals from rod guide, do not

damage, mark or score any surfaces that contact
the seals.

14.

–UN–24NOV99
Remove parts (1—5) from rod guide.

1—U-Cup Rod Seal

2—Wear Ring

T126187
3—O-Ring
4—Backup Ring
5—Canned Wiper

CED,TX03399,5608 –19–23NOV99–6/6
33
3360
79

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-79 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=751
 Hydraulic System

Cross Section of Extendible Dipperstick Cylinder

–UN–23NOV99
T126025
1—Nut 5—Bushing 9—Wear Ring 13—O-Ring
2—Wear Ring (2 used) Not 6—Snap Ring 10—U-Cup Seal 14—Rod Guide
Service 7—Rod 11—Snap Ring 15—O-Ring
3—Piston 8—Canned Wiper 12—Backup Ring 16—Piston Ring
4—Barrel

33 CED,TX03399,5609 –19–23NOV99–1/1
3360
80

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-80 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=752
 Hydraulic System

Assemble Extendible Dipperstick Cylinder

IMPORTANT: All parts must be thoroughly cleaned

and dried prior to reuse.

NOTE: Use a cylinder repair kit(s) when assembling

–UN–24NOV99
cylinder. Before assembly, apply a light film of
clean hydraulic oil to all sealing parts.

1. Install parts (1—5). Install canned wiper seal (5) with

T126187
extended lip toward outside (air side) of cylinder.

1—U-Cup Rod Seal

2—Wear Ring
3—O-Ring
4—Backup Ring
5—Canned Wiper Seal

CED,TX03399,5606 –19–18NOV99–1/9

NOTE: Wear rings (1) on piston are molded to piston and

are non-removable.

2. Install O-ring (3) and piston seal (2).

1—Wear Rings (2 used)

–UN–24NOV99
2—Piston Seal
3—O-Ring

T126181
Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5606 –19–18NOV99–2/9

33
3360
81

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-81 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=753
 Hydraulic System

3. Piston seal must be compressed before piston is

attached to the rod, use the following procedure:

Check if seal is loose; seal must fit tight against O-ring

and not turn. If seal can be turned, it has been
stretched too much and can be damaged during
assembly into barrel.

If necessary, shrink cap seal to its original size using a

ring compressor or a plastic tie band (A) and hose
clamp (C).

When using a ring compressor, put a piece of shim

stock between seal and compressor at the joint so it
does not damage seal.

When using a plastic tie band and hose clamp, grind a

taper (B) on one end of tie band. Install tie band with
the taper against seal. Before tightening the hose
clamp, tie band must be under hose clamp all around

–UN–09NOV88
piston.

Seal will also shrink to its original size if left for a

minimum of 8 hours before installing assembly into

T86565
barrel.

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5606 –19–18NOV99–3/9

33
3360
82

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-82 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=754
 Hydraulic System

–UN–15DEC99
T126168
1—Piston Assembly 2—Bushing 3—Rod Guide Assembly 4—Rod

NOTE: Lubricate rod with clean hydraulic oil before

assembly.

4. Install external snap ring, internal snap ring, rod

guide assembly (3), bushing (2), and piston
assembly (1) onto rod.

CED,TX03399,5606 –19–18NOV99–4/9

5. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (high

strength) to rod threads.

6. Install piston nut. Tighten to torque specification using

the following directions.

–UN–19OCT88
7. Put tape around a socket. Make marks on the tape to
divide the socket into 1/8’s. The marks will be 45°
apart. These will serve as a handy visual reference for
determining “Degrees Beyond Torque”.

T6149AG
CED,TX03399,5606 –19–18NOV99–5/9
33
3360
83
8. Tape a piece of wire on the rod, over the piston,
pointing to one of the marks on the socket.

9. Turn the piston nut beyond snug torque as specified.

Backhoe Cylinders—Specification
–UN–19OCT88

Extendible Dipperstick Cylinder

Piston Nut—Torque Turn ......................... 100 N•m (74 lb-ft) plus 45° turn
T6172BR

Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5606 –19–18NOV99–6/9

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-83 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=755
 Hydraulic System

10. Apply light film of clean hydraulic oil on seals and

chamfer of barrel.

IMPORTANT: To prevent seal damage, the barrel,

piston and rod must be in alignment
during installation.

–UN–19OCT88
11. Carefully push piston and rod guide into barrel. Keep
piston and rod guide together.

T6122AH
CED,TX03399,5606 –19–18NOV99–7/9

12. Push rod guide into barrel just enough to install snap
ring.

13. Install snap ring. Snap ring must be seated in barrel

groove.

–UN–27OCT88
14. Pull rod guide against snap ring.

T6133AE
CED,TX03399,5606 –19–18NOV99–8/9

15. Spread external snap ring and place it into its groove.

–UN–14AUG98
HCD1010

33 CED,TX03399,5606 –19–18NOV99–9/9
3360
84

TM1649 (17JUL02) 33-3360-84 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=756
 Index
Page Page

A Axle, rear
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0250-34
A/C freeze switch Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0250-9
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-29 Gear tooth contact pattern, check . . . . .02-0250-52
Accumulator, ride control . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-47 Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0250-6
Adjustments
Backhoe valve linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3315-9
Loader bucket level indicator. . . . . . . . . .31-3115-2
B
Loader valve linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3115-4
Return-to-dig switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3115-2
Stabilizer valve linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3315-13 Back-up alarm
Air cleaner Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-2004-2
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0520-4 Volume adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-2004-3
Backhoe auxiliary flow section
Air conditioning
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-21
Charge R134a system . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-24
Backhoe boom
Compressor clutch, disassemble and
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3340-5
assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-12
Backhoe boom cylinder
Compressor oil removal . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-11
Cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-58
Compressor, remove and install . . . . . .18-1830-10
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-45
Evacuate R134a system . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-22
Backhoe boom section
Leak testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-25
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-25
Recover R134a system. . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-21
Backhoe boom swing lock arms
Recovery/recycling and charging
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3315-5
R134a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-20
Backhoe boom swing lock control
Refrigerant handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-6
Remove and install lever and linkage . . .33-3315-3
Refrigerant R134a caution . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-6
Backhoe boom swing lock locking pin
R134a refrigerant operation . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-8
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3315-5
Air ducts Backhoe bucket
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .18-1830-36 Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3302-2
Air seat and suspension Backhoe bucket cylinder
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .18-1821-11 Cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-56
Air system Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-42
Air intake leakage test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0520-6 Backhoe bucket section
Alternator Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-27
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1672-2 Backhoe control valve relief valves
Antenna Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-13
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-2001-1 Backhoe control valve rings and seals
Auxiliary flow control harness and components Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-32
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-20 Backhoe control valve section
Auxiliary flow section Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-11
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-21 Backhoe crowd cylinder
Auxiliary section, loader Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-44
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .31-3160-24 Backhoe crowd section
Axle Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-29
Indx
Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-5 Backhoe extendible dipperstick valve 1
Axle, front, MFWD Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-31
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0240-3 Backhoe priority section
Toe-in adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0240-7 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-19
Use CTM4509. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0240-2 Backhoe stabilizer cylinder
Axle, front, standard Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-71
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0230-8 Cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-69
Toe-in, adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0230-10 Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-66

TM1649 (17JUL02) Index-1 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=1
 Index

Page Page

Backhoe swing cylinder Cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-56

Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-71 Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-53
Cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-70 Bucket cylinder, loader
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-66 Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-25
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-48 Bucket cylinder,backhoe
Backhoe swing section Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-42
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-23 Bucket section, backhoe valve
Backhoe valve Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-27
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-8 Bucket tooth shank
Backhoe valve two lever linkage Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3302-4
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3315-8 Bucket tooth shanks and tips
Battery Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3302-3
Electrolyte level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1671-6 Bucket, loader
Electrolyte specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1671-4 Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3102-1
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1671-8 Bucket, loader control section
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1671-10 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .31-3160-20
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1671-2 Bulb replacement
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1671-3 Display module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1673-3
Battery box Drive and work light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1673-1
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . .19-1913-1 Front turn light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1673-4
Blower assembly Halogen bulb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1673-2
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .18-1830-32 Turn, brake, tail light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1673-4
Boom cylinder, backhoe
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-59
Cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-58
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-53 C
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-45
Boom cylinder, loader Cab doors
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-27 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . 18-1810-6,
Boom section, backhoe valve 18-1810-8
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-25 Cab lower rear window
Boom section, loader Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-21
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .31-3160-22 Cab roof
Boom, anti-cav. valve Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-24
Cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-8 Cab side windows
Boom, backhoe Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-17
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3340-5 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .18-1810-16
Brake Cab upper rear window
Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1060-14 Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-19
Pedal adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1060-11 Charge pump
Service, inspect. . . . . . . . . . . 02-0250-8, 10-1011-1 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .03-0360-12
Valve lines, disassemble and Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0360-12
assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1060-10 Charge ride control accumulator. . . . . . . .31-3160-47
Valve, disassemble and assemble . . . . .10-1060-6 Clutch pack, forward
Valve, remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1060-3 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .03-0350-10
Indx
2
Brake, park Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-45
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .02-0250-17 Clutch pack, reverse
Bucket cutting edge Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .03-0350-10
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3302-7 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-45
Bucket cylinder Component location
Linkage, remove and install . . . . . . . . . .31-3115-5 Air conditioning compressor harness. . .16-1674-18
Bucket cylinder, backhoe Auxiliary flow control harness . . . . . . . .16-1674-20
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-59 Blower harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-14

TM1649 (17JUL02) Index-2 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=2
 Index

Page Page

Cab roof harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-4 Swing, remove and install . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-48

Cab side console harness. . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-6 Cylinder, extendible dipperstick
Engine harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-12 Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-81
Front console harness. . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-10 Cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-80
Radio harness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-16 Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-77
Ride control harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-22
Compressor, air conditioning
Clutch, disassemble and assemble . . . .18-1830-12
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .18-1830-15 D
Condenser
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .18-1830-34
Connector Diesel engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-4
Deutsch, replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-25 Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-1
Metri-Pack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-24 Diesel fuel conditioner
Connectors Low sulfur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-1
WEATHER PACK, install . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-29 Differential lock
WEATHER PACK, replace . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-28 Solenoid valve, remove and install . . . .03-0360-16
Control valve, backhoe Dipperstick
Replace rings and seals . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-32 Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3340-3
Control valve, transmission Dipperstick, extendible
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . .03-0360-2 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3340-14
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0360-2 Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3340-10
Coolant Door latches and hinges
Diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-3 Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-1810-10, 18-1810-12
Coolant heater Drive shaft
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0505-1 Remove and install . . . . . . . .02-0225-1, 03-0325-1
Counterweight Replace U-joints . . . . . . . . . .02-0225-2, 03-0325-2
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-1749-2
Crowd cylinder, backhoe
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-59
Cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-56 E
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-53
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-44
Electrolyte specific gravity
Crowd section, backhoe valve
Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1671-4
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-29
Engine
Cutting Edge
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3102-3 Boost starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1671-8
Cutting edge repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3102-2 Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .04-0400-2
Cylinder Engine oil
Backhoe bucket and crowd cross Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-4
section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-56 Evaporator
Backhoe swing cross section . . . . . . . .33-3360-70 Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-27
Boom, backhoe, cross section . . . . . . .33-3360-58 Extendible dipperstick
Boom, backhoe, remove and install . . .33-3360-45 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3340-14
Boom, bucket, and crowd Preferred grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-7
Indx
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-59 Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3340-10 3
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-53 Extendible dipperstick cylinder
Crowd, remove and install. . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-44 Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-81
Indexing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-65 Cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-80
Multi-purpose bucket, exploded view. . .31-3160-38 Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-77
Stabilizer Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-52
Cross section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-69 Extendible dipperstick section
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-51 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-31

TM1649 (17JUL02) Index-3 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=3
 Index

Page Page

F H

Fan Headliner
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0510-1 Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-22
Fan belt Heater and blower assembly
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0510-2 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .18-1830-30
Fender extentions Heater core
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . .19-1927-2 Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1830-26
Fenders Heater, blower and A/C assembly
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . .19-1927-1 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .18-1830-31
Filter hydraulic Hood and engine enclosure
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . .19-1910-1
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21-2160-6
Horn
Fixed front cab window
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-2004-1
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-4
Hub, non-powered front axle
Flow control (aux) harness and components
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0230-4
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-20
Hydraulic
Flow control relief valve-earlier machines
Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-6
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-17
Hydraulic cooler
Flow control relief valve-later machines Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21-2160-14
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-18 Hydraulic filter
Frame Bumper Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21-2160-6
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-1749-4
Front axle
MFWD, remove and install . . . . . . . . . . .02-0240-3
MFWD, use CTM4509 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0240-2 I
Standard, remove and install. . . . . . . . . .02-0230-8
Toe-in, adjust (MFWD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0240-7 Inch torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0003-5
Toe-in, adjust (standard) . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0230-10 Indexing cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-65
Front wheel
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-0110-3
Fuel
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-1 K
Handling and storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-2
Tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-3 Knuckle, steering
Fuel tank Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0230-6
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0560-2
Fuse
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-23
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-23 L

Linkage adjustment
Backhoe valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3315-9
Loader bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3115-2
G
Loader valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3115-4
Indx
4
Stabilizer valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3315-13
Gear tooth contact pattern, check. . . . . . .02-0250-52 Linkage, backhoe valve, two lever
Grease Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3315-8
Extreme pressure and multipurpose . . . .00-0004-7 Loader
Grille Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3100-4
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . .19-1921-2 Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3100-1
Grille housing Loader auxiliary valve section
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . .19-1921-2 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .31-3160-24

TM1649 (17JUL02) Index-4 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=4
 Index

Page Page

Loader boom cylinder MFWD axle steering cylinder

Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-33 Cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-30
Cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-32 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .09-0960-32
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-29 Exploded view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-31
Loader boom valve section Mixing lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-9
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .31-3160-22 Modulation valve, transmission
Loader bucket Shim adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0360-7
Self-leveling linkage indicator Muffler, remove and install
adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3115-2 W/ altitude compensator . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0530-2
Loader bucket cylinder W/O altitude compensator. . . . . . . . . . . .05-0530-1
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-33 Multi-Purpose bucket and lines
Cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-32 Disassemble and asssemble. . . . . . . . .31-3102-10
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-29 Multi-purpose bucket cylinder
Loader circuit relief valve Exploded view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-38
Cross section boom raise . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-6
Cross section bucket curl . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-6
Loader control inlet section
Disassemble assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-19 O
Loader control relief valves
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-18 O-ring boss fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0003-9
Loader control valve Oil
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .31-3160-12 Lines and fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0003-8
Relief valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-18 Specification, axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-5
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-10 Specification, hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-6
Replace wiper rings and seals . . . . . . .31-3160-13 Specification, MFWD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-5
Loader system relief valve Specification, transmission . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-5
Cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-9 Oil cooler
Loader valve shut-off plug Hydraulic, remove and install . . . . . . . .21-2160-12
Disassemble and Assemble . . . . . . . . 31-3160-10, Transmission remove and install . . . . . .21-2160-12
33-3360-18 Oil lines and fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0003-8
Low sulfur diesel fuel conditioner . . . . . . . .00-0004-1 Oil suction tube, transmission
Lower rear windowpane Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-46
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-22 Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-9
Lower rear windows Oil supply tube, transmission
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .18-1810-20 Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-40
Lubricant
Mixing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-9
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-8
P

Park brake
M Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .02-0250-17
Solenoid valve, remove and install . . . .03-0360-16
Metri-Pack connector Pressure regulating valve, transmission
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-24 Shim adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0360-7 Indx
Metric torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0003-2 Priority section, backhoe 5
MFWD Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-19
Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-5 Priority valve
Solenoid valve, remove and install . . . .03-0360-16 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .09-0960-40
MFWD axle Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-38
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0240-3 Pump
Toe-in adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0240-7 Disassemble and inspect . . . . . . . . . . . .21-2160-4
Use CTM4509. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0240-2 Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21-2160-2

TM1649 (17JUL02) Index-5 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=5
 Index

Page Page

Pump, charge Rings and seals, backhoe control

Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .03-0360-12 Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-32
Roll-over protective structure
Torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0003-1

Radiator S
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0510-2
Radio Seat
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-2001-1 Air suspension, disassemble and
Radio harness and components assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1821-11
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-16 Seat assembly
Radio, speakers, antenna Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1821-1
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . .20-2001-2 Seat base and support
Rear axle Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .18-1821-10
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0250-34 Seat slide, swivel, lumbar control levers
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0250-9 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . .18-1821-4
Gear tooth contact pattern, check . . . . .02-0250-52 Seat suspension and shock absorber
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0250-6 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . .18-1821-8
Rear wheel Seat swivel and latch
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-0110-2 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . .18-1821-6
Rear window wiper motor Seat, belt and arm rest
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .18-1810-18 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . .18-1821-2
Relief valve, backhoe Service brakes
Anti-cavitation, disassemble and Check after assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0250-50
assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-15 Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0250-8, 10-1011-1
Circuit, disassemble and assemble . . . .33-3360-16 Sheet metal
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-13 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . .19-1910-1
Relief valve, loader Shift lever and housing
Auxiliary & anti-cav, cross section. . . . . .31-3160-7 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . .03-0315-6
Bucket curl circuit, cross section . . . . . . .31-3160-6 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0315-9
Bucket dump, cross section . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-7 Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0315-4
Bucket raise circuit, cross section . . . . . .31-3160-6 Side Console
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-18 Display module bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1673-3
System relief, cross section . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-9 Sideshift frame
Reservoir Preferred grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-7
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .21-2160-10 Solenoid valves
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21-2160-7 Differential lock, remove and install. . . .03-0360-16
Return-to-dig linkage adjustment . . . . . . . .31-3115-2 MFWD, remove and install . . . . . . . . . .03-0360-16
Reverser control Park brake, remove and install . . . . . . .03-0360-16
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0315-2 Speakers
Ride control Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-2001-1
Accumulator Specific gravity, electrolyte . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1671-4
Discharge procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-52 Specification
Indx
6
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-45 Hydraulic oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-6
Solenoid, remove and install . . . . . . . . .31-3160-44 Transmission, axle, and MFWD . . . . . . .00-0004-5
Valve Specifications
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . .31-3160-41 Bucket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0002-11
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-39 Drain and refill capacities . . . . . . . . . . .00-0002-12
Ride control accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-47 Lifting capacities (extendable dipperstick)
Ride control harness and components Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0002-15
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1674-22 Retracted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0002-14

TM1649 (17JUL02) Index-6 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=6
 Index

Page Page

Lifting capacities (standard Suction tube, transmission oil

dipperstick) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0002-13 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-46
Machine dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0002-1 Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-9
Machine specs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0002-8 Supply tube, transmission oil
Machine weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0002-11 Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-40
Other information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0002-10 Swing cylinder, backhoe
Speed control linkage Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-71
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . .05-0515-2 Cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-70
Spindle, steering Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-66
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0230-6 Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-48
Stabilizer cylinder Swing Frame
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-71 Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3340-8
Cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-69 Swing section, backhoe valve
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-66 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-23
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-51
Stabilizer leg wear strips
Preferred grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-7
Stabilizer valve T
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-40
Linkage adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3315-13 Tie rod
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-36 Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0230-7
Stabilizer valve linkage Tilt steering wheel and column
Remove and Install . . . . . . 33-3315-10, 33-3315-12 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-6
Starter relay Tips
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1677-3 Bucket tooth, remove and install . . . . . . .33-3302-3
Starting aid nozzle Tire
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0505-3 Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-0110-5
Starting aid solenoid Toe-in adjustment
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-0505-4 MFWD front axle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0240-7
Starting motor Standard front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02-0230-10
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1677-2 Tooth shanks
Steering column Bucket, remove and install . . . . . . . . . . .33-3302-3
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-4 Torque converter
Steering cylinder, MFWD Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06-0651-1
Adjust tracking angle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-37 Torque value
Cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-30 Flat face O-ring seal fitting . . . . . . . . . .00-0003-11
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .09-0960-32 Inch SAE four bolt flange fitting. . . . . . .00-0003-13
Exploded view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-31 Metric cap screw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0003-3
Steering cylinder, non-powered axle Metric four bolt flange fitting . . . . . . . . .00-0003-12
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-25 O-Ring boss fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0003-9
Bushings, remove and install . . . . . . . .09-0960-29 Torque values
Cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-24 Inch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0003-5
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-22 Metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0003-2
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-20 Roll-over protective structure. . . . . . . . . .00-0003-1
Steering valve Transmission Indx
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-16 Control valve, remove and install . . . . . .03-0360-2 7
Cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-15 Converter side of case
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-10 Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-47
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-7 Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-7
Steering wheel and column, tilt Drive shaft
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-6 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . .03-0350-20
Storing fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-2 Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-45
Storing lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-8 Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-19

TM1649 (17JUL02) Index-7 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=7
 Index

Page Page

Fabricated support bracket . . . . . . . . . . .03-0399-1 Valve linkage, stabilizer

Idler shaft Remove and install . . . . . . 33-3315-10, 33-3315-12
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-39 Valve, backhoe
Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-41 Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-8
Intermediate shaft Valve, backhoe boom section
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-29 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-25
Cross section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-28 Valve, backhoe bucket section
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-23 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-27
Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-43 Valve, backhoe circuit relief
Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-22 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-16
MFWD shaft Valve, backhoe control
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-37 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-11
Cross-sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-37 Valve, backhoe crowd section
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-34 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-29
Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-41 Valve, backhoe swing section
Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-33 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-23
Modulation valve, shim adjustment . . . . .03-0360-7 Valve, circuit relief (anti-cavitation)
Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00-0004-5 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-15
Outer components, install . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-50 Valve, flow control relief-earlier machines
Outer components, remove. . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-4 Disassemble and Assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-17
Rear output shaft Valve, loader
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-29 System relief, cross section . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-9
Cross section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-27 Valve, loader auxiliary relief (w/ anti-cav.)
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-23 Cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-7
Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-43 Valve, loader auxiliary section
Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-21 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .31-3160-24
Remove reverse and forward clutch Valve, loader boom anti-cavitation
packs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03-0350-10 Cross Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-8
Shift lever, remove and install . . . . . . . . .03-0315-3 Valve, loader boom section
Transmission, remove and Install . . . . . .03-0300-2 Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .31-3160-22
Valve, loader bucket dump, relief (w/ anti-cav.)
Cross Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-7
Valve, loader bucket section
U
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .31-3160-20
Valve, loader circuit relief
Upper and lower door windowpanes
Cross section boom raise . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-6
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-22
Cross section bucket curl . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-6
Upper rear window
Valve, loader control
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .18-1810-18
Disassemble and assemble . . . . . . . . .31-3160-12
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-10
Replace rings and seals . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-13
V Valve, loader control reliefs
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-3160-18
Valve Valve, loader priority section
Priority, disassemble and assemble . . .09-0960-40 Disassembe and assemble . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-19
Indx
8
Priority, remove and install . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-38 Valve, relief flow control-later machines
Stabilizer, disassemble and Disassemble and Assemble . . . . . . . . .33-3360-18
assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-3360-40
Stabilizer, remove and install . . . . . . . .33-3360-36
Steering, assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-16
Steering, cross-section . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-15 W
Steering, disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-10
Steering, remove and install . . . . . . . . . .09-0960-7 Welding repair of major structures . . . . . . .17-1740-2

TM1649 (17JUL02) Index-8 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=8
 Index

Page

Wheel
Front, remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . .01-0110-3
Rear, remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-0110-2
Tire, remove and install. . . . . . . . . . . . . .01-0110-5
Wiper motor
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1810-4
Wipers
Remove and install . . . . . . . .18-1810-6, 18-1810-8

Indx
9

TM1649 (17JUL02) Index-9 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=9
 Index

Indx
10

TM1649 (17JUL02) Index-10 310E Backhoe Loader

071702
PN=10